UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Or

 

x

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018

 

Or

 

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Or

 

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number: 1-10167

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
Australian Business Number 33 007 457 141
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New South Wales, Australia
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

275 Kent Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Westpac Banking Corporation, New York branch,

575 Fifth Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10017-2422,
Attention: Branch Manager, telephone number: (212) 551-1800

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary shares

 

Listed on the New York Stock Exchange, not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of related American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive one ordinary share

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: 1.950% Notes due November 23, 2018, Floating Rate Notes due November 23, 2018, 2.25% Notes due January 17, 2019, Floating Rate Notes due January 17, 2019, 1.650% Notes due May 13, 2019, Floating Rate Notes due May 13, 2019, 1.600% Notes due August 19, 2019, Floating Rate Notes due August 19, 2019, 4.875% Notes due November 19, 2019, 2.150% Notes due March 6, 2020, Floating Rate Notes due March 6, 2020, 3.050% Notes due May 15, 2020, Floating Rate Notes due May 15, 2020, 2.30% Notes due May 26, 2020, 2.600% Notes due November 23, 2020, 2.650% Notes due January 25, 2021, Floating Rate Notes due January 25, 2021, 2.100% Notes due May 13, 2021, Floating Rate Notes due May 13, 2021, 2.000% Notes due August 19, 2021, Floating Rate Notes due August 19, 2021, 2.800% Notes due January 11, 2022, Floating Rate Notes due January 11, 2022, 2.500% Notes due June 28, 2022, Floating Rate Notes due June 28, 2022, 2.750% Notes due January 11, 2023, Floating Rate Notes due January 11, 2023, 3.650% Notes due May 15, 2023, Floating Rate Notes due May 15, 2023, 2.850% Notes due May 13, 2026, 2.700% Notes due August 19, 2026, 3.350% Notes due March 8, 2027, 3.400% Notes due January 25, 2028, 4.322% Subordinated Notes due November 23, 2031, 5.000% Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities and notes issued under our Retail Medium-Term Notes program (Registration Statement No. 333-172579)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Ordinary shares

 

3,434,796,711 fully paid

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes x     No o

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes o      No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x     No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes x     No o (not currently applicable to registrant)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o

Emerging growth company o

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP o   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x

Other o

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company.

Yes o      No x

 

 

 


 

Table of contents

 

 

 

 

Annual Report

 

 

 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

2

 

 

Guide 3 cross-reference index

4

 

 

Section 1

5

 

 

Information on Westpac

6

 

 

Business strategy

6

 

 

Outlook

9

 

 

Significant developments

11

 

 

Corporate governance

23

 

 

Directors’ report

46

 

 

Remuneration Report

62

 

 

Section 2

93

 

 

Five year summary

94

 

 

Reading this report

95

 

 

Review of Group operations

97

 

 

Income statement review

99

 

 

Balance sheet review

107

 

 

Capital resources

111

 

 

Commitments

113

 

 

Divisional performance

114

 

 

Consumer Bank

117

 

 

Business Bank

118

 

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

119

 

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

122

 

 

Westpac New Zealand

123

 

 

Group Businesses

125

 

 

Risk and risk management

129

 

 

Risk factors

129

 

 

Risk management

142

 

 

Credit risk

142

 

 

Liquidity risk

143

In this Annual Report a reference to ‘Westpac’, ‘Group’, ‘Westpac Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ is to Westpac Banking Corporation ABN 33 007 457 141 and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means just Westpac Banking Corporation.

For certain information about the basis of preparing the financial information in this Annual Report see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2. In addition, this Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For an explanation of forward-looking statements and the risks, uncertainties and assumptions to which they are subject, see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2.

Information contained in or accessible through the websites mentioned in this Annual Report does not form part of this report unless we specifically state that it is incorporated by reference and forms part of this report. All references in this report to websites are inactive textual references and are for information only.

 

Market risk

144

 

Operational risk and compliance risk

145

 

Other risks

146

 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

150

 

Sustainability performance

150

 

Five year non-financial summary

155

 

Other Westpac business information

160

 

Section 3

163

 

Financial statements

164

 

Notes to the financial statements

170

 

Statutory statements

287

 

Section 4

291

 

Shareholding information

292

 

Additional information

307

 

Information for shareholders

311

 

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

1

 


 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

 

 

(for the purpose of filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission)

 

20-F item number and description

Page

Part I

 

 

Item 1.

Identity of directors, senior management and advisers

Not applicable

Item 2.

Offer statistics and expected timetable

Not applicable

Item 3.

Key information

 

 

Selected financial data

93, 99, 107-108, 310

 

Capitalisation and indebtedness

Not applicable

 

Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable

 

Risk factors

129-141

Item 4.

Information on Westpac

 

 

History and development of Westpac

6, 9-22

 

Business overview

6-22

 

Organisational structure

8, 270-272

 

Property, plants and equipment

160

Item 4A.

Unresolved staff comments

Not applicable

Item 5.

Operating and financial review and prospects

 

 

Operating results

97-112, 114-128

 

Liquidity and capital resources

111-113, 143-144, 146-149

 

Research and development, patents and licences etc.

Not applicable

 

Trend information

103-111, 114-128

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

149

 

Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

113

 

Safe harbor

95

Item 6.

Directors, senior management and employees

 

 

Directors and senior management

46-55, 57-59

 

Compensation

62-89, 281-284

 

Board practices

25-50

 

Employees

160

 

Share ownership

57-59, 281-284, 292

Item 7.

Major shareholders and related party transactions

 

 

Major shareholders

292-300

 

Related party transactions

161, 282-284

 

Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable

Item 8.

Financial information

 

 

Consolidated statements and other financial information

163-290

 

Significant changes

11-20, 284

Item 9.

The offer and listing

 

 

Offer and listing details

301

 

Plan of distribution

Not applicable

 

Markets

23, 311-313

 

Selling shareholders

Not applicable

 

Dilution

Not applicable

 

Expenses of the issue

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

 

 

(for the purpose of filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission)

 

 

 

Page

Item 10.

Additional information

 

 

Share capital

Not applicable

 

Memorandum and articles of association

307-309

 

Material contracts

160

 

Exchange controls

303-304

 

Taxation

304-306

 

Dividends and paying agents

Not applicable

 

Statements by experts

Not applicable

 

Documents on display

309

 

Subsidiary information

Not applicable

Item 11.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

144-145, 241-243

Item 12.

Description of securities other than equity securities

 

 

Debt securities

Not applicable

 

Warrants and rights

Not applicable

 

Other securities

Not applicable

 

American depositary shares

302

Part II

 

 

Item 13.

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

Not applicable

Item 14.

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

Not applicable

Item 15.

Controls and procedures

149, 288, 289

Item 16A.

Audit committee financial expert

37

Item 16B.

Code of ethics

32-35

Item 16C.

Principal accountant fees and services

37, 281

Item 16D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for audit committees

Not applicable

Item 16E.

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

113, 266-268

Item 16F.

Changes in Registrant’s certifying accountant

Not applicable

Item 16G.

Corporate governance

23

Item 16H.

Mine safety disclosure

Not applicable

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

Item 17. & 18.

Financial statements

163-290

Item 19.

Exhibits

 

Consolidated income statements for the years ended 30 September 2018, 2017 and 2016

164

Consolidated balance sheets as at 30 September 2018 and 2017

166

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended 30 September 2018, 2017 and 2016

165

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended 30 September 2018, 2017 and 2016

169

Notes to the financial statements

170-286

Management’s report on the internal control over financial reporting

288

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

3

 


 

Guide 3 cross-reference index

 

 

 

Page

Part I Distribution of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity; interest rates and interest differential

 

Average balance sheets

107, 189-191

Analysis of net interest earnings

100-101, 189-191

Volume and rate movement

100, 189-191

Part II Investment portfolio

 

Book value of investments

193

Maturity profile

194, 238-241

Book value and market value > 10% of shareholders

193

Part III Loan portfolio

 

Types of loans

195-198

Maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates

199

Risk elements

 

Non-accrual, past due and restructured loans

110-111, 229-233

Potential problem loans

110-111

Foreign outstandings

143

Loan concentrations

143

Other interest bearing assets

192-194, 227-228

Part IV Summary of loan loss experience

 

Analysis of the allowance for loan losses

200-203

Allocation of the allowance for loan losses

200-203

Part V Deposits

206-207

Part VI Return on equity and assets

94, 108

Part VII Short-term borrowings

208-209

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information on Westpac

 

Corporate governance

 

Directors’ report
(including Remuneration Report)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Westpac is one of the four major banking organisations in Australia and one of the largest banking organisations in New Zealand. We provide a broad range of banking and financial services in these markets, including consumer1, business and institutional banking and wealth management services.

 

We have branches, affiliates and controlled entities2 throughout Australia, New Zealand, Asia and in the Pacific region, and maintain branches and offices in some of the key financial centres around the world.

 

We were founded in 1817 and were the first bank established in Australia. In 1850, we were incorporated as the Bank of New South Wales by an Act of the New South Wales Parliament. In 1982, we changed our name to Westpac Banking Corporation following our merger with the Commercial Bank of Australia. On 23 August 2002, we were registered as a public company limited by shares under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Corporations Act).

 

At 30 September 2018, our market capitalisation was $96 billion3 and we had total assets of $880 billion.

 

External environment

 

Full Year 2018 has been a challenging year for the financial services sector in Australia, including for Westpac. The sector has been the subject of intense scrutiny from Government, regulators, the media and the community in general. Among various developments, legal actions have been filed by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, the Banking Executive Accountability Regime, to be overseen by the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority, was introduced, a review of competition in the sector was conducted by the Productivity Commission, and the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission established its Financial Services Unit.

 

In addition, the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Royal Commission) was established on 14 December 2017 and has generated a serious impact on public sentiment and the financial services industry. The terms of reference for the Royal Commission require it to consider (amongst other things) the conduct of banks, insurers, financial service providers, superannuation funds (not including self-managed superannuation funds) and intermediaries between borrowers and lenders, and the effectiveness of Australian regulators in addressing misconduct in financial institutions.

 

The Royal Commission has been a valuable and rigorous process.

 

Since its establishment, the Royal Commission has completed the majority of its hearings, and on 28 September 2018 released its interim report. The interim report raised a number of important points of policy and principle for consideration by Westpac, the industry, its regulators and policy makers. It signalled that financial services

 


1           A consumer is defined as a person who uses our products and services. It does not include business entities.

2           Refer to Note 35 to the financial statements for a list of our material controlled entities as at 30 September 2018.

3           Based on the closing share price of our ordinary shares on the ASX as at 30 September 2018.

 

organisations, including Westpac, need to do more to meet the needs of customers and the community, including by preventing, detecting and addressing misconduct, and consistently meeting legal and regulatory obligations. Westpac provided a formal response to the interim report on 26 October 2018.

 

Business strategy

 

The Royal Commission and the broader environment in which we operate have reinforced the need to deliver better customer outcomes and experiences, and underlined the importance of continuing to deliver on our vision and strategy, including the Service Revolution.

 

Westpac’s vision is ‘To be one of the world’s great service companies, helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow’.

 

In delivering on our strategy, we are focused on our core markets, including Australia and New Zealand, where we provide a comprehensive range of financial products and services that we believe assist us in meeting the financial services needs of customers. With over 14 million customers4, our focus is on organic growth, growing customer numbers in our chosen segments and building stronger and deeper customer relationships.

 

A key element of this approach is our portfolio of financial services brands, which we believe enables us to appeal to a broader range of customers and provides us with the flexibility to offer solutions that better meet individual customer needs.

 

As we continue to build the business, the financial services environment remains challenging and has required us to maintain focus on our financial position. This has involved:

 

§      maintaining the high level and quality of our capital;

 

§      continuing to improve our funding and liquidity position; and

 

§      seeking to maintain a high level of asset quality and appropriate provisioning.

 

We continue to focus on ways to simplify our business to make it easier for customers to do business with us and to make work better for our people. We believe these improvement efforts deliver better customer outcomes while also creating capacity for investment.

 

Throughout 2018 we continued our focus on seeking to deliver positive outcomes for our customers and shareholders through our Service Revolution transformation.

 

The Service Revolution is seeking to:

 

§      provide a truly personal service for customers while better anticipating their needs;

 

§      put customers in control of their finances;

 

§      respond to the increased pace of innovation, disruption and changing customer behaviours through digitisation and increasing our capacity for innovation; and

 

 

 


4           All customers with an active relationship (excludes channel only and potential relationships) as at 30 September 2018.


 

 

 

 

6

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


§                  innovate and simplify to reinvent the customer experience.

 

As part of our delivery of the Service Revolution, we have developed an integrated, multi-year plan that will be executed across the Group. In 2018, we continued to deliver outcomes and milestones on a number of our transformation programs focused on the digitisation of the company through the design and development of a single bank technology infrastructure. We expect this will transform customer experiences and drive operational efficiency. At the same time, we believe our Consumer Bank and Business Bank transformation programs continued to deliver market-leading customer services, while lowering the cost to serve.

 

Over the year, substantial work has also continued on conduct and culture, with work focused on continuing to strengthen our conduct management across the Group. In the context of the Royal Commission, much of the effort this year has been focused on improving customer outcomes and on our product reviews, as well as working to ensure we meet customer and community expectations. We are continuing to make adjustments and improvements to our business. In addition, work continues on ensuring that we are responding to the changing regulatory and industry landscape.

 

Sustainability is part of our strategy of seeking to anticipate and shape the most pressing emerging social issues where we have the skills and experience to make a meaningful difference and drive business value. Our approach makes sustainability part of the way we do business, embedded in our strategy, values, culture and processes.

 

Supporting our customer-focused strategy is a strong set of company-wide values, which are embedded in our culture. These are:

 

§                  integrity;

 

§                  service;

 

§                  one team;

 

§                  courage; and

 

§                  achievement.

 

Strategic priorities

 

In delivering our strategy, we have five strategic priorities that help guide our activities:

 

a)             Service leadership

 

§      provide a seamless customer experience across all channels;

 

§      deepen relationships through context-based customer experiences using our portfolio of brands;

 

§      acquire new customers by making it simpler, easier and better for customers to choose us; and

 

§      resolve legacy customer issues and ensure that our service creates good customer outcomes.

 

b)             Digital transformation

 

§      create a 21st century, digitised bank with multi-brand capabilities;

§      simplify products and processes by digitising end-to-end; and

 

§      drive efficiency opportunities from digitisation and consolidation of systems.

 

c)             Performance discipline

 

§      to be the region’s best performing bank;

 

§      manage the business in a balanced way across strength, growth, return and productivity;

 

§      focus on reducing structural costs;

 

§      maintain strong levels of capital to meet the needs of all our stakeholders and requirements of regulators;

 

§      continue to enhance our funding and liquidity position, including ensuring a diversity of funding pools and meeting new liquidity requirements; and

 

§      maintain a high quality portfolio of assets, coupled with appropriate provisioning.

 

d)             Growth highways

 

§      focus on stronger growth in:

 

         specific business segments, in particular, small to medium enterprises; and

 

         supporting our customers’ insurance and investment needs.

 

e)             Workforce revolution

 

§      focus on a customer-centric culture;

 

§      strengthen the skills of our people to better serve customers and meet their complete financial needs;

 

§      empower our people to drive innovation, deliver new and improved ways of working and be responsive to change; and

 

§      continue to enhance the diversity of our workforce.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

7

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Organisational structure

 

Our operations comprise the following key customer-facing business divisions operating under multiple brands.

 

Consumer Bank (CB) is responsible for sales and service to consumer customers in Australia under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands. Activities are conducted through a dedicated team of specialist consumer relationship managers along with an extensive network of branches, call centres and ATMs. Customers are also supported by a range of internet and mobile banking solutions. CB also works in an integrated way with Business Bank, BTFG and WIB in the sales and service of select financial services and products, including in wealth and foreign exchange. The revenue from these products is mostly retained by the product originators.

 

Business Bank (BB) is responsible for sales and service to micro, small to medium enterprises (SME) and commercial business customers in Australia for facilities up to approximately $150 million. The division operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA and Bank of Melbourne brands. Customers are provided with a wide range of banking and financial products and services to support their borrowing, payments and transaction needs. In addition, specialist services are provided for cash flow finance, trade finance, automotive and equipment finance and property finance. The division is also responsible for consumer customers with auto finance loans. BB works in an integrated way with BTFG and WIB in the sales, referral and service of select financial services and products including corporate superannuation, foreign exchange and interest rate hedging. The revenue from these products is mostly retained by the product originator.

 

BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG) is the Australian wealth management and insurance arm of the Westpac Group, providing a broad range of associated services. BTFG’s funds management operations include the manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation, retirement products, wealth administration platforms, private wealth, margin lending and equities broking. BTFG’s insurance business covers the manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurance. The division also uses a third party to manufacture certain general insurance products. In managing risk across all insurance classes, the division reinsures certain risks using external providers. In addition to the BT brand, BTFG operates a range of financial services brands along with the banking brands of Westpac, St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA for Private Wealth and Insurance.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial products and services to commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand. WIB operates through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams, with expert knowledge in financing, transactional banking, financial and debt capital markets. Customers are supported throughout Australia as well as via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, the US, UK and Asia. WIB is also responsible for Westpac Pacific, currently providing a range of banking services in Fiji and PNG. WIB works in an integrated way with all the Group’s divisions in

the provision of more complex financial needs, including across foreign exchange and fixed interest solutions.

 

Westpac New Zealand is responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand. Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking business through two banks in New Zealand:

 

§      Westpac New Zealand Limited (WNZL), which is incorporated in New Zealand; and

 

§      Westpac Banking Corporation (New Zealand Branch), which is incorporated in Australia.

 

Westpac New Zealand operates via an extensive network of branches and ATMs across both the North and South Islands. Business and institutional customers are also served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking products are provided under the Westpac brand, while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands, respectively. Westpac New Zealand also maintains its own infrastructure, including technology, operations and treasury.

 

Group Businesses include:

 

§      Treasury, which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding, capital and management of liquidity. Treasury also manages the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risks inherent in the balance sheet, including managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities. Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from managing the Group’s balance sheet and interest rate risk (excluding Westpac New Zealand) within set risk limits;

 

§      Group Technology, which comprises functions for the Australian businesses, is responsible for technology strategy and architecture, infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration; and

 

§      Core Support, which comprises functions performed centrally, including Australian banking operations, property services, strategy, finance, risk, compliance, legal, human resources and customer and corporate relations.

 

Group Technology costs are fully allocated to other divisions in the Group. Core Support costs are partially allocated to other divisions in the Group, with costs attributed to enterprise activity retained in Group Businesses.

 

Group Businesses also includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, certain intra-group transactions that facilitate the presentation of the performance of the Group’s operating segments, earnings from non-core asset sales and certain other head office items such as centrally raised provisions.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Competition

 

The Group operates in a highly competitive environment.

 

We serve the banking, wealth and risk management needs of customer segments from consumers and small businesses through to large corporate and institutional clients. The Group competes with other financial services providers in every segment and every product or service. Our competitors include financial services and advisory companies such as banks (both domestic and global), investment banks, credit unions, building societies, mortgage originators, credit card issuers, brokerage firms, fund and asset management companies, insurance companies, online financial services providers, and technology companies large and small.

 

Like other financial services providers, our competitive position across customer segments, products and geographies is determined by a variety of factors. These include:

 

§      the quality, range, innovation and pricing of products and services offered;

 

§      digital and technology solutions;

 

§      customer service quality and convenience;

 

§      the effectiveness of, and access to, distribution channels;

 

§      brand reputation and preference;

 

§      the types of customer served; and

 

§      the talent and experience of our employees.

 

We also operate in an environment where digital innovation is changing the competitive landscape. We compete on our ability to offer new products and services that align to evolving customer preferences. The competitive nature of the industry means that if we are not successful in developing or introducing new products and services, or in responding or adapting to changes in customer preferences and habits, we will lose customers to our competitors.

 

Competition within Australia’s financial system is evidenced by both the significant number of providers and the range of products and services available to customers. In Australia, competition for both deposits and lending continues to be fierce, both from established banks as well as new entrants, including technology firms.  Slowing growth in some sectors such as housing has heightened competitive intensity as financial institutions work to win new customers and retain existing ones.

 

In our wealth business, we expect the broader competitive landscape to continue to undergo significant change with ongoing consolidation in life insurance, continued regulatory and structural change in financial advice, and increased overseas interest and participation in superannuation.

 

In New Zealand, the Group is experiencing strong competition as banks vie for new customers and seek to retain existing ones. Competition for deposits and lending remains intense.

 

Outlook1

 

The Australian economy has continued to grow solidly in 2018. GDP increased by 3.4% for the year to June 2018, comfortably above our estimate of potential growth of 2.75%.

 

Recent GDP growth has been supported by strong population growth, home construction levels remaining higher for longer, solid business investment and healthy export levels.  Government spending has been particularly robust, highlighted by health and infrastructure.  Improved global growth and solid commodity prices have also supported growth.

 

Other measures of economic health remain solid with unemployment recently falling to 5% (down from around 5.5% a year earlier), and inflation remaining well under control at 1.9%.

 

Despite this solid activity, wage growth has remained subdued with nominal earnings up by only 1.8% over the year. With inflation well below target and ongoing questions about consumer spending, the Reserve Bank has kept the cash rate steady since August 2016. In particular household budgets have been impacted by low income growth; falling house prices; high debt levels and high energy prices.

 

In New Zealand, the economy has also been sound with solid growth in agriculture, retail and recreational services. New Zealand GDP growth has held at around 2.7%, with unemployment around 4.5% and inflation near 1.5%.

 

Within Australia, the 2019 outlook is for real GDP growth to ease back potentially to 2.7% before lifting to around 3% in 2020.  This softening in growth is based on the expectation that commodity prices will ease, the housing construction cycle continues its slowdown and consumer spending moderates.  These conditions are also likely to weigh on business investment that is likely to remain below trend.

 

The housing market is likely to remain soft in the year ahead as demand in Sydney and Melbourne markets adjust to affordability and investors respond to falling prices and uncertainty around tax policy. Supply may also ease as more conservative lending policies continue to flow through the system.

 

A sharp rebalancing of interest rate differentials has seen the Australian dollar fall by around 12% against the US dollar. This will particularly support Australia’s services exports and boost the profitability of the resources sector. Public demand is also likely to remain solid as the pipeline of infrastructure projects continues to roll out and the Commonwealth government benefits from a rapidly improving fiscal position. Employment growth is likely to slow from its recent strength to around the level of population growth.  As a result, the unemployment rate is anticipated to hold steady at around 5%.

 

That growth slowdown coupled with ongoing soft wage conditions will see little progress in moving inflation towards the Reserve Bank’s target of 2.5%. Global economic growth is also expected to slow somewhat. Accordingly the Reserve Bank is expected to keep the cash rate on hold at 1.5% in 2019.

 


1           All data and opinions under ‘Outlook’ are generated by our internal economists and management.


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

9

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Financial System credit grew by around 4.5% in the year to September 2018 with system housing credit rising 5.4%, and system business credit expanding by 3.8%. Other consumer credit declined by 1.4% over the year - this continues a path of declining consumer credit for a number of years.

 

Given the economic backdrop, and the potential for a further tightening of credit standards, growth in financial system credit in the year to September 2019 is expected to slow to around 3.5%. Within this aggregate, housing growth is forecast to ease to closer to 4.0%, business credit growth is expected to slow to near 3.5% while personal credit growth is likely to contract by 1%.

 

Westpac Group remains focused on executing our vision of being one of the world’s great service companies with our five strategic priorities assisting this transformation. These include:

 

§      maintaining our performance discipline by continuing to be prudent in the management of capital, funding and liquidity; managing returns effectively seeking to achieve a ROE between 13% and 14% and remaining disciplined on asset growth;

 

§      continuing to build our customer base while also increasing the depth of customer relationships;

 

§      utilising technology as part of our digital transformation to materially improve efficiency and reduce the Group’s cost to income ratio to below 40%;

 

§      wealth and small to medium business enterprises will continue to be our areas of targeted growth and will include focusing on growing funds on the Group’s wealth management system, called Panorama, and using new technologies to make business banking even easier to access for customers; and

 

§      seeking to further build a stronger and more diverse workforce where the best people want to work.

 

Over the last two years we have commenced a number of initiatives to improve Westpac’s reputation.  As part of these initiatives Westpac has already provided for customer payments and refunds where we may not have done the right thing for customers, or have not been able to sufficiently demonstrate that we have done the right thing for customers. Our review of products, related systems and processes will continue into 2019 and it may be that further provisions are required in the future.

 

Following announcements from our regulator, APRA, we have greater clarity on what sort of capital levels we need to be considered ‘unquestionably strong’. APRA have indicated a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 10.5% under the current APRA framework would be considered consistent with having an unquestionably strong balance sheet.  At the same time APRA is currently conducting a number of reviews into the calculation of Australia’s capital ratios including changes to risk weighted assets and how Australia’s ratios should be presented against international peers.  Further clarity on these changes is expected in Full Year 2019.  APRA has indicated that they believe banks will be able to meet any changes organically. Banks are expected to be required to meet these new standards by 1 January 2020.

Given the strength of our business, and our balance sheet, in both absolute terms and relative to peers, we believe we are well placed to respond to any additional regulatory requirements.

 

Looking ahead, with our strong positioning, disciplined growth, solid portfolio of businesses, and good progress on our strategic priorities, Westpac believes it is well positioned to continue delivering sustainable outcomes for shareholders and customers.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Significant developments

 

Corporate significant developments

 

Royal Commission into the banking, superannuation and financial services industries

 

On 14 December 2017, the Australian Government established a Royal Commission into potential misconduct in Australia’s banks and other financial services entities. The terms of reference for the Royal Commission require it to consider (amongst other things) the conduct of banks, insurers, financial service providers, superannuation funds (not including self-managed superannuation funds) and intermediaries between borrowers and lenders, and the effectiveness of Australian regulators in addressing misconduct in financial institutions. The Royal Commission is not required to inquire into matters such as the financial stability of Australia’s banks. A final report is to be provided by the Commission to the Australian Government by 1 February 2019, and an interim report was released and tabled in parliament on 28 September 2018.

 

The Royal Commission is inquiring into potential misconduct and conduct, practices, behaviour or business activities by financial services entities that may fall below community standards and expectations. The Commission has sought and received public submissions as to misconduct issues in financial services and conducted a range of public hearings which have considered case studies of alleged misconduct issues.

 

Westpac has provided the Commission with documents and witness statements and made submissions in all rounds of the Royal Commission to date. The Interim Report of the Commission released on 28 September 2018 outlined a range of views the Commissioner has formed to date based on the information and hearings so far and has requested submissions on key areas of policy that might affect or address misconduct in the financial services industry.  Many of those matters could have significant impacts on particular entities (including Westpac) and the financial services industry generally, as well as affecting the financial performance of financial institutions, including banks. Recommendations may include matters which could cause structural change to the financial services industry and/or business models used in the industry, changes to the compensation and incentive structures within the financial services industry, and changes involving the way financial services are regulated. Westpac made submissions in relation to the questions posed in the Interim Report on 26 October 2018.

 

The Commission will ultimately make findings and recommendations having considered the submissions Counsel Assisting, relevant financial institutions, other relevant bodies including regulators and the general public have made during the course of the proceedings of the Commission. The Commission’s findings and recommendations may include recommendations as to civil or criminal prosecutions that should be conducted against financial institutions and individuals, recommendations as to legislative reform and in respect of matters which regulatory or other policy bodies should consider.

 

In the event that the Federal Government supports recommended regulatory changes, the Royal Commission may result in changes to legislation and regulation. The

Royal Commission is also considering the regulation and enforcement practices of our regulators. Any findings or recommendations made by the Royal Commission are likely to have and could continue to prompt regulators to commence investigations into various financial services entities including Westpac. Those steps could subsequently result in administrative or enforcement action being taken. The Commission may also prompt our regulators to alter their existing policies and practices (including increasing their expectations for entities that they regulate, including Westpac) and increase the number of potential contraventions they choose to publicly litigate rather than otherwise resolve, which could harm our reputation and increase our liabilities related to legal proceedings. There is also a risk that matters considered during the Royal Commission have resulted in or could encourage civil claims against financial institutions including class actions.

 

Parliamentary inquiries and other reviews

 

On 16 September 2016, the Chairman of the House of Representatives Standing Committee on Economics announced that the Committee had commenced its Review of the Four Major Banks (Parliamentary Review). The terms of reference for the Parliamentary Review are wide-ranging, with one area of focus being how individual banks and the industry as a whole are responding to issues identified through other inquiries, including through the Australian Banking Association (ABA) action plan. Westpac attended public hearings of the Parliamentary Review on 6 October 2016, 8 March 2017, 11 October 2017 and 11 October 2018.

 

The third report of the Parliamentary Review was published on 7 December 2017. In its third report, the Committee made recommendations to ensure merchants have the choice of how to process “tap and go” payments on dual network cards, that the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) as part of its inquiry into residential mortgage products should assess the repricing of interest-only mortgages that occurred in June 2017, that legislation is introduced to mandate banks’ participation in Comprehensive Credit Reporting (discussed below) and that the Attorney-General should review the threshold transaction reporting obligations in light of the issues identified in a case brought by the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre against the Commonwealth Bank of Australia.

 

On 29 November 2016, the Senate referred an inquiry into the regulatory framework for the protection of consumers, including small businesses, in the banking, insurance and financial services sector to the Senate Economics References Committee. The terms of reference for the inquiry focus on a range of matters relating to the protection of consumers against wrongdoing in the sector. They also require the inquiry to examine the availability and adequacy of redress and support for consumers who have been victims of wrongdoing. The inquiry reporting date has been revised to 15 November 2018 to allow for the interim report of the Royal Commission to be handed down.

 

In addition to the reviews and inquiries mentioned above, the ACCC is undertaking a specific inquiry into the pricing of residential mortgages by those banks affected by the Bank Levy (including Westpac), which include monitoring the extent to which the Bank Levy is passed on to customers. An interim report was published in March 2018 and a final report is due in November 2018.


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

11

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


The inquiry into the pricing of residential mortgages is the first task of the Financial Services Unit (FSU), established by the ACCC in 2017 to undertake regular inquiries into specific financial services competition issues. The FSU has commenced market studies work from July 2018. The precise scope of that work has not yet been determined, and could include a review of the impact of regulatory measures which affect the ability of smaller banks to compete against the major banks, barriers to entry in financial services markets and consumer switching.

 

On 2 October 2018, the ACCC announced it was holding an inquiry into the supply of foreign currency conversion services in Australia. The inquiry is the second task of the FSU, and will examine the pricing of foreign currency conversion services and evaluate whether there are impediments to effective price competition in the sector. A report is due to be provided by the ACCC to the Treasurer by 31 May 2019.

 

As these reviews and inquiries progress, they may lead to further regulation and reform.

 

APRA self-assessment

 

On 1 May 2018, in the context of the publication of the final report in relation to the prudential inquiry into the Commonwealth Bank of Australia, APRA indicated that all regulated financial institutions would benefit from conducting a self-assessment into their frameworks and practices in relation to governance, culture and accountability. For large financial institutions such as Westpac, APRA noted it will also be seeking written assessments in relation to these matters that have been reviewed and endorsed by their Board. Westpac’s self-assessment is currently underway and the report is due to APRA on 30 November 2018.

 

Productivity Commission Inquiry into Competition in the Australian Financial System

 

In May 2017, the Australian Government announced a Productivity Commission inquiry into competition in the financial system. This review was a recommendation of the Financial System Inquiry (FSI). The terms of reference were broad and required the Productivity Commission to review competition in Australia’s financial system with a view to improving consumer outcomes, the productivity and international competitiveness of the financial system and the economy more broadly, and supporting ongoing financial system innovation, while balancing these with financial stability objectives.

 

The Productivity Commission released its final report on 3 August 2018 in which it found that financial system regulation since the Global Financial Crisis had favoured stability over competition. A number of the Productivity Commission’s recommendations were aimed at addressing this perceived regulatory imbalance, including that:

 

§                 the Australian Government should implement an open banking system (discussed below);

 

§                 the ACCC should receive a mandate to ‘champion’ competition in the financial system;

 

§                 trail commissions, volume-based commissions, campaign-based commissions and volume-based payments should be banned in mortgage broking and

clawback of commissions from brokers restricted to a maximum 2 year period;

 

§                 all brokers, aggregators, lenders and their employees who provide home loans to customers should have a clear legally-backed best interest obligation to their clients;

 

§                 all banks should appoint a Principal Integrity Officer (PIO) obliged by law to report directly to their board on the alignment of any payments made by the institution with the new customer best interest duty. The PIO would also have an obligation to report independently to ASIC in instances in which a board is not responsive to their advice;

 

§                 the ACCC should undertake five-yearly market studies on the effect of vertical and horizontal integration on competition in the financial system. The first of these studies should commence in 2019 and include establishing a robust evidence base of integration activity in the financial system;

 

§                 ASIC should require all lenders to provide those borrowers that are levied with lenders mortgage insurance (LMI) with the option of such insurance being levied once at the commencement of their home loan (whether paid as a lump sum or as deferred payments) or it being levied annually over the first 6 years of their loan, including requiring them to also provide borrowers with transparency in relation to the comparison of these options;

 

§                 where LMI is levied at the commencement of the home loan, all lenders should be required to set a schedule of refunds on the cost of LMI when borrowers choose to refinance or pay out their loan within 6 years of the loan being originated. The refund schedule should be made available to the borrower before any fee or charge is levied; and

 

§                  the Payments System Board should introduce a ban on card payment interchange fees by mid-2019.

 

ASIC action on compliance breaches with fees disclosure and renewal notices

 

On 12 October 2018, ASIC announced a review of compliance with requirements for Fee Disclosure Statements (FDS) and Renewal Notices. ASIC advised that it has received a number of breach reports from licensees which indicate they may have failed to comply with the FDS and Renewal Notice requirements that were implemented as part of the FoFA reforms. These reports are currently being investigated by ASIC, and ASIC may take enforcement action where breaches are substantiated. In addition to investigating these particular instances, ASIC announced that it will test compliance with FDS and Renewal Notice requirements across the financial advice sector.

 

ASIC will report its findings in 2019.


 

 

 

 

 

12

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Residential mortgage lending - reviews by and engagement with regulators

 

In recent years, regulators have focused on aspects of residential mortgage lending standards across the industry.

 

APRA has been looking at, and speaking publicly about, the broader issue of bank serviceability standards pertaining to residential mortgage lending.

 

During the year, Westpac further strengthened its controls on mortgage serviceability requirements. This work has been guided by the findings identified through the 2016/17 targeted review of data used in residential mortgage serviceability assessments, which was undertaken by Westpac (and other large ADIs) at APRA’s request. The focus of the review was on the adequacy of controls used to ensure borrower information in serviceability assessments was complete and accurate. Westpac engaged an independent third party to undertake the targeted review which was completed in May 2017. Based on the results of their evaluation of the design and operating effectiveness of the controls in place, they issued a qualified opinion on the basis of 8 of the 10 control objectives stipulated by APRA. While they found that Westpac had implemented a wide range of controls related to verifying certain categories of borrower information (particularly in relation to income), they noted that Westpac should give further consideration to strengthening controls in certain areas, such as declared expenses and other debts.

 

Westpac is continuing to engage with APRA in relation to its progress in strengthening these controls together with its risk management framework for residential mortgage lending, including in relation to oversight, operating systems and controls, and assurance.

 

Additionally, in line with APRA’s letter to ADIs dated 26 April 2018 (Embedding Sound Residential Mortgage Lending Practices), Westpac has been engaging with APRA in relation to its residential mortgage lending policies and practices.

 

In the mortgage area, ASIC continues to focus on interest only mortgage origination and high risk customer groups (such as customers with reverse mortgages). ASIC has also reviewed public statements by some banks (including Westpac) about interest rate changes, following the introduction of APRA’s macro-prudential limits for ADIs in respect of interest only lending flows. Westpac is working with ASIC on their reviews in these areas.

 

Anti-Money laundering and counter-terrorism financing reforms and initiatives

 

On 13 December 2017, the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Amendment Act 2017 (Cth) (Amendment Act) became effective and introduced a number of reforms to the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) (AML/CTF Act), including:

 

§                  expanding the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre’s (AUSTRAC) power to issue infringement notices and remedial directions;

 

§                  refining the ‘tipping-off’ provisions so that reporting entities can share information with certain related bodies corporate; and

§                  regulating digital currency exchange providers.

 

Many of the changes introduced by the Amendment Act arise from a recent review of Australia’s AML/CTF framework (Statutory Review), the findings of which were set out in the Report on the Statutory Review of the AML/CTF Act and Associated Rules and Regulations, which was tabled in Parliament on 29 April 2016. The Statutory Review took into account the relevant findings of the Financial Action Task Force’s mutual evaluation of Australia’s AML/CTF regime. The Government has published a ‘Project Plan’ for implementing the reforms recommended by the Statutory Review, and it is likely further reforms will be legislated in the near future.

 

In addition to the potential for ongoing legislative change, over the past few years AUSTRAC has increasingly emphasised its role in collecting, analysing and disseminating financial intelligence data to its law enforcement partners. One way AUSTRAC has sought to do this is through greater collaboration with the financial services industry. In 2016, AUSTRAC created the Fintel Alliance, an initiative which involves AUSTRAC, various financial services entities (including Westpac) and public sector bodies collaborating with the aim of developing and sharing actionable intelligence and insights that address key AML/CTF risks.

 

In this environment of ongoing legislative reform, regulatory change and increased industry focus, Westpac continues to engage with AUSTRAC and has been undertaking a review of its AML/CTF control environment that is designed to consider and assess our AML/CTF policies, the completeness of data feeding into our AML/CTF systems and our anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing processes and controls. Westpac has been regularly updating AUSTRAC on the progress of this review and has commenced implementing a number of improvements to its AML/CTF policies, systems and controls together with related remediation work in respect of certain reporting practices. These efforts have related to matters such as customer on-boarding and ongoing customer due diligence.

 

The Group has recently self-reported to AUSTRAC a failure to report a large number of International Funds Transfer Instructions (IFTIs) (as required under Australia’s AML/CTF Act) in relation to one WIB product. These IFTIs relate to batch instructions received from 2009 until recently from a small number of correspondent banks for payments made predominantly to beneficiaries in Australia in Australian dollars. Through the product, Westpac facilitates payments on behalf of clients of certain of its correspondent banks. The majority of the payments are low value and made by Government pension funds and corporates. The Group is investigating and working with AUSTRAC to remediate the failure to report IFTIs. Further details regarding the consequences of the failure to comply with financial crime obligations are set out in the Risk Factors section of this report.


 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

13

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Banking Executive Accountability Regime

 

On 1 July 2018 the Banking Executive Accountability Regime (BEAR), which applies to large ADIs such as Westpac, came into effect. The Government’s stated intention of BEAR is to introduce a strengthened responsibility and accountability framework for the most senior and influential directors and executives in ADI groups (referred to as ‘accountable persons’ under BEAR).

 

BEAR involves a range of new measures, including:

 

§                  imposing a set of requirements to be met by ADIs and accountable persons, including accountability obligations;

 

§                  requirements for ADIs to register accountable persons with APRA prior to their commencement in an accountable person role, to maintain and provide APRA with a map of the roles and responsibilities of accountable persons across the ADI group, to give APRA accountability statements for each accountable person detailing that individual’s roles and responsibilities and to report any breaches by the ADI or an accountable person of their respective accountability obligations to APRA; and

 

§                  new and stronger APRA enforcement powers, including disqualification powers in relation to accountable persons who breach the obligations of BEAR and a new civil penalty regime that will enable APRA to seek civil penalties in the Federal Court of up to $210 million (for large ADIs, such as Westpac) where an ADI breaches its obligations under BEAR and the breach relates to ‘prudential matters’.

 

Westpac implemented BEAR, including filing all required documents with APRA, by the required date of 1 July 2018.

 

Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Enforcement Review Taskforce

 

On 19 October 2016, the Australian Government announced that the ASIC Enforcement Review Taskforce (Taskforce) would conduct a review into the suitability of ASIC’s existing regulatory tools (including the penalties available) and whether they need to be strengthened.

 

The Taskforce completed its report in December 2017 and made 50 recommendations to the Australian Government. On 20 April 2018, the Australian Government announced that it has agreed, or agreed in principle, to all 50 recommendations and will prioritise the implementation of 30 of those recommendations. The remaining 20 recommendations will be considered with the final report of the Royal Commission.

 

The Taskforce made recommendations on, among other things:

 

§                 reforms to the mandatory breach reporting framework including when a reporting obligation is triggered, expanding the class of reports that must be made to include misconduct by individual advisers and employees and strengthening the penalties for failing to report, including through the introduction of an infringement notice regime;

 

§                 strengthening ASIC’s licensing powers, which would enable ASIC to take action to refuse to grant, or to

suspend or cancel, a licence where the applicant or licensee is not considered to be a fit and proper person;

 

§                 expanding ASIC’s powers to ban individuals working in financial services businesses where they are found to be unfit, improper or incompetent;

 

§                 increasing fines and strengthening penalties for corporate and financial sector misconduct;

 

§                 providing ASIC with the power to issue directions to financial services licensees and credit licensees in relation to the conduct of their business; and

 

§                 enhancing ASIC’s search warrant powers to provide them with greater flexibility to use seized materials and granting ASIC access to telecommunications intercept material.

 

Progress has been made in implementing these recommendations, including:

 

§                  ASIC releasing a report on 25 September 2018 on the breach reporting processes of 12 financial services groups, including Westpac;

 

§                 the Australian Government publicly endorsing the proposal by the ASIC Enforcement Review Taskforce to expand ASIC’s powers in respect of corporate and financial services misconduct, including the criminal and civil penalties which apply, and introducing the Treasury Laws Amendment (Strengthening Corporate and Financial Sector Penalties) Bill 2018 (Cth) (discussed below); and

 

§                 the Australian Government announcing an increase in ASIC’s funding in order to introduce a close and continuous monitoring program, in which ASIC embeds staff within the institutions which it supervises.

 

Enhanced penalties for corporate and financial sector misconduct

 

On 24 October 2018, the Australian Government introduced into Parliament the Treasury Laws Amendment (Strengthening Corporate & Financial Sector Penalties) Bill 2018 (Cth), which proposes to strengthen penalties for corporate and financial sector misconduct consistent with the ASIC Enforcement Review Taskforce recommendations. If passed in its current form, the Bill will:

 

§                 update the penalties for certain criminal offences in legislation administered by ASIC, including increasing the maximum imprisonment penalties for certain criminal offences, introducing a formula to calculate financial penalties for criminal offences, and removing imprisonment as a penalty but increasing the financial penalties for all strict and absolute liability offences;

 

§                 introduce ordinary criminal offences that sit alongside strict and absolute liability offences;

 

§                 introduce the ability for courts to make relinquishment orders for civil penalty provision contraventions;

 

§                 modernise and expand the civil penalty regime by making a wider range of offences subject to civil penalties;

 

§                 harmonise and expand the infringement notice regime;


 

 

 

 

 

14

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


§                 introduce a new test that applies to all dishonesty offences under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

 

§                 ensure the courts prioritise compensating victims over ordering the payment of financial penalties.

 

Product design and distribution obligations and product intervention power

 

On 21 December 2017, the Australian Treasury released draft legislation that would amend the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth) in order to grant ASIC a product intervention power and introduce a new ‘principles-based’ product design and distribution obligation on issuers and distributors. A further exposure draft was released for consultation in July 2018.

 

Westpac lodged a submission with the Australian Treasury on 12 February 2018 and on 16 August 2018 in response to the draft legislation and its revision respectively.

 

On 20 September 2018, the Treasury Laws Amendment (Design and Distribution Obligations and Product Intervention Powers) Bill 2018 (Cth) was introduced into Parliament. The Bill is currently before the House of Representatives. Exposure draft regulations in relation to the Bill were released for consultation on 23 October 2018.

 

Australian Banking Association Banking Reform Program and industry initiatives

 

On 21 April 2016, the ABA announced an action plan to protect consumer interests, increase transparency and accountability and build trust and confidence in banks.

 

The reform program includes a number of industry-led initiatives including:

 

§                 a review of product sales commissions and product based payments;

 

§                 the establishment of an independent customer advocate in each bank;

 

§                 supporting the broadening of external dispute resolution schemes;

 

§                 evaluating the establishment of an industry-wide, mandatory, last resort compensation scheme;

 

§                 strengthening protections available to whistleblowers;

 

§                 the implementation of a new information sharing protocol to help stop individuals with a history of poor conduct moving around the industry;

 

§                 strengthening the commitment to customers in the Banking Code of Practice; and

 

§                 supporting ASIC as a strong regulator.

 

On 17 April 2018, the independent governance expert overseeing the ABA action plan, Mr Ian McPhee, released his eighth and final report titled, Australian banking industry: Package of initiatives, which noted that banks have made good progress in delivering the initiatives, with most initiatives now implemented. Reporting by the banks to Ian McPhee about their implementation of key industry initiatives has now concluded. The ABA has committed to member banks providing further bi-annual external reporting on their implementation progress.

On 31 July 2018, ASIC approved the Banking Code of Practice with an implementation date of 1 July 2019. The new code replaces the previous version, the Code of Banking Practice 2013.

 

Westpac has fully implemented the recommendations from the Retail Banking Remuneration review chaired by Mr Stephen Sedgwick on 1 October 2018 for our employees, two years ahead of schedule.

 

Changes to wealth business

 

On 20 June 2018, BT Financial Advice announced that its customers operating through the Westpac, St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA networks will benefit from the removal of grandfathered payments attributable to their BT products. The change to remove the majority of grandfathered payments occurred on 1 October 2018 with the removal of certain more complex grandfathered payments to follow shortly. The introduction of the Future of Financial Advice (FoFA) reforms in 2013 included a prospective ban on conflicted remuneration. Generally, arrangements in place prior to the commencement of FoFA were grandfathered, permitting the continuation of grandfathered payments, such as commissions, under those arrangements.

 

On 23 July 2018, BT Financial Group announced three new initiatives:

 

§                 significant pricing changes to its flagship platform, BT Panorama, so that the pricing structure is significantly lower, simpler and no longer based on scale;

 

§                 the launch of a ‘compact’ BT Panorama offer for simpler investment; and

 

§                 an online adviser services hub, BT Open Services.

 

Open banking regime

 

On 9 February 2018, the final report of the Review into Open Banking in Australia was released. The report makes 50 recommendations in total, including recommendations on:

 

§                 the regulatory framework to support open banking;

 

§                 what data should be shared and with whom;

 

§                 what safeguards are needed to inspire confidence in data sharing;

 

§                 how data should be transferred; and

 

§                 how open banking should be rolled out.

 

On 9 May 2018 the Government announced that it agreed with the recommendations of the report, and that it would phase in open banking in stages with all major banks (including Westpac) required to make data available on credit and debit cards, together with deposit and transaction accounts by 1 July 2019 and on mortgages by 1 February 2020. Data on all products recommended by the report will be required to be made available by 1 July 2020. All remaining banks will be required to implement open banking with a 12-month delay on the timelines set for the major banks. The ACCC will be empowered to adjust timeframes if necessary.

 

On 15 August 2018, the Australian Treasury released draft legislation that would amend the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth), the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth) and the


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

15

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Australian Information Commissioner Act 2010 (Cth) to introduce a consumer data right which will apply to particular sectors designated by the Treasurer, in response to which Westpac lodged a submission. A further draft of the legislation (including a draft designation) was released by the Australian Treasury on 24 September 2018. The banking sector is the first sector to which the right will apply. A Consumer Data Right Rules Framework was also released by the ACCC in September 2018 and Westpac lodged a submission on the Framework on 12 October 2018.

 

Harper Competition Reforms

 

In November 2017, the Competition and Consumer Amendment (Competition Policy Review) Act 2017 (Cth) and the inter-related Competition and Consumer Amendment (Misuse of Market Power) Act 2017 (Cth) came into effect, making significant changes to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) following recommendations by the Competition Policy Review which was chaired by Professor Ian Harper.

 

These reforms included:

 

§                 broadening the scope of the existing prohibition on misuse of market power. Corporations with substantial market power are prohibited from engaging in any conduct with the purpose or likely effect of substantially lessening competition in a market in which the corporation (or its related bodies corporate) supplies or acquires goods or services;

 

§                 a new prohibition on engaging in a ‘concerted practice’ that has the purpose, effect or likely effect of substantially lessening competition;

 

§                 in light of the new concerted practices prohibition, the repeal of the bank-specific prohibition on price signalling;

 

§                 providing the ACCC with a ‘class exemption’ power which enables it to determine that various provisions in the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) do not apply to certain types of conduct;

 

§                 removing the per se prohibition on third line forcing or ‘third party bundling’ of goods and services unless the conduct is notified to the ACCC.  Instead this practice will be subject to a test of whether the bundling is likely to have the purpose, effect or likely effect of substantially lessening competition; and

 

§                 streamlining the existing procedure to review proposed mergers.

 

Comprehensive Credit Reporting (CCR)

 

On 28 March 2018, the National Consumer Credit Protection Amendment (Mandatory Comprehensive Credit Reporting) Bill 2018 (Cth) was introduced into Parliament. Whilst the bill remains in the Senate, if passed in its current form, the bill will mandate the provision of CCR data to credit reporting bodies. Westpac is committed to the use of CCR to support our principles of responsible lending, and as such we voluntarily supplied 55% of our consumer credit accounts on 17 September 2018.

 

Westpac will supply the residual 45% of consumer credit accounts by 17 September 2019. To support our implementation, Westpac is now a signatory of the Principles

of Reciprocity and Data Exchange, which provides governance and most importantly key consumer data protection protocols within the CCR data sharing environment.

 

Financial benchmarks reform

 

The Treasury Laws Amendment (2017 Measures No.5) Act 2018 (Cth) commenced on 12 April 2018 which strengthens the regulation of financial benchmarks. The measures include:

 

§                 ASIC being empowered to develop enforceable rules for administrators and entities that make submissions to significant benchmarks (such as Westpac), including the power to compel submissions to benchmarks in the case that other calculation mechanisms fail;

 

§                 administrators of significant benchmarks being required to hold a new ‘benchmark administrator’ licence issued by ASIC (unless granted an exemption); and

 

§                 the manipulation of any financial benchmark or financial product used to determine a financial benchmark (such as negotiable certificates of deposit) being made a specific criminal offence and subject to civil penalties.

 

Issue of Westpac Capital Notes 5

 

On 13 March 2018, Westpac issued $1.69 billion of securities known as Westpac Capital Notes 5, which qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital under APRA’s capital adequacy framework.

 

Transfer and conversion of Westpac convertible preference shares (CPS)

 

On 13 March 2018, $623 million of CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS nominated party for $100 each pursuant to the Westpac Capital Notes 5 reinvestment offer. Those CPS were subsequently bought back and cancelled by Westpac.

 

On 3 April 2018, the remaining $566 million of CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS nominated party for $100 each. Following the transfer, those remaining CPS were converted into 19,189,765 ordinary shares.

 

ASIC’s responsible lending litigation against Westpac

 

On 1 March 2017, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against Westpac in relation to home loans entered into between December 2011 and March 2015, which were automatically approved by Westpac’s systems as part of broader processes. On 4 September 2018 Westpac and ASIC agreed to settle the proceedings on the basis of a proposed $35 million penalty and declarations that Westpac contravened the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth) (NCCPA). The proposed settlement is subject to Court approval, and involves Westpac accepting that during the relevant period (December 2011 – March 2015), the way that Westpac used the Household Expenditure Measure (HEM) benchmark to assess home loans and the way that Westpac assessed certain interest only loans breached the NCCPA. This meant that during the relevant period, approximately 10,500 home loans should have been referred to manual assessment by a credit officer. A hearing on the proposed settlement was held on 24 October 2018 and judgment has been reserved.


 

 

 

 

 

16

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


Outbound scaled advice division proceedings

 

On 22 December 2016, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against BT Funds Management Limited (BTFM) and Westpac Securities Administration Limited in relation to a number of superannuation account consolidation campaigns conducted between 2013 and 2016. ASIC has alleged that in the course of some of these campaigns, customers were provided with personal advice in contravention of a number of Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) provisions. ASIC has selected 15 specific customers as the focus of their claim. The proceedings were heard in February 2018. Judgment is pending.

 

ASIC’s proceedings against Westpac for poor financial advice by a financial planner

 

On 14 June 2018, ASIC commenced proceedings in the Federal Court against Westpac in relation to alleged poor financial advice provided by a former financial planner, Mr Sudhir Sinha.  Mr Sinha was dismissed by Westpac in November 2014 and subsequently banned by ASIC.  Westpac has proactively initiated remediation to identify and compensate affected customers and has completed remediation activities.  ASIC’s proceedings relate to advice provided by Mr Sinha in respect of four specific customer files. Westpac has filed a response to ASIC’s allegations.

 

Class action against Westpac Banking Corporation and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited

 

On 12 October 2017, a class action was filed in the Federal Court of Australia on behalf of customers who, since October 2011, obtained insurance issued by Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) on the recommendation of financial advisers employed within the Westpac Group. The plaintiffs have alleged that aspects of the financial advice provided by those advisers breached fiduciary and statutory duties owed to the advisers’ clients, including the duty to act in the best interests of the client, and that WLIS was knowingly involved in those alleged breaches.  Westpac and WLIS are defending the proceedings.  These proceedings are currently stayed by order of the Court, pending the outcome of an appeal concerning a procedural issue unrelated to the substantive claims made in the class action.

 

BBSW proceedings

 

Following ASIC’s investigations into the interbank short-term money market and its impact on the setting of the bank bill swap reference rate (BBSW), on 5 April 2016, ASIC commenced civil proceedings against Westpac in the Federal Court of Australia, alleging certain misconduct, including market manipulation and unconscionable conduct. The conduct that was the subject of the proceedings was alleged to have occurred between 6 April 2010 and 6 June 2012. ASIC sought declarations from the court that Westpac breached various provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth), pecuniary penalties of unspecified amounts and orders requiring Westpac to implement a comprehensive compliance program for persons involved in Westpac’s trading in the relevant market. The proceedings were heard in late 2017. On 24 May 2018, Justice Beach found that Westpac had not engaged in market manipulation or misleading or deceptive conduct under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). His Honour also found that there was no ‘trading practice’ of manipulating the

BBSW rate. However, the Court found that Westpac engaged in unconscionable conduct on 4 occasions and that Westpac breached its supervisory duty. Costs and penalties will be determined in the coming months.

 

In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Westpac and a large number of other Australian and international banks alleging misconduct in relation to BBSW. These proceedings are at an early stage and the level of damages sought has not been specified. Westpac is defending these proceedings.

 

Bank Levy for Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs)

 

On 23 June 2017, legislation was enacted that introduced a new levy on ADIs with liabilities of at least $100 billion (Bank Levy). The Bank Levy became effective from 1 July 2017 and the rate is set at 0.06% per annum of certain ADI liabilities. There is no end date provided for the Bank Levy. In the first 12 months following the introduction of the Bank Levy, Westpac paid $376 million to the Australian Government.

 

Taxation of cross-border financing arrangements

 

The Australian and New Zealand Governments have each decided to implement the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) proposals relating to the taxation treatment of cross-border financing arrangements. These proposals affect the taxation arrangements for certain ‘hybrid’ regulatory capital instruments issued by Westpac. The Australian provisions were enacted on 24 August 2018 and provide for limited grandfathering of certain previously issued Additional Tier 1 capital securities. The New Zealand provisions were enacted on 27 June 2018 and similarly provide for limited grandfathering of certain previously issued Tier 2 capital securities.

 

APRA’s proposed changes to capital standards

 

The final report of the FSI in 2014 recommended that APRA set capital standards such that the capital ratios of Australian ADIs are “unquestionably strong”.

 

On 19 July 2017, APRA released an Information Paper titled ‘Strengthening Banking System Resilience - Establishing Unquestionably Strong Capital Ratios’. In its release, APRA concluded that the four major Australian banks, including Westpac, need to have a CET1 ratio of at least 10.5%, as measured under the existing capital framework, to be considered “unquestionably strong.” Banks are expected to meet this new benchmark by 1 January 2020. APRA has announced that it expects to consult on draft prudential standards giving effect to the new framework in 2018, leading to the determination of final prudential standards in 2019. The new framework is anticipated to take effect in early 2021.

 

During 2018, APRA commenced consultation and issued the following discussion papers:

 

§                 ‘Revision to the Capital Framework for Authorised Deposit-Taking Institutions’. The paper included proposed revisions to the capital framework which incorporates the finalisation of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) Basel III reforms in December 2017, as well as other changes to better align the framework to risks, including in relation to


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

17

 


 

Information on Westpac

 

 


home lending. In relation to proposed traded market risk reforms published by the BCBS (also referred to as “Fundamental Review of the Trading Book”), APRA have advised that it will defer its decision on the scope and timing of any domestic implementation of the market risk framework until after it has been finalised by the BCBS.

 

§                 ‘Leverage Ratio Requirements for Authorised Deposit-Taking Institutions’. This discussion paper proposes to impose a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4% for ADIs that use the internal ratings-based approach to determine capital adequacy from 1 July 2019. Australian banks are currently required to report leverage ratios under the existing requirements as part of Pillar 3 disclosures.

 

§                 ‘Improving the transparency, comparability and flexibility of the ADI capital framework’. The discussion paper outlines options APRA is considering for the presentation of capital ratios, minimum capital requirements and capital instrument triggers. This could result in changes to capital ratios and minimum capital requirements and the Capital Trigger Event level of 5.125% could stay the same or increase. The dollar amount of CET1 surplus above the Capital Trigger Event level of 5.125% will depend on the final option implemented by APRA.  As the proposals are at an early consultation stage it is too soon to determine final impacts.

 

APRA has announced that its revisions to the capital framework are not intended to necessitate further capital increases for the industry above the 10.5% benchmark. However, given the proposals include higher risk weights for certain mortgage products, such as interest only loans and loans for investment purposes, the impact on individual banks may vary. Given that the proposals are at the early consultation stage and final details remain unclear, it is too soon to determine the impact on Westpac.

 

Resolution planning including additional loss absorbing capacity and APRA’s crisis management powers

 

In response to the FSI recommendations, the Australian Government also agreed to further reforms regarding crisis management and to establish a framework for minimum loss-absorbing and recapitalisation capacity.

 

On 5 March 2018, legislation came into effect which strengthens APRA’s crisis management powers. The intention of these reforms is to strengthen APRA’s powers to facilitate the orderly resolution of an institution so as to protect the interests of depositors and to protect the stability of the financial system. The reforms also enhance APRA’s ability to take actions in relation to resolution planning, including measures to ensure regulated entities and their groups are better prepared for resolution.

 

APRA expects to commence consultation on a framework for minimum loss-absorbing and recapitalisation capacity later in 2018. The intention of this would be to facilitate the orderly resolution of banks and minimise taxpayer support.

 

Macro-prudential regulation

 

From December 2014, APRA began using macro-prudential measures targeting mortgage lending. This included limiting investment property lending growth to below 10%, imposing

additional levels of conservatism in serviceability assessments, and restricting mortgage lending with interest only terms to 30% of new mortgage lending. APRA also indicated that it expects ADIs to place strict internal limits on the volume of interest only loans with loan-to-valuation ratios (LVR) above 80%.

 

Westpac has implemented steps to achieve these limits, including introducing differential pricing for investor property loans and interest only loans, a restriction on the volume of interest only loans with an LVR of greater than 80% (includes limit increases, interest only term extension and switches), no repayment switch fee for customers switching to principal and interest from interest only loans and no longer accepting external refinances (from other financial institutions) for owner occupied interest only loans. Interest only residential mortgages constituted 22.6% of new mortgage lending for the quarter ended 30 September 2018 (currently 34.7% of Westpac’s overall Australian residential mortgage portfolio as at 30 September 2018).

 

On 26 April 2018, APRA announced its intention to remove the existing 10% limit on investment property lending growth and replace it with more permanent measures to strengthen lending standards. In order to no longer be subject to this limit from 1 July 2018, ADIs will be required to demonstrate to APRA that they have been operating below the 10% limit for at least the past 6 months. In addition, an ADI’s Board will be required to provide an assurance to APRA in relation to its lending policies and practices. Westpac is currently subject to the 10% limit.

 

Net Stable Funding Ratio

 

In December 2016, APRA released an updated prudential standard on liquidity (APS 210) which took effect from 1 January 2018. The revised APS 210 includes the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) requirement; a measure designed to encourage longer-term funding of assets and better match the duration of assets and liabilities.

 

Westpac’s NSFR as at 30 September 2018 was 114%, above the NSFR requirement of 100%.

 

Committed Liquidity Facility - annual application

 

The Reserve Bank of Australia makes available to ADIs a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) that, subject to qualifying conditions, can be accessed to meet LCR requirements under APS210: Liquidity. Westpac’s CLF allocation has been decreased from $57.0 billion in 2018 to $54.0 billion for 2019.

 

Transition to AASB 9

 

AASB 9: Financial Instruments (AASB 9) will replace AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement from 1 October 2018.  AASB 9 includes a forward looking ‘expected credit loss’ impairment model, revised classification and measurement model and modifies the approach to hedge accounting.

 

The adoption of AASB 9 is expected to reduce retained earnings at 1 October 2018 by approximately $709 million (net of tax) primarily due to the increase in impairment provisions under the new standard. The Group continues to assess and refine certain aspects of our impairment provisioning process. There is no significant impact to our regulatory capital.


 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 


Further details of the changes under the new standard are included in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Transition to AASB 15

 

AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15) will replace AASB 118 Revenue and related Interpretations from 1 October 2018.  AASB 15 provides a systematic approach to revenue recognition by introducing a five-step model governing revenue measurement and recognition.  The application of AASB 15 will not have a material impact on the Group’s net profit or retained earnings.

 

Further details of the changes under the new standard are included in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

APRA Prudential Standard APS 222: Associations with Related Entities

 

On 2 July 2018, APRA released a Discussion Paper and consultation draft in relation to prudential standard APS 222: Associations with Related Entities. The Discussion Paper proposes changes to the requirements for ADIs in managing their risks from associations with related parties. The proposals include changes to the definition and measurement of exposures to related entities, prudential limits and broadening the definition of related entities to include substantial shareholders, individual board directors and other related individuals. The proposals are at consultation stage and final details remain unclear.  It is expected that once finalised, the framework will be implemented from 1 January 2020.

 

APRA Prudential Standard CPS 234: Information Security Management

 

On 7 March 2018, APRA released a consultation draft of a new cross-industry prudential standard CPS 234: Information Security Management. APRA announced that the proposed standard is aimed at improving the ability of APRA-regulated entities to detect cyber adversaries and respond swiftly and effectively in the event of a breach.

 

The proposed prudential standard would require APRA-regulated entities to (amongst other things):

 

§                 define the information security related roles and responsibilities of the board, senior management and governing bodies;

 

§                 maintain an information security capability that is commensurate with the size and extent of threats the entity faces;

 

§                 implement information security controls to protect information assets;

 

§                 undertake regular testing and assurance on the effectiveness of those information security controls;

 

§                 have mechanisms to detect and respond to information security incidents in a timely manner; and

 

§                 notify APRA of material information security incidents.

 

APRA announced that it intends to finalise the proposed prudential standard towards the end of 2018, with a view to implementing from 1 July 2019. Westpac continues to enhance its systems and processes to further mitigate cybersecurity risks.

Brexit

 

On 29 March 2017, the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom (UK) notified the European Council in accordance with Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union of the UK’s intention to withdraw from the European Union (EU), triggering a two year period for the negotiation of the UK’s withdrawal from the EU.

 

As Westpac’s business and operations are based predominantly in Australia and New Zealand, the direct impact of the UK’s departure from the EU is unlikely to be material to Westpac. However, it remains difficult to predict the impact that Brexit may have on financial markets, the global economy and the global financial services industry. Westpac has contingency planning in place and is continuing to monitor the implications of Brexit.

 

London Interbank Offered Rate

 

In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), announced that it would not require panel banks to continue to submit rates for the calculation of the LIBOR benchmark after 2021. Accordingly, the continuation of LIBOR in its current form will not be guaranteed after 2021, and it is likely that LIBOR will be discontinued or modified by 2021. It is currently uncertain what developments or future changes will occur in the administration of LIBOR or any other benchmarks. Any such developments or changes could impact the return on, value of and market for, securities and other instruments whose returns are linked to any such benchmarks, including those securities or other instruments issued by the Group.

 

European Union General Data Protection Regulation

 

The European Union (EU) General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) contains new data protection requirements that came into effect from 25 May 2018. The GDPR is intended to ‘strengthen and unify’ data protection for individuals across the EU and supersedes the existing EU Data Protection Directive. Australian businesses of any size may need to comply if they have an establishment in the EU, if they offer goods or services in the EU, or if they monitor the behaviour of individuals in the EU. Westpac implemented a number of changes and updates to policies and systems prior to the commencement of the GDPR, and those changes to policies and systems are continuing.

 

OTC derivatives reform

 

International regulatory reforms relating to over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives continue to be implemented across the globe, with a current focus on initial margin and risk mitigation practices for non-centrally cleared derivatives.

 

Australian standards for risk mitigation practices relating to trading relationship documentation, trade confirmations, portfolio reconciliation and compression and valuation and dispute resolution processes came into force in March 2018 and have now been implemented.

 

Global initial margin requirements commenced on 1 September 2016. These requirements are being introduced in phases until 1 September 2020 and work is underway within Westpac to comply with these regulations.

 

New Zealand

 

Regulatory reforms and significant developments in New Zealand include:


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

19

 


 

Information on Westpac

 


RBNZ - Revised Outsourcing Policy

 

On 19 September 2017, the RBNZ advised Westpac New Zealand Limited (WNZL) of changes to its conditions of registration that will give effect to the RBNZ’s revised Outsourcing Policy (BS11) (Revised Outsourcing Policy).  Both the changes to the conditions of registration and the Revised Outsourcing Policy came into effect on 1 October 2017.  The Revised Outsourcing Policy sets out requirements that banks need to meet when outsourcing particular functions and services, especially if the service provider is a related party of the bank.  WNZL will have two years before it must fully comply with the requirement to maintain a compendium of outsourcing arrangements and five years to fully comply with other aspects of the Revised Outsourcing Policy.

 

RBNZ Capital Review

 

The RBNZ is undertaking a Bank Capital Adequacy Framework review on the makeup of bank capital.  The RBNZ has now made “in principle” decisions on the risk weighted assets framework, including the introduction of dual reporting, a standardised methodology for operational risk, and capital floors to internal rating models. These changes will be reflected in the revised framework which is scheduled to be released in Q4 2019. The RBNZ will progress the in principle decisions over 2018 and 2019, informed by a quantitative impact study and feedback on the minimum capital settings during Q4 2018.

 

Reform of the regulation of financial advice

 

In July 2016, the New Zealand Government announced plans for changes to the regime regulating financial advice. The new regime is set out in the Financial Services Legislation Amendment Bill (FSLAB), which had its second reading in Parliament in September 2018. Under FSLAB, financial advice will be provided by licensed firms who will employ financial advisers and nominated representatives. A Code of Conduct will apply to all advice and advisers and representatives will be subject to the same duties and ethical standards. Firms will be responsible for ensuring that their advisers and representatives comply with these duties. The reforms will also remove legislative barriers to the provision of robo-advice.

 

A two stage transition is proposed. At this stage, the Code of Conduct is expected to be approved in Q2 2019. There will be a 9-month period from the Code’s approval to initial implementation of the new regime, after which a 2-year safe harbour for competency requirements will apply.

 

RBNZ - Review under section 95 of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989

 

On 10 February 2017, the RBNZ issued WNZL with a notice under section 95 of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989, requiring WNZL to obtain an independent review of its compliance with advanced internal rating-based aspects of the RBNZ’s ‘Capital Adequacy Framework (Internal Models Based Approach)’ (BS2B). WNZL has disclosed non-compliance with BS2B (compliance with which is a condition of registration for WNZL) in its quarterly disclosure statements. On 15 November 2017, the RBNZ advised WNZL of changes to its conditions of registration resulting from the review. The changes to WNZL’s conditions of registration came into effect on 31 December 2017 and increase the minimum Total Capital ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio

and Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio of WNZL and its controlled entities by 2%. WNZL has also undertaken to the RBNZ to maintain the Total Capital ratio of WNZL and its controlled entities above 15.1%. WNZL and its controlled entities retain an appropriate amount of capital to comply with the increased minimum ratios. The RBNZ requires WNZL to sufficiently address non-compliance issues by 30 June 2019.  A remediation plan has been provided to the RBNZ. WNZL is providing regular updates on the scope of its remediation activity to the RBNZ to ensure compliance by 30 June 2019.

 

Review of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act

 

In November 2017, the New Zealand Government announced it will undertake a review of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989 (Act) (RBNZ Review).  The RBNZ Review aims to ensure the RBNZ’s monetary and financial policy framework still provides the most efficient and effective model for New Zealand.  The RBNZ Review will consist of two phases.  Phase 1 focuses on whether the RBNZ’s decision-making process for monetary policy is robust, and draft legislation for the proposed Phase 1 related changes to the Act has been published.  The terms of reference for Phase 2 were released in June 2018 and will consider broader issues, including the macro-prudential framework, the current prudential supervision model and trans-Tasman coordination. The first consultation on Phase 2 was issued on 1 November 2018.

 

Residential Mortgage Bond Collateral Standard Review

 

When the RBNZ lends to banks and other counterparties it does so against ‘eligible collateral’ (mortgage bonds). In New Zealand, mortgage bonds are not generally traded. On 17 December 2017, the RBNZ published an issues paper proposing an enhanced mortgage bond standard aimed at supporting confidence and liquidity in the financial system, and a more standardised and transparent framework for mortgage bonds, which would improve their quality and make them more marketable and a new format for mortgage bonds. The RBNZ is engaging with industry to develop this new mortgage bond standard.

 

RBNZ/FMA – Financial Services Conduct & Culture Review

 

In May 2018, the RBNZ and FMA commenced a review in respect of New Zealand’s 10 major banks & 15 life insurers, including WNZL and Westpac Life-NZ-Limited, to explain why conduct issues highlighted by the Australian Royal Commission are not present in New Zealand. WNZL and Westpac Life have provided the regulators with information in relation to this review. An industry thematic review report for the banks is expected to be released in November 2018 and for the life insurers in December 2018.


 

 

 

 

 

20

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information on Westpac

 


Supervision and regulation

 

Australia

 

Within Australia, we are subject to supervision and regulation by six principal agencies: the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA); the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA); the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC); the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX); the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC); and the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC).

 

APRA is the prudential regulator of the Australian financial services industry. It oversees banks, credit unions, building societies, general insurance, re-insurance, life insurance and private health insurance companies, friendly societies and most of the superannuation (pension) industry. APRA’s role includes establishing and enforcing prudential standards and practices designed to ensure that, under all reasonable circumstances, financial promises made by the institutions it supervises are met within a stable, efficient and competitive financial system. APRA has recently received new and strengthened powers under the Banking Executive Accountability Regime. For further information, refer to ‘Significant developments’ above.

 

As an ADI, we report prudential information to APRA, including information in relation to capital adequacy, large exposures, credit quality and liquidity. Our controlled entities in Australia that are authorised insurers and trustees of superannuation funds are also subject to the APRA regulatory regime. Reporting is supplemented by consultations, on-site inspections and targeted reviews. Our external auditor also has an obligation to report on compliance with certain statutory and regulatory banking requirements and on any matters that in their opinion may have the potential to materially prejudice the interests of depositors and other stakeholders.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are based on the approach agreed upon by the BCBS. National discretion is then applied to that approach, which has resulted in Australia’s capital requirements being more stringent. Refer to ‘Capital resources – Basel Capital Accord’ in Section 2.

 

The RBA is responsible for monetary policy, maintaining financial system stability and promoting the safety and efficiency of the payments system. The RBA is an active participant in the financial markets, manages Australia’s foreign reserves, issues Australian currency notes and serves as banker to the Australian Government.

 

ASIC is the national regulator of Australian companies and consumer protection within the financial sector. Its primary responsibility is to regulate and enforce company, consumer credit, financial markets and financial products and services laws that protect consumers, investors and creditors. With respect to financial services, it promotes fairness and transparency by providing consumer protection, using regulatory powers to enforce laws relating to deposit-taking activities, general insurance, life insurance, superannuation, retirement savings accounts, securities (such as shares, debentures and managed investments) and futures contracts and financial advice. ASIC has responsibility for supervising trading on Australia’s domestic licensed markets and of trading participants. There are currently proposals to strengthen ASIC’s existing powers and to provide ASIC with

a product intervention power. For further information, refer to ‘Significant developments’ above.

 

The ASX operates Australia’s primary national market for trading of securities issued by listed companies. Some of our securities (including our ordinary shares) are listed on the ASX and we therefore have obligations to comply with the ASX Listing Rules, which have statutory backing under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). The ASX has responsibility for the oversight of listed entities under the ASX Listing Rules and for monitoring and enforcing compliance with the ASX Operating Rules by its market, clearing and settlement participants. ASX is now also the benchmark administrator of BBSW.

 

The ACCC is the regulator responsible for the regulation and prohibition of anti-competitive and unfair market practices and mergers and acquisitions in Australia. Its broad objective is to administer the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) and related legislation to bring greater competitiveness, fair trading, consumer protection and product safety to the Australian economy. The ACCC’s role in consumer protection complements that of ASIC (for financial services) and Australian state and territory consumer affairs agencies that administer the unfair trading legislation of their jurisdictions.

 

The Australian Government’s present policy, known as the ‘four pillars policy’, is that there should be no fewer than four major banks to maintain appropriate levels of competition in the banking sector. Under the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Cth), the Australian Government’s Treasurer must approve an entity acquiring a stake of more than 15% in a particular financial sector company.

 

Proposals for foreign acquisitions of a stake in Australian banks are subject to the Australian Government’s foreign investment policy and, where required, approval by the Australian Government under the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth). For further details refer to ‘Limitations affecting security holders’ in Section 4.

 

AUSTRAC oversees the compliance of Australian reporting entities (including Westpac) with the requirements under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) and the Financial Transaction Reports Act 1988 (Cth). These requirements include:

 

§                 implementing programs for identifying and monitoring customers, and for managing the risks of money laundering and terrorism financing;

 

§                 reporting suspicious matters, threshold transactions and international funds transfer instructions; and

 

§                 submitting an annual compliance report.

 

AUSTRAC provides financial information to Australian federal law enforcement, national security, human services and revenue agencies, and certain international counterparts.


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

21

 


 

Information on Westpac

 


New Zealand

 

The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) is responsible for supervising New Zealand registered banks and protects the financial stability of New Zealand through the application of minimum prudential obligations. The New Zealand prudential supervision regime requires that registered banks publish disclosure statements, which contain information on financial performance and risk positions as well as attestations by the directors about the bank’s compliance with its conditions of registration and certain other matters.

 

The Financial Markets Authority (FMA) and the New Zealand Commerce Commission (NZCC) are the two primary conduct and enforcement regulators. The FMA and NZCC are responsible for ensuring that markets are fair and transparent and are supported by confident and informed investors and consumers. Regulation of markets and their participants is undertaken through a combination of market supervision, corporate governance and licensing approvals.

 

In New Zealand, other relevant regulator mandates include those relating to taxation, privacy and foreign affairs and trade.

 

Banks in New Zealand are also subject to a number of self-regulatory regimes. Examples include NZ Payments, the New Zealand Bankers’ Association and the Financial Services Council (FSC). Examples of industry agreed codes include the New Zealand Bankers’ Association’s Code of Banking Practice and FSC’s Code of Conduct.

 

United States

 

Our New York branch is a US federally licensed branch and therefore is subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the US Federal Reserve) under the US International Banking Act of 1978 (IBA) and related regulations.

 

A US federal branch must maintain, with a US Federal Reserve member bank, a capital equivalency deposit as prescribed by the US Comptroller of the Currency, which is at least equal to 5% of its total liabilities (including acceptances, but excluding accrued expenses, and amounts due and other liabilities to other branches, agencies and subsidiaries of the foreign bank).

 

In addition, a US federal branch is subject to periodic onsite examination by the US Comptroller of the Currency. Such examination may address risk management, operations, asset quality, compliance with the record-keeping and reporting, and any additional requirements prescribed by the US Comptroller of the Currency from time to time.

 

A US federal branch of a foreign bank is, by virtue of the IBA, subject to the receivership powers exercisable by the US Comptroller of the Currency.

 

As of 22 June 2016, we elected to be treated as a financial holding company in the US pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y. Our election will remain effective so long as we meet certain capital and management standards prescribed by the US Federal Reserve.

 

Westpac and some of its affiliates are engaged in various activities that are subject to regulation by other US federal

regulatory agencies, including the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the National Futures Association.

 

Anti-money laundering regulation and related requirements

 

Australia

 

Westpac has a Group-wide program to manage its obligations under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth). We continue to actively engage with the regulator, AUSTRAC, on our activities.

 

Our Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Policy (AML/CTF Policy) sets out how the Westpac Group complies with its legislative obligations.

 

The AML/CTF Policy applies to all business divisions and employees (permanent, temporary and third party providers) working in Australia, New Zealand and overseas.

 

United States

 

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requires US financial institutions, including the US branches of foreign banks, to take certain steps to prevent, detect and report individuals and entities involved in international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The required actions include verifying the identity of financial institutions and other customers and counterparties, terminating correspondent accounts for foreign ‘shell banks’ and obtaining information about the owners of foreign bank clients and the identity of the foreign bank’s agent for service of process in the US. The anti-money laundering compliance requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act include requirements to adopt and implement an effective anti-money laundering program, report suspicious transactions or activities, and implement due diligence procedures for correspondent and other customer accounts. Westpac’s New York branch and Westpac Capital Markets LLC maintain an anti-money laundering compliance program designed to address US legal requirements.

 

US economic and trade sanctions, as administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), prohibit or significantly restrict US financial institutions, including the US branches and operations of foreign banks, and other US persons from doing business with certain persons, entities and jurisdictions. Westpac’s New York branch and Westpac Capital Markets LLC maintain compliance programs designed to comply with OFAC sanctions programs, and Westpac has a Group-wide program to ensure adequate compliance.

 

Legal proceedings

 

Our entities are defendants from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of our business. Material legal proceedings, if any, are described in Note 31 to the financial statements and under ‘Significant developments’ above. Where appropriate as required by the accounting standards, a provision has been raised in respect of these proceedings and disclosed in the financial statements.

 

Principal office

 

Our principal office is located at 275 Kent Street, Sydney, New South Wales, 2000, Australia. Our telephone number for calls within Australia is (+61) 2 9155 7713 and our international telephone number is (+61) 2 9155 7700.


 

 

 

 

22

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 


Introduction

 

This Corporate Governance Statement, which has been approved by the Board, describes our corporate governance framework, policies and practices as at 5 November 2018.

 

Framework and approach

 

Our approach to corporate governance is based on a set of values and behaviours that underpin day-to-day activities, provide transparency and fair dealing and seek to protect stakeholder interests.

 

This approach includes a commitment to excellence in governance standards, which Westpac sees as fundamental to the sustainability of our business and our performance. It includes monitoring local and global developments in corporate governance and assessing their implications.

 

We have equity securities quoted on securities exchanges in Australia, New Zealand and the United States.

 

Australia

 

The principal listing of Westpac ordinary shares is on the ASX, trading under the code WBC. Westpac also has hybrid securities, capital notes, senior notes and subordinated notes listed on the ASX.

 

We comply with the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (third edition) (ASXCGC Recommendations) published by the ASX Limited’s Corporate Governance Council (ASXCGC). We must also comply with the Corporations Act, the Banking Act, including Part IIAA – The Banking Executive Accountability Regime amongst other laws, and, as an Authorised Deposit-taking Institution, with governance requirements prescribed by APRA under Prudential Standard CPS 510 Governance.

 

This Corporate Governance Statement addresses each of the ASXCGC Recommendations with an explanation of our corporate governance practices, demonstrating our compliance with each Recommendation.

 

Further details about the ASXCGC Recommendations can be found on the ASX website www.asx.com.au.

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac’s ordinary shares are also quoted on the NZX, which is the main board equity security market operated by NZX Limited. Westpac also has subordinated notes quoted on the NZX Debt Market. As an overseas listed issuer in New Zealand, we are deemed to satisfy and comply with the NZX Listing Rules, provided that we remain listed on the ASX and comply with the ASX Listing Rules.

 

The ASX, through the ASXCGC Recommendations and the NZX, through the NZX Corporate Governance Code, have adopted similar ‘comply or explain’ approaches to corporate governance. The ASXCGC Recommendations may, however, materially differ from the corporate governance rules and the principles of NZX’s Corporate Governance Code.

 

United States

 

Westpac has American Depositary Shares (ADS) representing its ordinary shares quoted on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), trading under the symbol WBK. Under the NYSE Listing Rules, foreign private issuers (like Westpac) are permitted to follow home country practice in

respect of corporate governance in lieu of the NYSE Listing Rules. However, we are still required to comply with certain audit committee and additional notification requirements.

 

We comply in all material respects with all NYSE Listing Rules applicable to us.

 

Under the NYSE Listing Rules, foreign private issuers are required to disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic US companies. We have compared our corporate governance practices to the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE Listing Rules and note the significant differences below.

 

The NYSE Listing Rules require that, subject to limited exceptions, shareholders be given the opportunity to vote on equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. In Australia, there are no laws or ASX Listing Rules that require shareholder approval of equity based incentive plans or individual grants under those plans (other than for Directors, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO)).

 

Westpac’s employee equity plans have been disclosed in the Remuneration Report in Section 10 of the Directors’ report, which is subject to a non-binding shareholder vote at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) and grants to our CEO are approved by shareholders. The details of grants under our equity-based incentive plans have been disclosed in Note 37 of our financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2018.

 

The NYSE Listing Rules set out specific requirements for determining whether a director will be regarded as independent. While these requirements are broadly consistent with Westpac’s criteria for independence (described below under ‘Board, Committees and oversight of management’), under Australian independence requirements, the Board is able to apply discretion in its determination of a director’s independence that differs from the NYSE Listing Rules.

 

The NYSE Listing Rules provide that the Board Nominations Committee’s responsibilities should include selecting, or recommending that the Board select, the Director nominees for the next annual meeting for shareholders, and overseeing the evaluation of the Board. The Board, rather than the Board Nominations Committee, reviews and recommends the Director nominees for election at the AGM and undertakes an annual review of its performance.


 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

23

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 

 

Governance framework

 

 

The diagram above shows Westpac’s current governance framework, including the current Committees of the Board. From time to time, the Board may form other Committees or request Directors to undertake specific extra duties.

 

In addition, from time to time, the Board participates (either directly or through representatives) in due diligence committees in relation to strategic decisions, capital and funding activities.

 

The Executive Team, Disclosure Committee and Executive Risk Committees are not Board Committees (that is, they have no delegation of authority from the Board) but sit beneath the CEO and the Board Committees to implement Board-approved strategies, policies and management of risk across the Group.

 

The key functions of the Board and each of the Board Committees are outlined in this Corporate Governance Statement. All Board Committee Charters are available on our website at www.westpac.com.au/corpgov.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 


Board, Committees and oversight of management

 

The roles, responsibilities and accountabilities of the Board and Committees were amended during the year by updating the Board and Committee charters.

 

Board of Directors

 

Roles and responsibilities

 

The Board Charter outlines the roles and responsibilities of the Board. Key responsibilities are:

 

§                 overseeing the sound and prudent management of the Westpac Group;

 

§                 approving, and overseeing management’s implementation of, the strategic direction of Westpac Group, its business plan and significant corporate strategic initiatives;

 

§                 evaluating Board performance and determining Board size and composition;

 

§                 approving the Westpac Board Renewal Policy and the Westpac Group Remuneration Policy;

 

§                 selecting, appointing and determining the duration, remuneration and other terms of appointment of the CEO and Chief Financial Officer (CFO);

 

§                 approving individual remuneration levels for Group Executives, other executives who report directly to the CEO, any other accountable persons under the Banking Executive Accountability Regime, and any other person the Board determines;

 

§                 evaluating the performance of the CEO;

 

§                 succession planning for the CEO and Group Executives;

 

§                 approving the appointment of Group Executives and the General Manager Group Audit and monitoring the performance of Group Executives;

 

§                 approving the annual targets and financial statements and monitoring performance against forecast and prior periods;

 

§                 determining our dividend policy;

 

§                 considering and approving our overall risk management framework, approving our Group Risk Management Strategy and Group Risk Appetite Statement and monitoring the effectiveness of risk management by the Group;

 

§                 forming a view of our risk culture and identifying any desirable changes;

 

§                 considering the social, ethical and environmental impact of our activities and monitoring compliance with our sustainability policies and practices;

 

§                 overseeing and monitoring Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) issues in the Group and considering appropriate WHS reports and information;

 

§                 maintaining an ongoing dialogue with Westpac’s external auditor and, where appropriate, principal regulators;

§                 overseeing internal governance, including delegated authorities and approving policies for appointments to our controlled entity boards; and

 

§                 overseeing and monitoring customer complaints.

 

Delegated authority

 

The Constitution and the Board Charter enable the Board to delegate to Committees and management.

 

The roles and responsibilities delegated to the Board Committees are captured in the Charters of each of the five established Committees, namely:

 

§                  Audit;

 

§                  Risk & Compliance;

 

§                  Nominations;

 

§                  Remuneration; and

 

§                  Technology.

 

The Board Charter, Board Committee Charters and the Constitution are available on our website at www.westpac.com.au/corpgov.

 

The Delegated Authority Policy Framework outlines principles to govern decision-making within the Westpac Group, including appropriate escalation and reporting to the Board. The Board has also delegated to the CEO, and through the CEO to other executives, responsibility for the day-to-day management of our business. The scope of, and limitations to, management delegated authority is clearly documented and covers areas such as operating and capital expenditure, funding and securitisation, and lending. These delegations balance effective oversight with appropriate empowerment and accountability of management.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

25

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 


Independence

 

Together, the Board members have a broad range of relevant financial and other skills and knowledge, combined with the extensive experience necessary to guide our business. Details are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report.

 

All of our Non-executive Directors satisfy our criteria for independence, which align with the guidance provided in the ASXCGC Recommendations and the criteria applied by the NYSE and the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

 

The Board assesses the independence of our Directors on appointment and annually. Each Director provides an annual attestation of his or her interests and independence.

 

Directors are considered independent if they are independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the exercise of their unfettered and independent judgement. Materiality is assessed on a case by case basis by reference to each Director’s individual circumstances rather than by applying general materiality thresholds.

 

Each Director is expected to disclose any business or other relationship that he or she has directly, or as a partner, shareholder or officer of a company or other entity that has an interest in Westpac or a related entity. The Board considers information about any such interests or relationships, including any related financial or other details, when it assesses the Director’s independence.

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 

Size and membership of Board Committees as at 30 September 2018

 

 

Board Audit
Committee

Board Risk &
Compliance
Committee

Board Nominations
Committee

Board Remuneration
Committee

Board
Technology
Committee

Committee Composition1

Minimum three
members

 

All members are Independent Non-executive
Directors

 

Chair is
Independent Non-
executive
Director, who is
not the Board
Chairman

Minimum three
members

 

All members are
Non-executive Directors

 

Majority of
members are
Independent Non-
executive Directors

 

Chair is
Independent
Director, who is not
the Board
Chairman

Composed of all
Board Committee
Chairs, Board
Chairman and such
other members as
determined by the
Board

 

All members are
Independent Non-
executive Directors

 

Chair determined
by the Board

Minimum three
members

 

All members are
Independent Non-
executive Directors

 

Chair determined by
the Board

 

 

Minimum three
members

 

Maximum one
Executive
Director

 

All other
members are
Independent
Non-executive
Directors

 

Chair determined
by the Board

Lindsay Maxsted

Chairman, Non-executive, Independent

ü

ü

Chair

ü

 

 

Brian Hartzer

CEO, Executive

 

 

 

 

ü

Nerida Caesar

Non-executive, Independent

 

ü

 

 

ü

Ewen Crouch

Non-executive, Independent

 

Chair

ü

ü

ü

 

Alison Deans

Non-executive, Independent

 

ü

ü

ü

Chair

ü

Craig Dunn

Non-executive, Independent

 

ü

ü

Chair

ü

 

Peter Hawkins

Non-executive, Independent

ü

ü

 

ü

Peter Marriott

Non-executive, Independent

Chair

ü

ü

ü

 

ü

Peter Nash

Non-executive, Independent

ü

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Composition requirements for each Committee are set out in the relevant Committee Charter.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

27

 


 

Corporate governance

 


 

Chairman

 

The Board elects one of the independent Non-executive Directors as Chairman. Our Chairman is Lindsay Maxsted, who became Chairman on 14 December 2011. The Chairman’s role includes:

 

§                  providing effective leadership to the Board in relation to all Board matters;

 

§                  guiding the agenda and conducting all Board meetings to facilitate discussions, challenge and decision-making;

 

§                  in conjunction with the Company Secretaries, arranging regular Board meetings throughout the year, confirming that minutes of meetings accurately record decisions taken and, where appropriate, the views of individual Directors;

 

§                  overseeing the process for appraising Directors and the Board as a whole;

 

§                  overseeing Board succession;

 

§                  acting as a conduit between management and the Board, and being the primary point of communication between the Board and CEO;

 

§                  representing the views of the Board to the public; and

 

§                  taking a leading role in creating and maintaining an effective corporate governance system.

 

CEO

 

Our CEO is Brian Hartzer. The CEO’s role includes:

 

§                  leadership of the management team;

 

§                  developing strategic objectives for the business and achievement of planned results; and

 

§                  the day-to-day management of the Westpac Group’s operations, subject to the specified delegations of authority approved by the Board.

 

Board meetings

 

The Board had ten scheduled meetings for the financial year ended 30 September 2018, with additional meetings held as required. In addition to the Board considering strategic matters at each Board meeting, the Board also discusses our strategic plan and approves our overall strategic direction on an annual basis. The Board also conducts a half year review of our strategy. The Board conducts workshops on specific subjects relevant to our business throughout the year. Board meetings are characterised by robust exchanges of views, with Directors bringing their experience and independent judgement to bear on the issues and decisions at hand.

 

Non-executive Directors regularly meet without management present, so that they can discuss issues appropriate to such a forum. In all other respects, senior executives are invited, where considered appropriate, to participate in Board meetings. They are also available to be contacted by Directors between meetings.

 

Meetings attended by Directors for the financial year ended 30 September 2018 are reported in Section 9 of the Directors’ report.

Nomination and appointment

 

As set out in its Charter, key responsibilities of the Board Nominations Committee are:

 

§                  assessing the skills required to discharge competently the Board’s duties having regard to Westpac’s performance, financial position and strategic direction;

 

§                  developing, reviewing, assessing and recommending to the Board policies on Director tenure, Board composition and size;

 

§                  reviewing and making recommendations to the Board annually on diversity generally within the Group, measurable objectives for achieving diversity and progress in achieving those objectives;

 

§                  developing and implementing succession planning for the Non-executive Directors;

 

§                  reviewing the process for the orientation and education of new Directors and any continuing education for existing Directors;

 

§                  reviewing eligibility criteria for the appointment of Directors;

 

§                  considering and recommending candidates for appointment as Directors to the Board and determining the terms and conditions (excluding remuneration) on which Non-executive Directors are appointed and hold office;

 

§                  considering and recommending candidates for appointment to the Boards of significant subsidiaries (including Westpac New Zealand Limited and our insurance and superannuation businesses); and

 

§                  reviewing and where necessary, developing the Group’s corporate governance policies to provide reasonable assurance that they meet international corporate governance standards.

 

Board skills, experience and attributes

 

Westpac seeks to maintain a Board of Directors with a broad range of financial and other skills, experience and knowledge necessary to guide the business of the Group. In addition, Westpac seeks to maintain a diverse Board, which at a minimum, collectively has the skills and experience detailed in Figure 1 overleaf. Figure 1 also illustrates Board tenure and diversity.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 

Figure 1 – Board skills, experience and attributes as at 30 September 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

29

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 


The Board Nominations Committee considers and makes recommendations to the Board on candidates for appointment as Directors. Such recommendations pay particular attention to the mix of skills, experience, expertise, diversity, independence and other qualities of existing Directors, and how the candidate’s attributes will balance and complement those qualities and address any potential skills gaps in relation to the current composition of the Board. External consultants are used to access a wide base of potential Directors.

 

Board appointments are also made with regard to the Group’s Service Revolution vision and five strategic
priorities of:

 

§                  service leadership;

 

§                  digital transformation;

 

§                  performance discipline;

 

§                  growth highways; and

 

§                  workforce revolution.1

 

Prior to a Director’s appointment or consideration for election or re-election by shareholders, Westpac conducts due diligence and provides shareholders with all material information relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect or re-elect a Director.

 

New Directors receive an induction pack which includes a letter of appointment setting out the expectations of the role, conditions of appointment including the expected term of appointment, and remuneration. This letter conforms to the ASXCGC Recommendations.

 

Term of office

 

The Board may appoint a new Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors, provided the total number of Directors does not exceed fifteen Non-executive Directors and three Executive Directors. Except for the Managing Director, a Director appointed by the Board holds office only until the close of the next AGM but is eligible for election by shareholders at that meeting.

 

Our Constitution states that at each AGM, one-third of eligible Directors, and any other Director who has held office for three or more years since their last election, must retire. In determining the number of Directors to retire by rotation, no account is to be taken of Directors holding casual vacancy positions or of the CEO. The Directors to retire by rotation are those who have been the longest in office. A retiring Director holds office until the conclusion of the meeting at which he or she retires but is eligible for re-election by shareholders at that meeting. The Board makes recommendations concerning the election or re-election of any Director by shareholders. In considering whether to support a candidate, the Board takes into account the results of the Board performance evaluation conducted during the year.

 

The Westpac Board Renewal Policy limits the maximum tenure of office that any Non-executive Director other than the Chairman may serve to nine years, from the date of first election by shareholders. The maximum tenure for the

 

 

1    For further information about the Service Revolution and our strategic priorities please refer to ‘Information on Westpac’ in Section 1.

Chairman is twelve years (inclusive of any term as a Director prior to being elected as Chairman), from the date of first election by shareholders. The Board, on its initiative and on an exceptional basis, may exercise discretion to extend the maximum terms specified above where it considers that such an extension would benefit the Group. Such discretion will be exercised on an annual basis and the Director concerned will be required to stand for re-election annually.

 

Director induction and continuing education

 

All new Directors participate in an induction program to familiarise themselves with our business and strategy, culture and values and any current issues before the Board. The induction program includes meetings with the Chairman, the CEO, the Board Committee Chairs and each Group Executive.

 

The Board encourages Directors to undertake continuing education and training to develop and maintain the skills and knowledge needed to perform their role as Directors effectively, including by participating in workshops held throughout the year, attending relevant site visits and undertaking relevant external education.

 

Access to information and advice

 

All Directors have unrestricted access to company records and information, and receive regular detailed financial and operational reports from senior management. Each Director also enters into an access and indemnity agreement, which among other things, provides for access to documents for up to seven years after his or her retirement as a Director.

 

The Chairman and other Non-executive Directors regularly consult with the CEO, CFO and other senior executives, and may consult with, and request additional information from, any of our employees.

 

All Directors have access to advice from senior internal legal advisors including the Group Executive, Legal & Secretariat2.

 

In addition, the Board collectively, and all Directors individually, have the right to seek independent professional advice, at our expense, to help them carry out their responsibilities. While the Chairman’s prior approval is needed, it may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2    Rebecca Lim’s role and title was changed from Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat to Group Executive, Legal & Secretariat effective from 1 October 2018.

 


 

 

 

 

30

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 


Company Secretaries

 

Westpac has two Company Secretaries:

 

§                  The Senior Company Secretary is our Group Executive, Legal & Secretariat. The Senior Company Secretary attends Board and Board Committee meetings and is responsible for providing Directors with advice on legal and corporate governance issues.

 

§                  The Group Company Secretary also attends Board and Board Committee meetings and is responsible for the operation of the secretariat function, including implementing our governance framework and, in conjunction with management, giving practical effect to the Board’s decisions. The Group Company Secretary is accountable to the Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper functioning of the Board.

 

Profiles of our Company Secretaries for the financial year ended 30 September 2018 are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report.

 

Board Committees

 

Composition and independence

 

Board Committee members are chosen for the skills and experience they can contribute to the respective Board Committees and their qualifications are set out in Section 1 of the Directors’ report. The membership of each Board Committee is set out in the table entitled ‘Size and membership of Board Committees as at 30 September 2018’ in this Corporate Governance Statement. All of the Board Committees are comprised of independent Non-executive Directors, save for the Board Technology Committee, of which the CEO is also a member.

 

Operation and reporting

 

Scheduled meetings of the Board Committees occur at least quarterly. Each member’s attendance at Board Committee meetings held during the financial year ended 30 September 2018 is reported in Section 9 of the Directors’ report. All Board Committees are able to meet more frequently as necessary. Each Board Committee is entitled to the resources and information it requires and has direct access to our employees and advisers. The CEO attends all Board Committee meetings, except where he has a material personal interest in a matter being considered. Senior executives and other selected employees are invited to attend Board Committee meetings as required. All Directors can receive all Board Committee papers and can attend any Board Committee meeting, provided there is no conflict of interest.

Performance

 

Board, Board Committees and Directors

 

The Board undertakes ongoing self-assessment as well as commissioning an annual performance review by an independent consultant.

 

The review process conducted in 2018 included an assessment of the performance of the Board, the Board Committees and each Director, with outputs collected, analysed and presented to the Board. The Board discussed the results and agreed follow up action on matters relating to Board composition, process, priorities and continuing education.

 

The Chairman also discusses the results with individual Directors and Board Committee Chairs. The full Board (excluding the Chairman) reviews the results of the performance review of the Chairman and results are then privately discussed by the Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee with the Chairman.

 

Management

 

The Board, in conjunction with its Board Remuneration Committee, is responsible for:

 

§                  determining the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the remuneration of the CEO, and the performance of the CEO in light of these objectives; and

 

§                  approving individual remuneration for Group Executives, other executives who report directly to the CEO, any other accountable persons under the Banking Executive Accountability Regime, and any other person the Board determines.

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee and the Board Audit Committee also refer to the Board Remuneration Committee any matters that come to their attention that are relevant, including with respect to risk adjusted remuneration.

 

Management performance evaluations for the financial year ended 30 September 2018 were conducted following the end of the financial year.

 

There is a further discussion on performance objectives and performance achieved in the Remuneration Report in Section 10 of the Directors’ report.

 

All new senior executives receive a letter of appointment setting out the conditions and expectations of the role, together with an extensive briefing on our strategies and operations and the respective roles and responsibilities of the Board and senior management.

 

Advisory Boards

 

Westpac has established Advisory Boards for its operations in Asia and for each of BankSA and Bank of Melbourne, to advise management on the strategies and initiatives of those businesses within the overall Group strategy.

 

Responsibilities of the Advisory Boards include:

 

§                  providing advice to management on management’s strategies and initiatives to continue to strengthen the position and identity of the business;

 

§                  providing advice to management of the relevant business so as to promote and preserve its distinct


 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

31

 


 

 

Corporate governance

 


position and identity and align business values with those of the relevant communities served;

 

§                  considering and assessing reports provided by management on the health of the relevant business;

 

§                  acting as ambassadors for the business, including by supporting community and major corporate promotional events to assist in building relationships with the bank’s customers, local communities and the business and government sector, and advising senior management on community matters relevant to the provision of financial services in the community it serves; and

 

§                  alerting management to local market opportunities and issues of which Advisory Board members are aware that would enhance the provision of services to customers and potential customers and the position of the bank in its local communities.

 

Ethical and responsible decision-making

 

At Westpac, our vision is to become one of the world’s great service companies, helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow. One of the ways we seek to achieve this vision is through our core values.

 

Westpac is also focused on the impact of its organisational culture on the Group’s operations, including its management of risk.  We take an integrated approach to sustainably embedding a strong risk culture, including through leadership and communication, risk appetite and governance, risk awareness and transparency, accountability and reinforcement, and behaviours and relationships.

 

Our Values

 

Our Values support our customer-focused strategy and are embedded in our culture. These are:

 

§                  integrity – we earn trust by demonstrating the highest standards of honesty and ethical behaviour;

 

§                  service – we are here to help and delight our customers;

 

§                  one team – we collaborate to deliver the best outcomes for our customers and the company overall;

 

§                  courage – we challenge the status quo and find a way to make things better; and

 

§                  achievement – we strive for excellence and deliver results.

 

Our values guide our behaviour and reflect our commitment to our customers, communities and each other.

Our Compass

 

We have developed Our Compass, which captures Our Vision, Values, Behaviours and the non-negotiables of our Code of Conduct, to consistently guide us in everything we do.

 

Our Compass is a simple framework to help our people display the right behaviours and make the right decisions and incorporates:

 

§                  Our Vision – why we are here

 

§                  Our Values – how we behave

 

§                  Our Service Promise – how we serve

 

§                  Our Code of Conduct – how we deliver

 

Code of Conduct and Principles for Doing Business

 

Our Code of Conduct (Code) describes the standards of conduct expected of our people, both employees and contractors. The seven principles making up the Code are:

 

§                  we act with honesty, integrity, and due skill, care and diligence;

 

§                  we comply with laws and with our policies;

 

§                  we do the right thing by our customers;

 

§                  we respect confidentiality and do not misuse information;

 

§                  we value and maintain our professionalism;

 

§                  we work as a team; and

 

§                  we manage conflicts of interest responsibly.

 

The Code provides a set of guiding principles to help us make the right decisions, ensuring we uphold the reputation of the Group. As employees of the banking and finance industry, we are also committed to creating greater accountability, transparency and trust with our customers and the broader community. With that in mind, the principles within our Code also reflect the community’s expectations of us, such as those outlined in the Banking and Finance Oath. The Code has the full support of the Board and the Executive Team and we take compliance with the Code very seriously.

 

Our Principles for Doing Business (Principles) underpin the Group’s commitment to sustainable business practice and community involvement. In summary:

 

§                  we believe our success depends on the trust and confidence placed in us by our customers, people, shareholders, suppliers, advisers and the community;

 

§                  we believe in maintaining the highest level of governance and ethical practice while protecting the interests of our stakeholders;

 

§                  we believe in putting our customers at the centre of everything we do;

 

§                  we believe our people are a crucial element of a successful service business;

 

§                  we are committed to managing our direct and indirect impacts on the environment;


 

 

 

 

 

32

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

Corporate governance

 


§                  we believe being actively involved in our community is fundamental to the sustainability of our business; and

 

§                  we believe our suppliers should be viewed as partners in our sustainability journey.

 

The Principles align with key global initiatives that promote responsible business practices. The Principles apply to all Directors, employees and contractors.

 

We also have the following frameworks in place which apply to support both our Code and Principles, internally and externally across our value chain:

 

§                  a range of internal guidelines, policies, frameworks, communications and training processes and tools, including an online learning module entitled ‘Doing the Right Thing’; and

 

§                  a range of externally-facing codes, frameworks, operating principles, policies, and position statements, addressing issues such as human rights, climate change and the environment.

 

Key policies

 

We have a number of key policies to manage our regulatory compliance and human resource requirements. We also voluntarily subscribe to a range of external industry codes, such as the Code of Banking Practice and the ePayments Code.

 

Code of Ethics for Senior Finance Officers

 

The Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting complements our own Code. The Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting is designed to assist our CEO, CFO and other principal financial officers in applying the highest ethical standards to the performance of their duties and responsibilities with respect to accounting practice and financial reporting by requiring those officers to:

 

§                  act honestly and ethically, particularly with respect to conflicts of interest;

 

§                  provide full, fair, accurate and timely disclosure in reporting and other communications;

 

§                  comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

§                  promptly report violations of the Code; and

 

§                  be accountable for adherence to the Code.

 

The Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting is available on our website at www.westpac.com.au/corpgov.

 

Conflicts of interest

 

The Group has a detailed conflicts of interest framework, which includes a Group policy supported by specific divisional policies and guidelines aimed at identifying and managing actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest.

 

The conflicts of interest framework includes a separate Westpac Group Gifts and Hospitality Policy. This Policy provides our employees with guidance to manage their obligations relating to the giving and receiving of gifts or hospitality.

The Board

 

All Directors are required to disclose any actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest upon appointment and are required to keep these disclosures to the Board up to date.

 

Any Director with a material personal interest in a matter being considered by the Board must declare their interest and, unless the Board resolves otherwise, may not be present during the boardroom discussions or vote on the relevant matter.

 

Our employees and contractors

 

We expect our employees and contractors to:

 

§                  have in place adequate arrangements for the management of actual, potential or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

§                  obtain consent from senior management before accepting a directorship on the board of a non-Westpac Group company;

 

§                  disclose any material interests they have with our customers or suppliers to their manager and not be involved with customer relationships where they have such an interest;

 

§                  not participate in business activities outside their employment with us (whether as a principal, partner, director, agent, guarantor, investor or employee) without approval or when it could adversely affect their ability to carry out their duties and responsibilities; and

 

§                  not solicit, provide facilitation payments, accept or offer money, gifts, favours or entertainment that might influence, or might appear to influence, their business judgement.

 

Fit and Proper Person assessments

 

We have a Board-approved Westpac Group Fit and Proper Policy that meets the requirements of the related APRA Prudential Standards and covers the requirements of Part IIAA of the Banking Act 1959—The Banking Executive Accountability Regime, which applies to ADIs and their subsidiaries. In accordance with that Policy, we assess the fitness and propriety of our Directors and also of individuals who perform specified statutory roles required by APRA Prudential Standards or ASIC licensing requirements. The Chairman of the Board (and in the case of the Chairman, the Board) is responsible for assessing the Directors and Non-executive Directors of the Westpac and subsidiary Boards, Group Executives, external auditors and actuaries. A Fit and Proper Committee is responsible under delegated authority of the Westpac Board for undertaking fit and proper assessments of all other employees who hold statutory roles. In all cases, the individual is asked to provide a detailed declaration and background checks are completed.

 

Concern reporting and whistleblower protection

 

Under the Westpac Group Speaking Up Policy, we encourage our employees, contractors, secondees, former employees, brokers, service providers (such as auditors, accountants and consultants) and our suppliers to raise any concerns about activities or behaviour that may be unlawful or unethical. Our attitude is ‘when in doubt report’ and our senior management are committed to protecting the dignity, well-being, career and good name of anyone reporting wrongdoing, as well as providing them with the necessary


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

33

 


 

 

Corporate governance

 


support. Westpac does not tolerate retaliation or adverse action related to a whistleblowing disclosure.

 

The Speaking Up Policy outlines all reporting channels, including our concern reporting system ‘Concern Online’ and our Whistleblower Hotline. Both channels enable reporting on an anonymous basis. Concerns may include suspected breaches of our Code, Westpac policies or regulatory requirements.

 

When a whistleblower raises a concern they may choose to involve the Whistleblower Protection Officer, who is responsible for protecting the whistleblower against personal disadvantage as a result of making a report.

 

We investigate reported concerns in a manner that is confidential, fair and objective. If the investigation shows that wrongdoing has occurred, we are committed to changing our processes and taking action in relation to those parties who have behaved incorrectly. Outcomes may also involve reporting the matter to relevant authorities and regulators.

 

Relevant Board Committees charged with overseeing Westpac’s whistleblower program and the Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee are provided with quarterly reporting on whistleblowing. These reports include a number of metrics, including statistics about concerns raised.

 

A summary of Westpac’s Speaking Up Policy is available on our website at https://www.westpac.com.au/about-westpac/westpac-group/corporate-governance/principles-policies/.

 

Securities trading

 

Under the Westpac Group Securities Trading Policy, Directors, employees, secondees and contractors (and their ‘associates’) are prohibited from dealing in any securities and other financial products if they possess inside information. They are also prohibited from passing on inside information to others who may use that information to trade in securities. In addition, Directors and any employees, secondees or contractors who, because of their seniority or the nature of their position, may have access to material non-public information about Westpac (known as Prescribed Employees) are subject to further restrictions, including prohibitions on trading prior to and immediately following annual and half year results announcements.

 

We manage and monitor these obligations through:

 

§                  the insider trading provisions of our Policy, which prohibit any dealing in any securities where a Director or employee has access to inside information that may affect the price of those securities;

 

§                  restrictions limiting the periods in which the Directors and Prescribed Employees can trade in Westpac securities and other Westpac financial products (Blackout Periods);

 

§                  a prohibition on short-selling Westpac securities by Directors and Prescribed Employees;

 

§                  requiring Directors and Prescribed Employees to either obtain approval or notify their intention to trade outside Blackout Periods and confirm that they have no inside information;

§                  monitoring the trading of Westpac securities by Directors and Prescribed Employees;

 

§                  maintaining a register of Prescribed Employees, which is regularly updated;

 

§                  notifying ASX of trades by Directors of Westpac securities as required under the ASX Listing Rules; and

 

§                  forbidding employees from entering into hedging arrangements in relation to their unvested employee shares or securities, whether directly or indirectly.

 

The Westpac Group Securities Trading Policy is available in the Corporate Governance section of our website.

 

Customer Advocate

 

Westpac’s Customer Advocate provides an independent avenue of review for complaints outcomes in relation to personal and small business customers, which is separate to our standard internal review processes. The Customer Advocate has the power to review and make independent, binding decisions about these complaints outcomes where customers are not satisfied with the outcome of the internal dispute resolution process.

 

Further details on our Customer Advocate is available on our website.

 

Anti-Bribery and Corruption

 

Westpac requires compliance with anti-bribery and corruption (AB&C) laws in all markets and jurisdictions in which it operates. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Australian Criminal Code Act 1995, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977. Where a conflict arises between applicable country AB&C legislative requirements, Westpac’s position is that it will always adopt the more onerous requirement.

 

Westpac’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption Compliance Program includes a global Anti-Bribery & Corruption Policy, with Board endorsement and oversight and clear emphasis that Westpac does not tolerate the giving or receiving of bribes, including the making of facilitation payments. Westpac expects that books and records must be fair and accurate and reasonably detailed. We expect all employees to comply with these principles in the performance of their services for or on behalf of Westpac. We also require third parties who provide services for or on behalf of Westpac to comply with all applicable AB&C laws.

 

Slavery and Human Trafficking

 

Westpac publishes its Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement in accordance with the Transparency in Supply Chains provision (section 54) of the UK’s Modern Slavery Act 2015 on an annual basis. The statement outlines the Group’s commitment to sustainable business practices and advancing human rights, and the steps we have taken to prevent modern slavery in our business and supply chains globally during the financial year.

 

The statement is available on our website.

 

Diversity

 

Westpac has an Inclusion & Diversity Policy that sets out the inclusion and diversity initiatives for the Group. This is


 

 

 

 

 

34

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

Corporate governance

 

 


coupled with a comprehensive Inclusion & Diversity strategy to enable execution of key priorities and actions. In this context, diversity covers both the visible and invisible differences that make our employees unique, whether that be gender, gender identity, age, ethnicity, accessibility requirements, cultural background, sexual orientation or religious beliefs, or the differences we have based on our experiences, insights and perspectives.

 

The objectives of the policy and the 2018-20 Inclusion & Diversity strategy are to ensure that the Group:

 

§                  has a workforce profile that delivers competitive advantage through the ability to garner a deep understanding of customer needs;

 

§                  has a truly inclusive workplace where every individual can shine regardless of gender, cultural identity, age, work style or approach;

 

§                  leverages the value of diversity for all our stakeholders to deliver the best customer experience, improved financial performance and a stronger corporate reputation; and

 

§                  continues to take a leadership position on inclusion and diversity practices and setting the agenda in the external community.

 

To achieve these objectives, the Group:

 

§                  has set Board-determined, measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity. The Board assesses annually both the objectives and progress in achieving them;

 

§                  assesses pay equity on an annual basis;

 

§                  encourages and supports the application of flexibility policies across the business;

 

§                  is committed to proactively assisting Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Australians wishing to access employment across our brands;

 

§                  implements our Accessibility Action Plan for employees and customers with accessibility requirements, including ensuring employment opportunities are accessible for people with a disability; and

 

§                  actively promotes an environment of inclusion for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) employees.

 

The implementation of these objectives is overseen by the Westpac Group Inclusion & Diversity Council, which is chaired by the CEO and meets bi-annually.

 

The Board, or an appropriate Board Committee, receives regular updates from the Inclusion & Diversity Council on inclusion and diversity initiatives.

 

During the financial year ended 30 September 2017, the Inclusion & Diversity Governance Framework was implemented and resulted in the establishment of:

 

§                  Inclusion & Diversity Business Unit Councils, chaired by the relevant Group Executive of that business unit; and

 

§                  the Inclusion & Diversity Working Group, consisting of appointed general manager representatives across

each business unit and chaired by the Head of Inclusion & Diversity.

 

We continue to listen to the needs of our employees through the engagement of our employee action groups and our annual employee survey (which includes questions that constitute an ‘Inclusion Index’).

 

Our Inclusive Leadership program ensures we are investing in the right capabilities for an inclusive culture. The majority of senior leaders and Group Executives have already completed the program in 2018.

 

In October 2010, the Board set an objective to increase the proportion of women in leadership roles (over 5,000 leaders from our Executive Team through to our bank managers) from 33% to 40% by 2014, which was achieved in September 2012, two years ahead of schedule. Westpac has now attained 50% women in leadership roles. The focus will now shift to maintaining this equality.

 

At 30 September 2018, the proportion of women employed by the Group was as follows:

 

§                  Board of Directors1: 22%;

 

§                  leadership2 roles: 50%; and

 

§                  total Westpac workforce: 57%.

 

In addition to the Group’s commitment to achieving its targets, in 2015 our CEO signed up as a Pay Equity Ambassador through the Workplace Gender Equality Agency.

 

Westpac offers a range of flexible working options for our people based on their needs, work preferences and the needs of the business. These include:

 

§                  flexible work hours;

 

§                  mobile working;

 

§                  working part-time; and

 

§                  job sharing.

 

In addition, Westpac offers a variety of leave options that support flexibility, including parental leave, wellbeing and lifestyle leave and domestic violence support leave.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Following the appointment of Anita Fung on 1 October 2018, the proportion of women on the Board of Directors is 30%.

 

2           Women in Leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term) in leadership roles across the Group. It includes the CEO, Group Executives, General Managers, senior leaders with significant influence on business outcomes (direct reports to General Managers and their direct reports), large (3+) team people leaders three levels below General Manager, and Bank and Assistant Bank Managers.


 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

35

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 


Sustainability

 

We view sustainable and responsible business practices as important for our business and shareholder value. Sustainability is about managing risks and opportunities in a way that best balances the long term needs of all our stakeholders – our customers, employees, suppliers, investors and community partners – as well as the wider community and the environment at large.

 

Our management of sustainability aims to address the matters that we believe are the most material for our business and stakeholders, now and in the future. We also understand that this is an evolving agenda and seek to progressively embed the management of sustainability matters into business as usual practice, while also anticipating and shaping emerging social issues where we have the skills and experience to make a meaningful difference and drive business value.

 

Reporting

 

We report on the most material sustainability matters to Westpac, details of how we manage the associated risks and opportunities and our performance against our sustainability strategy in the Annual Review and Sustainability Report, this Annual Report, the Sustainability Performance Report and the full year and half year ASX results.

 

Our sustainability reporting is subject to independent limited assurance, performed in accordance with the Australian Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (revised) Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information (‘ASAE 3000’). The assurance provider also assesses whether our sustainability reporting is prepared in accordance with AA1000 and the GRI Standards.

 

Financial reporting

 

Approach to financial reporting

 

Our approach to financial reporting reflects three core principles:

 

§                  that our financial reports present a true and fair view;

 

§                  that our accounting methods comply with applicable accounting standards and policies; and

 

§                  that our external auditor is independent and serves security holders’ interests.

 

The Board, through the Board Audit Committee, monitors Australian and international developments relevant to these principles, and reviews our practices accordingly.

 

The Board delegates oversight responsibility for risk management between the Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Similarly, the Board delegates oversight responsibility for the preparation of remuneration reports and disclosures to the Board Remuneration Committee.

Board Audit Committee

 

As set out in its charter, key responsibilities of the Board Audit Committee are:

 

§                  overseeing the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting systems of Westpac and its related bodies corporate;

 

§                  overseeing the external audit engagement, including the external auditor’s qualifications, performance, independence and fees;

 

§                  overseeing the performance of the internal audit function;

 

§                  overseeing the integrity of the Group’s corporate reporting, including the Group’s financial reporting and compliance with prudential regulatory reporting and professional accounting requirements; and

 

§                  reviewing and approving policies and procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of information submitted confidentially by employees and third parties about accounting, internal control, compliance, audit or other matters about which an employee has concerns, and monitoring employee awareness of these policies and procedures.

 

The Board Audit Committee reviews, discusses with management and the external auditor, and assesses:

 

§                  any significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial reports;

 

§                  the processes used to monitor and comply with laws and regulations over financial information, reporting and disclosure; and

 

§                  the process surrounding the disclosures made by the CEO and CFO in connection with their personal certifications of the Group’s half year and full year financial statements.

 

In addition, the Board Audit Committee maintains an ongoing dialogue with management, the external auditor and Group Audit, including regarding those matters that are likely to be designated as Key Audit Matters in the external auditor’s report. Key Audit Matters are those matters which, in the opinion of the external auditor, are of the most significance in their audit of the financial report.

 

As part of its oversight responsibilities, the Board Audit Committee also conducts discussions with a wide range of internal and external stakeholders including:

 

§                  the external auditor, about our major financial reporting risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures;

 

§                  Group Audit and the external auditor concerning their audits and any significant findings, and the adequacy of management’s responses;

 

§                  management and the external auditor concerning the half year and full year financial statements;

 

§                  management and the external auditor regarding any correspondence with regulators or government agencies, and any published reports which raise


 

 

 

 

 

36

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 


material issues or could impact on matters regarding the Westpac Group’s financial statements or accounting policies; and

 

§                  the Group Executive, Legal & Secretariat regarding any legal matters that may have a material impact on, or require disclosure in, the financial statements.

 

Periodically, the Board Audit Committee consults with the external auditor without the presence of management about internal controls over financial information, reporting and disclosure and the fullness and accuracy of the Group’s financial statements. The Board Audit Committee also meets with the General Manager Group Audit without other members of management being present.

 

The Board Audit Committee also refers to the Board or any other Board Committees any matters that come to the attention of the Board Audit Committee that are relevant for the Board or the respective Board Committees.

 

Financial knowledge

 

The Board Audit Committee comprises four independent, Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Peter Marriott.

 

All Board Audit Committee members have appropriate financial experience, an understanding of the financial services industry and satisfy the independence requirements under the ASXCGC Recommendations, the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended) and its related rules, and the NYSE Listing Rules.

 

The Board has determined that Mr Marriott is an ‘audit committee financial expert’ and independent in accordance with US securities law.

 

The designation of Mr Marriott as an audit committee financial expert does not impose duties, obligations or liability on him that are greater than those imposed on him as a Board Audit Committee member, and does not affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other Board Audit Committee member or Board member. Audit committee financial experts are not deemed as an ‘expert’ for any other purpose.

 

CEO and CFO assurance

 

The Board receives regular reports from management about our financial condition and operational results, as well as that of our controlled entities. Before the Board approves the financial statements for a financial period, the CEO and the CFO provide formal statements to the Board, and have done so for the financial year ended 30 September 2018, that state that in all material respects:

 

§                  Westpac’s financial records have been properly maintained in that they:

 

                correctly record and explain its transactions, and financial position and performance;

 

                enable true and fair financial statements to be prepared and audited; and

 

                are retained for seven years after the transactions covered by the records are completed;

 

§                  the financial statements and notes comply with the appropriate accounting standards;

§                  the financial statements and notes give a true and fair view of Westpac’s and its consolidated entities’ financial position and of their performance;

 

§                  any other matters that are prescribed by the Corporations Act and regulations as they relate to the financial statements and notes are satisfied; and

 

§                  the declarations provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control, and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

 

External auditor

 

The role of the external auditor is to provide an independent opinion that our financial reports are true and fair, and comply with applicable regulations.

 

Our external auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), appointed by shareholders at the 2002 Annual General Meeting (AGM). Prior to 2002, individuals who were partners of PwC or its antecedent firms were our external auditors from 1968. Our PwC lead audit partner is Lona Mathis and the quality review partner is Wayne Andrews. Ms Mathis and Mr Andrews assumed responsibility for these roles in June 2017 and January 2015, respectively.

 

The external auditor receives all Board Audit Committee, Board Risk & Compliance Committee and Board Technology Committee papers, attends all meetings of these committees and is available to Committee members at any time. The external auditor also attends the AGM to answer questions from shareholders regarding the conduct of its audit, the audit report and financial statements and its independence.

 

As our external auditor, PwC is required to confirm its independence and compliance with specified independence standards on a semi-annual basis (at half and full year), however in practice it confirms its independence on a quarterly basis.

 

We strictly govern our relationship with the external auditor, including restrictions on employment, business relationships, financial interests and use of our financial products by the external auditor.

 

Engagement of the external auditor

 

To avoid possible independence or conflict issues, the external auditor is not permitted to carry out certain types of non-audit services for Westpac and may be limited as to the extent to which it can perform other non-audit services as specified in our ‘Pre-approval of engagement of PwC for audit and non-audit services’ (Guidelines). Use of the external audit firm for any non-audit services must be assessed and approved in accordance with the pre-approval process determined by the Board Audit Committee and set out in the Guidelines.

 

The breakdown of the aggregate fees billed by the external auditor in respect of each of the two most recent financial years for audit, audit-related, tax and other services is provided in Note 39 to our financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2018. A declaration regarding the Board’s satisfaction that the provision of non-audit services by PwC is compatible with the general standards of auditor independence is provided in Section 11 of the Directors’ report.


 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

37

 


 

Corporate governance

 


Group Audit (internal audit)

 

Group Audit is Westpac’s internal audit function and includes the Credit Portfolio & Model Review team, both of which provide the Board and Executive Management with an independent and objective evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of management’s control over risk. Group Audit is governed by a Charter approved by the Board Audit Committee that sets out the purpose, role, scope and high level standards for the function. Group Audit covers the governance, risk management and internal control frameworks of Westpac and our wholly owned subsidiaries. It has access to all of our wholly owned entities and conducts audits and reviews following a risk-based planning approach. The General Manager Group Audit has a direct reporting line to the Chairman of the Board Audit Committee and an administrative line to the Chief Financial Officer. Group Audit also has direct access to the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Group Audit’s responsibilities include regularly reporting to the Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and Board Technology Committee and raising any significant issues with those committees.

 

Market disclosure

 

We maintain a level of disclosure that seeks to provide all investors with equal, timely, balanced and meaningful information. Consistent with these standards, the Group maintains a Board-approved Market Disclosure Policy, which governs how we communicate with our shareholders and the investment community.

 

The policy reflects the requirements of the ASX, NZX and other offshore stock exchanges where we have disclosure obligations, as well as relevant securities and corporations legislation. Under our policy, information that a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of our securities must first be disclosed via the ASX unless an exception applies under regulatory requirements.

 

Our Disclosure Committee is responsible for determining what information should be disclosed publicly under the policy, and for assisting employees in understanding what information may require disclosure to the market on the basis that it is price sensitive. The Disclosure Committee is comprised of the CEO and the Executive Team.

 

The Group Executive, Legal & Secretariat is the Disclosure Officer. The Disclosure Officer is ultimately responsible for all communication with relevant stock exchanges and notifying regulators in any jurisdiction as a result of market disclosure.

 

Once relevant information is disclosed to the market and available to investors, it is also published on our website. This includes investor discussion packs, presentations on and explanations about our financial results. Our website information also includes Annual Review and Sustainability Reports, Annual Reports, results announcements, CEO and executive briefings (including webcasts, recordings or transcripts of all major events), notices of meetings and key media releases.

Shareholder communication and participation

 

We seek to keep shareholders fully informed about our strategy, business operations, performance and governance. As part of our investor relations program, we continually review our communications approach, seeking to maintain best practice and effective two-way communication with shareholders. This includes:

 

§                  Designing and maintaining the Investor Centre on the Group’s website to make all relevant company information available and to structure that information in a way that makes it easy to find and access;

 

§                  Responding to shareholder queries directly via phone, email and mail;

 

§                  Preparing company presentations that seek to respond to the questions frequently asked by shareholders along with major industry and company topics of interest; and

 

§                  Ensuring appropriate access to all major market briefings and shareholder meetings, including via webcasts and maintaining that information on our website.

 

Shareholders can access our financial calendar which lists all major market briefings and shareholder meetings. Announcements on these events may also be made through ASX announcements.

 

Shareholders are given the option to receive information in print or electronic format from both Westpac and its share registry.

 

We regard our Annual General Meeting (AGM) as an important opportunity for engaging and communicating with shareholders, and rotate the location of our AGM throughout capital cities to give as many shareholders as possible the opportunity to attend. While shareholders are encouraged to attend and actively participate, the AGM is webcast and can also be viewed at a later time from our website. Shareholders who are unable to attend the AGM are able to lodge a direct vote or their proxies through a number of channels, including via the internet. At the time of receiving the Notice of Meeting, shareholders are also invited to put forward questions they would like addressed at the AGM.

 

Risk management

 

Roles and responsibilities

 

The Board is responsible for approving the Westpac Group Risk Management Strategy and Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement and for monitoring the effectiveness of risk management by the Westpac Group. The Board has delegated to the Board Risk & Compliance Committee responsibility to: review and recommend the Westpac Group Risk Management Strategy and Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement to the Board for approval; establish a view of the Group’s current and future risk position relative to its risk appetite and capital strength; review and approve frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk; and review and, where appropriate, approve risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management.

 

Westpac’s Risk Management Strategy and Risk Appetite Statement were reviewed by the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and were approved by the Board during the financial year ended 30 September 2018.


 

 

 

 

 

38

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 


The Board Risk & Compliance Committee reviews and monitors the risk profile and controls of the Group for consistency with the Group Risk Appetite Statement and reviews and monitors capital levels for consistency with the Group’s risk appetite. The Board Risk & Compliance Committee receives regular reports from management on the effectiveness of our management of Westpac’s material risks. More detail about the role of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee is set out later in this section under ‘Board Risk & Compliance Committee’.

 

The CEO and Executive Team are responsible for implementing our risk management strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

We have adopted a Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management, which reflects our culture of ‘risk is everyone’s business’ in which all employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk and operating within the Group’s desired risk profile. Effective risk management enables us to:

 

§                  accurately measure our risk profile and balance risk and reward within our risk appetite, optimising financial growth opportunities and mitigating potential loss or damage;

 

§                  protect Westpac Group’s depositors, policyholders and investors by maintaining a balance sheet with sound credit quality and buffers over regulatory minimums;

 

§                  deliver suitable, fair and clear outcomes for our customers that support market integrity;

 

§                  embed adequate controls to guard against excessive risk or undue risk concentration; and

 

§                  meet our regulatory and compliance obligations.

 

The 1st Line of Defence – Risk identification, risk management and self-assessment

 

Divisional business units are responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite and policies. They are required to establish and maintain appropriate risk management controls, resources and self-assessment processes.

 

The 2nd Line of Defence – Establishment of risk management frameworks and policies and risk management oversight

 

Risk and compliance advisory, control, assurance and monitoring functions established frameworks, policies, limits and processes for the management, monitoring and reporting of risk. The 2nd Line evaluates and provides assurance over the adequacy and effectiveness of 1st Line controls and application of frameworks and policies and monitors the 1st Line’s progress toward remediation of identified deficiencies. The 2nd Line can also approve certain risks outside of the authorities granted to the 1st Line.

 

The 3rd Line of Defence – Independent assurance

 

Group Audit is an independent assurance function that evaluates and opines on the adequacy and effectiveness of both 1st and 2nd Line risk management approaches and tracks remediation progress, with the aim of providing the

Board, and senior executives, with comfort that the Group’s governance, risk management and internal controls are operating effectively.


 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

39

 


 

Corporate governance

 


Our overall risk management approach is summarised in the following diagram:

 

 

Our overall risk management governance structure is set out in more detail in the table ‘Risk Management Governance Structure’ included in this Corporate Governance Statement.

 

Westpac distinguishes between different types of risk:

 

§                  credit risk – the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac;

 

§                  liquidity risk – the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due;

 

§                  market risk – the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices or equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book - the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities;

 

§                  conduct risk – the risk that our provision of services and products results in unsuitable or unfair outcomes for our stakeholders or undermines market integrity;

 

§                  operational risk – the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, such as financial crime. This definition is aligned to the regulatory (Basel II) definition of Operational Risk which includes legal and regulatory risk but excludes strategic risk;

 

§                  compliance risk – the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us;

 

§                  business risk – the risks arising from the strategic objectives and business plans;

 

§                  sustainability risk – the risk of reputational or financial loss due to failure to recognise or address material existing or emerging sustainability related environmental, social or governance issues;

 

§                  equity risk – the potential for financial loss arising from movements in equity values. Equity risk may be direct, indirect or contingent;

 

§                  insurance risk – the risk in our insurance entities of claims costs being greater than expected, due to a failure in product design, underwriting, reinsurance

arrangements or an increase in severity and frequency of insured events;

 

 

§                  related entity (contagion) risk – the risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the authorised deposit-taking institution in the Westpac Group; and

 

§                  reputation risk – the risk of the loss of reputation, stakeholder confidence, or public trust and standing.

 

Westpac has received advanced accreditation from APRA and the RBNZ under the Basel II capital framework, and uses the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (Advanced IRB) approach for credit risk and the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk when calculating regulatory capital.

 

Material exposure to economic, environmental and social sustainability risks

 

Westpac’s material exposures to economic, environmental and social sustainability risks are managed in accordance with our risk management strategy and frameworks.

 

Board Risk & Compliance Committee

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee comprises all of Westpac’s independent, Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Ewen Crouch.

 

As set out in its charter, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee:

 

§                  reviews and recommends the Risk Management Strategy and Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement to the Board for approval;

 

§                  reviews and monitors the risk profile and controls of the Group consistent with the Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement;

 

§                  reviews and approves the frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk;

 

§                  reviews and approves the limits and conditions that apply to credit risk approval authority delegated to the CEO, CFO and CRO and any other officers of the Westpac Group to whom the Board has delegated credit approval authority;

 

§                  monitors changes anticipated for the economic and business environment including consideration of emerging risks and other factors considered relevant to our risk profile and risk appetite;

 

§                  assists the Board to make its annual declaration to APRA on risk management under APRA prudential standard CPS 220 Risk Management;

 

§                  reviews and where appropriate approves risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management; and

 

§                  assists the Board to oversee compliance management within the Group.

 

From the perspective of specific types of risk, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee’s role includes:

 

§                  credit risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Credit Risk Management Framework, and monitoring the risk profile, performance and management of our credit portfolio;


 

 

 

 

 

40

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 


§                  liquidity risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, including our annual funding strategy, recovery and resolutions plans and monitoring the liquidity position and requirements;

 

§                  market risk – approving key policies and limits supporting the Market Risk Management Framework, including, but not limited to, the Value at Risk limits and Net Interest Income at Risk limits, and monitoring the market risk profile;

 

§                  conduct risk – reviewing and approving the Westpac Group Conduct Framework and reviewing and monitoring the performance of conduct risk management and controls;

 

§                  operational risk – approving key policies supporting both the Operational Risk Management Framework and the Financial Crime Risk Management Framework, and monitoring the performance of operational and financial crime risk management and controls;

 

§                  compliance risk – reviewing and approving the Westpac Group Compliance Management Framework and reviewing compliance processes and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, discussing with management and the external auditor any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any published reports that raise material issues, and reviewing complaints and whistleblower concerns; and

 

§                  reputation risk – reviewing and approving the Reputation Risk Management Framework and reviewing and monitoring the performance of reputation risk management and controls.

 

The Board Risk & Compliance Committee also:

 

§                  oversees and approves the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process and in doing so reviews the outcomes of Westpac Group stress testing, sets the target capital ranges for regulatory capital and reviews and monitors capital levels for consistency with the Westpac Group’s risk appetite;

 

§                  provides relevant periodic assurances and reports (as appropriate) to the Board Audit Committee;

§                  reviews and approves other risk management frameworks1 and/or the monitoring of performance under those frameworks (as appropriate);

 

§                  forms a view of Westpac’s risk culture and oversees the identification of, and steps taken to address, any desirable changes to risk culture and periodically reports to the Board;

 

§                  refers to the Board or any other Board Committees any matters that come to the attention of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee that are relevant for the Board or the respective Board Committees; and

 

§                  in its capacity as the Westpac Group’s US Risk Committee, oversees the key risks, risk management framework and policies of the Group’s US operations.

 

Compliance Management Framework

 

The Compliance Management Framework sets out our approach to managing compliance with our obligations and mitigating compliance risk.   It is an integral part of the broader risk management strategy and is regularly assessed and enhanced as appropriate to ensure it responds to the internal and external environment and supports our strategic compliance direction.

 

To proactively manage our compliance risks, our compliance objective is to:

 

§                  comply with our legal obligations, regulatory requirements, voluntary codes of practice to which we subscribe, and Group policies, including the Westpac Code of Conduct;

 

§                  establish frameworks, policies and processes designed to manage, monitor and report compliance and to minimise the potential for breaches, fines or penalties, or loss of regulatory accreditations; and

 

§                  ensure that appropriate remedial action is taken to address instances of non-compliance.

 

Remuneration

 

The Board Remuneration Committee assists the Board by ensuring that Westpac has coherent remuneration policies and practices that fairly and responsibly reward individuals having regard to performance and that reflect Westpac’s risk management framework, the law and the highest standards of governance.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee has been in place for the whole of the financial year and is comprised of three independent Non-executive Directors and is chaired by Craig Dunn. All members of the Board Remuneration Committee are also members of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, which assists in the integration of effective risk management into the remuneration framework.

 

As set out in its charter, the Board Remuneration Committee:

 

§                  reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the Westpac Group Remuneration Policy

 

 

1    Additional frameworks include the Sustainability Risk Management Framework, Equity Risk Management Framework, Related Entity Risk Management Framework, Financial Crime Risk Management Framework and Insurance Risk Management Framework.

 


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

41

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 


(Group Remuneration Policy) and assesses the Group Remuneration Policy’s effectiveness and its compliance with laws, regulations and prudential standards;

 

§                  reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the individual remuneration levels of the CEO, Non-executive Directors, Group Executives, other Executives who report directly to the CEO, any other Accountable Persons under the Banking Executive Accountability Regime, other persons whose activities in the Board Remuneration Committee’s opinion affect the financial soundness of Westpac, any person specified by APRA, and any other person the Board determines;

 

§                  reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to the remuneration structures for each category of persons covered by the Group Remuneration Policy;

 

§                  reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on corporate goals and objectives relevant to the remuneration of the CEO, and the performance of the CEO in light of these objectives;

 

§                  reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on the short and long-term variable reward plans for Group Executives and any other Accountable Person under the Banking Executive Accountability Regime;

 

§                  reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to approving equity based remuneration plans; and

 

§                  oversees general remuneration practices across the Group.

The Board Remuneration Committee reviews and recommends to the Board the size of variable reward pools each year based on consideration of pre-determined business performance indicators and the financial soundness of Westpac. The Board Remuneration Committee also approves remuneration arrangements outside of the Group Remuneration Policy relating to individuals or groups of individuals which are significant because of their sensitivity, precedent or disclosure implications. In addition, the Board Remuneration Committee considers and evaluates the performance of senior executives when making remuneration determinations and otherwise as required.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board for the reduction or lapsing of incentive-based equity grants to employees where:

 

§                  subsequent information or circumstances indicate that the grant was not justified; or

 

§                  the Board Remuneration Committee determines that an adjustment should be made as a result of risk or compliance failures, poor customer outcomes, where an Accountable Person under the Banking Executive Accountability Regime has failed to comply with their accountability obligations or any other matter it considers relevant.

 

Independent remuneration consultants are engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide information across a range of issues, including remuneration benchmarking, market practices and emerging trends and regulatory reforms.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee refers to the Board or any other Board Committees any matters that come to the attention of the Board Remuneration Committee that are relevant for the Board or the respective Board Committees

 

Further details of our remuneration framework are included in the Remuneration Report in Section 10 of the Directors’ report. The Board Remuneration Committee reviews and recommends the report for approval.

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 

Risk Management Governance Structure

 

Westpac’s risk management governance structure is set out in the table below:

 

Board

§      approves our overall Westpac Group Risk Management Strategy and the Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement; and

§      makes an annual declaration to APRA on risk management.

Board Risk & Compliance Committee (BRCC)

§      reviews and recommends the Risk Management Strategy and Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement to the Board for approval;

§      reviews and monitors the risk profile and controls of the Group consistent with the Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement;

§      reviews and approves frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk;

§      reviews and approves the limits and conditions that apply to credit risk approval authority delegated to the CEO, CFO, CRO and any other officers of the Westpac Group to whom the Board has delegated credit approval authority;

§      monitors changes anticipated for the economic and business environment including consideration of emerging risks and other factors considered relevant to our risk profile and risk appetite;

§      assists the Board to make its annual declaration to APRA on risk management under APRA prudential standard CPS220 Risk Management;

§      reviews and where appropriate approves risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management; and

§      assists the Board to oversee compliance management within the Group.

Other Board Committees with a risk focus

Board Audit Committee

§      oversees the integrity of financial statements and financial reporting systems, and matters relating to taxation risks.

Board Remuneration Committee

§      oversees remuneration policies and practices of the Westpac Group in the context that these policies and practices reflect Westpac’s risk management framework, including making recommendations to the Board for the reduction or lapsing of incentive-based equity grants to employees as a result of risk or compliance failures.

Board Technology Committee

§      oversees the implementation of the Westpac Group’s technology strategy, including risks associated with major technology programs.

Executive Team

§      executes the Board-approved strategy;

§      delivers the Westpac Group’s various strategic and performance goals within the approved risk appetite; and

§      monitors key risks within each business unit, capital adequacy and the Westpac Group’s reputation.

Executive risk committees

Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee

§      leads the management and oversight of material risks across the Westpac Group within the context of the risk appetite approved by the Board;

§      oversees the embedding of the Risk Management Strategy in the Group’s approach to risk governance;

§      oversees risk-related management frameworks and key supporting policies;

§      oversees the Group’s material risks;

§      oversees reputation risk and sustainability risk management frameworks, compliance and conduct management frameworks and key supporting policies; and

§      identifies emerging credit, operational, compliance and market risks and allocates responsibility for assessing impacts and implementing appropriate actions to address these.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

43

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 

Risk Management Governance Structure (continued)

 

Executive risk committees (continued)

Westpac Group Asset & Liability Committee

§      leads the optimisation of funding and liquidity risk-reward across the Group;

§      reviews the level and quality of capital to ensure that it is commensurate with the Group’s risk profile, business strategy and risk appetite;

§      oversees the Liquidity Risk Management Framework and key policies;

§      oversees the funding and liquidity risk profile and balance sheet risk profile; and

§      identifies emerging funding and liquidity risks and appropriate actions to address these.

Westpac Group Credit Risk Committee

§      leads the optimisation of credit risk-reward across the Group;

§      reviews and oversees the Credit Risk Management Framework and key supporting policies;

§      oversees Westpac’s credit risk profile; and

§      identifies emerging credit risks, allocates responsibility for assessing impacts, and responds as appropriate.

Westpac Group Market Risk Committee

§      leads the optimisation of market risk, equity risk and insurance risk across the Group;

§      reviews and oversees the Market Risk, Equity Risk and Insurance Risk Management Frameworks and key market risk management policies;

§      reviews policies and limits for managing traded and non-traded market risk; and

§      reviews and overseas the market risk, equity risk and insurance risk profile.

Westpac Group Operational Risk and Financial Crime Committee

§      leads the optimisation of operational risk across the Group;

§      reviews and oversees the Operational Risk and Financial Crime Risk Management Frameworks and key supporting policies;

§      oversees Westpac’s operational risk and financial crime risk profile; and

§      identifies emerging operational and financial crime risks, and appropriate actions to address these.

Westpac Group Remuneration Oversight Committee

§      provides assurance that the remuneration arrangements across the Group are considered from a human resources, risk, finance, legal and compliance perspective in line with any external requirements;

§      reviews and makes recommendations to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee on the Group Remuneration Policy and provides assurance that remuneration arrangements across the Group encourage behaviour that supports Westpac’s long-term financial soundness and the Risk Management Framework;

§      reviews and monitors the remuneration arrangements (other than for Group Executives) for Responsible Persons (as defined in the Group’s Statutory Officers Fit and Proper Policy), risk and financial control employees, and all other employees for whom a significant portion of total remuneration is based on performance and whose activities, either individually or collectively, may affect the financial soundness of Westpac; and

§      reviews and recommends to the CEO for recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee the criteria and rationale for determining the total quantum of the Group variable reward pool.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Corporate governance

 

 

Risk Management Governance Structure (continued)

 

Risk and compliance functions

Risk Function

§      assists the Board, Board Committees and senior management to establish, maintain and review the Risk Management Strategy, supporting risk management frameworks and policies and risk appetite;

§      documents and monitors risk appetite across all risk types and classes (including financial crime), risk limits and authorities;

§      notifies the Board or Board Committees of any significant breach, or material deviation from the Risk Management Strategy, supporting risk management frameworks and policies or risk appetite;

§      monitors and provides advice on risk policies, procedures, incidents and issues including emerging risk issues;

§      monitors and provides assurance including testing risk controls as the 2nd Line of Defence;

§      monitors and maintains the required resources and capabilities (including Risk systems and Risk data) to support the Risk Management Strategy; and

§      oversees the management of credit risk and making credit decisions in accordance with delegations from the Board.

Compliance Function

§      assists the Board, Board Committees and senior management to establish, maintain and review the compliance management framework;

§      designs, implements and monitors key compliance processes and controls in support of the compliance management framework;

§      provides independent advice on the design, implementation, operating effectiveness and monitoring of controls to ensure compliance with internal, regulatory and legislative requirements;

§      directs the review and development of compliance policies, compliance plans, controls and procedures;

§      reports on the performance of the compliance management framework; and

§      maintains resources with the skills and tools required to fulfil their compliance responsibilities and support the strategy.

Independent internal review

Group Audit

§      reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of management controls over risk.

Divisional business units

Business Units

§      responsible for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks that they originate within approved risk appetite and policies; and

§      establish and maintain appropriate risk management and compliance controls, resources and self-assessment processes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

45

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Our Directors present their report together with the financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 30 September 2018.

 

1. Directors

 

The names of the persons who have been Directors, or appointed as Directors, during the period since 1 October 2017 and up to the date of this report are: Lindsay Philip Maxsted, Brian Charles Hartzer, Nerida Frances Caesar, Ewen Graham Wolseley Crouch, Catriona Alison Deans (Alison Deans), Craig William Dunn, Robert George Elstone (retired as a Director on 8 December 2017), Yuen Mei Anita Fung (Anita Fung) (Director from 1 October 2018), Peter John Oswin Hawkins, Peter Ralph Marriott and Peter Stanley Nash (Director from 7 March 2018).

 

Particulars of the skills, experience, expertise and responsibilities of the Directors at the date of this report, including all directorships of other listed companies held by a Director at any time in the past three years immediately before 30 September 2018 and the period for which each directorship has been held, are set out below.

 

Name: Lindsay Maxsted,
DipBus (Gordon), FCA, FAICD

Age: 64

Term of office: Director since March 2008 and Chairman since December 2011.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2020.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Transurban Group (since March 2008, and Chairman since August 2010), BHP Billiton Limited (since March 2011) and BHP Billiton plc (since March 2011).

 

Other principal directorships: Managing Director of Align Capital Pty Ltd and Director of Baker Heart and Diabetes Institute.

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Lindsay was formerly a partner at KPMG and was the CEO of that firm from 2001 to 2007. His principal area of practice prior to his becoming CEO was in the corporate recovery field managing a number of Australia’s largest insolvency/workout/turnaround engagements including

 

Linter Textiles (companies associated with Abraham Goldberg), Bell Publishing Group, Bond Brewing, McEwans Hardware and Brashs. He is also a former Director and Chairman of the Victorian Public Transport Corporation.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Nominations Committee. Member of each of the Board Audit and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

Name: Brian Hartzer,

BA, CFA

Age: 51

Term of office: Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer since February 2015.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
Not applicable.

Independent: No.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Nil.

Other principal directorships: The Australian National University Business and Industry Advisory Board (Chairman since March 2017), the Financial Markets Foundation for Children and Australian Banking Association Incorporated.

 

Other interests: Nil.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Brian was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer in February 2015. Brian joined Westpac as Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services in June 2012 encompassing Westpac Retail & Business Banking, St.George Banking Group and BT Financial Group. Prior to joining Westpac, Brian spent three years in the UK as CEO for Retail, Wealth and Ulster Bank at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group.

Prior to that, he spent ten years with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) in Australia in a variety of roles, including his final role as CEO, Australia and Global Segment Lead for Retail and Wealth.  Before joining ANZ, Brian spent ten years as a financial services consultant in New York, San Francisco and Melbourne.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of the Board Technology Committee.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Name: Nerida Caesar, BCom, MBA, GAICD

Age: 54

Term of office: Director since September 2017.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2020.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Nil.

Other principal directorships: Nil.

Other interests: Member of the Advisory Board of IXUP Limited and the Federal Government’s FinTech Advisory Group. Advisor to Equifax Australia and New Zealand.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

 

Skills, experience and expertise: Nerida has 32 years of broad-ranging commercial and business management experience. Most recently, Nerida was Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, Australia and New Zealand, of Equifax (formerly Veda Group Limited) from February 2011. She is also a former director of Genome.One Pty Ltd and Stone and Chalk Limited.

Prior to joining Veda, Nerida was formerly Group Managing Director, Telstra Enterprise and Government. She also worked as Group Managing Director, Telstra Wholesale, and prior to that held the position of Executive Director National Sales.

 

Prior to joining Telstra, Nerida held several senior management and sales positions with IBM within Australia and internationally over a 20 year period, including as Vice President of IBM’s Intel Server Division for the Asia Pacific region.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Risk & Compliance and Board Technology Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Veda Group Limited (December 2013 – February 2016). Veda Group Limited was a listed entity from December 2013 to February 2016 when it was delisted upon its acquisition by Equifax Inc.

Name: Ewen Crouch AM,
BEc (Hons.), LLB, FAICD

Age: 62

Term of office: Director since February 2013.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2019.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: BlueScope Steel Limited (since March 2013).

Other principal directorships: Sydney Symphony Orchestra Holdings Pty Limited and Jawun.

Other interests: Member of the Commonwealth Remuneration Tribunal, Law Committee of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, Corporations

Committee of the Law Council of Australia and ASIC’s Director Advisory Panel.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Ewen was a Partner at Allens from 1988 to 2013, where he was one of Australia’s most accomplished mergers and acquisitions lawyers. He served as a member of the firm’s board for 11 years, including four years as Chairman of Partners. His other roles at Allens included Co-Head Mergers and Acquisitions and Equity Capital Markets, Executive Partner, Asian offices and Deputy Managing Partner. He is now a Consultant to Allens. Ewen served as a director of

 

Mission Australia from 1995 and as Chairman from 2009, before retiring in November 2016. From 2010 to 2015, Ewen was a member of the Takeovers Panel. In 2013, Ewen was awarded an Order of Australia in recognition of his significant service to the law as a contributor to legal professional organisations and to the community.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations and Board Remuneration Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

47

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Name: Alison Deans,

BA, MBA, GAICD

Age: 50

Term of office: Director since April 2014.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2020.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Cochlear Limited (since January 2015).

Other principal directorships: SCEGGS Darlinghurst Limited.

Other interests: Senior Advisor, McKinsey & Company and

Investment Committee member of the CSIRO Innovation Fund (Main Sequence Ventures).

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Alison has more than 20 years’ experience in senior executive roles focused on building digital businesses and digital transformation across
e-commerce, media and financial services. During this time, Alison served as the CEO of eCorp Limited, CEO of Hoyts Cinemas, CEO of netus Pty Ltd and CEO of eBay, Australia and New Zealand.

Alison was an Independent Director of Social Ventures Australia from September 2007 to April 2013 and a director of kikki.K Holdings Pty Ltd from October 2014 to June 2018.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Technology Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations, Board Remuneration and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Insurance Australia Group Limited (February 2013 – October 2017).

 

Name: Craig Dunn,

BCom, FCA

Age: 55

Term of office: Director since June 2015.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2018.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Telstra Corporation Limited (since April 2016).

Other principal directorships: Chairman of The Australian Ballet and Chairman of Stone and Chalk Limited (retires 27 November 2018).

Other interests: Chairman of the International Standards Technical Committee on Blockchain and Distributed Ledger Technologies (ISO/TC 307) and Co-Chair of the Australian Government’s Fintech Advisory Group.

 

Member of the ASIC External Advisory Panel, and the New South Wales Government’s Quantum Computing Fund Advisory Panel. Board member of Jobs for New South Wales and Consultant to King & Wood Mallesons.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Craig has more than 20 years’ experience in financial services, including as CEO of AMP Limited from 2008 to 2013. Craig was previously a director of Financial Literacy Australia Limited, a Board member of each of the Australian Japanese Business Cooperation Committee and the New South Wales Government’s Financial Services Knowledge Hub, and

former Chairman of the Investment and Financial Services Association (now the Financial Services Council). He was also a member of the Financial Services Advisory Committee, the Australian Financial Centre Forum, the Consumer and Financial Literacy Taskforce and a Panel member of the Australian Government’s Financial System Inquiry.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Name: Anita Fung,
BSocSc, MAppFin

Age: 57

Term of office: Director since October 2018.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2018.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (since April 2015, Hong Kong listed), China Construction Bank Corporation (since October 2016, Hong Kong Listed) and Hang Lung Properties Limited (since May 2015, Hong Kong listed).

 

 

Other principal directorships: Board member of the Airport Authority Hong Kong.

Other interests: Member of the Hong Kong Museum Advisory Committee.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Member of Westpac’s Asia Advisory Board since October 2018.

Skills, experience and expertise: Anita’s career in the banking industry spans over 30 years, including 19 years at HSBC.

During her time at HSBC, Anita held a number of senior management roles including Group General Manager, HSBC Group and most recently as Chief Executive Officer, Hong Kong from 2011 to 2015.

Prior to joining HSBC, Anita held various positions at Standard Chartered Bank in its Treasury and Capital markets business.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

Name: Peter Hawkins,
BCA (Hons.), SF Fin, ACA (NZ), FAICD

Age: 64

Term of office: Director since December 2008.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
Not applicable. Peter Hawkins will retire following the 2018 AGM.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Mirvac Group (since January 2006).

Other principal directorships: Liberty Financial Pty Ltd and Crestone Holdings Limited.

Other interests: Nil.

 

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Member of the Bank of Melbourne Advisory Board since November 2010.

Skills, experience and expertise: Peter’s career in the banking and financial services industry spans over 40 years in Australia and overseas at both the highest levels of management and directorship of major organisations. Peter has held various senior management and directorship positions with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited from 1971 to 2005.

He was also previously a Director of BHP (NZ) Steel Limited, ING Australia Limited, Esanda Finance Corporation, Visa Inc and Clayton Utz.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Audit, Board Risk & Compliance and Board Technology Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: MG Responsible Entity Limited, which is the responsible entity for ASX listed MG Unit Trust (April 2015 to October 2016).

Name: Peter Marriott,
BEc (Hons.), FCA

Age: 61

Term of office: Director since June 2013.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2019.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: ASX Limited (since July 2009).

Other principal directorships: ASX Clearing Corporation Limited, ASX Settlement Corporation Limited and Austraclear Limited.

Other interests: Member of the Review Panel & Policy Council of the Banking & Finance Oath.

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil.

Skills, experience and expertise: Peter has over 30 years’ experience in senior management roles in the finance industry encompassing international banking, finance and auditing. Peter joined Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) in 1993 and held the role of Chief Financial Officer from July 1997 to May 2012.

 

Prior to his career at ANZ, Peter was a banking and finance, audit and consulting partner at KPMG Peat Marwick. Peter was formerly a Director of ANZ National Bank Limited in New Zealand and various ANZ subsidiaries.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Board Audit Committee. Member of each of the Board Nominations, Board Risk & Compliance and Board Technology Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

49

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Name: Peter Nash
BCom, FCA, F Fin

Age: 56

Term of office: Director since March 2018.

Date of next scheduled
re-election:
December 2018.

Independent: Yes.

Current directorships of listed entities and dates of office: Johns Lyng Group Limited (Chairman since October 2017). Johns Lyng Group Limited became a listed entity in October 2017.

Other principal directorships: Reconciliation Australia Limited and Golf Victoria Limited.

Other interests: Board member of the Koorie Heritage Trust and Migration Council Australia. Member of the University of Melbourne Centre for Contemporary Chinese Studies Advisory Board.

 

Other Westpac related entities directorships and dates of office: Nil

Skills, experience and expertise: Peter was formerly a Senior Partner with KPMG until September 2017, having been admitted to the partnership of KPMG Australia in 1993. He most recently served as the National Chairman of KPMG Australia from 2011 until August 2017, where he was responsible for the overall governance and strategic positioning of KPMG in Australia. In this role, Peter also served as a member of KPMG’s Global and Regional Boards.

Peter has experience providing advice on a range of topics including business strategy, risk management, internal controls, business processes and regulatory change. He has also provided both financial and commercial advice to many Government businesses at both a Federal and State level. Peter is a former member of the Business Council of Australia and its Economic and Regulatory Committee.

Westpac Board Committee membership: Member of each of the Board Audit and Board Risk & Compliance Committees.

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Nil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Company Secretary

 

Our Company Secretaries as at 30 September 2018 were Rebecca Lim and Tim Hartin.

 

Rebecca Lim (B Econ, LLB (Hons.)) was appointed Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat1 and Company Secretary in October 2016. Rebecca joined Westpac in 2002 and has held a variety of senior leadership roles including General Manager, Human Resources for St.George Bank and General Manager, St.George Private Clients. She was appointed Group General Counsel in November 2011 and Chief Compliance Officer from 2013 to 2017. Rebecca held an in-house role in investment banking at Goldman Sachs in London before returning to Australia and joining Westpac. Rebecca was previously with US firm Skadden Arps where she worked in the Corporate Finance area in both New York and London. Prior to that she worked at Blake Dawson Waldron (now Ashurst) as a solicitor.

 

Tim Hartin (LLB (Hons.)) was appointed Group Company Secretary in November 2011. Before that appointment, Tim was Head of Legal - Risk Management & Workouts, Counsel & Secretariat and prior to that, he was Counsel, Corporate Core. Before joining Westpac in 2006, Tim was a Consultant with Gilbert + Tobin, where he provided corporate advisory services to ASX listed companies. Tim was previously a lawyer at Henderson Boyd Jackson W.S. in Scotland and in London in Herbert Smith’s corporate and corporate finance division.

 

 

2. Executive Team

 

As at 30 September 2018 our Executive Team was:

 

Name

Position

Year Joined
Group

Year Appointed
to Position

Brian Hartzer

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

2012

2015

Lyn Cobley

Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

2015

2015

Brad Cooper

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

2007

2010

Dave Curran

Chief Information Officer

2014

2014

George Frazis

Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

2009

2015

Peter King2

Acting Chief Risk Officer3,4

1994

2014

David Lees5

Acting Chief Financial Officer

1997

2018

Rebecca Lim

Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat

2002

2016

David Lindberg

Chief Executive, Business Bank

2012

2015

Carolyn McCann

Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations

2013

2018

David McLean

Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

1999

2015

Christine Parker

Group Executive, Human Resources

2007

2011

Gary Thursby

Group Executive, Strategy & Enterprise Services

2008

2016

 

There are no family relationships between or among any of our Directors or Executive Team members.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    From 1 October 2018, Rebecca Lim’s role and title is Group Executive, Legal & Secretariat.

2    Peter King was the Chief Financial Officer until 25 June 2018 when he was appointed Acting Chief Risk Officer. From 1 October 2018, Peter returned to the role of Chief Financial Officer.

3    Alexandra Holcomb was Chief Risk Officer until her retirement from the role effective from 25 June 2018.

4    David Stephen commenced as Chief Risk Officer effective from 1 October 2018, with responsibility for risk and compliance.

5    David Lees was appointed Acting Chief Financial Officer effective from 25 June 2018. From 1 October 2018, David ceased to be a member of the Executive Team and returned to the role of Deputy Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

51

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Brian Hartzer BA, CFA. Age 51
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

Brian was appointed Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer in February 2015. Brian joined Westpac as Chief Executive, Australian Financial Services in June 2012 encompassing Westpac Retail & Business Banking, St.George Banking Group and BT Financial Group.

Brian is a Director of the Australian Banking Association and was formerly the Chairman until December 2015. Prior to joining Westpac, Brian spent three years in the UK as CEO for Retail, Wealth and Ulster Bank at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group. Prior to that, he spent ten years with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) in Australia in a variety of roles, including his final role as CEO, Australia and Global Segment Lead for Retail and Wealth. Before joining ANZ, Brian spent ten years as a financial services consultant in New York, San Francisco and Melbourne.

Brian graduated from Princeton University with a degree in European History and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

 

Lyn Cobley BEc, SF FIN, GAICD. Age 55
Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

Lyn was appointed Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank in September 2015. She has responsibility for Westpac’s global relationships with corporate, institutional and government clients as well as all products across financial and capital markets, transactional banking, structured finance and working capital payments. In addition, Lyn is responsible for Westpac’s International and Pacific Island businesses.

Lyn has over 25 years’ experience in financial services. Prior to joining Westpac, Lyn held a variety of senior positions at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia including serving as Group Treasurer from 2007 to 2013 and most recently as Executive General Manager, Retail Products & Third Party Banking. She also held senior roles at Barclays Capital in Australia and Citibank in Australia and Asia Pacific, and was CEO of Trading Room (a joint venture between Macquarie Bank and Fairfax).

Lyn is a Board member of the Australian Financial Markets Association (AFMA), the Banking & Finance Oath and the Westpac Foundation. She is Chairman of Westpac’s Asia Advisory Board and is also a member of Chief Executive Women.

Lyn has a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie University, is a Senior Fellow of the Financial Services Institute of Australia and is a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

 

Brad Cooper DipBM, MBA. Age 56
Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

Brad was appointed Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group in February 2010. Brad initially joined Westpac in April 2007 as Chief Executive, Westpac New Zealand Limited and after successfully leading a change program in that market, moved to the role of Group Chief Transformation Officer, leading the Westpac Group’s St.George merger implementation.

Prior to joining Westpac, Brad was Chairman of GE Capital Bank and CEO of GE Consumer Finance UK & Ireland. He drove GE’s UK Six Sigma program and was certified as a Quality Leader (Black Belt) in December 2002. He was promoted to CEO of GE Consumer Finance UK in January 2003 and appointed Chairman of GE Capital Bank in April 2004.

 

Dave Curran BCom. Age 53
Chief Information Officer

Dave was appointed Chief Information Officer in September 2014. Dave has almost 30 years of experience with proven expertise in IT and financial services and the implementation of large, complex projects.

Since 2015, Dave has been on the Board of the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation, a $100 million scholarship fund with exclusive focus on Australian education and leadership.

Before joining Westpac, Dave spent ten years in senior roles at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA). Before joining CBA, he spent sixteen years at Accenture, where he was a partner, primarily consulting on financial services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

George Frazis B Eng (Hons.), MBA (AGSM/Wharton). Age 54
Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

George was appointed Chief Executive, Consumer Bank in June 2015, responsible for managing the end to end relationship with consumer customers. This includes all consumer distribution, digital, marketing, transformation and banking products and services under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands.

Prior to this appointment, he was CEO, St.George Banking Group. George joined the Westpac Group in March 2009 as Chief Executive, Westpac New Zealand Limited. George is highly experienced in the financial services industry. He was formerly Group Executive General Manager at National Australia Bank. Prior to that, George was a senior executive in Commonwealth Bank of Australia’s Institutional Banking Division and has also been a partner with the Boston Consulting Group and an officer in the Royal Australian Air Force.

George is a Governor of the St.George Foundation and is Chair of the Prime Minister’s Industry Advisory Committee on Veterans’ Employment.

 

Peter King BEc, FCA. Age 48
Acting Chief Risk Officer

Peter acted as the Chief Risk Officer from June 2018 to September 2018. Westpac’s Chief Risk Officer is responsible for key risk management activities across the enterprise. Prior to this appointment, Peter was Chief Financial Officer from April 2014 to June 2018. He has returned to this role in October 2018.

Since joining Westpac in 1994, Peter has held senior finance positions across the Group, including in Group Finance, Business and Consumer Banking, Business and Technology Services, Treasury and Financial Markets.

Peter commenced his career at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu. He has a Bachelor of Economics from Sydney University and completed the Advanced Management Programme at INSEAD. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

 

David Lees BCom, LLB. Age 48

Acting Chief Financial Officer

David acted as the Chief Financial Officer from June 2018 to September 2018. Westpac’s Chief Financial Officer is responsible for Westpac’s Finance, Group Audit, Tax, Treasury and Investor Relations functions. Prior to this appointment, David was Deputy Chief Financial Officer from January 2016 to June 2018. He has returned to this role in October 2018.

Since joining Westpac in 1997, David has held other senior roles across the Westpac Group, including General Manager, BT Solutions, where he was responsible for BT Financial Group’s insurance and asset management businesses.

David holds a Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws from Durban University.

 

Rebecca Lim B Econ, LLB (Hons). Age 46
Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat

Rebecca was appointed as Westpac’s Group Executive responsible for compliance, legal and secretariat functions globally from October 2016. She was appointed Group General Counsel in November 2011 and was Chief Compliance Officer from 2013 to 2017.

Rebecca joined Westpac in 2002 and has held a variety of other senior leadership roles including General Manager, Human Resources for St.George Bank and General Manager, St.George Private Clients.

Rebecca began her career at Blake Dawson Waldron (now Ashurst) before joining the US firm Skadden Arps where she worked in both New York and London. Rebecca then moved into an in-house role in investment banking at Goldman Sachs in London before returning to Australia and joining Westpac.

Rebecca is Deputy Chair of the GC100 Executive Committee and a member of Chief Executive Women.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

53

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

David Lindberg HBA (Hons. Economics). Age 43
Chief Executive, Business Bank

David was appointed Chief Executive, Business Bank in June 2015. He manages the Group’s end to end relationships with business customers for the Westpac, St.George, BankSA and Bank of Melbourne brands. The Business Bank provides a wide range of banking and financial products and services to Australia’s small, commercial, corporate and agri businesses.

Prior to this appointment, David was Chief Product Officer, responsible for the Group’s retail and business products across all brands, as well as overseeing the Group’s digital activities. Before joining Westpac in 2012, David was Executive General Manager, Cards, Payments & Retail Strategy at the Commonwealth Bank of Australia. David was also formerly Managing Director, Strategy, Marketing & Customer Segmentation at Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and Managing Vice President and Head of Australia for First Manhattan.

 

Carolyn McCann BBus (Com), BA, GradDipAppFin, GAICD. Age 46
Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations

Carolyn was appointed as Westpac’s Group Executive responsible for customer and corporate relations in June 2018. Carolyn is responsible for the management of the Group’s customer resolution and reporting, in addition to the corporate affairs, communications, government relations and sustainability functions, recognising the importance of setting high service standards and quickly resolving customer issues in managing the Group’s relationship with its customers.

Carolyn joined the Westpac Group in 2013, as General Manager, Corporate Affairs & Sustainability, during which time she played an instrumental role in leading the Group’s bicentenary program, including the launch of the $100 million Westpac Bicentennial Foundation.

Prior to joining Westpac, Carolyn spent 13 years at Insurance Australia Group in various positions, including Group General Manager, Corporate Affairs & Investor Relations. Carolyn began her career in consulting and has extensive experience in financial services.

 

David McLean LLB (Hons.). Age 60
Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

David was appointed Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited in February 2015. Since joining Westpac in February 1999, David has held a number of senior roles, including Head of Debt Capital Markets New Zealand, General Manager, Private, Wealth and Insurance New Zealand and Head of Westpac Institutional Bank New Zealand, and most recently, Managing Director of the Westpac New York branch.

Before joining Westpac, David was Director, Capital Markets at Deutsche Morgan Grenfell from 1994. He also established the New Zealand branch of Deutsche Bank and was New Zealand Resident Branch Manager. In 1988, David joined Southpac/National Bank as a Capital Markets Executive. Prior to this, David worked as a lawyer in private practice and also served as in-house counsel for NatWest NZ from 1985.

 

Christine Parker BGDipBus (HRM). Age 58
Group Executive, Human Resources

Christine was appointed to Westpac Group’s Executive Team in October 2011. As Group Executive, Human Resources, Christine leads the HR function and is responsible for key HR activities across the Group, including attracting and retaining staff, training and development, reward and recognition and health, safety and wellbeing. Christine also oversees the Group’s Customer Advocate function and supports the CEO and Board on culture and conduct. Prior to June 2018, Christine also had responsibility for Corporate Affairs and Sustainability.

Since joining Westpac in 2007, Christine has held a variety of senior leadership roles including Group General Manager, Human Resources and General Manager, Human Resources for Westpac New Zealand Limited. Before joining Westpac, Christine held senior HR roles in a number of high profile organisations and across a range of industries, including Carter Holt Harvey and Restaurant Brands New Zealand.

Christine was previously a Director of Women’s Community Shelters and is a current member of the Chief Executive Women, Governor of the St.George Foundation and member of the Veterans’ Employment Industry Advisory Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Gary Thursby BEc, DipAcc, FCA. Age 56

Group Executive, Strategy & Enterprise Services

Gary was appointed Group Executive Strategy & Enterprise Services in October 2016. In addition to leading the Group’s strategy function, his role is designed to support delivery of the Group’s Service Revolution and provide services to support the Group’s operating businesses.

Gary’s responsibilities also include banking operations, procurement, property, data and analytics, group strategy and enterprise investments. In addition, Gary oversees the Group’s corporate and business development portfolios.

Before joining Westpac in 2008, Gary held a number of senior finance roles at Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA) including Deputy CFO and CFO Retail Bank. Gary has over 20 years’ experience in financial services, covering finance, M&A and large scale program delivery. He commenced his career at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.

Gary has a Bachelor of Economics and a Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting from Flinders University of South Australia and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

55

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

3. Report on the business

 

a) Principal activities

 

The principal activities of the Group during the financial year ended 30 September 2018 were the provision of financial services including lending, deposit taking, payments services, investment portfolio management and advice, superannuation and funds management, insurance services, leasing finance, general finance, interest rate risk management and foreign exchange services.

 

There have been no significant changes in the nature of the principal activities of the Group during 2018.

 

b) Operating and financial review

 

The net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September 2018 was $8,095 million, an increase of $105 million or 1% compared to 2017. Key features of this result were:

 

§      a 2% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges with:

 

     net interest income of $16,505 million, an increase of $989 million or 6% compared to 2017, with total loan growth of 4% and a 7 basis point increase in net interest margin to 2.13%; and

 

     non-interest income of $5,628 million, a decrease of $658 million or 10% compared to 2017, primarily due to a decrease in trading income of $257 million, the non-repeat of a large gain of $279 million on disposal of an associate in 2017 (BTIM), an impairment loss of $104 million on the Pendal (formerly BTIM) investment in 2018, and additional provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments recorded as negative income. These items were partly offset by income related to the exit of the Hastings business ($135 million);

 

§      operating expenses were $9,692 million, an increase of $258 million or 3% compared to 2017. The rise in operating expenses included annual salary increases and higher technology expenses related to the Group’s investment program, an increase in regulatory and compliance costs and costs associated with the exit of the Hastings business. These increases were partly offset by productivity benefits and lower amortisation of intangibles; and

 

§      impairment charges were $710 million, a decrease of $143 million or 17% compared to 2017. Asset quality remained sound, with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures at 1.08%, up 3 basis points over the year. The decrease in impairment charges was primarily due to reduced individual provisions on larger facilities.

 

A review of the operations of the Group and its divisions and their results for the financial year ended 30 September 2018 is set out in Section 2 of the Annual Report under the sections ‘Review of Group operations’, ‘Divisional performance’ and ‘Risk and risk management’, which form part of this report.

 

Further information about our financial position and financial results is included in the financial statements in Section 3 of this Annual Report, which form part of this report.

 

c) Dividends

 

Since 30 September 2018, Westpac has announced a final ordinary dividend of 94 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling approximately $3,229 million for the year ended 30 September 2018 (2017 final ordinary dividend of 94 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling $3,191 million). The dividend will be fully franked and will be paid on 20 December 2018.

 

An interim ordinary dividend for the current financial year of 94 cents per Westpac ordinary share for the half year ended 31 March 2018, totalling $3,218 million, was paid as a fully franked dividend on 4 July 2018 (2017 interim ordinary dividend of 94 cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling $3,156 million). The payment comprised direct cash disbursements of $2,897 million with $321 million being reinvested by participants through the DRP.

 

Further, in respect of the year ended 30 September 2017, a fully franked final dividend of 94 cents per ordinary share totalling $3,191 million was paid on 22 December 2017. The payment comprised direct cash disbursements of $2,881 million with $310 million being reinvested by participants through the DRP.

 

New shares were issued to satisfy the DRP for each of the 2017 final ordinary dividend and the 2018 interim ordinary dividend.

 

d) Significant changes in state of affairs and events during and since the end of the 2018 financial year

 

Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group were:

 

§      increased public scrutiny of financial institutions (including Westpac) and regulators from the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry, with Westpac participating in the Royal Commission to date, and in the course of that participation, providing the Royal Commission with documents, witness statements and submissions;

 

§      the issuance of A$1.69 billion AT1 securities, known as Westpac Capital Notes 5, which qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital under APRA’s capital adequacy framework;

 

§      the buy back and cancellation of $623 million of Westpac convertible preference shares and the conversion of $566 million of Westpac convertible preference shares into ordinary Westpac shares; and

 

 

 

 

 

56

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

§      ongoing regulatory changes and developments, which have included changes relating to competition, capital, financial services (including the provision of additional powers to regulators), taxation, accounting standards, executive accountability and other regulatory requirements.

 

For a discussion of these matters, please refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 under ‘Information on Westpac’.

 

The Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance that has occurred since the end of the financial year that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of these operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years.

 

e) Business strategies, developments and expected results

 

Our business strategies, prospects and likely major developments in the Group’s operations in future financial years and the expected results of those operations are discussed in Section 1 of the Annual Report under ‘Information on Westpac’, including under ‘Outlook’ and ‘Significant developments’.

 

Further information on our business strategies and prospects for future financial years and likely developments in our operations and the expected results of operations have not been included in this report because the Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to us.

 

4. Directors’ interests

 

a) Directors’ interests in securities

 

The following particulars for each Director are set out in the Remuneration Report in Section 10 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 September 2018 and in the tables below:

 

§      their relevant interests in our shares or the shares of any of our related bodies corporate;

 

§      their relevant interests in debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate;

 

§      their rights or options over shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate; and

 

§      any contracts:

 

                 to which the Director is a party or under which they are entitled to a benefit; and

 

      that confer a right to call for or deliver shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

57

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Directors’ interests in Westpac and related bodies corporate as at 5 November 2018

 

 

 

Number of Relevant Interests in Westpac

Number of Westpac

 

 

Ordinary Shares

Share Rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Current Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

22,017

 

-

 

Brian Hartzer

 

109,611

  1

613,341

  2

Nerida Caesar

 

9,985

 

-

 

Ewen Crouch

 

78,450

  3

-

 

Alison Deans

 

14,392

 

-

 

Craig Dunn

 

8,869

 

-

 

Anita Fung

 

-

 

-

 

Peter Hawkins

 

15,880

  4

-

 

Peter Marriott

 

20,870

 

-

 

Peter Nash

 

8,020

 

-

 

Former Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Elstone

 

12,096

  5

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1     Brian Hartzer’s interest in Westpac ordinary shares includes 23,692 restricted shares held under the CEO Restricted Share Plan.

2     Share rights issued under the CEO Long Term Incentive Plan and Long Term Incentive Plan.

3     Ewen Crouch and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 250 Westpac Capital Notes 2.

4     Peter Hawkins and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 850 Westpac Capital Notes 3, 882 Westpac Capital Notes 4 and 1,370 Westpac Capital Notes 5.

5     Figure displayed is as at Robert Elstone’s retirement date of 8 December 2017.

 

Note: Certain subsidiaries of Westpac offer a range of registered schemes. The Directors from time to time invest in these schemes and are required to provide a statement to the ASX when any of their interests in these schemes change. ASIC has exempted each Director from the obligation to notify the ASX of a relevant interest in a security that is an interest in BT Cash Management Trust (ARSN 087 531 539), BT Premium Cash Fund (ARSN 089 299 730), Westpac Cash Management Trust (ARSN 088 187 928), BT Wholesale Managed Cash Fund (ARSN 088 832 491), BT Wholesale Enhanced Cash Fund (ARSN 088 863 469), Advance Cash Multi-Blend Fund (ARSN 094 113 050) or BT Cash (ARSN 164 257 854).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

b) Indemnities and insurance

 

Under the Westpac Constitution, unless prohibited by statute, we indemnify each of the Directors and Company Secretaries of Westpac and of each of our related bodies corporate (except related bodies corporate listed on a recognised stock exchange), each employee of Westpac or our subsidiaries (except subsidiaries listed on a recognised stock exchange), and each person acting as a responsible manager under an Australian Financial Services Licence of any of Westpac’s wholly-owned subsidiaries against every liability (other than a liability for legal costs) incurred by each such person in their capacity as director, company secretary, employee or responsible manager, as the case may be; and all legal costs incurred in defending or resisting (or otherwise in connection with) proceedings, whether civil or criminal or of an administrative or investigatory nature, in which the person becomes involved because of that capacity.

 

Each of the Directors named in this Directors’ report and each of the Company Secretaries of Westpac has the benefit of this indemnity.

 

Consistent with shareholder approval at the 2000 Annual General Meeting, Westpac has entered into a Deed of Access and Indemnity with each of the Directors, which includes indemnification in identical terms to that provided in the Westpac Constitution.

 

Westpac also executed a deed poll in September 2009 providing indemnification equivalent to that provided under the Westpac Constitution to individuals acting as:

 

§      statutory officers (other than as a director) of Westpac;

 

§      directors and other statutory officers of wholly-owned subsidiaries of Westpac; and

 

§      directors and statutory officers of other nominated companies as approved by Westpac in accordance with the terms of the deed poll and Westpac’s Contractual Indemnity Policy.

 

Some employees of Westpac’s related bodies corporate and responsible managers of Westpac and its related bodies corporate are also currently covered by a deed poll that was executed in November 2004, which is in similar terms to the September 2009 deed poll.

 

The Westpac Constitution also permits us, to the extent permitted by law, to pay or agree to pay premiums for contracts insuring any person who is or has been a Director or Company Secretary of Westpac or any of its related bodies corporate against liability incurred by that person in that capacity, including a liability for legal costs, unless:

 

§      we are forbidden by statute to pay or agree to pay the premium; or

 

§      the contract would, if we paid the premium, be made void by statute.

 

Under the September 2009 deed poll, Westpac also agrees to provide directors’ and officers’ insurance to Directors of Westpac and Directors of Westpac’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.

 

For the year ended 30 September 2018, the Group has insurance cover which, in certain circumstances, will provide reimbursement for amounts which we have to pay under the indemnities set out above. That cover is subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant insurance, including but not limited to the limit of indemnity provided by the insurance. The insurance policies prohibit disclosure of the premium payable and the nature of the liabilities covered.

 

c) Share rights outstanding

 

As at the date of this report there are 4,632,271 share rights outstanding in relation to Westpac ordinary shares. The latest dates for exercise of the share rights range between 1 October 2019 and 1 October 2033.

 

Holders of outstanding share rights in relation to Westpac ordinary shares do not have any rights under the share rights to participate in any share issue or interest of Westpac or any other body corporate.

 

d) Proceedings on behalf of Westpac

 

No application has been made and no proceedings have been brought or intervened in, on behalf of Westpac under section 237 of the Corporations Act.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

59

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 


5. Environmental disclosure

 

As part of our 2018 Sustainability Strategy, we have set targets for our environmental performance. The Westpac Group’s environmental framework starts with ‘Our Principles for Doing Business’, which outline our broad environmental principles. This framework includes:

 

§                  our Westpac Group Environment Policy, which has been in place since 1992;

 

§                  our Sustainability Risk Management Framework;

 

§                  our Responsible Sourcing Code of Conduct; and

 

§                  public reporting of our environmental performance.

 

We also participate in a number of voluntary initiatives including the Dow Jones Sustainability Index (#17 in global banking group), CDP1, the Equator Principles, the Principles for Responsible Investment, the United Nations Global Compact and the Banking Environment Initiative’s Soft Commodities Compact.

 

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (Cth) (National Greenhouse Act) came into effect in July 2008. The Group reports on greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and production under the National Greenhouse Act for the period 1 July through 30 June each year.

 

The Group was previously subject to the reporting requirements of the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 (Cth) (EEO Act). The Commonwealth Government repealed the EEO Act, effective from 29 June 2014. Accordingly, all obligations and activities under the EEO Program, including reporting requirements, have ceased.

 

Our operations are not subject to any other significant environmental regulation under any law of the Commonwealth of Australia or of any state or territory of Australia. We may, however, become subject to environmental regulation as a result of our lending activities in the ordinary course of business and we have policies in place to ensure that this potential risk is addressed as part of our normal processes.

 

We have not incurred any liability (including for rectification costs) under any environmental legislation.

6. Human rights supply chain disclosure

 

Westpac’s overall approach to human rights is set out in our Westpac Group Human Rights Position Statement, and this references our Responsible Sourcing Code of Conduct as the primary framework for managing human rights in our supply chain.

 

The Group is subject to the United Kingdom’s Transparency in Supply Chains provisions under the Modern Slavery Act 2015, which came into effect in March 2015. Westpac releases an annual statement each year for the period ended 30 September to disclose the steps taken during the year to help prevent modern slavery from occurring within the Group’s operations and supply chain.

 

7. Rounding of amounts

 

Westpac is an entity to which ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191 dated 24 March 2016, relating to the rounding of amounts in directors’ reports and financial reports, applies. Pursuant to this Instrument, amounts in this Directors’ report and the accompanying financial report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, unless indicated to the contrary.

 

8. Political expenditure

 

In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were made to political parties during the financial year ended 30 September 2018.

 

In Australia, political expenditure for the financial year ended 30 September 2018 was $189,195. This relates to payment for participation in legitimate political activities where they were assessed to be of direct business relevance to Westpac. Such activities include business observer programs attached to annual party conferences, policy dialogue forums and other political functions, such as speeches and events with industry participants.

 

In New Zealand, political expenditure for the financial year ended 30 September 2018 was NZD$19,150.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    Formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project.

 

 

 

 

60

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

9. Directors’ meetings

 

Each Director attended the following meetings of the Board and Committees of the Board during the financial year ended 30 September 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

Audit

Risk & Compliance

Nominations

Remuneration

Technology

 

 

Notes

Board

Committee

Committee

Committee

Committee

Committee

 

Number of meetings
held during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

 

Lindsay Maxsted

1

10

10

4

4

4

4

4

4

-

-

-

-

 

Brian Hartzer

2

10

10

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4

4

 

Nerida Caesar

3

10

10

-

-

4

4

-

-

-

-

4

4

 

Ewen Crouch

4

10

911

-

-

4

4

4

4

5

5

-

-

 

Alison Deans

5

10

10

-

-

4

4

3

3

4

4

4

4

 

Craig Dunn

6

10

10

-

-

4

4

4

4

5

5

-

-

 

Robert Elstone

7

  2

  2

1

1

1

1

-

-

1

1

-

-

 

Peter Hawkins

8

10

10

4

4

4

4

1

1

-

-

4

3

 

Peter Marriott

9

10

10

4

4

4

4

4

4

-

-

4

4

 

Peter Nash

10

  7

  7

3

3

3

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This table shows membership of standing Committees of the Board. From time to time the Board may form other committees or request Directors to undertake specific extra duties.

 

A - Meetings eligible to attend as a member             B - Meetings attended as a member

 

Unless otherwise stated, each Director has been a member, or the Chairman, of the relevant Committee for the whole of the period from 1 October 2017.

 

1     Chairman of the Board Nominations Committee. Member of the Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk & Compliance Committee.

2     Member of the Board Technology Committee.

3     Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and Board Technology Committee.

4     Chairman of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee. Member of the Board Nominations Committee and the Board Remuneration Committee.

5     Chairman of the Board Technology Committee from 8 December 2017. Member of the Board Technology Committee until 8 December 2017. Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, and from 8 December 2017, a member of each of Board Nominations Committee and Board Remuneration Committee.

6     Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee. Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee and the Board Nominations Committee.

7     Robert Elstone retired from the Board and its Committees on 8 December 2017.

8     Chairman of the Board Technology Committee and a member of the Board Nominations Committee until 8 December 2017. Member of the Board Audit Committee, the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, and from 8 December 2017, a member of the Board Technology Committee.

9     Chairman of the Board Audit Committee. Member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee, the Board Technology Committee and the Board Nominations Committee.

10    Peter Nash was appointed as a Director and member of the Board Audit Committee and Board Risk & Compliance Committee on 7 March 2018.

11    In addition to 8 scheduled Board meetings, there were 2 additional special purpose Board meetings convened during the year. Mr Crouch was unable to attend one of these special purpose Board meetings and the meeting material was reviewed and discussed with the Chairman, and his views were subsequently conveyed by the Chairman to the other Directors at the meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

61

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

10. Remuneration Report

 

Introduction from the Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee

 

Dear shareholders

 

On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present Westpac’s 2018 remuneration report.

 

I outline below the context behind the key remuneration decisions made by the Board and the Board Remuneration Committee this year. In addition, I summarise the key enhancements we have made to strengthen our remuneration policy and practices to support appropriate outcomes for our shareholders, customers, employees and the communities we serve.

 

Overview of performance outcomes

 

2018 has been a challenging year for Westpac from a financial performance perspective. In addition, the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Royal Commission) has highlighted that financial services organisations, including Westpac, need to do more to meet the needs of customers and the community.

 

Key financial outcomes for 2018 can be summarised as follows:

 

§      Cash earnings were flat due to slower loan and deposit growth, the full period impact of the bank levy and an increase in provisions for customer refunds and payments;

 

§      The Group’s balance sheet was further strengthened. In particular, our capital ratios exceeded the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority’s (APRA’s) ‘unquestionably strong’ benchmark, liquidity ratios are higher and the funding mix has continued to improve;

 

§      Return on equity (ROE) declined to 13% due to higher capital levels combined with flat cash earnings. This is at the lower end of the range the Group is seeking to achieve; and

 

§      Earnings per share (EPS) of 232.6 cents was down 1% on the prior year.

 

Strategically, we have made good progress in modernising our platforms and digitising the company resulting in productivity gains and improvements to the customer experience. Customer satisfaction, as measured by net promoter scores, showed relative improvement though the year. In addition, a range of initiatives were deployed to strengthen our culture and enhance the agility and capability of our workforce.

 

In terms of the Royal Commission, the misconduct issues that have been examined are confronting for Westpac and the industry, and have raised a number of important considerations for the industry, regulators and policy makers. The Chairman and CEO both discuss the Royal Commission in their respective letters in this Annual Report.

 

The Board recognises that Westpac needs to continue to improve the way it prevents, detects and addresses misconduct. The Royal Commission has highlighted examples of areas where our actions have given rise to poor outcomes for some of our customers. This has contributed to a loss of trust and reputational damage to Westpac and the industry. The Board also recognises that the value of your shares has declined over the year as a result of a range of factors.

 

Variable reward adjustments and outcomes

 

Variable reward outcomes reflect appropriate executive accountability for both performance and the matters discussed above.

 

2015 Long Term Variable Reward (LTVR): The performance hurdles for both the CEO and Group Executive 2015 LTVR plans were not met and, as a result, the awards were forfeited in full for the third consecutive year.

 

2018 Short Term Variable Reward (STVR): 2018 STVR outcomes for the CEO and Group Executives in Australia were on average 25% lower than 2017 with the largest individual year on year reduction being 50%. These outcomes include the application of discretion as follows:

 

§      The assessment of performance against the 2018 scorecard for the CEO and Group Executives in Australia included discretionary downward adjustments for customer and service related areas of the scorecard of up to 25%.

 

§      Targeted downwards adjustments were applied to three Group Executives to reflect a range of matters relevant to the business for which they are responsible, including risk and remediation issues and, where relevant, business performance not otherwise reflected in the scorecard. These adjustments ranged from 10% to 30% of the target opportunity for these individuals.

 

§      In addition, to reflect appropriate executive accountability for Group-wide risk and reputation matters, the Board applied a scorecard modifier to reduce further the STVR outcomes as follows:

 

      15% of the outcome for the CEO (which equates to 13.5% of the target opportunity); and

 

      10% of the target opportunity for each Group Executive excluding David McLean (CEO, Westpac New Zealand Limited) and David Lees (Acting Chief Financial Officer for three months only).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

These reductions result in a 2018 STVR outcome for the CEO of 77.5% of the target opportunity, which is 52% of the maximum opportunity. The 2018 STVR outcomes for Group Executives ranged from 50% to 110% of the target opportunity and 34% to 73% of the maximum opportunity.

 

Total Target Reward adjustments

 

The Board reviewed Total Target Reward (TTR) for the CEO and Group Executives for 2018. No changes were made to TTR for the CEO. Increases in TTR for Group Executives of between 4% and 12.3% were made in circumstances where TTR was below market benchmarks and to recognise individual capability and demonstrated capacity to deliver business outcomes since initial appointment to their roles.

 

Key enhancements and future developments

 

We are committed to ensuring that our remuneration arrangements meet regulatory requirements and align with emerging stakeholder expectations and better practice. This includes:

 

§      under the Australian Banking Association’s 6 Point Plan, implementing Stephen Sedgwick AO’s recommendations for our employees two years earlier than required. This includes targeted changes to our STVR arrangements for customer-facing employees in the Consumer Bank and Business Bank to support our service-based approach and reinforce a sound conduct and risk culture;

 

§      implementing changes to our remuneration and governance arrangements consistent with the findings from APRA’s review of remuneration practices at large financial institutions. For example, we have strengthened the process and documentation around the Board’s existing discretion to adjust overall outcomes for matters such as behaviour, risk and reputation, with the introduction of a scorecard modifier;

 

§      updating our remuneration policy to align with the letter and spirit of the new Banking Executive Accountability Regime legislation; and

 

§      implementing a Group-wide consequence management framework building on existing policies and practices to provide greater consistency in the management of employee conduct. In 2018, we managed 1,091 employee conduct matters in Australia, of which 209 resulted in the employee exiting the business, 532 resulted in a formal disciplinary outcome, and a range of other consequences were applied, including ineligibility for STVR, reductions to STVR and role changes.

 

During 2018, the Board Remuneration Committee reviewed the remuneration framework for the CEO and Group Executives with the aim of ensuring it continues to remain fit for purpose and is simple, transparent and appropriately aligned with our strategic intent and the expectations of our key stakeholders.

 

Given the ongoing review of remuneration practices across the industry and feedback from key stakeholders, we decided not to make any changes to the design features of the 2019 STVR and LTVR plans for the CEO and Group Executives. We will continue to review the executive remuneration framework in 2019 and, as always, engage with regulators, shareholders and shareholder representative groups and value the insight these discussions provide.

 

Group Executive changes

 

Changes to Westpac’s leadership team during the year included:

 

§      Carolyn McCann was appointed to the new Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations role on 18 June 2018;

 

§      Alexandra Holcomb ceased in her role as the Chief Risk Officer on 25 June 2018 and will retire on 31 December 2018. David Stephen commenced with Westpac on 1 October 2018;

 

§      Peter King was the Chief Financial Officer for most of the year and acted as the Chief Risk Officer from 25 June 2018 to 1 October 2018. During this time, David Lees acted as the Chief Financial Officer;

 

§      Christine Parker’s role and title changed from Group Executive, Human Resources, Corporate Affairs & Sustainability to Group Executive, Human Resources on 18 June 2018;

 

§      Rebecca Lim’s role and title changed from Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat to Group Executive, Legal & Secretariat on 1 October 2018; and

 

§      Dave Curran will retire from the Chief Information Officer role on 29 January 2019. Craig Bright will commence with Westpac on 4 December 2018.

 

Non-executive Directors

 

The Board is pleased to have welcomed Peter Nash on 7 March 2018 and Anita Fung on 1 October 2018 as Non-executive Directors. No changes were made to Non-executive Director fees for 2018.

 

Changes to the remuneration report

 

Finally, we have made further improvements to the transparency, simplicity and readability of our remuneration report. On behalf of the Board, I invite you to read our remuneration report and welcome your feedback.

 

 

 

 

 

GRAPHIC

Craig Dunn, Chairman
Board Remuneration Committee

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

63

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

65

 


 

\Directors’ report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

3. Key Management Personnel

 

The remuneration of Key Management Personnel (KMP) for the Group is disclosed in the Report. In 2018, KMP comprised the CEO, Group Executives and Non-executive Directors as set out in the table below.

 

 

Name

 

Position

 

Term as KMP

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

Full Year

Current Group Executives

 

 

Lyn Cobley

 

Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Full Year

Brad Cooper

 

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

Full Year

Dave Curran

 

Chief Information Officer

 

Full Year

George Frazis

 

Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

 

Full Year

Peter King1

 

Acting Chief Risk Officer

 

Full Year

David Lees2

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

Commenced in KMP role on 25 June 2018

Rebecca Lim3

 

Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat

 

Full Year

David Lindberg

 

Chief Executive, Business Bank

 

Full Year

Carolyn McCann4

 

Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations

 

Commenced in KMP role on 18 June 2018

David McLean

 

Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

Full Year

Christine Parker5

 

Group Executive, Human Resources

 

Full Year

Gary Thursby

 

Group Executive, Strategy & Enterprise Services

 

Full Year

Former Group Executive

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb6

 

Chief Risk Officer

 

Ceased in KMP role on 25 June 2018

 

 

 

 

 

Current Non-executive Directors

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

Chairman

 

Full Year

Nerida Caesar

 

Director

 

Full Year

Ewen Crouch

 

Director

 

Full Year

Alison Deans

 

Director

 

Full Year

Craig Dunn

 

Director

 

Full Year

Peter Hawkins

 

Director

 

Full Year

Peter Marriott

 

Director

 

Full Year

Peter Nash

 

Director

 

Commenced on 7 March 2018

Former Non-executive Director

 

 

Robert Elstone

 

Director

 

Retired on 8 December 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Peter King was the Chief Financial Officer until 25 June 2018 when he was appointed as the Acting Chief Risk Officer. Peter King returned to the Chief Financial Officer role effective 1 October 2018.

2           David Lees was the Deputy Chief Financial Officer until 25 June 2018 when he was appointed as the Acting Chief Financial Officer. David Lees returned to the Deputy Chief Financial Officer role effective 1 October 2018.

3           Rebecca Lim’s role and title changed to the Group Executive, Legal & Secretariat effective 1 October 2018.

4           Carolyn McCann was the General Manager, Corporate Affairs & Sustainability until 18 June 2018 when she was appointed as the Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations.

5           Christine Parker’s role and title changed from the Group Executive, Human Resources, Corporate Affairs & Sustainability to the Group Executive, Human Resources on 18 June 2018.

6           Alexandra Holcomb ceased in her KMP role as the Chief Risk Officer on 25 June 2018 and will retire on 31 December 2018. David Stephen commenced as the Chief Risk Officer effective 1 October 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

67

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

4. Total remuneration outcomes

 

4.1. Chief Executive Officer and Group Executive remuneration – realised remuneration

 

The table below shows the actual remuneration paid and the equity vested1 to the CEO and Group Executives in 2018 and 2017 (unaudited). This includes:

 

§         fixed remuneration earned during the year;

 

§         cash STVR awarded in respect of 2018 and 2017;

 

§         deferred STVR awarded in prior years that vested in 2018 and 2017; and

 

§         LTVR awarded in prior years that vested in 2018 and 2017.

 

The value of deferred STVR and LTVR is based on the number of restricted shares or share rights multiplied by the five day volume weighted average share price up to and including the date of vesting. The value of equity differs from the disclosure in Section 7 which provides the annualised accounting value for unvested equity awards prepared in accordance with the Australian Accounting Standards (AAS).

 

 

 

Fixed
remuneration

 

Cash STVR
awarded

 

Vesting of prior
year deferred
STVR awards

 

Vesting of prior
year LTVR
awards

 

Total realised
remuneration

 

Prior year LTVR
forfeited

 

Name

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2,686,000

 

1,040,825

 

1,217,694

 

-

 

4,944,519

 

4,263,037

 

2017

 

2,686,000

 

1,490,730

 

1,280,114

 

-

 

5,456,844

 

3,046,592

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley, Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

1,122,000

 

465,500

 

494,049

 

-

 

2,081,549

 

-

 

2017

 

1,122,000

 

640,000

 

244,864

 

-

 

2,006,864

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper, Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

1,102,517

 

400,000

 

665,608

 

-

 

2,168,125

 

2,064,040

 

2017

 

1,102,517

 

792,500

 

779,625

 

-

 

2,674,642

 

2,206,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dave Curran, Chief Information Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

1,054,000

 

485,000

 

444,719

 

-

 

1,983,719

 

1,761,322

 

2017

 

952,000

 

552,500

 

510,291

 

-

 

2,014,791

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis, Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

1,150,000

 

480,000

 

735,319

 

-

 

2,365,319

 

1,614,690

 

2017

 

1,150,000

 

872,500

 

876,225

 

-

 

2,898,725

 

1,155,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King, Acting Chief Risk Officer2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

1,288,000

 

517,000

 

505,612

 

-

 

2,310,612

 

1,824,211

 

2017

 

1,088,000

 

615,000

 

536,202

 

-

 

2,239,202

 

1,132,480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lees, Acting Chief Financial Officer3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

324,877

 

90,500

 

-

 

-

 

415,377

 

-

 

2017

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Not a KMP in 2017 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rebecca Lim, Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

950,000

 

356,500

 

287,412

 

-

 

1,593,912

 

383,299

 

2017

 

750,000

 

412,500

 

248,227

 

-

 

1,410,727

 

388,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg, Chief Executive, Business Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

1,088,000

 

440,500

 

440,199

 

-

 

1,968,699

 

817,702

 

2017

 

952,000

 

532,500

 

419,808

 

-

 

1,904,308

 

709,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn McCann, Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

212,877

 

74,500

 

202,173

 

-

 

489,550

 

393,143

 

2017

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Not a KMP in 2017 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David McLean, Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

900,613

 

498,439

 

370,211

 

-

 

1,769,263

 

988,873

 

2017

 

864,889

 

412,570

 

430,410

 

-

 

1,707,869

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

 

Fixed
remuneration

 

Cash STVR
awarded

 

Vesting of prior
year deferred
STVR awards

 

Vesting of prior
year LTVR
awards

 

Total realised
remuneration

 

Prior year LTVR
forfeited

 

Name

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Current Group Executives (cont.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker, Group Executive, Human Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

884,000

 

427,500

 

421,759

 

-

 

1,733,259

 

1,474,298

 

2017

 

850,000

 

517,500

 

481,816

 

-

 

1,849,316

 

1,365,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gary Thursby, Group Executive, Strategy & Enterprise Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

840,000

 

395,500

 

368,685

 

-

 

1,604,185

 

471,754

 

2017

 

840,000

 

485,000

 

371,764

 

-

 

1,696,764

 

409,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb, Chief Risk Officer5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

736,449

 

411,000

 

446,660

 

-

 

1,594,109

 

1,761,322

 

2017

 

1,003,000

 

532,500

 

498,536

 

-

 

2,034,036

 

772,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Equity that vested on 1 October 2018 is included in the 2018 figures. Equity that vested on 1 October 2017 is included in the 2017 figures.

2 Peter King was the Chief Financial Officer until 25 June 2018 when he was appointed as the Acting Chief Risk Officer.

3 David Lees commenced his KMP role as the Acting Chief Financial Officer on 25 June 2018.

4 Carolyn McCann commenced her KMP role as the Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations on 18 June 2018.

5 Alexandra Holcomb ceased in her KMP role as the Chief Risk Officer on 25 June 2018 and will retire on 31 December 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

69

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

4.2. Chief Executive Officer and Group Executive remuneration – equity awarded

 

The table below shows the value of equity awarded under the STVR and LTVR plans in respect of 2018 and 2017.

 

The final value of equity received by the CEO and Group Executives will depend on the share price at the time of vesting and the number of restricted shares or share rights that vest, subject to performance hurdles (where applicable), continued service and malus provisions.

 

The value of equity differs from the disclosure in Section 7 which is prepared in accordance with the AAS.

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred STVR

 

 

LTVR award

 

 

 

 

 

award1

 

Fair value2

 

Face value3

 

Name

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

2018

 

1,040,825

 

2,528,000

 

6,218,959

 

 

 

2017

 

1,490,730

 

2,528,000

 

6,811,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley

 

2018

 

465,500

 

1,056,000

 

2,597,783

 

Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

2017

 

640,000

 

1,056,000

 

2,845,209

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

2018

 

400,000

 

1,050,000

 

2,582,994

 

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

2017

 

792,500

 

1,050,000

 

2,829,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dave Curran

 

2018

 

485,000

 

992,000

 

2,440,337

 

Chief Information Officer

 

2017

 

552,500

 

896,000

 

2,414,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis

 

2018

 

480,000

 

1,000,000

 

2,460,034

 

Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

 

2017

 

872,500

 

1,000,000

 

2,694,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King4

 

2018

 

517,000

 

1,024,000

 

2,519,060

 

Acting Chief Risk Officer

 

2017

 

615,000

 

1,024,000

 

2,758,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lees5

 

2018

 

90,500

 

-

 

-

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

2017

 

 - - - - - - - - - - - - Not a KMP in 2017 - - - - - - - - - - - -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rebecca Lim

 

2018

 

356,500

 

700,000

 

1,722,017

 

Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat

 

2017

 

412,500

 

700,000

 

1,885,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg

 

2018

 

440,500

 

1,024,000

 

2,519,060

 

Chief Executive, Business Bank

 

2017

 

532,500

 

912,000

 

2,457,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn McCann6

 

2018

 

74,500

 

159,658

 

364,743

 

Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations

 

2017

 

 - - - - - - - - - - - - Not a KMP in 2017 - - - - - - - - - - - -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David McLean

 

2018

 

498,439

 

872,508

 

2,146,339

 

Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

2017

 

412,570

 

810,138

 

2,160,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker

 

2018

 

427,500

 

816,000

 

2,007,332

 

Group Executive, Human Resources

 

2017

 

517,500

 

750,000

 

2,020,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gary Thursby

 

2018

 

395,500

 

700,000

 

1,722,017

 

Group Executive, Strategy & Enterprise Services

 

2017

 

485,000

 

700,000

 

1,885,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb7

 

2018

 

411,000

 

944,000

 

2,322,222

 

Chief Risk Officer

 

2017

 

532,500

 

944,000

 

2,543,391

 

 

1      The value of deferred STVR (granted as restricted shares or unhurdled share rights) is 50% of the total STVR award for the year. The number of restricted shares granted is determined by reference to the five day volume weighted average share price (VWAP) up to and including the grant date. This is adjusted for non-payment of dividends over the vesting period for unhurdled share rights. The five day VWAP for the 2017 award was $31.46.

2      For the purposes of determining the number of performance share rights to grant, the Board Remuneration Committee caps the fair value at a maximum discount of 60% of the share price at the start of the performance period. The fair value of the 2018 and 2017 awards were capped at $12.79 and $11.95 respectively.

3      The face value is calculated by multiplying the number of performance share rights granted during the year by the five day VWAP up to and including the grant date. For the 2018 awards, the five day VWAP was $31.46, and for the 2017 awards, the five day VWAP was $32.20.

4      Peter King was the Chief Financial Officer until 25 June 2018 when he was appointed as the Acting Chief Risk Officer.

5      David Lees commenced his KMP role as the Acting Chief Financial Officer on 25 June 2018.

6      Carolyn McCann commenced her KMP role as the Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations on 18 June 2018.

7      Alexandra Holcomb ceased in her KMP role as the Chief Risk Officer on 25 June 2018 and will retire on 31 December 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

4.3. Summary of 2018 Short Term Variable Reward outcomes

 

Assessment approach

 

STVR awards are determined with reference to an assessment of performance against a balanced scorecard.

 

The Board and the Board Remuneration Committee recognise that the scorecard approach may not always appropriately reflect overall performance of the Group.

 

For 2018, the scorecard was split into two sections to support decision making and enhance disclosure in relation to the Board’s application of discretion when determining STVR outcomes.

 

§         Focus areas: This includes consideration of financial and non-financial measures aligned to Westpac’s key strategic priorities to support an initial scorecard result.

 

In assessing outcomes for each focus area, a number of factors are taken into account. For example:

 

§      matters not known or not relevant at the beginning of the performance period which are relevant to the under or over performance of the employee over the performance period;

 

§      the degree of difficulty associated with achieving the targets that had been set in the scorecard (and the context of those targets);

 

§      whether the budgetary assumptions that were present when performance targets were set remain correct (and whether the financial environment is better or worse compared with those assumptions); and

 

§      comparisons with the performance of Westpac’s main competitors having regard to major shareholder and customer benchmarks as well as the composition and/or consistency of financial result performance.

 

§         Modifier: This includes further consideration of significant matters not covered in the focus areas, including behaviour, people management matters, risk and reputation matters, and any other matters determined by the Board, as a tool to support the adjustment of the overall scorecard result upwards or downwards (including to nil).

 

Group balanced scorecard – Chief Executive Officer performance objectives

 

The table below sets out the Group balanced scorecard for 2018 which forms the CEO scorecard and the resulting outcomes against stretching targets.

 

Westpac’s strategic priorities are cascaded from the CEO’s scorecard to Group Executive scorecards in combination with other divisional or functional measures.

 

 

Focus areas

 

 

 

 

Commentary

 

Outcome

 

Economic performance (40%)

Delivering long term returns for our shareholders through high quality and consistent financial results

 

§         Delivered economic profit of $3,444 million and a ROE of 13.00% at the bottom of the 13-14% range that we seek to achieve. Cash earnings were flat at $8,065 million.

§         Core earnings decreased 1% including the impact of infrequent items. Excluding the impact of these items, core earnings grew 1%. Customer deposit growth of 6% funded lending growth of 4%. Margins increased 2bps over the year.

§         Expenses increased 5% impacted by infrequent items. Excluding these items, operating expenses increased 3% including higher regulatory and compliance costs, costs associated with the Royal Commission and investment related spend. Productivity benefits increased 16% to $304 million more than offsetting growth in operating costs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet management (10%)

Holding sufficient capital and liquidity to remain strong, meet regulatory requirements and support growth

 

§         Further strengthened funding and liquidity with an increase in the Group’s Net Stable Funding Ratio to 114% and Liquidity Coverage Ratio to 133%, exceeding the target and regulatory requirements.

§         Maintained ‘unquestionably strong’ capital levels with Common Equity Tier 1 Capital at 10.6%, including absorbing regulatory measurement changes of 30 basis points for mortgage risk weights and operational risk RWA.

§         Achieved housing balance sheet growth of 4%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk management (10%)

Ensuring we are and remain strong

 

§         Remained within the Group Risk Appetite overall; financial risks continue to be managed well while the management of non-financial risks requires further improvement.

§         Maintained sound credit quality across the portfolio, with ratio of stressed assets to total committed exposures at 1.1%. Balance sheet settings, liquidity and market risks are within appetite.

§         Ongoing significant focus on resolving and remediating compliance, regulatory and customer issues, including enhancing risk management of sales practices, product design and maintenance and financial crime systems and processes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

71

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

Focus areas (continued)

 

 

 

 

Commentary

 

Outcome

 

Customer outcomes (15%)

Helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow by delivering great customer outcomes, and by securing the Group’s future

 

§         Delivered significant improvements in service quality for our customers resulting in solid customer growth and an improvement in net promoter scores (NPS). Business Bank finished the year as Number 1 on both Customer Satisfaction and NPS and Consumer Bank ranked Number 2 on NPS.

§         Continued to roll out new, market-leading digital innovations for our customers including, but not limited to, Mobile Cheque Deposit, conversational banking through Siri, Amazon, Alexa and Google Home, and digital mortgage origination.

§         Took a leading role in achieving ASIC approval of the new Banking Code of Practice, offering enhanced commitments and protections to our customers.

§         Continued to implement the “Get it Right. Put it Right” initiative to identify and fix legacy issues.

§         Closed out more than a third (250) of outstanding Financial Ombudsman Service Australia matters.

§         While improvements have been made across the organisation to deliver better customer outcomes, the Royal Commission has also highlighted certain areas where we need to do more to meet the needs of customers and the community. The Board believes it is appropriate to ensure executive accountability and has reduced the overall result for this focus area by 25%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer service transformation (15%)

Creating superior customer experiences for each customer, every time

 

§         Transformation of complaint handling through the establishment of our new Customer and Corporate Relations division. This has resulted in a significant improvement in resolving longstanding customer issues and more proactive identification of ‘vulnerable’ customers. Consumer and Business Bank long dated complaints were reduced by 90%.

§         Undertook substantive work on alleviating the source of customer complaints through better designed products that meet the needs of customers. Completed a lifecycle review of certain products and made changes, including: removing grandfathered payments to salaried BT Financial Advisers benefitting more than 140,000 BT Financial Advice customers; and simplifying and lowering transaction fees for 1.3 million personal transaction account customers.

§         Continuing culture change across the Group with targeted messaging in People Leader Forums and Culture Immersion helping people to consider complaints as part of our Service Revolution.

§         Delivered key milestones in line with the Australian Banking Association’s 6 point plan which commenced in 2016.

§         Delivered customer benefits from the Service Revolution Transformation programs.

§         In line with the approach taken for the customer outcomes focus area, the Board also decided to reduce the overall result for the customer service transformation focus area by 25%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

People and culture (10%)

Delivering key people initiatives that drive further the Group’s change agenda

 

§         Delivered significant milestones as part of our Workforce Revolution Program.

§         Maintained 50% Women in Leadership and our female General Manager population has increased over the last two years from 39% in 2016 to 47% in 2018.

§         Continued to strengthen our culture through initiatives including: conducting the Navigate program which was held for all employees and led by the CEO, to review and recommit to our Group Compass which articulates our values, service standards, code of conduct, and expectations of standards of behaviour and ethical treatment of our customers; launching ‘Recruit for Culture Fit’ tools designed to help ensure new recruits fit our service culture; holding various leadership development programs; refreshing our values and code of conduct; and rolling out a Group Consequence Management Framework.

§         Accelerated implementation of the Sedgwick review recommendations for employees which means that variable reward for Consumer and Business Bank customer facing employees is further weighted towards service and doing the right thing, rather than product sales.

 

 

 

 

 

Modifier

 

 

In addition to qualitative downward adjustments made in assessing performance against the scorecard outcomes for the customer outcomes and customer service transformation focus areas, the Board applied a further reduction of 15% to the CEO’s scorecard outcome (which equates to 13.5% of the target opportunity) based on an overall assessment of risk and reputation matters.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

Short Term Variable Reward outcomes for 2018

 

The table below sets out the CEO and Group Executive STVR outcomes for 2018 as determined by the Board using the balanced scorecard outcomes, including the modifier.

 

Name

 

Target STVR
opportunity

 

STVR award
(as % of
target)

 

STVR award
(as % of
maximum)

 

Cash STVR
award
(50%)

 

Deferred
STVR award
(50%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

2,686,000

 

77.5%

 

52%

 

1,040,825

 

1,040,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley
Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

1,122,000

 

83%

 

55%

 

465,500

 

465,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper
Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

1,600,000

 

50%

 

33%

 

400,000

 

400,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dave Curran
Chief Information Officer

 

1,054,000

 

92%

 

61%

 

485,000

 

485,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis
Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

 

1,600,000

 

60%

 

40%

 

480,000

 

480,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King1 
Acting Chief Risk Officer

 

1,088,000

 

95%

 

63%

 

517,000

 

517,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lees2 
Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

181,250

 

100%

 

67%

 

90,500

 

90,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rebecca Lim
Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat

 

750,000

 

95%

 

63%

 

356,500

 

356,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg
Chief Executive, Business Bank

 

1,088,000

 

81%

 

54%

 

440,500

 

440,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn McCann3 
Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations

 

161,875

 

92%

 

61%

 

74,500

 

74,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David McLean
Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

905,919

 

110%

 

73%

 

498,439

 

498,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker
Group Executive, Human Resources

 

900,000

 

95%

 

63%

 

427,500

 

427,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gary Thursby
Group Executive, Strategy & Enterprise Services

 

860,000

 

92%

 

61%

 

395,500

 

395,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb4 
Chief Risk Officer

 

1,003,000

 

82%

 

55%

 

411,000

 

411,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1     Peter King was the Chief Financial Officer until 25 June 2018 when he was appointed as the Acting Chief Risk Officer.

2      David Lees commenced his KMP role as the Acting Chief Financial Officer on 25 June 2018 and was not considered KMP prior to his appointment. His target STVR opportunity has been apportioned to reflect his time in a Group Executive role.

3      Carolyn McCann commenced her KMP role as the Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations on 18 June 2018. Her target STVR opportunity has been apportioned to reflect her time in a Group Executive role.

4      Alexandra Holcomb ceased in her KMP role as the Chief Risk Officer on 25 June 2018 and will retire on 31 December 2018. Her target STVR opportunity was assessed on a full year basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

73

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

4.4. Summary of Long Term Variable Reward vesting outcomes

 

The table below shows the vesting outcomes for LTVR awards to the CEO and Group Executives that reached the end of their performance periods in 2018 and 2017.

 

 

 

Performance

 

Commencement

 

 

 

Performance range

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

Award

 

hurdle

 

date1

 

Test date

 

Threshold

 

Maximum

 

Outcome

 

vested

 

% lapsed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 LTVR

 

TSR

50% of award

 

1 October 2014

 

1 October 2018

 

Equal to composite TSR index

 

Exceeds composite TSR index by 21.55 (i.e. 5% CAGR2)

 

Westpac: 8.35
Index: 26.54

 

0%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EPS

50% of award

 

1 October 2014

 

1 October 20173

 

4.0% CAGR

 

6.0% CAGR

 

(0.8%) CAGR

 

0%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 LTVR

 

TSR

50% of award

 

1 October 2014

 

1 October 2017

 

50th percentile

 

75th percentile

 

20th percentile

 

0%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EPS

50% of award

 

1 October 2014

 

1 October 2017

 

5.0% CAGR

 

7.0% CAGR

 

(0.8%) CAGR

 

0%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1     Commencement date is the start of the performance period. The 2014 and 2015 LTVR were granted to Group Executives on 3 December 2014. The 2015 LTVR was granted to the CEO on 11 December 2015.

2      Compound annual growth rate.

3      The EPS hurdled performance share rights reached the end of their performance period on 30 September 2017 and were subject to an additional one year holding lock through to 30 September 2018.

 

Other equity vested during 2018

 

Lyn Cobley had 18,115 restricted shares granted under the Restricted Share Plan which vested in July 2018. The restricted shares were allocated in respect of equity forfeited from her previous employer on joining Westpac.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

4.5. Aligning pay with performance and shareholder return – five year perspective

 

The table below summarises key performance indicators for the Group and variable reward outcomes over the last five years.

 

 

Year ended 30 September

 

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

CEO STVR award (% of target)

77.5%

111%

97%

108%

127%

LTVR award (% vested)

0%

0%

0%

36%

72%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings ($m)

8,065

8,062

7,822

7,820

7,628

Economic profit ($m)

3,444

3,774

3,774

4,418

4,491

ROE

13.00%

13.77%

14.00%

15.80%

16.40%

TSR – three years

8.27%

11.79%

15.24%

62.30%

102.03%

TSR – five years

25.67%

81.32%

100.72%

92.78%

103.74%

Dividends per Westpac share (cents)

188

188

188

187

182

Cash earnings per Westpac share1

$2.36

$2.40

$2.35

$2.48

$2.45

Share price – high

$33.68

$35.39

$33.74

$40.07

$35.99

Share price – low

$27.24

$28.92

$27.57

$29.10

$30.00

Share price – close

$27.93

$31.92

$29.51

$29.70

$32.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Cash earnings are not prepared in accordance with AAS and have not been subject to audit.

 

Graph 1:        Cash earnings and CEO STVR award (2014 to 2018)

 

Graph 2:        Cash earnings per share performance and average share count (2014 to 2018)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Graph 3:        Total shareholder return (from 1 October 2013)

 

Graph 4:        Return on equity and LTVR vesting (2014 to 2018)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

75

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

5. Further detail on the 2018 Chief Executive Officer and Group Executive total reward framework

 

5.1. Fixed remuneration

 

Fixed remuneration is set based on market benchmarks within the financial services industry. The Board also takes into account the size, responsibilities and complexity of the role, as well as the skills and experience of the executive.

 

5.2. Short Term Variable Reward

 

The table below sets out the key design features of the 2018 STVR plan.

 

 

2018 Short Term Variable Reward Plan

 

 

 

Plan structure

 

50% of STVR is awarded in cash and 50% is deferred into equity in the form of restricted shares (or unhurdled share rights for the Group Executive based outside Australia).

The deferred STVR vests in equal portions one and two years after the grant date, subject to continued service and malus provisions. Dividends are paid on restricted shares from the grant date.

The 2018 plan structure remains unchanged from 2017.

 

 

 

Target opportunity

The target opportunity for the CEO and Group Executives is expressed as a percentage of fixed remuneration. The target opportunity is set by the Board following recommendation from the Board Remuneration Committee.

The Board and Board Remuneration Committee take into account a range of factors including market competitiveness and the nature of the role.

Target opportunities range between 75% and 145% of fixed remuneration for the CEO and Group Executives.

 

 

 

Maximum opportunity

 

The maximum opportunity is 150% of the target opportunity.

 

 

Performance measures

Performance is assessed against a balanced scorecard which contains financial and non-financial measures aligned to Westpac’s strategic priorities at a Group, divisional and individual level as relevant.

Further information on focus areas for the 2018 scorecard is provided at Section 4.3.

Deferred STVR awards recognise past performance and are not subject to any further conditions, other than continued service and malus provisions.

 

 

 

Assessment of performance outcomes

The Board determines STVR awards for the CEO and Group Executives with reference to performance against individual scorecards, including an assessment of performance against measures under the focus areas and other significant matters not covered in the focus areas via the modifier.

The Board has the ability to adjust awards upwards or downwards (including to nil) based on an overall assessment of behaviour, risk and reputation, and people management matters, and any other matters determined by the Board.

In addition, the Board has the ability to apply malus to unvested deferred awards if having regard to circumstances or information which has come to light after the grant of the equity, all or part of the initial award was not justified.

 

 

5.3. Long Term Variable Reward

 

The table below sets out the key design features of the 2018 LTVR Plan awarded in December 2017.

 

 

2018 Long Term Variable Reward Plan

 

 

 

Plan structure

LTVR is awarded in performance share rights which vest after four years subject to the achievement of performance hurdles, continued service and malus provisions.

One performance share right entitles the holder to one ordinary share at the time of vesting with no exercise cost. Dividends are not accumulated on performance share rights.

 

 

 

Award opportunity

The value of LTVR awarded to the CEO and Group Executives is expressed as a percentage of fixed remuneration. The value of LTVR is set by the Board following recommendation from the Board Remuneration Committee.

LTVR opportunities range between 75% and 95% of fixed remuneration for the CEO and Group Executives.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

2018 Long Term Variable Reward Plan (continued)

 

 

 

Allocation methodology

The number of performance share rights each executive receives is determined by dividing the dollar value of the LTVR award by the fair value of the performance share rights at the beginning of the performance period.

The fair value of the performance share rights is determined by an independent valuer using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model, taking into consideration the life of the awards, the performance hurdles and likelihood of vesting, non-payment of dividends prior to vesting and appropriate discount rates. 

The Board Remuneration Committee caps the valuation at a maximum discount of 60% of the share price. The value of a TSR hurdled performance share right may be different to the value of a ROE hurdled share performance right.

 

 

 

Performance hurdles

Total shareholder return
50% of the award

Return on equity
50% of the award

The performance hurdle measures Westpac’s TSR performance over a four year period against a composite index.

TSR is a measure of the total return delivered to shareholders over the performance period assuming dividends are reinvested. 

The composite index is comprised of a group of ten peers with more weight placed on the three other major Australian banks.

At the end of the performance period, TSR performance of each index company is multiplied by its index weighting, and the total of the ten scores determines the composite TSR index.

50% will vest if Westpac’s TSR performance equals the composite TSR index. For 100% to vest, Westpac’s TSR outcome must exceed the index by 21.55 (i.e. 5% compound annual growth over the four year performance period) as illustrated below.

 

The performance hurdle measures the average cash return on average ordinary equity over a three year performance period.

The performance hurdle aims to reward the achievement of returns above Westpac’s cost of capital while generating shareholder value and improving how efficiently the Group uses capital resources within its risk appetite.

Performance share rights subject to ROE performance will be tested against the performance hurdle on 30 September 2020 and will be subject to an additional one year holding lock through to 30 September 2021.

The graph below shows the performance levels required for the ROE performance share rights to vest.

Total shareholder return vesting

 

 

The companies in the 2018 peer group and their relative weightings are:

 

Return on equity vesting

 

 

Company

TSR index weighting

 

 

ANZ Banking Group

16.67%

 

 

 

Commonwealth Bank

16.67%

 

 

 

National Australia Bank

16.67%

 

 

 

AMP

7.14%

 

 

 

Bank of Queensland

7.14%

 

 

 

Bendigo and Adelaide Bank

7.14%

 

 

 

Challenger

7.14%

 

 

 

Macquarie Group

7.14%

 

 

 

Perpetual

7.14%

 

 

 

Suncorp Group

7.14%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

77

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

 

2018 Long Term Variable Reward Plan (continued)

 

 

 

Assessment of performance outcomes

Total shareholder return

The TSR result is calculated independently to ensure objectivity and external validation before being provided to the Board to determine the vesting outcome.

The Board may exercise discretion in determining the final vesting outcome.

Performance share rights subject to TSR performance will be tested against the performance hurdle on 30 September 2021.

 

Return on equity

The ROE outcome is determined by the Board based on ROE disclosed in the Group’s results over the performance period.

The Board may exercise discretion in determining the final vesting outcome.

 

 

No re-testing

There has been no re-testing of awards since 2011. No current award is subject to re-testing. Awards that have not vested after the measurement period lapse immediately.

 

 

 

Early vesting

For awards made after 1 October 2009, unvested awards may vest before a test date if the executive is no longer employed by the Group due to death or disability. In these cases, vesting is generally not subject to the performance hurdles being met.

 

 

 

Treatment of awards on cessation of employment

 

The Board has the discretion to determine the treatment of unvested performance share rights where the CEO or a Group Executive resigns, retires or otherwise leaves the Group before vesting occurs.

The Board may choose to accelerate the vesting of performance share rights or leave the awards on foot for the remainder of the performance period.

In exercising its discretion, the Board will take into account relevant circumstances including those relating to the departure.

The Board also has the ability to adjust the number of performance share rights downwards (including to nil) in the event of misconduct, resulting in significant financial and/or reputational impact to the Group and in other circumstances considered appropriate.

Where an executive acts fraudulently or dishonestly, or is in material breach of their obligations under the relevant equity plan, unexercised performance share rights (whether vested or unvested) will lapse unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

 

The table below details LTVR awards currently on foot.

 

 

Vesting date

Performance hurdles

Further detail

2016 LTVR award

30 September 2019

§   TSR performance against a weighted composite index of comparator companies (50%)

§   Cash EPS CAGR performance (50%)

Refer to the 2016 Annual Report

2017 LTVR award

30 September 2020

§   TSR performance against a weighted composite index of comparator companies (50%)

§   Average ROE performance (50%)

Refer to the 2017 Annual Report

 

Long Term Variable Reward structure 2019

 

The LTVR structure for the 2019 award will retain the same design features as the 2018 award.

 

The TSR hurdle, as detailed above, will remain unchanged in 2019.

 

The performance range for the ROE component of the 2019 LTVR has been set at an average ROE of between 13% and 14%. The range is 25 basis points lower than the 2018 LTVR ROE target to reflect the current external environment including continuing competitive intensity, the ongoing cost of meeting regulatory requirements, further increases in capital requirements and the likelihood of higher impairment charges for the industry across the cycle.

 

The Board retains the discretion to ensure that vesting outcomes deliver alignment between performance and shareholder outcomes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

5.4. Minimum shareholding requirements

 

The CEO and Group Executives are required to build and maintain a substantial Westpac shareholding within five years of their appointment. The requirement supports alignment with shareholders’ interests.

 

The table below sets out the minimum shareholding requirement for the CEO and Group Executives.

 

 

Minimum shareholding requirement

 

CEO

Five times annual fixed remuneration excluding superannuation, equivalent to $12.26 million

Group Executives

Equivalent to $1.2 million

 

 

The table below details whether the requirement is exceeded or if the executive has been in the role for the less than five years.

 

Name

Commencement date in CEO or
Group Executive role

Assessment against
minimum shareholding
requirement

Brian Hartzer

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

2 February 2015

Less than five years in role

Lyn Cobley

Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

7 September 2015

Exceeds

Brad Cooper

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

1 October 2010

Exceeds

Dave Curran

Chief Information Officer

8 September 2014

Exceeds

George Frazis

Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

5 March 2009

Exceeds

Peter King

Acting Chief Risk Officer

1 April 2014

Exceeds

Rebecca Lim

Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat

1 October 2016

Exceeds

David Lindberg

Chief Executive, Business Bank

10 June 2015

Exceeds

Carolyn McCann

Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations

18 June 2018

Exceeds

David McLean

Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

2 February 2015

Exceeds

Christine Parker

Group Executive, Human Resources

1 October 2011

Exceeds

Gary Thursby

Group Executive, Strategy and Enterprise Services

1 October 2016

Exceeds

 

5.5. Hedging policy

 

Participants in Westpac’s equity plans are forbidden from entering, either directly or indirectly, into hedging arrangements for unvested awards in the STVR and LTVR plans. No financial products may be used to mitigate the risk associated with these awards. Any attempt to hedge awards will result in forfeiture and the Board may consider other disciplinary action. These restrictions satisfy the requirements of the Corporations Act which prohibits hedging of unvested awards.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

79

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

5.6. Employment agreements

 

The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and Group Executives are formalised in their employment agreements. Each agreement provides for the payment of fixed and variable reward, employer superannuation contributions and other benefits such as death and disablement insurance cover.

 

The table below details the key terms including termination provisions of the employment agreements for the CEO and Group Executives in 2018.

 

Term

Who

Conditions

Duration of agreement

CEO and Group Executives

§        Ongoing until notice given by either party
 

Notice (by the executive or the Group) to terminate employment

 

CEO and Group Executives

§        12 months1

Termination payments on termination without cause2

CEO and Group Executives

§        Deferred STVR and LTVR awards vest according to the applicable equity plan rules
 

Termination for cause

CEO and Group Executives
(excluding Brad Cooper)

§        Immediately for misconduct
§        3 months’ notice for poor performance
 

Brad Cooper

§        Immediately for misconduct
§        Contractual notice period for poor performance
 

Post-employment restraints

CEO and Group Executives

§        12 month non-solicitation restraint
 

 

1    Payment in lieu of notice may in certain circumstances be approved by the Board for some or all of the notice period.

2    The maximum liability for termination benefits for the CEO and Group Executives at 30 September 2018 was $14.1 million (2017: $13.4 million).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

6. Non-executive Director remuneration

 

6.1. Structure and policy

Westpac’s Non-executive Director remuneration strategy is designed to attract and retain experienced, qualified Board members and provide appropriate remuneration for their time and expertise.

 

Non-executive Directors fees are not related to Westpac’s results. All fees are paid in cash and no discretionary payments are made for performance. Non-executive Directors are required to build and maintain a minimum shareholding to align their interests with those of shareholders.

 

The table below sets out the components of Non-executive Director remuneration.

 

Non-executive Director remuneration

 

 

Base fee

Relates to service on the Westpac Banking Corporation Board. The base fee for the Chairman covers all responsibilities, including for Board Committees.

 

Committee fees

Additional fees are paid to Non-executive Directors (other than the Board Chairman) for chairing or participating in Board Committees.

 

Employer superannuation contributions

Reflects statutory superannuation contributions which are capped at the superannuation maximum contributions base as prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.

 

Subsidiary Board and Advisory Board fees

Relates to service on Subsidiary Boards and Advisory Boards and are paid by the relevant subsidiary.

 

6.2. Non-executive Director remuneration in 2018

Non-executive Director remuneration did not change in 2018. The Board last reviewed Non-executive Director fees in 2016 and approved an increase to the member fees for the Board Technology Committee based on market data and changes in the workload of members.

 

Fee pool

The Non-executive Director fee pool of $4.5 million per annum has not changed for ten years since it was approved by shareholders at the 2008 Annual General Meeting. For 2018, $3.09 million (69%) of the fee pool was used. The fee pool includes employer superannuation contributions.

 

Fee framework

The table below sets out the Board and standing Committee fees for 2018.

 

 

Annual fee

Base fee

$

Chairman

810,000

Other Non-executive Directors

225,000

Committee Chairman fees

 

Board Audit Committee

70,400

Board Risk & Compliance Committee

70,400

Board Remuneration Committee

63,800

Board Technology Committee

35,200

Committee membership fees

 

Board Audit Committee

32,000

Board Risk & Compliance Committee

32,000

Board Remuneration Committee

29,000

Board Technology Committee

20,000

 

Committee fees are not payable to the Chairman of the Board and members of the Board Nominations Committee.

 

Subsidiary Board and Advisory Board fees

 

During the reporting period, additional fees of $35,000 were paid to Peter Hawkins as a member of the Bank of Melbourne Advisory Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

81

 


 

 

Directors’ report

 

 

6.3. Changes to Board and Committee composition

 

The table below outlines the changes that were made to the Board and Committee composition in 2018.

 

Name

Change in position

Effective date

 

Robert Elstone

§        Retired from the Board

8 December 2017 following the completion of the 2017 Annual General Meeting

Alison Deans

§        Appointed Chairman of the Board Technology Committee

§        Appointed member of the Board Remuneration Committee

§        Appointed member of the Board Nominations Committee

8 December 2017

Peter Hawkins

§        Stepped down as Chairman of the Board Technology Committee (remaining a member of that Committee)

§        Ceased to be a member of the Board Nominations Committee

8 December 2017

Peter Nash

§        Appointed Non-executive Director

§        Appointed member of the Board Audit Committee

§        Appointed member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee

 

7 March 2018

 

6.4. Non-executive Director minimum shareholding requirement

 

Non-executive Directors are required to build and maintain a holding in Westpac ordinary shares to align their interests with those of shareholders. Each Non-executive Director is required to hold an interest in shares in Westpac with a market value not less than the Board base fee, within five years of appointment to the Board.

 

All Non-executive Directors comply with the minimum shareholding requirement.

 

Name

Commencement date on Board

Assessment against minimum
shareholding requirement

Lindsay Maxsted

Chairman

1 March 2008

Exceeds

Nerida Caesar

Director

1 September 2017

Exceeds

Ewen Crouch

Director

1 February 2013

Exceeds

Alison Deans

Director

1 April 2014

Exceeds

Craig Dunn

Director

1 June 2015

Exceeds

Peter Hawkins

Director

1 December 2008

Exceeds

Peter Marriott

Director

1 June 2013

Exceeds

Peter Nash

Director

7 March 2018

Exceeds

 

In addition to their direct holdings in Westpac ordinary shares, Non-executive Directors may also have control of Westpac shares through related bodies corporate. Shares held under this extended definition are set out in Section 7.4.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

7. Statutory remuneration details

 

7.1. Details of Non-executive Director remuneration

 

The table below details Non-executive Director remuneration.

 

 

Short-term benefits

Post-employment benefits

 

Westpac Banking
Corporation Board fees
1

Subsidiary and
Advisory Board fees

Superannuation

Total

Name

$

$

$

$

 

 

 

 

 

Current Non-executive Directors

Lindsay Maxsted, Chairman

 

 

 

 

2018

810,000

-

20,181

830,181

2017

810,000

-

19,734

829,734

 

 

 

 

 

Nerida Caesar

 

 

 

 

2018

277,000

-

20,181

297,181

2017

18,921

-

1,619

20,540

 

 

 

 

 

Ewen Crouch

 

 

 

 

2018

324,400

-

20,181

344,581

2017

323,719

-

19,734

343,453

 

 

 

 

 

Alison Deans

 

 

 

 

2018

312,965

-

20,181

333,146

2017

277,000

-

19,734

296,734

 

 

 

 

 

Craig Dunn

 

 

 

 

2018

320,800

-

20,181

340,981

2017

314,221

-

19,734

333,955

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hawkins

 

 

 

 

2018

311,832

35,000

20,103

366,935

2017

324,200

35,000

19,658

378,858

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Marriott

 

 

 

 

2018

347,400

-

20,181

367,581

2017

347,400

-

19,734

367,134

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Nash2

 

 

 

 

2018

164,690

-

11,744

176,434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Non-executive Director

Robert Elstone3

 

 

 

 

2018

60,115

-

3,895

64,010

2017

318,000

-

19,734

337,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fees

2018

2,929,202

35,000

156,828

3,121,030

20174

 

2,795,675

 

35,000

 

143,390

 

2,974,065

 

 

1    Includes fees paid to the Chairman and members of Board Committees.

2    Peter Nash commenced as a Non-executive Director on 7 March 2018.

3    Robert Elstone retired as a Non-executive Director on 8 December 2017.

4    The total fees for 2017 reflect the prior year remuneration for the 2017 reported Non-executive Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

83

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

7.2. Remuneration details – CEO and Group Executives

 

The table below sets out details of remuneration for the CEO and Group Executives calculated in accordance with AAS.

 

 

Short-term benefits

Post-
employment
benefits

Other
long-
term
benefits

  Share-based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed
remuneration
1

Cash STVR
award
2

Non-
monetary
benefits
3

Other
short-
term
benefits
4

Superannuation
benefits
5

Long
service
leave

Restricted
shares
6

Share
rights
7,8

Total9

Name

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

 

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

Brian Hartzer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

2,730,714

1,040,825

20,618

-

42,235

40,697

1,449,964

1,247,127

6,572,180

2017

2,665,249

1,490,730

19,494

-

41,226

40,697

1,287,590

1,136,724

6,681,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Group Executives

Lyn Cobley, Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

 

 

 

2018

1,085,585

465,500

4,039

-

29,993

17,000

749,930

394,975

2,747,022

2017

1,089,650

640,000

4,014

-

37,818

16,995

767,014

591,601

3,147,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper, Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

 

 

 

 

2018

1,136,073

400,000

4,014

-

29,366

16,700

778,096

538,531

2,902,780

2017

1,064,384

792,500

2,924

-

39,503

(41,160)

754,634

347,391

2,960,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dave Curran, Chief Information Officer

2018

1,021,322

485,000

2,924

-

28,806

20,703

531,367

480,835

2,570,957

2017

941,632

552,500

4,014

-

28,451

14,424

487,089

404,406

2,432,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Frazis, Chief Executive, Consumer Bank

2018

1,109,913

480,000

2,924

-

38,132

17,425

858,110

489,032

2,995,536

2017

1,127,559

872,500

4,014

-

40,509

17,419

842,782

401,563

3,306,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter King, Acting Chief Risk Officer10

2018

1,232,059

517,000

2,924

-

34,957

90,204

597,487

512,401

2,987,032

2017

1,047,360

615,000

4,014

-

34,421

16,485

537,796

405,875

2,660,951

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lees, Acting Chief Financial Officer11

2018

315,773

90,500

393

-

35,518

21,045

99,521

15,247

577,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rebecca Lim, Group Executive, Compliance, Legal & Secretariat

2018

903,728

356,500

2,924

-

29,912

55,507

512,169

348,768

2,209,508

2017

756,722

412,500

3,512

-

28,201

45,641

425,776

206,069

1,878,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Lindberg, Chief Executive, Business Bank

2018

1,049,010

440,500

4,014

-

28,365

25,006

518,657

435,208

2,500,760

2017

928,528

532,500

11,901

-

27,244

18,507

453,174

398,655

2,370,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn McCann, Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations12

2018

241,365

74,500

1,915

-

5,579

12,665

144,344

25,395

505,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David McLean, Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

2018

849,488

498,439

55,885

-

81,444

-

-

785,206

2,270,462

2017

736,628

412,570

39,739

-

76,082

-

39

837,360

2,102,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christine Parker, Group Executive, Human Resources

2018

865,802

427,500

2,924

-

26,848

(8,854)

500,697

399,535

2,214,452

2017

824,006

517,500

4,604

-

26,643

(3,479)

464,335

260,141

2,093,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gary Thursby, Group Executive, Strategy & Enterprise Services

2018

794,889

395,500

2,924

-

28,616

12,693

453,951

344,305

2,032,878

2017

820,262

485,000

2,924

-

29,819

12,642

372,119

225,354

1,948,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former Group Executive

Alexandra Holcomb, Chief Risk Officer13

 

 

 

 

 

2018

717,564

411,000

2,147

-

22,032

(23,296)

657,557

2,218,208

4,005,212

2017

950,564

532,500

2,924

-

39,645

4,669

520,145

386,131

2,436,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    Fixed remuneration is the total cost of salary, salary sacrificed benefits (including motor vehicles, parking and associated fringe benefits tax (FBT)) and an accrual for annual leave entitlements.

2    2018 STVR awards reflect annual cash performance awards accrued but not yet paid in respect of the year ended 30 September 2018. STVR awards are paid in December.

3    Non-monetary benefits are determined on the basis of the cost to the Group (including associated FBT, where applicable) and include annual health checks, provision of taxation advice, relocation costs, living away from home expenses and allowances.

 

 

 

 

84

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

4    Includes payments on cessation of employment or other contracted amounts.

5    The CEO and Group Executives are provided with life insurance cover under the Westpac Group Plan at no cost. Superannuation benefits have been calculated consistent with AASB 119 Employee Benefits.

6    The value of restricted shares is amortised over the applicable vesting period and the amount shown is the amortisation relating to 2018 (and 2017 for comparison).

7    Equity-settled remuneration is based on the amortisation over the vesting period (normally three or four years) of the fair value at grant date of hurdled and unhurdled options and share rights that were granted during the four years ended 30 September 2018. Details of prior year grants are disclosed in previous Annual Reports. The value for David McLean includes 51% attributed to deferred STVR awards. Refer to footnote 13 for the treatment of Alexandra Holcomb’s equity.

8    The expensed value of the 2016 LTVR EPS hurdled performance share rights has been reduced to nil. The expensed value of the 2017 and 2018 LTVR ROE hurdled performance share rights have been reduced by 50%. This reflects the Board’s current assessment of the probability of vesting.

9    The percentage of the total remuneration which is performance-related (i.e. cash STVR award plus share-based payments) was: Brian Hartzer 57%, Lyn Cobley 59%, Brad Cooper 59%, Dave Curran 58%, George Frazis 61%, Alexandra Holcomb 82%, Peter King 54%, David Lees 36%, Rebecca Lim 55%, David Lindberg 56%, Carolyn McCann 48%, David McLean 57%, Christine Parker 60% and Gary Thursby 59%. The percentage of total remuneration delivered in the form of options (including share rights) was: Brian Hartzer 19%, Lyn Cobley 14%, Brad Cooper 19%, Dave Curran 19%, George Frazis 16%, Alexandra Holcomb 55%, Peter King 17%, David Lees 3%, Rebecca Lim 16%, David Lindberg 17%, Carolyn McCann 5%, David McLean 35%, Christine Parker 18% and Gary Thursby 17%.

10   Peter King was the Chief Financial Officer until 25 June 2018 when he was appointed as the Acting Chief Risk Officer.

11   David Lees commenced his KMP role as the Acting Chief Financial Officer on 25 June 2018.

12   Carolyn McCann commenced her KMP role as the Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations on 18 June 2018.

13   Alexandra Holcomb ceased in her KMP role as the Chief Risk Officer on 25 June 2018 and will retire on 31 December 2018. The share based payment values for Alexandra Holcomb reflect the accruals for all unvested equity up to the end of each performance period. For example, the 2018 LTVR will include the accrual for four years until the vesting date in lieu of a single year accrual value for 2017. While the full value is being accrued for all unvested equity, the awards may or may not vest subject to the relevant performance hurdles.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

85

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

7.3. Movement in equity-settled instruments during the year

 

The table shows the movements in the number and value of equity instruments for the CEO and Group Executives under the relevant plan during 2018.

 

Name

Type of equity-based instrument

Number
granted
1

Number
vested
2

Number
exercised
3

Value
granted
4
$

Value
exercised
5
$

Value
forfeited or
lapsed
5
$

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

CEO Performance share rights

197,654

-

-

3,527,136

-

-

 

Performance share rights

-

-

-

-

-

3,115,692

 

Shares under the CEO Restricted Share Plan

47,384

39,967

-

1,490,884

-

-

Current Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley

Performance share rights

82,564

-

-

1,476,657

-

-

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

20,343

25,760

-

640,069

-

-

Brad Cooper

Performance share rights

82,094

-

-

1,468,251

-

2,256,166

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

25,190

24,341

-

792,575

-

-

Dave Curran

Performance share rights

77,560

-

-

1,387,161

-

-

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

17,561

15,932

-

552,537

-

-

George Frazis

Performance share rights

78,186

-

-

1,398,357

-

1,181,775

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

27,733

27,357

-

872,587

-

-

Peter King

Performance share rights

80,062

-

-

1,431,909

-

1,158,166

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

19,548

16,741

-

615,056

-

-

David Lees

Performance share rights

-

-

-

-

-

-

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

-

-

-

-

-

-

Rebecca Lim

Performance share rights

54,730

-

-

978,846

-

397,489

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

13,111

14,728

-

412,523

-

-

David Lindberg

Performance share rights

80,062

-

-

1,431,909

-

725,166

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

16,926

13,107

-

532,557

-

-

Carolyn McCann

Performance share rights

12,482

-

-

206,364

-

-

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

-

-

-

-

-

-

David McLean

Performance share rights

68,216

-

-

1,220,043

-

-

 

Unhurdled share rights

14,382

16,710

-

418,832

-

-

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

-

-

-

-

-

-

Christine Parker

Performance share rights

63,798

-

-

1,141,027

-

1,396,640

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

16,449

15,043

-

517,549

-

-

Gary Thursby

Performance share rights

54,730

-

-

978,846

-

418,972

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

15,416

11,607

-

485,047

-

-

Former Group Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb

Performance share rights

73,806

-

-

1,320,020

-

790,008

 

Performance options

-

-

-

-

-

-

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

16,926

15,565

-

532,557

-

-

 

1

No performance options were granted in 2018. Deferred STVR awards in the form of restricted shares or unhurdled share rights (for David McLean based in New Zealand) are awarded in December. David McLean’s unhurdled share rights were granted on 18 December 2017 at a fair value of $29.57 (unhurdled share rights vesting on 1 October 2018) and $28.00 (unhurdled rights vesting on 1 October 2019).

2

No hurdled share rights granted in 2014 vested in October 2017 when assessed against the TSR and EPS performance hurdles.

3

Vested options and share rights that were awarded prior to October 2009 can be exercised up to a maximum of ten years from their commencement date. Vested share rights awarded between October 2009 and July 2015 are automatically exercised at vesting. Vested share rights granted after July 2015 may be exercised at will up to a maximum of 15 years from their commencement date. For each vested share right and each performance option exercised during the year, the relevant executive received one fully paid Westpac ordinary share. The exercise price for share rights is nil.

 

 

 

 

 

86

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

4

For performance share rights, the value granted represents the number of securities granted multiplied by the fair value per instrument as set out in the table in the sub-section titled ‘Fair value of Long Term Variable Reward awards made during the year’ below. For restricted shares, the value granted represents the number of ordinary shares granted multiplied by the five day VWAP of a Westpac ordinary share on the date the shares were granted. These values, which represent the full value of the equity-based awards made to the CEO and Group Executives in 2018, do not reconcile with the amount shown in the table in Section 7.2 which shows the amount amortised in the current year of equity awards over their vesting period. The minimum total value of the grants for future financial years is nil and an estimate of the maximum possible total value in future financial years is the fair value, as shown above.

 

 

5

The value of each option or share right exercised or lapsed is calculated based on the five day VWAP of Westpac ordinary shares on the date of exercise (or lapse), less the relevant exercise price (if any). Where the exercise price is greater than the five day VWAP of Westpac ordinary shares, the value has been calculated as nil.

 

Fair value of Long Term Variable Reward awards made during the year

 

The table below provides a summary of the fair value of LTVR awards granted to the CEO and Group Executives during 2018 calculated in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment and is used for accounting purposes only. LTVR awards will only vest if performance hurdles are achieved and service conditions are met in future years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

Performance

 

Commencement

 

 

value2 per

Plan name

Granted to

hurdle

Grant date

date1

Test date

Expiry

instrument

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CEO Long Term Variable Reward Plan

Brian Hartzer

TSR

8 December 2017

1 October 2017

1 October 2021

1 October 2032

$10.55

ROE

8 December 2017

1 October 2017

1 October 2020

1 October 2032

$25.14

Westpac Long Term Variable Reward Plan

Group Executives

TSR

1 December 2017

1 October 2017

1 October 2021

1 October 2032

$10.58

ROE

1 December 2017

1 October 2017

1 October 2020

1 October 2032

$25.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

The commencement date is the start of the performance period.

2

The fair values of performance share rights granted during the year have been independently calculated at their respective grant dates based on the requirements of AASB 2 Share-based Payment. The fair value of performance share rights with ROE hurdles has been assessed with reference to the share price at grant date and a discount rate reflecting the expected dividend yield over their vesting periods which for the performance share rights valued at $25.19 is four years to the 1 October 2020 vesting date. For the purpose of allocating performance share rights with ROE hurdles, the valuation also takes into account the average ROE outcome using a Monte Carlo pricing simulation model. The fair value of performance share rights with hurdles based on TSR performance relative to that of a group of comparator companies also takes into account the average TSR outcome determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.

 

7.4. Details of Westpac equity holdings of Non-executive Directors

 

The table below sets out details of relevant interests in Westpac ordinary shares held by Non-executive Directors (including their related parties) during the year ended 30 September 20181.

 

Name

Number held at
start of the year

Changes
during the year

Number held at
end of the year

 

 

 

 

Current Non-executive Directors

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

20,767

1,328

22,095

Nerida Caesar

-

9,985

9,985

Ewen Crouch2

40,264

42,0003

82,264

Alison Deans

9,392

5,000

14,392

Craig Dunn

8,869

-

8,869

Peter Hawkins4

15,880

-

15,880

Peter Marriott5

20,870

20,202

41,072

Peter Nash6

n/a

2,876

8,020

 

 

 

 

Former Non-executive Director

 

 

 

Robert Elstone7

12,096

-

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Other than as disclosed below, no share interests include non-beneficially held shares.

2

In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Ewen Crouch and his related parties held interests in 250 Westpac Capital Notes 2 at year end.

3

Ewen Crouch holds the securities following the grant of probate in a deceased estate for which he is one of the executors.

4

In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Peter Hawkins and his related parties held interests in 850 Westpac Capital Notes 3, 882 Westpac Capital Notes 4 and 1,370 Westpac Capital Notes 5 at year end.

5

In addition to holdings of ordinary shares, Peter Marriott and his related parties held interests in 740 Westpac Capital Notes 2 at year end.

6

Peter Nash commenced as a Non-executive Director on 7 March 2018. The information relates to the period he was a Non-executive Director.

7

Robert Elstone retired on 8 December 2017. The information relates to the period he was a Non-executive Director.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

87

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

7.5. Details of Westpac equity holdings of Executive Key Management Personnel

 

The table below details Westpac equity held (and movement in that equity) by the CEO and Group Executives (including their related parties) for the year ended 30 September 20181.

 

Name

 

Type of equity-based
instrument

 

Number
held at
start of
the year

 

Number
granted
during the
year as
remuneration

 

Received on
exercise
and/or
exercised
during the
year

 

Number
lapsed
during the
year

 

Other
changes
during the
year

 

Number
held at
end of the
year

 

Number
vested and
exercisable
at end of
the year

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

Ordinary shares

 

77,427

 

47,384

 

-

 

-

 

(15,200)

 

109,611

 

-

 

 

CEO performance share rights

 

535,163

 

197,654

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

732,817

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

129,547

 

-

 

-

 

(95,284)

 

-

 

34,263

 

-

Current Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley

 

Ordinary shares

 

71,650

 

20,343

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

91,993

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

179,282

 

82,564

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

261,846

 

-

Brad Cooper

 

Ordinary shares

 

106,792

 

25,190

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

131,982

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

316,120

 

82,094

 

-

 

(68,998)

 

-

 

329,216

 

-

Dave Curran

 

Ordinary shares

 

31,864

 

17,561

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

49,425

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

210,876

 

77,560

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

288,436

 

-

George Frazis

 

Ordinary shares

 

71,569

 

27,733

 

-

 

-

 

(18,000)

 

81,302

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

258,835

 

78,186

 

-

 

(36,141)

 

-

 

300,880

 

-

Peter King

 

Ordinary shares

 

78,243

 

19,548

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

97,791

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

269,616

 

80,062

 

-

 

(35,419)

 

-

 

314,259

 

-

David Lees2

 

Ordinary shares

 

n/a

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

29,402

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

n/a

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

31,402

 

-

 

 

Performance options

 

n/a

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

25,562

 

25,562

Rebecca Lim

 

Ordinary shares

 

26,270

 

13,111

 

-

 

-

 

(8,505)

 

30,876

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

101,518

 

54,730

 

-

 

(12,156)

 

-

 

144,092

 

-

David Lindberg

 

Ordinary shares

 

48,026

 

16,926

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

64,952

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

196,484

 

80,062

 

-

 

(22,177)

 

-

 

254,369

 

-

Carolyn McCann3

 

Ordinary shares

 

n/a

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

49,435

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

n/a

 

12,482

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

42,816

 

-

David McLean

 

Ordinary shares

 

9,613

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

9,613

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

169,702

 

68,216

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

237,918

 

2,148

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

42,836

 

14,382

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

57,218

 

36,480

Christine Parker

 

Ordinary shares

 

22,028

 

16,449

 

-

 

-

 

(11,046)

 

27,431

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

219,225

 

63,798

 

-

 

(42,712)

 

-

 

240,311

 

-

Gary Thursby

 

Ordinary shares

 

77,029

 

15,416

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

92,445

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

112,636

 

54,730

 

-

 

(12,813)

 

-

 

154,553

 

-

Former Group Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alexandra Holcomb4

 

Ordinary shares

 

23,210

 

16,926

 

-

 

-

 

(15,565)

 

n/a

 

-

 

 

Performance share rights

 

242,930

 

73,806

 

-

 

(24,160)

 

-

 

n/a

 

-

 

1

The highest number of shares held by an executive in the table is 0.0038% of total Westpac ordinary shares outstanding as at 30 September 2018.

2

The information relates to the period that David Lees was a KMP. David Lees commenced his KMP role as the Acting Chief Financial Officer on 25 June 2018.

3

The information relates to the period that Carolyn McCann was a KMP. Carolyn McCann commenced her KMP role as the Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations on 18 June 2018.

4

The information relates to the period that Alexandra Holcomb was a KMP. She ceased in her KMP role as the Chief Risk Officer on 25 June 2018 and will retire on 31 December 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

7.6. Loans to Non-executive Directors and Executive Key Management Personnel disclosures

 

Financial instrument transactions that occurred during the financial year between Directors, the CEO or Group Executives and the Group are in the ordinary course of business on terms and conditions (including interest and collateral) as they apply to other employees and certain customers. These transactions consisted principally of normal personal banking and financial investment services.

 

The table below details loans to Non-executive Directors, the CEO and Group Executives (including their related parties) of the Group.

 

 

 

Balance at start of
the year

$

 

Interest paid
and payable
for the year

$

 

Interest not
charged during
the year

$

 

Balance at
end of the
year

$

 

Number in
Group at end of
the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive Directors

 

3,199,593

 

165,155

 

-

 

3,544,610

 

3

CEO and Group Executives

 

12,090,727

 

485,814

 

-

 

13,953,916

 

10

 

 

15,290,320

 

650,969

 

-

 

17,498,526

 

13

 

 

The table below details KMP (including their related parties) with loans above $100,000 during 2018.

 

 

 

Balance at start of
the year
$

 

Interest paid
and payable
for the year
$

 

Interest not
charged during
the year
$

 

Balance at
end of the
year
$

 

Highest
indebtedness
during the year
$

Non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

2,061,911

 

109,565

 

-

 

1,572,889

 

2,320,000

Ewen Crouch

 

1,137,682

 

39,107

 

-

 

979,947

 

1,302,742

Peter Nash1

 

n/a

 

16,483

 

-

 

991,774

 

1,155,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CEO and Group Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

 

83,617

 

4,979

 

-

 

9,847

 

187,050

Lyn Cobley

 

-

 

21,784

 

-

 

2,000,000

 

2,007,287

Brad Cooper

 

2,037,998

 

126,984

 

-

 

2,791,360

 

2,989,743

Alexandra Holcomb2

 

4,114,727

 

102,551

 

-

 

n/a

 

4,177,933

Peter King

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

4,000,000

David Lees3

 

n/a

 

38,930

 

-

 

4,434,534

 

4,547,358

Rebecca Lim

 

711,642

 

18,889

 

-

 

732,845

 

736,770

Carolyn McCann4

 

n/a

 

2,588

 

-

 

145,000

 

153,736

David McLean

 

534,828

 

27,467

 

-

 

620,841

 

652,073

Christine Parker

 

2,647,386

 

67,778

 

-

 

1,308,486

 

2,814,600

Gary Thursby

 

1,960,529

 

73,864

 

-

 

1,911,003

 

2,061,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Peter Nash commenced as a Non-executive Director on 7 March 2018.

2

Alexandra Holcomb ceased in her KMP role as the Chief Risk Officer on 25 June 2018 and will retire on 31 December 2018.

3

David Lees commenced his KMP role as the Acting Chief Financial Officer on 25 June 2018.

4

Carolyn McCann commenced her KMP role as the Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations on 18 June 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

89

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

11. Auditor

 

a)      Auditor’s independence declaration

 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act is below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

 

As lead auditor for the audit of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September 2018, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

 

(a)       no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

 

(b)       no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

 

This declaration is in respect of Westpac Banking Corporation and the entities it controlled during the period.

 

 

 

 

 

Lona Mathis
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Sydney
5 November 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 2001

T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Directors’ report

 

 

b) Non-audit services

 

We may decide to engage PwC on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where their expertise or experience with Westpac or a controlled entity is important.

 

Details of the non-audit service amounts paid or payable to PwC for non-audit services provided during the 2017 and 2018 financial years are set out in Note 39 to the financial statements.

 

PwC also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities, non-consolidated trusts of which a Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension funds. The fees in respect of these services were approximately $7.5 million in total (2017: $6 million). PwC may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest and which are not consolidated. Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid to PwC by those entities.

 

Westpac has a policy on engaging PwC, details of which are set out in the ‘Corporate governance’ section, including the subsection entitled ‘Engagement of the external auditor’, which forms part of this Directors’ report.

 

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the Board Audit Committee, is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services during 2018 by PwC is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act. The Directors are satisfied, in accordance with advice received from the Board Audit Committee, that the provision of non-audit services by PwC, as set out above, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act for the following reasons:

 

§                  all non-audit services provided by PwC for the year have been reviewed by the Board Audit Committee, which is of the view that they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of PwC; and

 

§                  based on Board quarterly independence declarations made by PwC to the Board Audit Committee, none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence including reviewing or auditing PwC’s own work, acting in a management or a decision-making capacity for the company, acting as advocate for the company or jointly sharing economic risk and rewards.

 

 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted
Chairman
5 November 2018

Brian Hartzer
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
5 November 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

91

 


 

 

 

This page is intentionally left blank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

Five year summary

 

Reading this report

 

Review of Group operations

 

Divisional performance

 

Risk and risk management

 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

Other Westpac business information

 


 

Five year summary1

 

 

(in $m unless otherwise indicated)

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Income statements for the years ended 30 September2

Net interest income

16,505

15,516

15,148

14,267

13,542

Non-interest income

5,628

6,286

5,837

7,375

6,395

Net operating income before operating expenses

and impairment charges

22,133

21,802

20,985

21,642

19,937

Operating expenses

(9,692)

(9,434)

(9,217)

(9,473)

(8,547)

Impairment charges

(710)

(853)

(1,124)

(753)

(650)

Profit before income tax

11,731

11,515

10,644

11,416

10,740

Income tax expense

(3,632)

(3,518)

(3,184)

(3,348)

(3,115)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(4)

(7)

(15)

(56)

(64)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac

Banking Corporation

8,095

7,990

7,445

8,012

7,561

Balance sheet as at 30 September2

Loans

709,690

684,919

661,926

623,316

580,343

Other assets

169,902

166,956

177,276

188,840

190,499

Total assets

879,592

851,875

839,202

812,156

770,842

Deposits and other borrowings

559,285

533,591

513,071

475,328

460,822

Debt issues

172,596

168,356

169,902

171,054

152,251

Loan capital

17,265

17,666

15,805

13,840

10,858

Other liabilities

65,873

70,920

82,243

98,019

97,574

Total liabilities

815,019

790,533

781,021

758,241

721,505

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

64,573

61,342

58,181

53,915

49,337

Key financial ratios

Shareholder value

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

188

188

188

187

182

Dividend payout ratio (%)3

79.52

79.28

84.19

73.39

74.68

Return on average ordinary equity (%)

13.05

13.65

13.32

16.23

16.27

Basic earnings per share (cents)

237.5

238.0

224.6

255.0

242.5

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)4

15.39

14.66

13.90

13.02

11.51

Share price ($):

High

33.68

35.39

33.74

40.07

35.99

Low

27.24

28.92

27.57

29.10

30.00

Close

27.93

31.92

29.51

29.70

32.14

Business performance

Operating expenses to operating income ratio (%)

43.79

43.27

43.92

43.77

42.87

Net interest margin (%)

2.13

2.06

2.10

2.09

2.09

Capital adequacy

Total equity to total assets (%)

7.3

7.2

6.9

6.6

6.4

Total equity to total average assets (%)

7.3

7.1

6.9

6.8

6.7

APRA Basel III:

Common equity Tier 1 (%)

10.63

10.56

9.48

9.50

8.97

Tier 1 ratio (%)

12.78

12.66

11.17

11.38

10.56

Total capital ratio (%)

14.74

14.82

13.11

13.26

12.28

Credit quality

Net impaired assets to equity and collectively assessed provisions (%)

1.14

1.29

1.79

1.80

2.49

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total

loans (basis points)

43

45

54

53

60

Other information

Full time equivalent employees (number at financial year end)5

35,029

35,096

35,580

35,484

36,596

 

 

 

 

 


1           Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

2           The above income statement extracts for 2018, 2017 and 2016 and balance sheet extracts for 2018 and 2017 are derived from the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. The above income statement extracts for 2015 and 2014 and balance sheet extracts for 2016, 2015 and 2014 are derived from financial statements previously published.

3           Adjusted for Treasury shares.

4           Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation, after deducting intangible assets divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding, less Treasury shares held.

5           Full-time equivalent employees include full-time, pro-rata part-time, overtime, temporary and contract staff.

 

 

 

 

94

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Reading this report

 

 

Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements

 

This Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Forward-looking statements are statements about matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and include statements regarding Westpac’s intent, belief or current expectations with respect to its business and operations, market conditions, results of operations and financial condition, including, without limitation, future loan loss provisions and financial support to certain borrowers. Words such as ‘will’, ‘may’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘should’, ‘could’, ‘continue’, ‘plan’, ‘estimate’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘aim’ or other similar words are used to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect Westpac’s current views with respect to future events and are subject to change, certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are, in many instances, beyond Westpac’s control, and have been made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon Westpac. There can be no assurance that future developments will be in accordance with Westpac’s expectations or that the effect of future developments on Westpac will be those anticipated. Actual results could differ materially from those expected, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to:

 

§                  the effect of, and changes in, laws, regulations, taxation or accounting standards or practices and government policy, particularly changes to liquidity, leverage and capital requirements;

 

§                  regulatory investigations and other actions, inquiries, litigation, fines, penalties, restrictions or other regulator imposed conditions, including as a result of our actual or alleged failure to comply with laws (such as financial crime laws), regulations or regulatory policy;

 

§                  internal and external events which may adversely impact Westpac’s reputation;

 

§                  information security breaches, including cyberattacks;

 

§                  reliability and security of Westpac’s technology and risks associated with changes to technology systems;

 

§                  the stability of Australian and international financial systems and disruptions to financial markets and any losses or business impacts Westpac or its customers or counterparties may experience as a result;

 

§                  market volatility, including uncertain conditions in funding, equity and asset markets;

 

§                  adverse asset, credit or capital market conditions;

 

§                  an increase in defaults in credit exposures because of a deterioration in economic conditions;

 

§                  the conduct, behaviour or practices of Westpac or its staff;

 

§                  changes to Westpac’s credit ratings or the methodology used by credit rating agencies;

 

§                  levels of inflation, interest rates, exchange rates and market and monetary fluctuations;

 

§                  market liquidity and investor confidence;

 

§                  changes in economic conditions, consumer spending, saving and borrowing habits in Australia, New Zealand and other countries in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties conduct their operations and Westpac’s ability to maintain or to increase market share, margins and fees, and control expenses;

 

§                  the effects of competition, including from established providers of financial services and from non-financial services entities, in the geographic and business areas in which Westpac conducts its operations;

 

§                  the timely development and acceptance of new products and services and the perceived overall value of these products and services by customers;

 

§                  the effectiveness of Westpac’s risk management policies, including internal processes, systems and employees;

 

§                  the incidence or severity of Westpac-insured events;

 

§                  the occurrence of environmental change (including as a result of climate change) or external events in countries in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties conduct their operations;

 

§                  changes to the value of Westpac’s intangible assets;

 

§                  changes in political, social or economic conditions in any of the major markets in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties operate;

 

§                  the success of strategic decisions involving diversification or innovation, in addition to business expansion activity, business acquisitions and the integration of new businesses; and

 

§                  various other factors beyond Westpac’s control.

 

The above list is not exhaustive. For certain other factors that may impact on forward-looking statements made by Westpac, refer to ‘Risk factors’ under the section ‘Risk and risk management’. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to Westpac, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events.

 

Westpac is under no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

95

 


 

Reading this report

 

 

Significant developments

 

For a discussion of significant developments impacting the Group, refer to ‘Significant developments’ under ‘Information on Westpac’ in Section 1.

 

Currency of presentation, exchange rates and certain definitions

 

In this Annual Report, ‘financial statements’ means our audited consolidated balance sheets as at 30 September 2018 and 30 September 2017 and income statements, statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years ended 30 September 2018, 2017 and 2016 together with accompanying notes which are included in this Annual Report.

 

Our financial year ends on 30 September. As used throughout this Annual Report, the financial year ended 30 September 2018 is referred to as 2018 and other financial years are referred to in a corresponding manner.

 

We publish our consolidated financial statements in Australian dollars. In this Annual Report, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references to ‘dollars’, ‘dollar amounts’, ‘$’, ‘AUD’ or ‘A$’ are to Australian dollars, references to ‘US$’, ‘USD’ or ‘US dollars’ are to United States dollars and references to ‘NZ$’, ‘NZD’ or ‘NZ dollars’ are to New Zealand dollars. Solely for the convenience of the reader, certain Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars at a specified rate. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or have been or could be converted into US dollars at the rate indicated. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of Australian dollars into US dollars have been made at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7238, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the ‘noon buying rate’) as of Friday, 28 September 2018. The Australian dollar equivalent of New Zealand dollars at 28 September 2018 was A$1.00 = NZ$1.0920, being the closing spot exchange rate on that date. Refer to ‘Exchange rates’ in Section 4 for information regarding the rates of exchange between the Australian dollar and the US dollar for the financial years ended 30 September 2014 to 30 September 2018.

 

Any discrepancies between totals and sums of components in tables contained in this Annual Report are due to rounding.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Selected consolidated financial and operating data

 

We have derived the following selected financial information as of, and for the financial years ended, 30 September 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

Accounting standards

 

The financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report, unless otherwise indicated, have been prepared and presented in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AAS). Compliance with AAS ensures that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies described in the Notes to the financial statements.

 

Recent accounting developments

 

For a discussion of recent accounting developments refer to Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Critical accounting estimates

 

Our reported results are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the income statement and the balance sheet. Note 1(b) includes details of the areas of our critical accounting assumptions and estimates and a reference to the relevant note in the financial statements providing further information. Each of the assumptions and estimates have been discussed at our Board Audit Committee (BAC). The following is a summary of the areas involving our most critical accounting estimates.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading (including derivatives) or designated at fair value through income statement and financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. All derivatives are measured and recognised at fair value. As far as possible, financial instruments are valued with reference to quoted, observable market prices or by using models which employ observable valuation parameters. Where valuation models rely on parameters for which inputs are not observable, judgements and estimation may be required.

 

As at 30 September 2018, the fair value of trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, available-for-sale securities, loans designated at fair value, life insurance assets and regulatory deposits with central banks overseas was $96,951 million (2017: $101,923 million). The fair value of deposits and other borrowings at fair value, other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement, debt issues at fair value and life insurance liabilities was $56,427 million (2017: $64,317 million). The fair value of outstanding derivatives was a net liability of $306 million (2017: $1,342 million net liability). The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities determined by valuation models that use unobservable market prices was $964 million (2017: $1,399 million) and $6 million (2017: $9 million), respectively. The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including derivatives, is largely determined based on valuation models using observable market prices and rates. Where observable market inputs are not available, day one profits or losses are not recognised.

 

We believe that the judgements and estimates used are reasonable in the current market. However, a change in these judgements and estimates would lead to different results as future market conditions can vary from those expected.

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

Provisions for credit impairment represent management’s best estimate of the impairment charges incurred in the loan portfolios as at the balance date. There are two components of our loan impairment provisions: Individually Assessed Provisions (IAPs) and Collectively Assessed Provisions (CAPs).

 

IAPs are raised where loans exceeding specified thresholds are assessed as impaired. In determining IAPs, considerations that have a bearing on the amount and timing of expected future cash flows are taken into account. For example, the business prospects of the customer, the realisable value of collateral, our position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. These judgements and estimates can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are made.

 

CAPs are raised for impaired loans below specified thresholds and for all loans which are not individually identified as impaired. The CAPs are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral and security, past loss experience, current economic conditions, expected default and timing of recovery based on portfolio trends. The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are estimated loss rates and related emergence periods. The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ from reported loan impairment provisions. These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

97

 


 

 

Review of Group operations

 

 

As at 30 September 2018, gross loans to customers were $712,504 million (2017: $687,785 million) and the provision for impairment charges on loans was $2,814 million (2017: $2,866 million).

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the identified net assets of acquired businesses. The determination of the fair value of the assets and liabilities of acquired businesses requires the exercise of management judgement. Different fair values would result in changes to the goodwill and to the post-acquisition performance of the acquisitions.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually by determining if the carrying value of the cash-generating unit (CGU) that it has been allocated to is recoverable. The recoverable amount is the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use. Determination of appropriate cash flows and discount rates for the calculation of the value in use is subjective. As at 30 September 2018, the carrying value of goodwill was $8,890 million (2017: $9,012 million).

 

Superannuation obligations

 

The actuarial valuation of our defined benefit plan obligations are dependent upon a series of assumptions, the key ones being price inflation, salary growth, mortality, morbidity, discount rate and investment returns. Different assumptions could significantly alter the amount of the difference between plan assets and defined benefit obligations and the amount recognised directly in retained profits.

 

The net superannuation surplus across all our plans as at 30 September 2018 was $64 million (2017: net superannuation surplus of $5 million). As at 30 September 2018, two superannuation plans were in surplus of $89 million (2017: one plan in surplus of $48 million) and two superannuation plans were in deficit of $25 million (2017: three plans in deficit of $43 million).

 

Provisions (other than loan impairment charges)

 

Provisions are held in respect of a range of obligations such as employee entitlements, litigation and non-lending losses, impairment charges on credit commitments, surplus lease space, restructuring costs and compliance, regulation and remediation provisions. Some of the provisions involve significant judgement about the likely outcome of various events and estimated future cash flows. Refer Note 28.

 

Income taxes

 

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. All our businesses predominantly operate in jurisdictions with similar tax rates to the Australian corporate tax rate. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For these circumstances, we hold appropriate provisions. Where the final outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred tax provisions in the period where such determination is made.

 

Life insurance contract liabilities

 

The actuarial valuation of life insurance contract liabilities and associated deferred policy acquisition costs are dependent upon a number of assumptions. The key factors impacting the valuation of these liabilities and related assets are the cost of providing benefits and administering the contracts, mortality and morbidity experience, discontinuance experience and the rate at which projected future cash flows are discounted.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Income statement review

 

Consolidated income statement1

 

For the years ending 30 September

2018

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

(in $m unless otherwise indicated)

US$2

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

Interest income

23,575

32,571

31,232

31,822

32,295

32,248

Interest expense

(11,629)

(16,066)

(15,716)

(16,674)

(18,028)

(18,706)

Net interest income

11,946

16,505

15,516

15,148

14,267

13,542

Non-interest income

4,074

5,628

6,286

5,837

7,375

6,395

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

16,020

22,133

21,802

20,985

21,642

19,937

Operating expenses

(7,015)

(9,692)

(9,434)

(9,217)

(9,473)

(8,547)

Impairment charges

(514)

(710)

(853)

(1,124)

(753)

(650)

Profit before income tax

8,491

11,731

11,515

10,644

11,416

10,740

Income tax expense

(2,629)

(3,632)

(3,518)

(3,184)

(3,348)

(3,115)

Net profit for the year

5,862

8,099

7,997

7,460

8,068

7,625

Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(3)

(4)

(7)

(15)

(56)

(64)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

5,859

8,095

7,990

7,445

8,012

7,561

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

3,406

3,406

3,355

3,313

3,140

3,114

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

171.9

237.5

238.0

224.6

255.0

242.5

Diluted earnings per share (cents)3

166.5

230.1

229.3

217.8

248.2

237.6

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

136

188

188

188

187

182

Dividend payout ratio (%)4

79.52

79.52

79.28

84.19

73.39

74.68

 

Overview of performance – 2018 v 2017

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for 2018 was $8,095 million, an increase of $105 million or 1% compared to 2017. Features of this result included a $331 million or 2% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges, a $258 million or 3% increase in operating expenses and a $143 million or 17% decrease in impairment charges.

 

Net interest income increased $989 million or 6% compared to 2017, with total loan growth of 4%, mostly from Australian housing which grew 4%. Net interest margin increased 7 basis points to 2.13% reflecting increased spreads on certain Australian mortgages, a rise in Treasury income and contribution from fair value gains on economic hedges and higher deposit spreads.  These increases were partly offset by the full period impact of the Bank Levy which was effective from July 2017. Wholesale funding costs were little changed, as short term funding costs increased while long term funding costs decreased.

 

Non-interest income decreased $658 million or 10% compared to 2017 primarily due to a decrease in trading income of $257 million, the non-repeat of a large gain of $279 million on disposal of an associate (BTIM5) in 2017, an impairment loss of $104 million on the Pendal investment in 2018, and additional provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments recorded as negative income. These items were partly offset by income related to the exit of the Hastings business ($135 million).

 

Operating expenses increased $258 million or 3% compared to 2017. The rise included annual salary increases, higher technology expenses related to the Group’s investment program, an increase in regulatory and compliance costs and costs associated with the exit of the Hastings business. These increases were partly offset by productivity benefits and lower amortisation of intangibles.

 

Impairment charges were $143 million or 17% lower compared to 2017. Asset quality remained sound, with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures (TCE) at 1.08%, up 3 basis points over the year. The decrease in impairment charges was primarily due to reduced individual provisions for larger facilities.

 

The effective tax rate of 31.0% was higher than the 2017 effective tax rate of 30.6% mostly related to an increase in non-deductible expenses.

 

2018 basic earnings per share were 237.5 cents per share compared to 238.0 cents per share in 2017.

 

 

1    Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

2    Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7238, the noon buying rate in New York City on 28 September 2018.

3    Based on basic earnings per share, with the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, issued for no consideration, and after adjusting earnings for distributions on dilutive potential ordinary shares.

4    Adjusted for Treasury shares.

5    Pendal Group Limited (Pendal) was previously called BT Investment Management (BTIM).

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

99

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

The Board has determined a final dividend of 94 cents per ordinary share. The full year ordinary dividends of 188 cents is unchanged over ordinary dividends declared in 2017 and represents a pay-out ratio of 79.52%. The full year ordinary dividend is fully franked.

 

Income statement review – 2018 v 2017

Net interest income – 2018 v 2017

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Interest income

32,571

31,232

31,822

Interest expense

(16,066)

(15,716)

(16,674)

Net interest income

16,505

15,516

15,148

Increase/(decrease) in net interest income

 

 

 

Due to change in volume

648

855

1,313

Due to change in rate

341

(487)

(432)

Change in net interest income

 

989

368

881

 

Net interest income increased $989 million or 6% compared to 2017. Key features include:

 

§                  A 3% growth in average interest-earning assets, primarily from Australian housing which grew 4%;

 

§                  Group net interest margin increased 7 basis points. The full period impact of pricing changes for certain Australian mortgages in 2017, including investor lending and interest only loans, higher New Zealand mortgage spreads and higher term deposits spreads, were partly offset by the full period impact of the Bank Levy. Wholesale funding costs were little changed, as short term costs increased and long term costs reduced. In addition, Treasury and Markets income was higher in 2018 primarily due to increased revenue from interest risk management and a rise in contributions from fair value gains on economic hedges.

 

Total net loans increased $24.8 billion or 4% compared to 2017. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, total net loans increased $24.0 billion or 3%.

 

Key features of total loan growth were:

 

§                  Australian housing loans increased $17.6 billion or 4% (slightly below system growth1). Owner occupied loans increased 6% over the year, while the Group’s investor property lending grew by 2%. Principal and interest loan flows represented 77% of all new flows and now comprise 61% of the portfolio (2017: 50%);

 

§                  Australian business loans increased $3.8 billion or 3% from broad based growth in Business Bank including SME, agriculture, manufacturing and property;

 

§                  New Zealand lending increased NZ$3.2 billion or 4%. Housing loans grew at 4% mostly in fixed rate products, while business lending increased 4% supported by growth across agriculture, property and corporate lending; and

 

§                  Other overseas lending increased $1.7 billion or 12%, across trade finance and institutional lending in Asia.

 

Total deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposits increased $31.1 billion or 6% compared to 2017, with the increase more than fully funding loan growth in the year. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposits increased $29.5 billion or 6%.

 

Key features of total deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposits growth were:

 

§                  Australian deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposits increased $25.8 billion or 6%, particularly across term deposits (up 10%). Household deposits growth was in line with system2 and non-financial corporation deposits grew above system2. Customers continued to direct funds to mortgage offset accounts, supporting 4% growth in Australian non-interest bearing deposits;

 

§                  New Zealand deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposits increased NZ$3.5 billion or 6%, with the increase fully funding loan growth during the year. Term deposits grew 9%, particularly across household and institutional segments. Non-interest bearing deposits increased 12% from growth in business and consumer transaction deposits, including growth in mortgage offset accounts; and

 

§                  Other overseas deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposits increased $2.3 billion or 19% due to growth in deposits across Asia.

 

Certificates of deposits decreased $5.4 billion or 11%, reflecting reduced short-term wholesale funding issuance in this form.

 

 

 

 

1    Source: Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA).

2    Source: Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA).

 

 

 

 

 

100

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Interest spread and margin – 2018 v 2017

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Group

 

 

 

Net interest income

16,505

15,516

15,148

Average interest earning assets

774,944

752,294

721,843

Average interest bearing liabilities

715,509

694,924

667,276

Average net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity

59,435

57,370

54,567

Interest spread1

1.95%

1.89%

1.91%

Benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity2

0.18%

0.17%

0.19%

Net interest margin3

2.13%

2.06%

2.10%

 

Net interest margin was 2.13% in 2018, up 7 basis points compared to 2017. Key drivers of the margin increase were:

 

§                  2 basis points increase from loan spreads. This reflected the full period impact of pricing changes for certain Australian mortgages in late 2017, including interest only and investor lending, along with higher spreads on New Zealand mortgages. These gains were partly offset by the impact of customers switching from interest only to principal and interest loans, retention pricing, customer preference for lower spread basic products and competition across loan markets;

 

§                  2 basis points increase related to customer deposit spreads, mainly from term deposits, partly offset by the impact of lower rates on the hedging of transaction deposits;

 

§                  2 basis points decrease from a rise in short term wholesale funding costs, particularly in the second half of 2018;

 

§                  2 basis points increase from term wholesale funding as pricing for new term issuance was lower than the portfolio average;

 

§                  4 basis points decrease from the full period impact of the Bank Levy, which was introduced on 1 July 2017;

 

§                  1 basis point increase in capital and other largely from the positive effect of higher capital balances, partly offset by the impact of lower interest rates; and

 

§                  6 basis points increase from Treasury and Markets, due to increased Treasury revenue from interest rate risk management and a rise in contributions from fair value gains on economic hedges.

 

Non-interest income – 2018 v 2017

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Fees and commissions

2,550

2,755

2,755

Wealth management and insurance income

2,061

1,800

1,899

Trading income

945

1,202

1,124

Other income

72

529

59

Non-interest income

5,628

6,286

5,837

 

Non-interest income decreased $658 million or 10% over the year. 2018 was impacted by a number of infrequent items, including income related to the exit of the Hastings business ($135 million) partly offset by an increase in provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments (up $52 million from $111 million in 2017 to $163 million in 2018).

 

Excluding the impact of these infrequent items and the partial sale of BTIM shares of $279 million in 2017, non-interest income was $462 million or 8% lower, primarily due to reduced markets income and lower banking fee income from the full period impact of regulatory changes to Australian credit card interchange fees and removal of ATM withdrawal fees.

 

Fees and commissions decreased $205 million or 7% compared to 2017, largely due to:

 

§                  additional provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments ($101 million), related to Advice and retail banking products;

 

§                  lower revenue from the removal of ATM withdrawal fees and changes to transaction fees ($64 million);

 

§                  lower credit card income ($49 million) from the full period impact of regulatory changes to Australian interchange rates from 1 July 2017 and lower rewards redemptions; and

 

§                  lower corporate and institutional lending fees ($23 million) from a reduction in unused customer limits; partly offset by

 

§                  higher business lending fees ($40 million) primarily driven by portfolio growth.

 

 

 

1    Interest spread is the difference between the average yield on all interest earning assets and the average yield on all interest bearing liabilities.

2    The benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity is determined by applying the average yield paid on all interest bearing liabilities to the average level of net non-interest bearing funds as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

3    Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

101

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Wealth management and insurance income increased $261 million or 15% compared to 2017, reflecting:

 

§                  a rise in Hastings revenue which included fees of $144 million related to the exit of the business, the associated costs can be seen in other expenses;

 

§                  a fall in provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments for wealth products ($49 million);

 

§                  higher revenue from investments in boutique funds ($43 million); and

 

§                  higher insurance income ($41 million) reflecting:

 

        increase in general insurance income ($24 million) from lower claims, with the prior year impacted by Cyclone Debbie, and a 2% increase in net earned premiums;

 

        increase in life insurance income ($34 million) from movements in policyholder tax recoveries and a 17% increase to earned premiums, primarily due to BTFG commencing the management of Group Insurance for BTFG Corporate Super in 2018. This was partly offset by a rise in claims; and

 

        lower LMI contribution ($17 million) due to a reduction in loans written at higher LVR bands; partly offset by

 

§                  lower platforms income ($14 million), impacted by margin compression and pricing changes to BT Panorama in July 2018. This was partly offset by the benefit of higher asset markets.

 

Trading income decreased $257 million or 21% compared to 2017. The majority of the reduction was due to a lower fixed income trading result.

 

Other income decreased $457 million or 86% compared to 2017 reflecting the partial sale of BTIM shares ($279 million) in 2017 that did not repeat, impairment loss on the remaining Pendal shares ($104 million), the impact of hedging future earnings (down $44 million) and lower rental income ($36 million).

 

Operating expenses – 2018 v 2017

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Staff expenses

4,887

4,701

4,601

Occupancy expenses

1,033

1,073

1,032

Technology expenses

2,110

2,008

1,929

Other expenses

1,662

1,652

1,655

Total operating expenses

9,692

9,434

9,217

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

43.79%

43.27%

43.92%

 

Operating expenses increased $258 million or 3% compared to 2017. The key factors of the result were:

 

§                  higher costs from infrequent items of $233 million related to exit of the Hastings business ($121 million), costs associated with implementing customer refunds and payments ($62 million) and provisions for litigation ($50 million);

 

§                  growth in regulation and compliance expenses of $184 million, including expenses related to the Royal Commission of $62 million;

 

§                  higher investment related expenses of $125 million largely across our banking and wealth platforms; and

 

§                  growth in other operating costs of $178 million; partly offset by

 

§                  lower intangible asset amortisation of $158 million; and

 

§                  productivity benefits of $304 million.

 

Staff expenses increased $186 million or 4% compared to 2017 from the full period impact of annual salary increases, higher restructuring costs (up $39 million) and additional FTE for regulatory and compliance activities and the Group’s investment program. This was partly offset by lower bonuses and productivity benefits largely related to simplifying the organisation and digitising processes across the branch network and operations.

 

Occupancy expenses decreased $40 million or 4% from lower depreciation on operating leases (down $30 million) and benefits from retail property consolidation (branch numbers down by 47 across the Group), partly offset by higher energy costs.

 

Technology expenses increased $102 million or 5% compared to 2017, primarily due to the Group’s investment program. Higher technology services costs (up $82 million) and software maintenance and licensing costs (up $29 million) were driven by continued investment spend, increased volumes and new software licences following upgraded capability. This was partly offset by lower IT equipment depreciation (down $17 million) as prior investment in data centres was fully depreciated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Other expenses increased $10 million or 1% during the year and contained a number of infrequent items, including the write-off of Hastings goodwill ($105 million) following the exit of that business, provisions for litigation ($50 million) and costs associated with implementing customer refunds and payments ($25 million). Excluding these items, expenses reduced by $170 million primarily due to lower amortisation of intangible assets (down $158 million) as a number of intangible assets were fully amortised during the year; postage and stationery costs decreased ($35 million) as customers migrated to electronic statements; and lower credit card loyalty program costs down ($26 million) from changes to reward programs; and benefits from disciplined cost management. These were partly offset by costs associated with the Royal Commission.

 

Impairment charges – 2018 v 2017

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Impairment charges

710

853

1,124

Impairment charges to average gross loans (basis points)

10

13

17

 

Asset quality remained sound through 2018 with stressed assets to total committed exposures increasing by 3 basis points to 1.08%. The increase in stress mostly reflects higher mortgage delinquencies and a small rise in stressed exposures in Business Bank. Impaired assets were lower, with gross impaired assets to gross loans 2 basis points lower at 0.20% compared to 30 September 2017.

 

Provisioning levels at 30 September 2018 of $3,053 million were $66 million lower compared to 30 September 2017. IAPs were $58 million lower in line with the decline in impaired facilities while CAPs were $8 million lower. Within CAPs the overlay was down $22 million to $301 million at 30 September 2018.

 

Impairment charges for 2018 of $710 million are equivalent to 10 basis points of average loans and were down $143 million when compared to 2017.

 

Key movements included:

 

§                  total new IAPs less write-backs and recoveries were $112 million lower than 2017. This was due to lower new IAPs (down $239 million) partially offset by lower write-backs. The reduction in new IAPs was due to a small number of large impairments in WIB in 2017 while in 2018 no new large impaired loans (greater than $50 million) emerged during the year. New IAPs in Business Bank were also lower. This was partially offset by higher new IAPs in New Zealand; and

 

§                  total new CAPs were $31 million lower due to a $110 million reduction in write-offs partially offset by a $79 million fall in the benefit from other changes in CAPs. Write-offs were lower, principally in Consumer Bank from the credit card portfolio and in Business Bank related to the auto finance and commercial portfolios. The overlay was $22 million lower in 2018 compared to a $66 million reduction in 2017.

 

Income tax expense – 2018 v 2017

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Income tax expense

3,632

3,518

3,184

Tax as a percentage of profit before income tax expense (effective tax rate)

30.96%

30.55%

29.91%

 

The effective tax rate of 31.0% in 2018 was higher than the 2017 effective tax rate of 30.6%. The effective tax rate was higher than the Australian corporate tax rate of 30% due to the non-deductibility of certain expenses, including penalties and the write-off of Hastings goodwill associated with the exit of that business.

 

Overview of performance – 2017 v 2016

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for 2017 was $7,990 million, an increase of $545 million or 7% compared to 2016. Features of this result included a $817 million or 4% increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges, a $217 million or 2% increase in operating expenses and a $271 million or 24% decrease in impairment charges.

 

Net interest income increased $368 million or 2% compared to 2016, with total loan growth of 3%, primarily from Australian housing which grew 6%. Reported net interest margin decreased 4 basis points to 2.06% from higher funding costs, the impact of lower interest rates, and lower treasury earnings, partly offset by loan repricing.

 

Non-interest income increased $449 million or 8% compared to 2016 primarily due to a $279 million gain associated with sale of shares in BTIM, a rise in trading income of $78 million and the impact of volatility in economic hedges of $140 million. These increases were partly offset by provisions for customer refunds, and lower wealth management and insurance income.

 

Operating expenses increased $217 million or 2% compared to 2016. The rise in operating expenses includes annual salary and rental increases, higher technology expenses related to the Group’s investment program, a rise in regulatory and compliance costs and expenses associated with the sale of shares in BTIM. These increases were partially offset by productivity benefits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

103

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Impairment charges were $271 million lower or 24% compared to 2016. Asset quality remained sound, with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures (TCE) at 1.05%, down 15 basis points over the year. The decrease in impairment charges was primarily due to significantly lower large individual provisions. Additional provisioning for these larger facilities was required in 2016, following the downgrade to impaired.

 

The effective tax rate of 30.6% in 2017 was higher than the 2016 effective tax rate of 29.9% as 2016 benefited from the finalisation of some prior period taxation matters.

 

2017 basic earnings per share were 238.0 cents per share compared to 224.6 cents per share in 2016.

 

The Board has determined a final dividend of 94 cents per ordinary share. The full year ordinary dividends of 188 cents is unchanged over ordinary dividends declared in 2016 and a pay-out ratio of 79.3%. The full year ordinary dividend is fully franked.

 

The Board considered the impact of the Bank Levy on shareholders (which equated to 2 cents per share in 2017), and decided to leave the dividend unchanged.

 

Income statement review – 2017 v 2016

Net interest income – 2017 v 2016

 

Net interest income increased $368 million or 2% compared to 2016. Key features include:

 

§         4% increase in average interest-earning assets, primarily from growth in Australian housing. Third party liquid assets increased $11 billion or 13% in response to a $10 billion lower Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF), which reduced from $59 billion to $49 billion on 1 January 2017;

 

§         Group net interest margin decreased 4 basis points. Higher funding costs primarily from term deposit competition, the impact of lower interest rates and lower Treasury earnings were, partly offset by loan repricing and economic hedge volatility.

 

Total loans increased $23.0 billion or 3% compared to 2016. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, total loans increased $26.0 billion or 4%.

 

Key features of total loan growth were:

 

§         Australian housing loans increased $23.0 billion or 6%. During the year, the Group further tightened origination standards, reduced new lending discounts and adjusted interest rates on different loan categories. Based on the APRA definition of investor lending, the Group’s investor property lending grew 6%, below the 10% cap. Fixed rate loans increased from 17% of the portfolio in 2016 to 21% in 2017;

 

§         Australian business loans increased $0.3 billion, with growth in Business Bank (BB) across SME, professional services and health, largely offset by lower institutional lending including a decline in the utilisation of mortgage warehouse facilities; and

 

§         New Zealand lending increased NZ$2.1 billion or 3%. Housing loans grew at 4% and business lending increased 1% primarily from growth in SME and agriculture. Following the Loan to Value Ratio (LVR) restrictions imposed by the RBNZ on investor property loans (with an LVR of greater than 60%), the proportion of new flows for investor property lending decreased by 9 percentage points to 22%.

 

Total customer deposits increased $20.1 billion or 4% compared to 2016. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, customer deposits increased $22.3 billion or 5%.

 

Key features of total customer deposits growth were:

 

§         Australian customer deposits increased $23.8 billion or 6%, with above system1 growth in household deposits and growth in institutional deposits. Customers continued to direct funds to mortgage offset accounts, supporting 8% growth in Australian non-interest bearing deposits. The Group continues to focus on growing higher quality deposits in preparation for the introduction of the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) on 1 January 2018;

 

§         New Zealand customer deposits increased NZ$0.9 billion or 2%, with a 14% increase in non-interest bearing deposits from growth in business and consumer transaction accounts; and

 

§         Other overseas deposits decreased $2.6 billion or 18% due to a decline in Asian deposits.

 

Certificate of deposits increased $0.5 billion or 1%, with lower balances offshore more than offset by growth in Australia.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    Source: APRA.

 

 

 

 

 

104

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Interest spread and margin – 2017 v 2016

 

Net interest margin was 2.06% in 2017, down 4 basis points compared to 2016. Key drivers of the margin decrease were:

 

§         9 basis points increase from loan spreads primarily from the full year impact of Australian mortgage and business lending repricing in 2016 and changes to Australian mortgage rates for interest-only and investor loans during 2017. This was partly offset by broad based competition and higher short term funding costs;

 

§         5 basis points decrease from customer deposit spreads, driven by increased competition for term deposits in late 2016 and early 2017 and the impact of lower interest rates on the hedging of transaction deposits;

 

§         2 basis points decrease from higher term wholesale funding costs as the Group lengthened average tenors in preparation for the implementation of NSFR on 1 January 2018 and an increase in Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital balances and the higher cost of these instruments;

 

§         1 basis point decrease from the introduction of the Bank Levy;

 

§         Capital and other decreased 2 basis points primarily from the impact of lower interest rates;

 

§         2 basis points decrease from liquidity, due to increased holdings of third party liquid assets; and

 

§         1 basis point decrease from Treasury and Markets, with lower market volatility impacting returns from interest rate risk management.

 

Non-interest income – 2017 v 2016

 

Non-interest income was $6,286 million in 2017, an increase of $449 million or 8% compared to 2016. The increase was impacted by a number of infrequent items ($136 million), including the profit on the further sale of BTIM shares ($279 million), provisions for customer refunds and payments related to Advice and wealth products1 ($111 million) and a revaluation loss on the Group’s investments in boutique funds ($32 million). Excluding these items, non-interest income increased $313 million or 5% due to the impact of hedging New Zealand future earnings, higher Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) markets income, increase in operating lease rental income and higher business lending fees, partly offset by lower wealth management and insurance income and a reduction in Australian credit card interchange fees.

 

Fees and commissions of $2,755 million in 2017 were flat compared to 2016, due to:

 

§         lower Advice income including provisions for customer refunds and payments ($55 million);

 

§         lower Australian credit card income ($39 million) primarily from lower revenue associated with rewards programs and regulatory impacts on interchange rates from 1 July 2017; partly offset by

 

§         increased business lending fees ($50 million) supported by higher line fees from business growth;

 

§         higher New Zealand credit card income ($41 million) primarily from a change to accounting treatment for credit card rewards scheme to align with Group practice; and

 

§         higher transaction fees ($15 million) from an increase in account numbers, pricing changes, and transaction volumes across the Group.

 

Wealth management and insurance income was $1,800 million in 2017, a decrease of $99 million or 5% compared to 2016 with:

 

§         provisions for customer refunds and payments related to wealth products ($56 million);

 

§         insurance income decreased $29 million, primarily from;

 

-       general insurance income reduced $32 million from higher claims, including the impact of Cyclone Debbie, partly offset by a 2% increase in net earned premiums; and

 

-       life insurance income was little changed (down $3 million) with higher claims partly offset by a 6% increase in net earned premiums; partly offset by

 

-       higher Lenders mortgage insurance (LMI) income ($6 million) related to arrangements for mortgages with an LVR >90%;

 

§         lower contribution from investments in boutique funds ($26 million); and

 

§         a decrease in funds under management (FUM) and funds under administration (FUA) income ($13 million), with the benefit from higher asset markets and positive net flows more than offset by margin compression from the transfer of legacy products to lower fee ‘MySuper’ products; partly offset by

 

§         increase in WIB wealth management income ($6 million).

 

 

 

 

1    Some of the items provided for include: payments to superannuation customers with pre-existing conditions who did not have the benefit of our improved disclosure practices and had their claims denied; payments to customers who did not receive all the benefits to which they were entitled under their ‘packaged accounts’; and refunds where ongoing advice fees were paid but we were unable to demonstrate that advice service was provided in the relevant period.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

105

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Trading income was $1,202 million in 2017, an increase of $78 million or 7% compared to 2016. This was primarily driven by higher WIB markets income from an increase in risk management income across fixed income, foreign exchange and commodities and higher derivative valuation adjustments.

 

Other income was $529 million in 2017, an increase of $470 million compared to 2016. This result was driven by the profit on a further sale of BTIM shares ($279 million), the impact of hedging New Zealand future earnings ($140 million) and higher rental income on operating leases ($34 million) from portfolio growth.

 

Operating expenses – 2017 v 2016

 

Operating expenses increased $217 million or 2% compared to 2016. The key factors of the result were:

 

§         growth in regulation and compliance expenses of $84 million;

 

§         higher investment related expenses of $82 million;

 

§         separation costs related to the sale of shares in BTIM of $35 million; and

 

§         productivity benefits of $262 million largely offset growth in other operating costs.

 

Staff expenses were $4,701 million, an increase of $100 million or 2% compared to 2016. Annual salary increases, higher investment costs and separation costs related to the further sale of shares in BTIM were partly offset by productivity benefits, lower restructuring costs and reduced share based payments.

 

Occupancy expenses increased $41 million or 4% compared to 2016 due to higher expenses relating to annual rental expenses and exit costs associated with retail property consolidation and branch network optimisation.

 

Technology expense increased $79 million or 4% compared to 2016 largely from the completion of key elements of the Group’s investment programs. This included higher amortisation of software assets ($57 million) and higher software maintenance and licensing costs ($36 million) from programs including the Customer Service Hub, Panorama, new payment platform and systems for regulatory and compliance purposes.

 

Other expenses decreased $3 million compared to 2016. The increase in regulatory and compliance costs have been mostly offset by lower outsourced operational costs. In addition, non-lending losses were $8 million lower from reduced credit card and digital fraud, which has benefitted from recent enhancements to early detection capability and additional security.

 

Impairment charges – 2017 v 2016

 

Asset quality improved through 2017 with stressed assets to total committed exposures reducing 15 basis points to 1.05%. The reduction in stress mostly reflects the work-out or return to health of a number of watchlist and substandard facilities. Impaired assets were also lower, with gross impaired assets to gross loans reducing 10 basis points to 0.22%. The reduction in impaired assets principally related to the work-out or write-off of a small number of institutional facilities. Where stress in the portfolio has emerged it can mostly be traced back to the slowdown in mining investment, sectors undergoing structural change, along with a rises in delinquencies and properties in possession in these regions, particularly in Western Australia and Queensland.

 

The improved asset quality and the write-off of a small number of larger impaired facilities led to a reduction in provisions which were down $483 million. IAPs were $389 million lower while collectively assessed provisions were $94 million lower. Within collectively assessed provisions the economic overlay was reduced by $66 million, ending at $323 million as at 30 September 2017.

 

This trend of improved asset quality and work-out of existing stressed facilities has contributed to the reduction in impairment charges in 2017.

 

Impairment charges of $853 million were down $271 million or 24% compared to 2016.

 

Key movements included:

 

§         total new IAPs less write-backs and recoveries were $226 million lower than 2016. New IAPs decreased $117 million primarily due to a small number of large impairments in WIB in 2016 whereas there were only two larger facilities that migrated to impaired over 2017. This was partially offset by higher new IAPs in the Business Bank and in mortgages. 2017 also benefited from a larger number of write-backs and recoveries which were $109 million higher than 2016 as impaired facilities were worked out; and

 

§         CAPs were $45 million lower due to a $66 million reduction in the economic overlay provision and a $45 million benefit from improvement in asset quality, partially offset by a $66 million lift in write-offs principally in personal lending associated with changes to reporting of customers granted hardship assistance.

 

Income tax expense – 2017 v 2016

 

The effective tax rate of 30.6% in 2017 was higher than the 2016 effective tax rate of 29.9% as 2016 benefited from the finalisation of some prior period taxation matters. The effective tax rate above the Australian corporate tax rate of 30% reflects several Additional Tier 1 instruments whose distributions are not deductible for Australian taxation purposes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

106

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Balance sheet review

 

Selected consolidated balance sheet data1

 

The detailed components of the balance sheet are set out in the notes to the financial statements.

 

As at 30 September

2018

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

 

US$m2

A$m

A$m

A$m

A$m

A$m

Cash and balances with central banks

19,131

26,431

18,397

17,015

14,770

25,760

Receivables due from other financial institutions

4,191

5,790

7,128

9,951

9,583

7,424

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities

60,259

83,253

86,034

81,833

82,287

81,933

Derivative financial instruments

17,444

24,101

24,033

32,227

48,173

41,404

Loans

513,674

709,690

684,919

661,926

623,316

580,343

Life insurance assets

6,840

9,450

10,643

14,192

13,125

11,007

All other assets

15,110

20,877

20,721

22,058

20,902

22,971

Total assets

636,649

879,592

851,875

839,202

812,156

770,842

Payables due to other financial institutions

13,128

18,137

21,907

18,209

18,731

18,636

Deposits and other borrowings

404,810

559,285

533,591

513,071

475,328

460,822

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

3,110

4,297

4,056

4,752

9,226

19,236

Derivative financial instruments

17,666

24,407

25,375

36,076

48,304

39,539

Debt issues

124,925

172,596

168,356

169,902

171,054

152,251

Life insurance liabilities

5,499

7,597

9,019

12,361

11,559

9,637

All other liabilities

8,277

11,435

10,563

10,845

10,199

10,526

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

577,415

797,754

772,867

765,216

744,401

710,647

Loan capital

12,496

17,265

17,666

15,805

13,840

10,858

Total liabilities

589,911

815,019

790,533

781,021

758,241

721,505

Net assets

46,738

64,573

61,342

58,181

53,915

49,337

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

46,700

64,521

61,288

58,120

53,098

48,456

Non-controlling interests

38

52

54

61

817

881

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

46,738

64,573

61,342

58,181

53,915

49,337

Average balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

640,291

884,624

864,525

843,555

798,703

737,124

Loans and other receivables3

494,757

683,555

658,058

629,159

594,200

559,789

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

44,888

62,017

58,556

55,896

49,361

46,477

Non-controlling interests

22

31

20

575

854

862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

2    Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7238, the noon buying rate in New York City on 28 September 2018.

3    Includes interest earning balances. Loans and other receivables are stated net of provisions for impairment charges on loans. Other receivables include cash and balances with central banks and other interest earning assets.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

107

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Summary of consolidated ratios

 

As at 30 September

2018

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

(in $m unless otherwise indicated)

US$1

A$

A$

A$

A$

A$

Profitability ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin2

2.13

2.13

2.06

2.10

2.09

2.09

Return on average assets3

0.92

0.92

0.92

0.88

1.00

1.03

Return on average ordinary equity4

13.05

13.05

13.65

13.32

16.23

16.27

Return on average total equity5

13.05

13.05

13.64

13.18

15.96

15.97

Capital ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total equity to average total assets

7.01

7.01

6.78

6.69

6.29

6.42

Common equity Tier 1

10.63

10.63

10.56

9.48

9.50

8.97

Tier 1 ratio

12.78

12.78

12.66

11.17

11.38

10.56

Total capital ratio

14.74

14.74

14.82

13.11

13.26

12.28

Earning ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)6

171.9

237.5

238.0

224.6

255.0

242.5

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)7

166.5

230.1

229.3

217.8

248.2

237.6

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

136

188

188

188

187

182

Dividend payout ratio (%)

79.52

79.52

79.28

84.19

73.39

74.68

Credit quality ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges on loans written off (net of recoveries)

686

948

1,488

1,052

1,107

1,302

Impairment charges on loans written off (net of recoveries) to average loans (bps)

14

14

22

16

18

23

 

Balance sheet review

 

Assets – 2018 v 2017

 

Total assets as at 30 September 2018 were $879.6 billion, an increase of $27.7 billion or 3% compared to 30 September 2017.  Significant movements during the year included:

 

§                  cash and balances with central banks increased $8.0 billion or 44% reflecting higher liquid assets held in this form;

 

§                  receivables due from other financial institutions decreased $1.3 billion or 19% mainly due to a reduction in collateral posted with derivative counterparties and lower interbank lending;

 

§                  trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities decreased $2.8 billion or 3% reflecting lower holdings of liquid assets in this form;

 

§                  loans grew $24.8 billion or 4%. Refer to loan quality – 2018 v 2017 below for further information; and

 

§                  life insurance assets decreased $1.2 billion or 11%, due to the transfer by an investor to another Group managed fund that is not consolidated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7238, the noon buying rate in New York City on 28 September 2018.

2    Calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets.

3    Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average total assets.

4    Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average ordinary equity.

5    Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation by average ordinary equity and non-controlling interests.

6    Based on the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares.

7    Based on basic earnings per share, with the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, issued for no consideration, and after adjusting earnings for distributions on dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

 

 

 

108

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Liabilities and equity – 2018 v 2017

 

Total liabilities as at 30 September 2018 were $815.0 billion, an increase of $24.5 billion or 3% compared to 30 September 2017. Significant movements during the year included:

 

§                  payables due to other financial institutions decreased $3.8 billion or 17% due to lower securities sold under agreements to repurchase, interbank borrowings and collateral posted by derivative counterparties, partly offset by higher offshore central bank deposits;

 

§                  deposits and other borrowings increased $25.7 billion or 5%;

 

§                  debt issues increased $4.2 billion or 3% ($6.8 billion or 4% decrease excluding foreign currency translation impacts); and

 

§                  life insurance liabilities decreased $1.4 billion or 16%, due to the transfer by an investor to another Group managed fund that is not consolidated.

 

Equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation increased $3.2 billion reflecting retained profits less dividends paid during the period, shares issued under the 2018 interim DRP and 2017 final DRP and the conversion of some convertible preference shares to ordinary share capital.

 

Loan quality – 2018 v 2017

 

 

As at 30 September

$m

2018

2017

2016

Total gross loans1

712,504

687,785

665,256

Average gross loans

 

 

 

Australia

611,398

588,920

562,633

New Zealand

73,000

72,269

67,686

Other overseas

16,228

12,837

15,112

Total average gross loans

700,626

674,026

645,431

 

Total gross loans represented 81% of the total assets of the Group as at 30 September 2018, unchanged from 2017.

 

Australia average gross loans were $611.4 billion in 2018, an increase of $22.5 billion or 4% from $588.9 billion in 2017. This increase was primarily due to growth in housing loans.

 

New Zealand average gross loans were $73.0 billion in 2018, an increase of $0.7 billion or 1% from $72.3 billion in 2017. This increase was primarily due to growth in housing loans.

 

Other overseas average loans were $16.2 billion in 2018, an increase of $3.4 billion or 26% from $12.8 billion in 2017. This was primarily due to an increase in Asia.

 

Approximately 13% of the loans at 30 September 2018 mature within one year and 18% mature between one year and five years.  Retail lending comprises the majority of the loan portfolio maturing after five years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    Gross loans are stated before related provisions for impairment.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

109

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

 

 

As at 30 September

$m

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Impaired loans

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans1:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

1,019

1,142

1,851

1,593

2,030

Impairment provisions

(458)

(507)

(885)

(689)

(862)

Net

561

635

966

904

1,168

Restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

26

27

31

39

93

Impairment provisions

(6)

(12)

(16)

(16)

(44)

Net

20

15

15

23

49

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

371

373

277

263

217

Impairment provisions

(189)

(195)

(166)

(172)

(141)

Net

182

178

111

91

76

Net impaired loans

763

828

1,092

1,018

1,293

Provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Individually assessed provisions

422

480

869

669

867

Collectively assessed provisions

2,631

2,639

2,733

2,663

2,614

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments

3,053

3,119

3,602

3,332

3,481

Loan quality

 

 

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions for impaired loans to total impaired loans2

46.12%

46.30%

49.42%

46.28%

44.76%

Total impaired loans to total loans

0.20%

0.22%

0.32%

0.30%

0.40%

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total loans

0.43%

0.45%

0.54%

0.53%

0.60%

Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total impaired loans

215.6%

202.3%

166.8%

175.8%

148.8%

 

The credit quality remained sound over 2018, with total stressed exposures to TCE increasing by 3 basis points to 1.08%. Total impaired loans as a percentage of total gross loans were 0.20% at 30 September 2018, a decrease of 0.02% from 0.22% at 30 September 2017.

 

At 30 September 2018, we had one impaired counterparty with exposure greater than $50 million, accounting for 4% of total impaired loans. This compares to one impaired counterparty with exposure greater than $50 million in 2017 accounting for 5% of total impaired loans. There were two impaired counterparties at 30 September 2018 that were less than $50 million and greater than $20 million (2017: four impaired counterparties).

 

At 30 September 2018, 79% of our exposure was to either investment grade or secured consumer mortgage segment (2017: 78%, 2016: 78%, 2015: 77%, 2014: 77%) and 95% of our exposure as at 30 September 2018 was in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region (2017: 96%, 2016: 96%, 2015: 95%, 2014: 95%).

 

We believe that Westpac remains appropriately provisioned. Total impairment provisions for impaired loans to total impaired loans coverage at 46.1% at 30 September 2018 compared to 46.3% at 30 September 2017. Total provisions for impairment on loans and credit commitments to total impaired loans represented 215.6% of total impaired loans as at 30 September 2018, up from 202.3% at 30 September 2017. Total provisions for impairments on loans and credit commitments to total loans were 0.43% at 30 September 2018, down from 0.45% at 30 September 2017 (2016: 0.54%).

 

Group mortgage loans 90 days past due at 30 September 2018 were 0.67% of outstandings, up from 0.62% of outstandings at 30 September 2017 (2016: 0.61%).

 

Group other consumer loan delinquencies (including credit card and personal loan products) were 1.64% of outstandings as at 30 September 2018, up from 1.57% of outstandings as at 30 September 2017 (2016: 1.11%).

 

Potential problem loans as at 30 September 2018 amounted to $1,691 million, an increase of 36% from $1,247 million at 30 September 2017. The increase in potential problem loans was mainly due to the downgrade of a small number of companies in the Australian and New Zealand business portfolios.

 

 

1    Non-performing loans are loans with an impaired internal risk grade, excluding restructured assets.

2    Impairment provisions relating to impaired loans include IAP plus the proportion of the CAP that relate to impaired loans. The proportion of the CAP that relates to impaired loans was $231 million as at 30 September 2018 (2017: $234 million, 2016: $198 million, 2015: $208 million, 2014: $180 million). This sum is compared to the total gross impaired loans to determine this ratio.

 

 

 

 

110

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Potential problem loans are facilities that are performing and no loss is expected, but the customer demonstrates significant weakness in debt servicing or security cover that could jeopardise repayment of debt on current terms if not rectified. Potential problem loans are identified using established credit frameworks and policies, which include the ongoing monitoring of facilities through the use of watchlists.

 

Capital resources

 

APRA measures an ADI’s regulatory capital using three measures:

 

§                  Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (CET1) comprises the highest quality components of capital that consists of paid-up share capital, retained profits and certain reserves, less certain intangible assets, capitalised expenses and software, and investments and retained profits in insurance and funds management subsidiaries that are not consolidated for capital adequacy purposes;

 

§                  Tier 1 Capital being the sum of CET1 and Additional Tier 1 Capital. Additional Tier 1 Capital comprises high quality components of capital that consists of certain securities not included in CET1, but which include loss absorbing characteristics; and

 

§                  Total Capital being the sum of Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital. Tier 2 Capital includes subordinated instruments and other components of capital that, to varying degrees, do not meet the criteria for Tier 1 Capital, but nonetheless contribute to the overall strength of an ADI and its capacity to absorb losses.

 

Under APRA’s Prudential Standards, Australian ADIs, including Westpac, are required to maintain a minimum CET1 ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 ratio of at least 6.0% and Total Regulatory Capital of at least 8.0%. APRA may also require ADIs, including Westpac, to meet Prudential Capital Requirements (PCRs) above the minimum capital ratios. APRA does not allow the PCRs for individual ADIs to be disclosed.

 

APRA also requires ADIs to hold additional CET1 buffers comprising of:

 

§                  a capital conservation buffer (CCB) of 3.5%, for ADI’s designated by APRA as domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs) (unless otherwise determined by APRA), which includes a 1.0% surcharge for D-SIBs. APRA has determined that Westpac is a D-SIB; and

 

§                  a countercyclical buffer. The countercyclical buffer is set on a jurisdictional basis and APRA is responsible for setting the requirement in Australia. The countercyclical buffer requirement is currently set to zero for Australia and New Zealand.

 

Collectively, the above buffers are referred to as the “Capital Buffer”. Should the CET1 capital ratio fall within the capital buffer range, restrictions on the distributions of earnings will apply. This includes restrictions on the amount of earnings that can be distributed through dividends, Additional Tier 1 Capital distributions and discretionary staff bonuses.

 

Capital management strategy

 

Westpac’s approach to capital management seeks to balance the fact that capital is an expensive form of funding with the need to be adequately capitalised. Westpac considers the need to balance efficiency, flexibility and adequacy when determining sufficiency of capital and when developing capital management plans.

 

Westpac evaluates these considerations through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the key features of which include:

 

§                  the development of a capital management strategy, including consideration of regulatory minimums, capital buffers and contingency plans;

 

§                  consideration of both economic and regulatory capital requirements;

 

§                  a stress testing framework that challenges the capital measures, coverage and requirements including the impact of adverse economic scenarios; and

 

§                  consideration of the perspectives of external stakeholders including rating agencies and equity and debt investors.

 

In light of APRA’s announcement on ‘unquestionably strong’ capital benchmarks on 19 July 2017, Westpac will seek to operate with a CET1 capital ratio of at least 10.5% in March and September as measured under the existing capital framework. This also takes into consideration:

 

§                  current regulatory capital minimums and the CCB, which together are the total CET1 requirement;

 

§                  stress testing to calibrate an appropriate buffer against a downturn; and

 

§                  quarterly volatility of capital ratios due to the half yearly cycle of ordinary dividend payments.

 

Westpac will revise its target capital level once APRA finalises its review of the capital adequacy framework.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

111

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Basel Capital Accord

 

APRA’s Prudential Sandards are generally consistent with the International Regulatory Framework for Banks, also known as Basel III, issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS), except where APRA has exercised certain discretions. On balance, the application of these discretions acts to reduce capital ratios reported under APRA’s Prudential Standards relative to the BCBS approach and to those reported in some other jurisdictions.

 

Westpac is accredited by APRA to apply advanced models permitted by the Basel III global capital adequacy regime to the measurement of its regulatory capital requirements. Westpac uses the Advanced Internal Ratings Based approach for credit risk, the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk and the internal model approach for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB).

 

Westpac’s Level 2 regulatory capital ratios as at 30 September are summarised in the table below. As the table summarises Westpac’s Level 2 regulatory capital structure, the capital amounts shown are not the same as the Westpac Group’s consolidated financial statements. Westpac’s Pillar 3 Report provides further details regarding Westpac’s capital structure.

 

$m

2018

2017

Common equity

63,576

60,520

Deductions from common equity

(18,337)

(17,850)

Total common equity after deductions

45,239

42,670

Additional Tier 1 capital

9,144

8,505

Net Tier 1 regulatory capital

54,383

51,175

Tier 2 capital

8,565

8,952

Deductions from Tier 2 capital

(233)

(217)

Total Tier 2 capital after deductions

8,332

8,735

Total regulatory capital

62,715

59,910

Credit risk

362,749

349,258

Market risk

6,723

8,094

Operational risk

39,113

31,229

Interest rate risk in the banking book

12,989

11,101

Other assets

3,810

4,553

Total risk weighted assets

425,384

404,235

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

10.63%

10.56%

Additional Tier 1 capital ratio

2.15%

2.10%

Tier 1 capital ratio

12.78%

12.66%

Tier 2 capital ratio

1.96%

2.16%

Total regulatory capital ratio

14.74%

14.82%

 

Refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 for a discussion on future regulatory developments that may impact upon capital requirements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Review of Group operations

 

 

Purchase of equity securities

 

The following table details share repurchase activity for the year ended 30 September 2018:

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

Maximum Number

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares

(or Approximate $ Value)

 

Total Number of

Average Price Paid

Purchased as

of Ordinary Shares that

 

Ordinary Shares

per Ordinary Share

Part of a Publicly

May Yet Be Purchased

 

Purchased

$

Announced Program

Under the Plans or Programs

Month

 

 

 

 

October (2017)

75,153

32.53

-

n/a

November (2017)

873,900

31.87

-

n/a

December (2017)

2,230,289

31.42

-

n/a

January (2018)

2,402

31.33

-

n/a

February (2018)

36,671

30.85

-

n/a

March (2018)

-

-

-

n/a

April (2018)

117,959

28.95

-

n/a

May (2018)

21,655

29.21

-

n/a

June (2018)

33,466

28.27

-

n/a

July (2018)

23,951

28.89

-

n/a

August (2018)

18,404

29.28

-

n/a

September (2018)

68,672

27.88

-

n/a

Total

3,502,522

31.32

-

-

 

Purchases of ordinary shares during the year were made on market and relate to the following:

 

§                  to deliver to eligible employees under the Employee Share Plan (ESP): 854,267 ordinary shares;

 

§                  to deliver to employees upon the exercise of options and performance share rights: 263,306 ordinary shares;

 

§                  Treasury shares held by statutory life funds and managed investment schemes and ordinary shares held by Westpac in respect of equity derivatives sold to customers: 93,052 ordinary shares; and

 

§                  to allocate to eligible employees under the Restricted Share Plan (RSP): 2,291,897 ordinary shares.

 

Refer to Note 32 to the financial statements for a discussion of Treasury share purchases.

 

Commitments

 

Contractual obligations and commitments

 

In connection with our operating activities we enter into certain contractual obligations and commitments. The following table shows our significant contractual obligations as at 30 September 2018:

 

 

Up to

Over 1

Over 3

Over

 

$m

1 Year

to 3 Years

to 5 Years

5 Years

Total

On balance sheet long-term debt1

27,664

33,827

52,205

32,634

146,330

Operating leases2

570

904

660

1,819

3,953

Total contractual cash obligations

28,234

34,731

52,865

34,453

150,283

 

The above table excludes deposits and other liabilities taken in the normal course of banking business and short-term and undated liabilities.

 

Commercial commitments3

 

The following table shows our significant commercial commitments as at 30 September 2018:

 

 

Up to

Over 1

Over 3

Over

 

$m

1 Year

to 3 Years

to 5 Years

5 Years

Total

Letters of credit and guarantees

8,983

2,717

890

2,995

15,585

Commitments to extend credit

50,292

49,320

14,637

60,409

174,658

Other

-

74

25

55

154

Total commercial commitments

59,275

52,111

15,552

63,459

190,397

 

 

1    Refer to Note 19 to the financial statements for details of on balance sheet long-term debt.

2    Refer to Note 30 to the financial statements for details of operating leases.

3    The numbers in this table are notional amounts (refer to Note 31 to the financial statements).

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

113

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

Divisional performance – 2018 v 2017

 

Westpac reports under the following five primary customer-facing business divisions:

 

§                  Consumer Bank, which we refer to as CB: responsible for all Australian consumer relationships and operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands;

 

§                  Business Bank, which we refer to as BB: responsible for all Australian SME and commercial business relationships with facilities up to approximately $150 million, and operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA and Bank of Melbourne brands;

 

§                  BT Financial Group (Australia), which we refer to as BTFG: responsible for the Group’s Australian wealth management, insurance and private wealth businesses;

 

§                  Westpac Institutional Bank, which we refer to as WIB: responsible for the relationship with commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers, with customers supported throughout Australia, as well as via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, US, UK, Asia, Fiji and Papua New Guinea; and

 

§                  Westpac New Zealand: responsible for all customer segments in New Zealand.

 

Group Businesses include Treasury, Group Technology and Core Support.

 

The Group revised its allocations of capital, funds transfer pricing and expenses in 2018. In addition, balance sheet disclosure and associated revenue and expenses related to customer transfer have also been aligned. Divisional results have been restated for 2017 and 2016 to ensure comparability with 2018 results (refer to Note 2 to the financial statements for the disclosure of the Group’s reportable operating segments and revisions to segment allocation).

 

The accounting standard AASB 8 Operating Segments requires segment results to be presented on a basis that is consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers. In assessing financial performance, including divisional results, Westpac Group uses a measure of performance referred to as ‘cash earnings’. Cash earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is therefore considered in assessing distributions, including dividends. Cash earnings is neither a measure of cash flow nor net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes both cash and non-cash adjustments to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation. Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current period against prior periods and to compare performance across business divisions and across peer companies.

 

A reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for each business division is set out in Note 2 to the financial statements.

 

To determine cash earnings, three categories of adjustments are made to statutory results:

 

§                  material items that key decision makers at the Westpac Group believe do not reflect ongoing operations;

 

§                  items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and economic hedging; and

 

§                  accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results.

 

The discussion of our divisional performance in this section is presented on a cash earnings basis unless otherwise stated. Cash earnings is not directly comparable to statutory results presented in other parts of this Annual Report.

 

Outlined below are the cash earnings adjustments to the reported result:

 

§                  amortisation of intangible assets: Identifiable intangible assets arising from business acquisitions are amortised over their useful lives, ranging between four and twenty years. This amortisation (excluding capitalised software) is a cash earnings adjustment because it is a non-cash flow item and does not affect cash distributions available to shareholders. The last of these intangible assets were fully amortised in December 2017;

 

§                  acquisition, transaction and integration expenses: Costs associated with the acquisition of select Lloyds’ Australian businesses were treated as a cash earnings adjustment as they do not reflect the earnings expected from the acquired businesses following the integration period;

 

§                  fair value (gain)/loss on economic hedges (which do not qualify for hedge accounting under AAS) comprise:

 

-               the unrealised fair value (gain)/loss on foreign exchange hedges of future New Zealand earnings impacting non-interest income is reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on reported results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings over the life of the hedge; and

 

-               the unrealised fair value (gain)/loss on hedges of accrual accounted term funding transactions are reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on reported results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings over the life of the hedge;

 

 

 

 

 

 

114

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

§                  ineffective hedges: The unrealised (gain)/loss on ineffective hedges is reversed in deriving cash earnings because the gain or loss arising from the fair value movement in these hedges reverses over time and does not affect the Group’s profits over time;

 

§                  adjustment related to Pendal (previously BTIM): The Group recognised a gain, net of costs, associated with the partial sale of shares in Pendal Group Limited in 2017. In 2018, the Group recorded an impairment on its current holding of Pendal shares. Consistent with prior years these items have been treated as a cash earnings adjustment given their size and that it does not reflect ongoing operations. The Group has indicated that it may sell the remaining 10% shareholding in Pendal at some future date. Any future gain or loss on this shareholding will similarly be excluded from the calculation of cash earnings;

 

§                  Treasury shares: Under AAS, Westpac shares held by the Group in the managed funds and life businesses are deemed to be Treasury shares and the results of holding these shares cannot be recognised in the reported results. In deriving cash earnings, these results are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the Group’s profits because the Treasury shares support policyholder liabilities and equity derivative transactions which are re-valued in determining income; and

 

§                  accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results comprise:

 

-               in 2017 the Group changed the accounting treatment for Westpac New Zealand credit card rewards scheme to align with Group practice. This change has no impact on cash earnings or reported profit but it has led to the restatement of non-interest income and operating expenses, within cash earnings, in prior periods. Components of reported profit have not been changed;

 

-               policyholder tax recoveries: Income and tax amounts that are grossed up to comply with the AAS covering Life Insurance Business (policyholder tax recoveries) are reversed in deriving income and taxation expense on a cash earnings basis; and

 

-               operating leases: Under AAS rental income on operating leases is presented gross of the depreciation of the assets subject to the lease. These amounts are offset in deriving non-interest income and operating expenses on a cash earnings basis.

 

The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

115

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash earnings and assets by division

 

The following tables present, for each of the key divisions of our business, the cash earnings and total assets at the end of the financial years ended 30 September 2018, 2017 and 2016. Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements for the disclosure of our geographic and business segments and the reconciliation to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

Cash earnings by business division

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Consumer Bank

3,140

3,155

3,011

Business Bank

2,159

2,003

1,885

BT Financial Group (Australia)

645

736

832

Westpac Institutional Bank

1,086

1,159

979

Westpac New Zealand

934

917

825

Group Businesses

101

92

290

Total cash earnings

8,065

8,062

7,822

 

Total assets by business division

 

$bn

2018

2017

2016

Consumer Bank

392.5

377.5

359.2

Business Bank

156.5

153.1

148.9

BT Financial Group (Australia)

34.9

35.2

38.2

Westpac Institutional Bank

102.4

103.1

110.6

Westpac New Zealand

82.4

81.3

82.1

Group Businesses

110.9

101.7

100.2

Total assets

879.6

851.9

839.2

 

In presenting divisional results on a management reporting basis, internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments are included in the performance of each division reflecting the management structure rather than the legal entity (these results cannot be compared to results for individual legal entities). Where management reporting structures or accounting classifications have changed, financial results for comparative periods have been revised and may differ from results previously reported.

 

Our internal transfer pricing frameworks facilitate risk transfer, profitability measurement, capital allocation and business unit alignment, tailored to the jurisdictions in which we operate. Transfer pricing allows us to measure the relative contribution of our products and divisions to the Group’s interest margin and other dimensions of performance. Key components of our transfer pricing frameworks are funds transfer pricing for interest rate and liquidity risk and allocation of basis and contingent liquidity costs, including capital allocation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

Consumer Bank

 

Consumer Bank (CB) is responsible for sales and service to consumer customers in Australia under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands. Activities are conducted through a dedicated team of specialist consumer relationship managers along with an extensive network of branches, call centres and ATMs. Customers are also supported by a range of internet and mobile banking solutions. CB works in an integrated way with Business Bank, BTFG and WIB in the sales and service of certain financial services and products including wealth and foreign exchange. The revenue from these products is mostly retained by the product originators.

 

Financial performance

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

7,748

7,638

7,268

Non-interest income

746

813

863

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

8,494

8,451

8,131

Operating expenses

(3,542)

(3,378)

(3,312)

Impairment charges

(451)

(565)

(516)

Profit before income tax

4,501

4,508

4,303

Income tax expense

(1,361)

(1,353)

(1,292)

Cash earnings for the year

3,140

3,155

3,011

Net cash earnings adjustments

(15)

(116)

(116)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

3,125

3,039

2,895

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

206.2

196.5

185.0

Net loans

385.4

370.4

352.5

Total assets

392.5

377.5

359.2

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

41.70%

39.97%

40.73%

 

2018 v 2017

 

Cash earnings were broadly unchanged even though there was a 7 basis point decline in net interest margin, the removal of certain ATM fees, changes in card interchange fees and increased regulatory and compliance costs. A $114 million decline in impairment charges resulted in cash earnings of $3,140 million, down $15 million, over the year.

 

 

Net interest income up $110 million, 1%

 

§     Lending increased 4% mostly in mortgages. Other lending decreased 4% mostly due to a 3% decline in credit cards, which was in line with the decline in the overall system1;

§                  A 10% increase in term deposits, and a 5% rise in transaction accounts (including offsets) supported the 5% rise in deposits; and

§                  Net interest margin was down 7 basis points. The decline was due to higher short term wholesale funding costs, the full period impact of the Bank Levy, and higher provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments. The decline was partly offset by higher deposit spreads.

Non-interest income down $67 million, 8%

 

§                  The decline was mostly due to the removal of certain ATM fees and changes to account keeping fees announced in 2017; and

§                  Lower credit card income, mostly from changes in interchange fees, contributed to the fall.

Operating

expenses up $164 million, 5%

 

§                  Most of the operating expense increase was due to:

-       Provisions for costs associated with implementing customer refunds and payments and estimated litigation;

-       Compliance costs (up $61 million) and investment related costs (up $61 million); and

-       Investment to improve financial crime systems and processes, cyber security and complaints management.

§                  Other cost increases including annual salary reviews and inflationary rises were more than offset by productivity benefits from:

-       Digital capabilities increasing customer self-service including take-up of e-statements;

-        Full period benefit of 45 branches closed in 2017 and 40 branches closed in 2018; and

-        Benefits from organisation redesign.

Impairment charges down $114 million, 20%

 

§                  Credit quality remains sound. Other consumer delinquencies reduced 10 basis points to 1.54% from improved collections processes; and

§                  Impairment charges were lower from reduced write-offs due to improved collection processes and higher recoveries from the maturing of hardship changes.

 


1           Source: APRA September 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

117

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Bank

 

Business Bank (BB) is responsible for sales and service to SME and commercial business customers in Australia for facilities up to approximately $150 million. The division operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA and Bank of Melbourne brands. Customers are provided with a wide range of banking and financial products and services to support their borrowing, payments and transaction needs. In addition, specialist services are provided for cash flow finance, trade finance, automotive and equipment finance, and property finance. The division is also responsible for consumer customers with auto finance loans. BB works in an integrated way with BTFG and WIB in the sales, referral and service of certain financial services and products including corporate superannuation, foreign exchange and interest rate hedging. The revenue from these products is mostly retained by the product originator.

 

Financial performance

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

4,065

3,885

3,766

Non-interest income

1,189

1,141

1,089

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

5,254

5,026

4,855

Operating expenses

(1,876)

(1,818)

(1,774)

Impairment charges

(291)

(343)

(386)

Profit before income tax

3,087

2,865

2,695

Income tax expense

(928)

(862)

(810)

Cash earnings for the year

2,159

2,003

1,885

Net cash earnings adjustments

(2)

(10)

(10)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

2,157

1,993

1,875

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

110.8

107.0

99.8

Net loans

152.7

149.4

145.5

Total assets

156.5

153.1

148.9

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

35.71%

36.17%

36.54%

 

2018 v 2017

 

Cash earnings increased 8% ($156 million), compared to 2017 from net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges growth of 5% and a 15% decline in impairment charges. The result was supported by increased fee income and higher net interest margins.

 

Net interest income up $180 million, 5%

 

§                  Lending growth of 2% was supported by diversified growth across industries including property, agriculture and manufacturing and in equipment finance.  Mortgage growth slowed through the year as demand for investment lending slowed;

§                  The 7% increase in term deposits, and 5% higher transaction balances supported the 4% increase in deposits; and

§                  Net interest margin was up 5 basis points from repricing of certain mortgages types in the second half of 2017 and higher deposits spreads. These were partly offset by the full period impact of the Bank Levy (5 basis points).

Non-interest income up $48 million, 4%

 

§                  Higher business line fees from portfolio growth and pricing for facilities, including unused limits.

Operating

expenses up $58 million, 3%

 

§                  Most of the increase was due to higher investment related costs and regulatory and compliance costs;

§                  Increases from other costs were largely offset by productivity benefits from:

-      Improved banker coverage and support structures;

-       Better alignment of customers to bankers across SME and industries; and

-       Process improvements from the extension of LOLA, improved online functionality and standardising risk reviews.

Impairment charges down $52 million, 15%

 

§                  Impairment charges benefited from lower credit card and auto write-offs; and

§                  The level of stressed assets to TCE increased 58 basis points to 2.71% from 2.13%. Most of the increase was from Commercial customers moving into stressed risk grades.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

 

BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG) is the Australian wealth management and insurance arm of the Westpac Group providing a broad range of associated services. BTFG’s funds management operations include the manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation and retirement products, wealth administration platforms, private wealth, margin lending and equities broking. BTFG’s insurance business covers the manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurance. The division also uses a third party to manufacture certain general insurance products. In managing risk across all insurance classes the division reinsures certain risks using external providers. In addition to the BT brand, BTFG operates a range of financial service brands along with the banking brands of Westpac, St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA for Private Wealth and Insurance.

 

Financial performance

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

578

511

460

Non-interest income

1,648

1,744

1,908

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

2,226

2,255

2,368

Operating expenses

(1,291)

(1,199)

(1,184)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

(6)

(4)

-

Profit before income tax

929

1,052

1,184

Income tax expense

(284)

(316)

(352)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

Cash earnings for the year

645

736

832

Net cash earnings adjustments

(73)

160

(32)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

572

896

800

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

33.0

30.7

26.6

Net loans

21.0

20.1

18.6

Total assets

34.9

35.2

38.2

Total funds

205.6

191.4

179.2

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

58.00%

53.17%

50.00%

 

Cash earnings

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Funds management business

327

413

498

Insurance

278

290

305

Capital and other

40

33

29

Total cash earnings

645

736

832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

119

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 v 2017

 

Cash earnings were 12% lower ($91 million) than 2017 impacted by additional provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments and associated costs. Excluding these items, performance was down 1% over the year. Disciplined balance sheet growth, and lower weather related insurance claims were offset by a lower Advice contribution, fund margin compression and higher life insurance claims.

 

Net interest income up $67 million, 13%

 

§                  The 4% increase in lending was mostly in mortgages in Private Wealth.  Deposits increased 7%, supported by an increase in term deposits, as customers looked for yield; and

§                  Net interest margin was up 20 basis points due to disciplined margin management combined with repricing of certain mortgage types and term deposits.  This was partly offset by the full period impact of the Bank Levy, an increase of $15 million.

Non-interest income down $96 million, 6%

 

§                  Funds Management contribution was down $103 million (or 9%):

-                    Increase in provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments ($57 million);

-                    Lower advice income, mostly from reduced activity ($37 million);

-                    Contribution from Pendal (previously BT Investment Management) was $17 million lower, following the further sale of shares in Pendal in May 2017;

-                    Partly offset by a reduced revaluation loss from investments in boutique funds ($22 million) and higher seed pool performance ($5 million);

-                    Funds related revenue was also higher ($10 million), from a 7% growth in funds, partly offset by lower margins from repricing and product mix changes; and

-                    Panorama has seen funds on the platform increased from $6.7 billion to $12.4 billion (up 85%). These gains have been partially offset by net outflows on legacy platforms.

§                  Insurance income was $13 million or 3% higher;

-                    General insurance was $29 million higher, mostly from lower claims for major weather events;

-                    Life insurance was $8 million higher from an increase in in-force premiums relating to Group Insurance for BTFG Corporate Super. These gains were partly offset by higher claims and lapses;

-                    Provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments reduced insurance income by $6 million; and

-                    LMI contribution was lower ($17 million) from a reduction in loans originated with an LVR >90%.

§                  Return on capital decreased $6 million mostly due to higher hedging costs.

Operating

expenses up $92 million, 8%

 

§                  Increase mostly due to:

-                    Provisions for the costs associated with customer refunds and payments ($55 million);

-                    Investment costs ($44 million) from the roll-out of additional functionality in Panorama, the implementation of BT Open Services and removing grandfathered commissions across systems;

§                  Regulatory costs were lower due to the completion of the MySuper migration and FoFA (Future of Financial Advice); and

§                  Productivity savings largely offset other costs increases, including annual salary reviews, property and technology related spending.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

Funds management business

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

572

496

445

Non-interest income

1,080

1,183

1,334

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

1,652

1,679

1,779

Operating expenses

(1,171)

(1,084)

(1,069)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

(7)

(3)

-

Profit before income tax

474

592

710

Income tax expense

(147)

(179)

(212)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

Cash earnings for the year

327

413

498

Net cash earnings adjustments

(73)

160

(32)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

254

573

466

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

70.88%

64.56%

60.09%

 

Insurance business

The Insurance business result includes the Westpac and St.George Life Insurance, General Insurance and Lenders Mortgage Insurance (LMI) businesses.

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

5

10

7

Non-interest income

512

499

525

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

517

509

532

Operating expenses

(115)

(99)

(95)

Profit before income tax

402

410

437

Income tax expense

(124)

(120)

(132)

Cash earnings for the year

278

290

305

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

278

290

305

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

22.24%

19.45%

17.86%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

121

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial products and services to commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand. WIB operates through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams, with expert knowledge in financing, transactional banking, and financial and debt capital markets. Customers are supported throughout Australia as well as via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, the US, UK and Asia. WIB is also responsible for Westpac Pacific currently providing a range of banking services in Fiji and PNG. WIB works in an integrated way with all the Group’s divisions in the provision of more complex financial needs including across foreign exchange and fixed interest solutions.

 

Financial performance

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

1,416

1,328

1,421

Non-interest income

1,556

1,707

1,537

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

2,972

3,035

2,958

Operating expenses

(1,446)

(1,351)

(1,374)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

38

(56)

(177)

Profit before income tax

1,564

1,628

1,407

Income tax expense

(473)

(462)

(421)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

(5)

(7)

(7)

Cash earnings for the year

1,086

1,159

979

Net cash earnings adjustments

-

-

-

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

1,086

1,159

979

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings

104.8

92.1

93.7

Net loans

77.2

74.1

74.0

Total assets

102.4

103.1

110.6

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

48.65%

44.51%

46.45%

 

2018 v 2017

 

Cash earnings were $73 million or 6% lower than 2017 mostly due to lower markets revenue. The decline was partially offset by higher net interest margins and an impairment benefit. In 2018 the division exited the Hastings business which lifted both revenues and expenses (and contributed to a higher tax rate) but had little impact on cash earnings.

 

Net interest income up $88 million, 7%

 

§                  Lending was up 4%, from increased utilisation of mortgage warehouse facilities and a fall in the A$ lifting Asia trade finance and loan balances;

§                  Deposits increased 14% from higher Australian transaction balances and term deposits. Asia term deposits also increased due to foreign exchange translation impacts and to support lending in that region; and

§                  Net interest margin was up 6 basis points, from higher transaction deposit margins and reduced wholesale funding costs. This was partially offset by the full period impact of the Bank Levy (5 basis points).

Non-interest income down $151 million, 9%

 

§                  Hastings contribution up $110 million, mainly from income associated with the exit of Hastings business;

§                  Excluding Hastings, non-interest income was down $261 million, or 16%, primarily from the non-repeat of several large infrastructure transactions and lower markets revenue in fixed income sales and trading; and

§                  Fee income was also lower from increased utilisation of existing credit limits.

Operating expenses

up $95 million, 7%

 

§                  Hastings operating expenses up $87 million, from goodwill write-off and restructuring costs associated with the exit of the business; and

§                  Excluding Hastings, operating expenses were up $8 million, or 1%, due to higher technology, regulatory and compliance expenses.

Impairment charge positive movement of $94 million

 

§                  Stressed and impaired assets to TCE decreased over the year; and

§                  The movement in impairment charges was due to the absence of any large downgrade over the year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

Westpac New Zealand

 

Westpac New Zealand is responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand. Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking business through two banks in New Zealand: Westpac New Zealand Limited, which is incorporated in New Zealand and Westpac Banking Corporation (New Zealand Branch), which is incorporated in Australia. Westpac New Zealand operates via an extensive network of branches and ATMs across both the North and South Islands. Business and institutional customers are also served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking products are provided under the Westpac brand while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands, respectively. New Zealand also maintains its own infrastructure, including technology, operations and treasury.

 

Financial performance

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

1,720

1,629

1,606

Non-interest income

438

480

483

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

2,158

2,109

2,089

Operating expenses

(860)

(903)

(889)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

(2)

72

(54)

Profit before income tax

1,296

1,278

1,146

Income tax expense

(362)

(361)

(321)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

Cash earnings for the year

934

917

825

Net cash earnings adjustments

13

(14)

2

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

947

903

827

 

$bn

$bn

$bn

Deposits and other borrowings1

56.7

53.7

54.9

Net loans

73.6

71.1

71.7

Total assets

82.4

81.3

82.1

Total funds

9.8

9.3

9.1

Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio

39.85%

42.82%

42.56%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1           Refers to total customer deposits in this table.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

123

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 v 2017

 

Cash earnings increased 2% over the year supported by a 13 basis point increase in net interest margin, and a 5% decline in expenses, partly offset by lower non-interest income. 2018 recorded an impairment charge of $2 million compared to an impairment benefit in 2017.

 

Net interest income up $91 million, 6%

 

§                  Loans increased $2.5 billion (4%), with the majority ($1.6 billion) in mortgages. Business growth of $1.0 billion was across a broad range of sectors. Overall consumer lending was below system1 as the division balanced return with growth;

§                  Deposits increased $3 billion, more than funding loan growth over the year, and resulting in the deposit to loan ratio increasing 144 basis points2 to 77.0%2. Most deposit growth was in term products as customers sought higher yields; and

§                  Net interest margin was 13 basis points higher from increased mortgage and business lending spreads, partly offset by lower deposit spreads.

Non-interest income down $42 million,9%

 

§                  Decline was driven by lower cards income, product simplification (reducing some fees on existing accounts) and customer migration to lower/no fee digital channels; and

§                  Higher investment income from a 5% rise in funds and higher merchant and business lending fees, partly offset these declines.

Operating

expenses down $43 million, 5%

 

§                  Benefits from the transformation program include a reduction in branch numbers (down 6 over the year), lower FTE, and increased self-service from digitisation;

§                  Project costs associated with the transformation program were also lower; and

§                  Partly offsetting these benefits were increased risk management and regulatory costs and higher costs from annual salary reviews and inflation.

Impairment charge of $2m compared to an impairment benefit of $72 million

 

§                  Credit quality improved with stressed assets to TCE reducing 49 basis points2 to 1.57%2. The decline was mostly due to the continued improvement in the dairy sector. Consumer 90+ day delinquencies remain low; and

§                  Impairment charges were higher due to the non-repeat of write-backs of some large facilities and improvement in the dairy industry across 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1           Source: RBNZ

2           Calculated in NZ$.

 

 

 

 

124

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

Group Businesses

 

This segment comprises:

 

§     Treasury, which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding, capital and management of liquidity. Treasury also manages the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risks inherent in the balance sheet, including managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities. Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from managing the Group’s balance sheet and interest rate risk (excluding Westpac New Zealand) within set risk limits;

 

§      Group Technology1, which comprises functions for the Australian businesses, is responsible for technology strategy and architecture, infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration;

 

§      Core Support2, which comprises functions performed centrally, including Australian banking operations, property services, strategy, finance, risk, compliance, legal, human resources and customer and corporate relations; and

 

Group Businesses also includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, certain intra-group transactions that facilitate presentation of performance of the Group’s operating segments, earnings from non-core asset sales, earnings and costs associated with the Group’s Fintech investments, and certain other head office items such as centrally raised provisions.

 

Financial performance

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

812

713

827

Non-interest income

35

(33)

8

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

847

680

835

Operating expenses

(571)

(456)

(398)

Impairment benefits

2

43

9

Profit before income tax

278

267

446

Income tax (expense)/benefit

(178)

(175)

(148)

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

1

-

(8)

Cash earnings for the year

101

92

290

Net cash earnings adjustments

107

(92)

(221)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

208

-

69

 

2018 v 2017

 

Cash earnings increased $9 million primarily from higher Treasury revenue and earnings on capital, partly offset by increased operating expenses and a lower impairment benefit.

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges up $167 million, 25%

§      Net interest income increased $99 million primarily from Treasury revenue related to Australian interest rate risk management and increased earnings from centrally held capital; and

§      Non-interest income increased $68 million primarily due to the impact of New Zealand earnings hedges and a $10 million gain on asset sales.

Operating expenses up $115 million, 25%

§      Higher regulatory and compliance costs, including costs associated with the Royal Commission, and estimated provisions for litigation;

§      Higher restructuring costs; and

§      Expenses associated with the Group’s fintech investments.

Impairment benefit down $41 million

§      Movements in impairments reflect a $2 million benefit from a reduction to centrally held overlays during 2018, compared to a $43 million benefit in 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 


1    Costs are fully allocated to other divisions in the Group.

2    Costs are partially allocated to other divisions in the Group, with costs attributed to enterprise activity retained in Group Businesses.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

125

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

Divisional performance – 2017 v 2016

 

Consumer Bank

2017 v 2016

 

The 5% rise in cash earnings to $3,155 million, was due to balance sheet growth and disciplined expense management.

 

Net interest income up $370 million, 5%

§      Mortgages growth was slightly below system . The decline in other lending was in credit cards and personal loans (in line with lower system1 balances);

§      The above system growth in deposits included a 9% lift in transaction account balances; and

§      Net interest margin was 3 basis points lower primarily from higher wholesale funding and deposits costs, partly offset by some repricing and continued discipline on discounting.

Non-interest income down $50 million, 6%

§      Decline mostly due to lower cards income (net impact of interchange fee changes, loyalty point redemption costs, and a prior year benefit not repeated) and provisions for customer refunds and payments, partly offset by;

§      Some fee repricing and higher foreign exchange income.

Operating expenses up $66 million, 2%

§      Higher technology and investment related costs;

§      A rise in regulatory and compliance spending;

§      Increased product development and marketing costs; and

§      Productivity benefits largely offset business as usual expense increases.

Impairment charges up $49 million, 9%

§      Higher impairments were mostly due to an increase in mortgage IAPs for regions impacted by the slowing of the mining investment cycle and CAPs for hardship changes in the other consumer lending portfolio; and

§      90+ day other consumer loan delinquencies were higher mostly due to changes in the measurement and reporting of customers in hardship arrangements. Excluding hardship changes, 90+ day delinquencies improved.

 

Business Bank

2017 v 2016

 

Cash earnings of $2,003 million was $118 million, or 6% higher than 2017 from net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges growth of 4% and an 11% decline in impairment charges. The result was supported by increased fee income, balance sheet growth and productivity gains.

 

Net interest income up $119 million, 3%

§      Lending growth of 3% was due to growth in SME and targeted industries while commercial property lending was lower from optimising risk return profile;

§      The 7% increase in deposits was supported by an increase in transactional balances; and

§      Net interest margin was little changed over the year.  Asset spreads were higher following some repricing, although these were offset by lower deposit spreads and higher wholesale funding costs.

Non-interest income up $52 million, 5%

§      Higher line fees from both portfolio growth and some repricing for facilities; and

§      Fees were also supported by the growth in transaction balances and repricing.

Operating expenses up $44 million, 2%

§      Business as usual cost increases were largely offset by efficiency gains from digitisation of processes and streamlining in the division’s service model including specialist industry teams and more targeted handling of customer service requests; and

§      Increased investment spending and technology costs led to most of the increase

Impairment charges down $43 million, 11%

§      Lower impairments were principally due to improved collections processes for auto finance. This was partly offset by increased provisions across the property, construction, mining and manufacturing sectors, particularly in Queensland; and

§      Credit quality remains sound, with total stressed assets to TCE lower.  Auto delinquencies were higher due to the changes in hardship reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1    Source: RBA September 2017.

 

 

 

 

126

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

BT Financial Group (Australia)

2017 v 2016

 

Cash earnings was 12% lower than full year 2016, impacted by a number of infrequent items totalling $129 million before tax. The cash earnings impact of infrequent items (after tax) includes provisions for customer refunds and payments ($58 million), revaluation loss on investments in boutique funds ($24 million) and lower revenue following the further sale of shares in BTIM ($10 million). The underlying business was flat over the year with volume growth partly offset by lower FUM and FUA margins, lower Advice activity levels, higher insurance claims and increased regulatory and compliance costs.

 

Net interest income up $51 million, 11%

§      Balance sheet growth in Private Wealth, deposits up 15% and loans up 8%; and

§      Net interest margin was up 14 basis points mostly due to repricing of certain mortgages and improved term deposit spreads.

Non-interest income down $164 million, 9%

§      Funds Management contribution was down $151 million:

-      infrequent items indicated above ($129 million);

-      advice income was lower mostly from reduced activity ($33 million); and

-      FUM and FUA revenue was higher with growth in average FUM and FUA (10% and 7% respectively) offsetting lower margins from product mix changes, including the migration to MySuper products.  FUM and FUA net flows were $4 billion for the year.

§      Insurance income was down $26 million (or 5%);

-      general insurance income was lower ($33 million) mostly from higher claims concentrated in the first half of the year;

-      life insurance income was flat as the 10% growth in in-force premiums and improved lapses were offset by higher claims; and

-      LMI contribution was higher mostly due to the arrangements for loans with a LVR >90%.

§      Partly offsetting this was improved returns on capital mostly related to lower hedging costs.

Operating expenses up $15 million, 1%

§      Regulatory and compliance costs were $28 million higher over the year;

§      Investment related spending was up from costs associated with the launch of Panorama; and

§      Productivity benefits mostly offset these increases.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

2017 v 2016

 

Cash earnings of $1,159 million, was $180 million or 18% higher compared to 2016, supported by higher customer and trading income, disciplined expense management and lower impairments.

 

Net interest income down $93 million, 7%

§      Average loan balances were lower over the year, which contributed to lower net interest income; partly offset by

§      2 basis points improvement in net interest margin from the run-down in lower returning assets and pricing disciplines.

Non-interest income up $170 million, 11%

§      Higher trading revenue across both fixed income and commodities;

§      Customer revenue was higher reflecting some larger customer transactions; and

§      Positive movement in derivative valuation adjustments.

Operating expenses down $23 million, 2%

§      Disciplined operating expense management, productivity initiatives and lower investment in Asia contributed to the 2% reduction in operating expenses.

Impairment charges down $121 million, 68%

§      Asset quality was sound, with the ratio of impaired assets to TCE down 26 basis points following the work-out and write-off of some larger facilities; and

§      The lower charge was partly due to higher impairment charges in 2016 with increased provisions for the downgrade of a small number of large names.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

127

 


 

Divisional performance

 

 

Westpac New Zealand

2017 v 2016

 

Cash earnings up 11% to $917 million, with an impairment benefit of $72 million, from higher write-back and recoveries.  Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges was up 1%, with volume growth offset by margin decline. Operating expenses were up 2% driven by investment in the division’s transformation program.

 

Net interest income up $23 million, 1%

§      Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, loan growth of 3% was mostly in mortgages, up 4% with business lending 1% higher;

§      Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, deposits growth of 2% was mostly in term deposits (3%) with customers preferring higher rate term products over at call accounts;

§      Net interest margin was 13 basis points lower mostly from increased deposit competition and increased wholesale funding costs, partly offset by;

§      Repricing of certain mortgages and business loans.

Non-interest income down $3 million, 1%

§      Increased investment income (from a 6% increase in FUM and FUA excluding foreign currency translation impacts) and higher cards income were offset by higher insurance claims and lower banking fees following the removal of some consumer fees.

Operating expenses up $14 million, 2%

§      The increase was principally due to costs of and investment in the division’s transformation program; and

§      Outside of this increase operating expenses were 3% lower through a range of productivity initiatives including a net reduction of 20 branches, a 3% reduction in FTE, increased self-serve adoption and the digitisation of more processes.

Impairment benefit of $72 million compared to a $54 million impairment charge.

§      Asset quality remained sound with stressed assets to TCE reducing 48 basis points to 2.06%.  The decline was due to reduction of stress in the dairy sector (improving milk prices). Consumer 90+ day delinquencies were a little higher but continue to be near historical lows; and

§      The impairment benefit reflects the work-out and write-back of a few large facilities combined with the lower levels of stress.

 

Group Businesses

2017 v 2016

 

Cash earnings decreased by $198 million from lower Treasury revenue, increased expenses and a higher tax expense.

 

Net operating income down $155 million, 19%

§      Net interest income decreased $114 million largely from lower Treasury revenue related to interest rate risk management; and

§      Non-interest income decreased $41 million primarily due to the impact of exchange rate movements on the hedging of New Zealand earnings.

Operating expenses up $58 million, 15%

§      Increase in operating expenses primarily from higher expenses associated with the Group’s fintech investments and higher regulatory and compliance costs.

Impairment charges up $34 million

§      Impairment charge increased $34 million due to an increase to the centrally held economic overlay provisions, largely related to the mining sector. This reduction offsets provisions raised in divisions.

Tax and non-controlling interests up $19 million, 12%

§      Tax and non-controlling interests increased $19 million, as 2016 benefitted from the finalisation of prior period taxation matters, and hybrid distributions (not deductible for tax purposes) were also higher in 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Risk factors

 

Our business is subject to risks that can adversely impact our financial performance, financial condition and future performance. If any of the following risks occur, our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition could be materially adversely affected, with the result that the trading price of our securities could decline and as a security holder you could lose all, or part, of your investment. You should carefully consider the risks described and the other information in this Annual Report before investing in our securities. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, may also become important factors that affect us.

 

Risks relating to our business

 

Our businesses are highly regulated and we could be adversely affected by changes in laws, regulations or regulatory policy

 

As a financial institution, we are subject to detailed laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, including Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, the United States and various jurisdictions in Asia and the Pacific. We are also supervised by a number of different regulatory and supervisory authorities which have broad administrative powers over our businesses. In Australia, the relevant regulatory authorities include the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA), Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA), Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC) and the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) and the Financial Markets Authority (FMA) have supervisory oversight of our New Zealand operations. In the United States, we are subject to supervision and regulation by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and the National Futures Association (NFA). In the United Kingdom, we are subject to supervision and regulation by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). In Asia, we are subject to supervision and regulation by local authorities, including the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS), the China Banking Regulatory Commission (CBRC) and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA). In other jurisdictions in which we operate, we are also required to comply with relevant requirements of the local regulatory bodies.

 

The Group’s business, prospects, reputation, financial performance and financial condition could all be affected by changes to law and regulation, changes to policies and changes in the supervisory activities and expectations of our regulators.

 

As with other financial services providers, we face increasing supervision and regulation in most of the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding particularly in the areas of funding, liquidity, capital adequacy, prudential regulation, tax, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing, conduct, consumer protection (including in the design and distribution of financial products), remuneration, competition (including through the introduction of changes to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) following recommendations by the Competition Policy Review chaired by Professor Ian Harper), privacy (including mandatory data breach notification obligations), data access and data protection (including through the introduction of the EU General Data Protection Regulation), information security, anti-bribery and corruption, and economic and trade sanctions.

 

Regulatory changes could impact us in a number of ways. For example, new regulation could require us to have increased levels of liquidity and higher levels of, and better quality, capital and funding. Regulatory change could also result in restrictions on how we operate our business by imposing restrictions on the types of businesses we can conduct, requiring us or our competitors to change our business models or requiring us to amend our corporate structure. For example, Westpac’s business model may change with the phasing in of open banking. Further details about open banking are set out in ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1.

 

If regulatory change has any such effect, it could adversely affect one or more of our businesses, restrict our flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs and could impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines. Any such costs or restrictions could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Regulation may also affect how we provide products and services to our customers. New laws and regulations could restrict our ability to provide products and services to certain customers (including by imposing regulatory limits on certain types of lending and on lending to certain customer segments), require us to alter our product and service offerings, restrict our ability to set prices for certain products and services or require us to alter the pricing that applies to products and services provided to new and existing customers. These types of changes could affect our profitability by adversely affecting our ability to maintain or increase margins and fees. This could occur because a regulation seeks to place a cap on the price of a product or service we provide, or because, in response to new regulation, we increase the price we charge for a product or service. This price increase could lead to customers seeking out alternative products or services, whether within the Group or with a competitor (including customers switching residential mortgages from interest-only to principal and interest).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

129

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

There are numerous sources of regulatory change that could affect our business. In some cases, changes to regulation are driven by international bodies. For example, in December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) announced a revised global regulatory framework known as Basel III. Basel III, among other things, increased the required quality and quantity of capital held by banks and introduced new standards for the management of liquidity risk. The BCBS announced the finalisation of this framework in December 2017, while, in July 2017, APRA took steps to implement the next wave of capital requirements for banks by clarifying its expectations for banks to hold ‘unquestionably strong’ levels of capital, and during 2018 released further discussion papers on the implementation of the revised capital framework, which APRA has stated is likely to come into effect on 1 January 2021. In other cases, authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding may propose regulatory change for financial institutions. Examples of proposed regulatory change that could impact us include changes to accounting and reporting standards, derivatives reform and changes to tax legislation (including dividend imputation). Further details on regulatory changes that may impact Westpac (including the Basel III framework) are set out in ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1.

 

Further changes may occur driven by policy, prudential or political factors. Westpac is currently operating in an environment where there is increased political scrutiny of the Australian financial services sector. This environment has served to increase the pace and scope of regulatory change. For example, as part of the Federal Government’s 2017 Budget, a series of reforms impacting the banking sector were announced, including the introduction of the Bank Executive Accountability Regime (BEAR) and the Bank Levy on ADIs with liabilities of at least A$100 billion. Further details about the Bank Levy and BEAR are set out in ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1.

 

Legislation introduced in one jurisdiction may lead to other governments seeking to introduce similar legislation in their jurisdiction. This was demonstrated by the South Australian Government’s proposal to introduce a levy on the banks that are subject to the Federal Government’s Bank Levy. While the South Australian Government has announced that it will not proceed with the proposed South Australian levy, it is possible that other governments may attempt to introduce their own version of the Bank Levy or similar legislation in the future.

 

As part of the heightened political scrutiny on the financial services sector, the Australian Government, other regulators and parliamentary bodies are increasingly initiating reviews and inquiries (such as the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry, the House of Representatives Standing Committee on Economics’ ongoing ‘Review of Australia’s Four Major Banks’, the Senate Economics References Committee’s inquiry into consumer protection in the banking, insurance and financial sector, the Productivity Commission’s Inquiry into Competition in the Australian Financial System and the ACCC’s Residential Mortgage Price Inquiry and Inquiry into foreign currency conversion services). These reviews and commissions of inquiry could lead to substantial regulatory change or investigations, which could have a material impact on our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

 

It is also possible that governments or regulators in jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding might revise their application of existing regulatory policies that apply to, or impact, our business (including by instituting macro-prudential limits on lending).  Regulators or governments may take this action for a variety of reasons, including for reasons relating to national interest and/or systemic stability.

 

Regulatory changes and the timing of their introduction continue to evolve and we manage our businesses in the context of regulatory uncertainty and complexity. The nature and impact of future changes are not predictable and are beyond our control. Regulatory compliance and the management of regulatory change are an important part of our planning processes. We expect that we will continue to invest significantly in compliance and the management and implementation of regulatory change and, at the same time, significant management attention and resources will be required to update existing, or implement new, processes to comply with new regulations. Furthermore, the challenge in managing regulatory change may be heightened by multiple jurisdictions seeking to adopt a coordinated approach to the introduction of new regulations. Where these jurisdictions elect not to adopt regulation in a uniform manner across each jurisdiction, this may result in conflicts between the specific requirements of the different jurisdictions in which we operate.

 

For further information refer to ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 and the sections ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ and ‘Future developments in Note 1 to the financial statements’.

 

Our businesses are highly regulated and we could be adversely affected by failing to comply with laws, regulations or regulatory policy

 

We are responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements (including accounting standards) and industry codes of practice in the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, as well as meeting our ethical standards.

 

The Group is subject to compliance risk, which is the risk of legal or regulatory sanction or financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us. This risk is exacerbated by the increasing complexity and volume of domestic and global regulation. Compliance risk can also arise where we interpret our regulatory obligations, compliance requirements and rights (including in relation to tax incentives and GST recoveries) differently to our regulators or a court. The potential for this to occur may be heightened in the period that follows the introduction of significant changes to regulation, particularly where that new regulation is untested and/or not subject to extensive regulatory guidance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

The Group employs a compliance management system which is designed to identify, assess and manage compliance risk. This system includes (amongst other things) frameworks, policies, procedures, controls and assurance oversight. While this system is currently in place, it may not always have been or continue to be effective. Breakdowns may occur in this compliance management system due, for example, to flaws in the design of controls or underlying processes. This could result in potential breaches of our compliance obligations, as well as poor customer outcomes.

 

The Group also depends on its employees, contractors, agents, authorised representatives and external service providers to ‘do the right thing’ in order for it to meet its compliance obligations. If an employee, contractor or external service provider fails to act in an appropriate manner, such as by neglecting to follow a policy or by engaging in misconduct, these actions could result in poor customer outcomes and a failure by the Group to comply with its compliance obligations.

 

The Group’s failure, or suspected failure, to comply with a compliance obligation could lead to a regulator commencing surveillance or an investigation into the Group, which may, depending on the circumstances, result in the regulator taking administrative or enforcement action against us (including seeking fines or other monetary penalties). In addition, the failure or alleged failure of our competitors to comply with their compliance obligations could lead to increased regulatory scrutiny across the financial services sector.

 

In many cases, our regulators have broad administrative and enforcement powers. For example, under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), APRA can, in certain circumstances, investigate our affairs and/or issue a direction to us (such as a direction to comply with a prudential requirement, to conduct an audit, to remove a Director, executive officer or employee, or not to undertake transactions), disqualify an ‘Accountable Person’ under the Banking and Executive Accountability Regime or require us to hold additional capital. Other regulators also have the power to investigate, including looking into past conduct.

 

The powers exercisable and penalties that can be imposed by our regulators may also be expanded in the future. For example, the Australian Government has released an exposure draft of the Treasury Laws Amendment (Design and Distribution Obligations and Product Intervention Power) Bill 2018 (Cth), which proposes to introduce design and distribution obligations in relation to financial products and provide ASIC with a product intervention power. The Australian Government has also publicly endorsed a proposal by the ASIC Enforcement Review Taskforce to expand ASIC’s powers to ban individuals working in the financial services sector, with an exposure draft of legislation released in September 2018. In addition, the Australian Treasury released the Treasury Laws Amendment (ASIC Enforcement) Bill 2018, which proposes to strengthen penalties for corporate and financial sector misconduct. Further details are set out in ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1.

 

Changes may also occur in the oversight approach of regulators which could result in a regulator exercising its enforcement powers rather than adopting a more consultative approach. There have also been recent announcements for regulators to embed staff within the institutions they supervise, with the Australian Government announcing an increase in ASIC’s funding in order to implement this type of supervisory approach.

 

In recent years, there have been significant increases in the nature and scale of regulatory investigations, enforcement actions and the quantum of fines issued by global regulators. The nature of regulatory activity can be wide-ranging and may result in litigation, fines, penalties, infringement notices, reputational damage, revocation, suspension or variation of conditions of relevant regulatory licences (including potentially requiring us to change or adjust our business model) or other enforcement or administrative action or agreements (such as enforceable undertakings).

 

For example:

 

§                In April 2016, ASIC commenced civil proceedings against Westpac in the Federal Court of Australia, alleging certain misconduct in relation to the setting of the bank bill swap reference rate in the period April 2010 to June 2012, including market manipulation and unconscionable conduct. Westpac defended these proceedings with the trial concluding in late 2017. On 24 May 2018, Justice Beach found that Westpac had not engaged in market manipulation or misleading or deceptive conduct under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). His Honour also found that there was no ‘trading practice’ of manipulating the BBSW rate.  However, the Court found that Westpac engaged in unconscionable conduct on 4 occasions and that Westpac breached its supervisory duty. Costs and penalties will be determined in the coming months;

 

§                On 1 March 2017, ASIC commenced civil proceedings against Westpac in the Federal Court of Australia in relation to certain home loan responsible lending practices (including interest-only lending). On 4 September 2018, Westpac and ASIC agreed to settle the proceedings on the basis of a proposed $35 million penalty and declarations that Westpac contravened the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth). The proposed settlement is subject to Court approval; and

 

§                On 15 March 2017, Westpac entered into an enforceable undertaking with ASIC following ASIC’s industry-wide investigation into wholesale Spot Foreign Exchange (FX) trading activity between January 2008 and June 2013. As part of the enforceable undertaking, Westpac undertook, amongst other things, to continue to progress its program of strengthening its policies and processes in its Spot FX trading business, with input from an independent expert.

 

Furthermore, regulatory action may result in Westpac being exposed to the risk of litigation brought by third parties (including through class action proceedings). The outcome of such litigation (including class action proceedings) may be payment of compensation to third parties and/or further remediation activities. In addition, action taken in one jurisdiction may prompt similar action to be taken in another jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

131

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

During the year ended 30 September 2018, Westpac has responded to requirements, compulsory notices and requests for information from its regulators and the Royal Commission as part of both industry-wide and Westpac-specific reviews, including in relation to matters involving the quality of advice, ongoing advice services, employers and superannuation, insurance and superannuation, life insurance and total and permanent disability arrangements, remuneration arrangements, responsible lending (including collections and hardship), credit cards, loan application fraud, mortgage-related conduct, commercial lending, consumer credit insurance and anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing.

 

Regulatory investigations, inquiries, litigation, fines, penalties, revocation, suspension or variation of conditions of relevant regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action or agreements (such as enforceable undertakings) could, either individually or in aggregate with other regulatory action, adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

 

The failure to comply with financial crime obligations could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation

 

The Group is subject to anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing laws, anti-bribery and corruption laws and economic and trade sanctions laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. These laws can be complex and in some circumstances, impose a diverse range of obligations. For example, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing laws require Westpac and other regulated institutions to (amongst other things) undertake customer identification and verification, conduct ongoing due diligence on certain classes of customer, maintain and comply with an AML/CTF program, undertake ongoing risk assessments and report certain matters and transactions to regulators (including in relation to International Funds Transfer Instructions, Threshold Transaction Reports and Suspicious Matter Reports).  Furthermore, financial crime laws are also undergoing change in a number of jurisdictions.

 

In recent years there has been increased focus on compliance with financial crime obligations, with regulators around the globe commencing large-scale investigations and taking enforcement action where they have identified non-compliance (often seeking significant monetary penalties).

 

While the Group has systems, policies, processes and controls in place that are designed to manage its financial crime obligations (including its reporting obligations), these may not always have been or continue to be effective. If we fail to comply with these obligations, we could face regulatory action such as litigation, fines, penalties and the revocation, suspension or variation of licence conditions. Non-compliance could also lead to litigation commenced by third parties (including class action proceedings) and cause reputational damage. These actions could, either individually or in aggregate, adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Reputational damage could harm our business and prospects

 

Our ability to attract and retain customers and our prospects could be adversely affected if our reputation is damaged.

 

Reputation risk is the risk of loss of reputation, stakeholder confidence or public trust and standing. It arises where there are differences between stakeholders’ current and emerging perceptions, beliefs and expectations and our current and planned activities, processes, performance and behaviours.

 

Westpac is currently undertaking a number of reviews to identify and resolve prior issues that have the potential to impact customers and reputation. As part of these reviews, we are strengthening our processes and controls in certain businesses and we have identified some prior instances where we are now taking action to put things right so that our customers are not at a disadvantage from certain past practices. For further information about these and other internal reviews, refer to Note 31 to the financial statements.

 

There are various potential sources of reputational damage. Westpac’s reputation may be damaged where any of its policies, processes, practices or behaviours result in a negative outcome for a customer or a class of customers. Other potential sources of reputational damage include the failure to effectively manage risks in accordance with our risk management frameworks, potential conflicts of interest, failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, failure to meet our market disclosure obligations, regulatory investigations into past conduct, adverse findings from regulatory reviews (including Westpac-specific and industry-wide reviews), making inaccurate public statements, environmental, social and ethical issues, engagement and conduct of external suppliers, failure to comply with anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing laws, anti-bribery and corruption laws, economic and trade sanctions legislation or privacy laws, litigation, failure of information security systems, improper sales and trading practices, failure to comply with personnel and supplier policies, improper conduct of companies in which we hold strategic investments, technology failures and security breaches and inadequate record keeping which may prevent Westpac from demonstrating that a past decision was appropriate at the time it was made.

 

Westpac may incur reputational damage where its conduct, practices, behaviours or business activities fall below evolving community standards and expectations. As these expectations may exceed the standard required in order to comply with the law, Westpac may incur reputational damage even where it has met its legal obligations. A divergence between community expectations and Westpac’s practices could arise in a number of ways, including in relation to our product and services disclosure practices, the features and benefits available under our products, lending practices, remuneration structures, pricing policies and the use and protection of data. Our reputation could also be adversely affected by the actions of the financial services industry in general or from the actions of our competitors, customers, suppliers, joint-venture partners, strategic partners and other counterparties.

 

 

 

 

 

132

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Furthermore, the risk of reputational damage may be heightened by factors such as the increasing use of social media or the increasing prevalence of groups which seek to publicly challenge the Group’s strategy or approach to aspects of its business.

 

Failure, or perceived failure, to appropriately address issues that could or do give rise to reputational risk could also impact the regulatory change agenda, give rise to additional legal risk, subject us to regulatory investigations, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties or litigation brought by third parties (including class actions), require us to remediate and compensate customers and incur remediation costs or harm our reputation among customers, investors and the marketplace. This could lead to loss of business which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

The Royal Commission may lead to regulatory enforcement activity, litigation and changes in laws, regulations or regulatory policy, as well as potentially result in further and ongoing reputational damage to the Group, all of which is and may continue to have an adverse effect on our business and prospects

 

The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry is currently investigating (amongst other things) whether any conduct, practices, behaviours or business activities engaged in by financial services entities amounted to potential misconduct, or fell below community standards and expectations. The Royal Commission is currently scheduled to provide its final report and recommendations to the Australian Government by 1 February 2019. There is a possibility that the deadline for the report will be extended in the future.

 

The Royal Commission’s inquiries have made public, and are likely to continue to make public, instances where the Group or entities or persons associated with the Group engaged in potential misconduct or failed to meet community standards and expectations. The Royal Commission’s Terms of Reference are broad and enable the Royal Commission to investigate potential misconduct in a wide range of areas. The public hearings of the Royal Commission have to date examined consumer lending practices, the provision of financial advice, business lending to small and medium enterprises, experiences with financial entities in regional and remote communities, superannuation and insurance. These investigations, including the public hearings, submissions, evidence and eventual findings of the Royal Commission, have had, and are likely to continue to have, an adverse impact on the Group’s reputation and potentially the financial performance of the business. The Royal Commission may make findings that Westpac (including persons or entities acting on its behalf) has engaged in misconduct. These findings may lead to regulators commencing investigations and/or enforcement action against the Group. The Group may also be exposed to an increased risk of litigation involving third parties (including class action proceedings) in connection with matters raised publicly at the Royal Commission, particularly if the Royal Commission makes a finding of misconduct affecting the Group or the industry in a way that affects the Group.

 

The Interim Report of the Commission released on 28 September 2018 outlined a range of views the Commissioner has formed to date based on the information and hearings so far and has requested submissions on key areas of policy that might affect or address misconduct in the financial services industry.  Many of those matters could have significant impacts on particular entities (including Westpac), the banking sector and the financial performance of banks. Recommendations may include matters which could cause structural change to the market and/or business models employed within the market.  Westpac made submissions in relation to the questions posed in the Interim Report on 26 October.

 

Under the Royal Commission’s Terms of Reference, it is required to investigate the adequacy of existing laws and policies of the Federal Government relating to the provision of banking, superannuation and financial services, and whether any further changes to the legal framework are necessary to minimise the likelihood of misconduct. Consequently, the Royal Commission is likely, in its final report, to recommend changes to Australia’s legal framework, which the Federal Government may pass into legislation. The Royal Commission is also considering the regulation and enforcement practices of our regulators. Any findings or recommendations made by the Royal Commission, may result in our regulators altering their existing policies and practices (including increasing their expectations for entities that they regulate). Depending on the nature of any changes to Australia’s legal framework and/or the policies and practices of our regulators which might be prompted by the Royal Commission, there may be an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

The Royal Commission may also lead to increased political or regulatory scrutiny of the financial industry in New Zealand.

 

We could suffer information security risks, including cyberattacks

 

The proliferation of new technologies, the increasing use of the internet and telecommunications to conduct financial transactions and the growing sophistication and activities of attackers (including organised crime and state-sponsored actors) have resulted in increased information security risks for major financial institutions such as Westpac and our external service providers.

 

While Westpac has systems in place to protect against, detect and respond to cyberattacks, these systems may not always be effective and there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from cyberattacks or other information security breaches in the future. If a cyberattack is successful, technology systems might fail to operate properly or become disabled and it could result in the unauthorised release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information of the Group, its employees, customers or third parties or otherwise adversely impact network access, business operations or availability of services.

 

In addition, as cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify or enhance our systems or to investigate and remediate any vulnerabilities or incidents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

133

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of information on our computer systems and networks, and the systems and networks of external suppliers. Although we implement measures to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of our information, there is a risk that the computer systems, software and networks on which we rely may be subject to security breaches, unauthorised access, malicious software, external attacks or internal breaches that could have an adverse impact on our confidential information or that of our customers and counterparties.

 

Major banks in other jurisdictions have suffered security breaches from sophisticated cyberattacks. Our external service providers or other parties that facilitate our business activities (such as vendors, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories and financial intermediaries) are also subject to the risk of cyberattacks. Any such security breach could result in the loss of customers and business opportunities, significant disruption to Westpac’s operations, misappropriation of Westpac’s confidential information and/or that of our customers and damage to Westpac’s computers or systems and/or those of our customers. Such a security breach could also result in reputational damage, claims for compensation and regulatory investigations and penalties, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Our risk and exposure to such threats remains heightened because of the evolving nature of technology, Westpac’s prominence within the financial services industry, the prominence of our customers (including government, mining and health) and our plans to continue to improve and expand our internet and mobile banking infrastructure.

 

We could suffer losses due to technology failures

 

The reliability, integrity and security of our information and technology is crucial in supporting our customers’ banking requirements and meeting our compliance obligations and our regulators’ expectations.

 

While the Group has a number of processes in place to provide for and monitor the availability and recovery of our systems, there is a risk that our information and technology systems might fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. If we incur a technology failure we may fail to meet a compliance obligation (such as the obligation to retain records and data for requisite periods of time), or our customers may be adversely affected (such as where they are unable to access online banking services for an extended period of time or where an underlying technology issue results in a customer not receiving a product or service on the terms and conditions they agreed to). This could potentially result in reputational damage, remediation costs and a regulator commencing an investigation and/or taking administrative or enforcement action against us.

 

Further, in order to continue to deliver new products and services to customers, comply with our regulatory obligations and meet the ongoing expectations of our regulators, we need to regularly renew and enhance our technology. We are constantly managing technology projects including projects to consolidate technology platforms, simplify and enhance our technology and operations environment, improve productivity and provide for a better customer experience. Failure to implement these projects or manage associated change effectively could result in cost overruns, unrealised productivity, operational instability or reputational damage. In turn, this could place us at a competitive disadvantage and adversely affect our financial performance.

 

Adverse credit and capital market conditions or depositor preferences may significantly affect our ability to meet funding and liquidity needs and may increase our cost of funding

 

We rely on deposits, and credit and capital markets, to fund our business and as a source of liquidity. Our liquidity and costs of obtaining funding are related to credit and capital market conditions.

 

Global credit and capital markets can experience periods of extreme volatility, disruption and decreased liquidity as was demonstrated during the Global Financial Crisis. While there have now been extended periods of stability in these markets, the environment remains unpredictable. The main risks we face are damage to market confidence, changes to the access and cost of funding and a slowing in global activity or other impacts on entities with whom we do business. Capital markets may also be affected by proposed changes to US repatriation tax rules.

 

As of 30 September 2018, approximately 29% of our total funding originated from domestic and international wholesale markets. Of this, around 66% was sourced outside Australia and New Zealand. Customer deposits provide around 63% of total funding. Customer deposits held by Westpac are comprised of both term deposits which can be withdrawn after a certain period of time and at call deposits which can be withdrawn at any time.

 

A shift in investment preferences could result in deposit withdrawals by customers which could increase our need for funding from other, potentially less stable, or more expensive, forms of funding.

 

If market conditions deteriorate due to economic, financial, political or other reasons, there may also be a loss of confidence in bank deposits and we could experience unexpected deposit withdrawals. In this situation our funding costs may be adversely affected and our liquidity and our funding and lending activities may be constrained.

 

If our current sources of funding prove to be insufficient, we may be forced to seek alternative financing. The availability of such alternative financing, and the terms on which it may be available, will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions, the availability of credit, our credit ratings and credit market capacity. Even if available, these alternatives may be more expensive or on unfavourable terms, which could adversely affect our financial performance, liquidity, capital resources or financial condition. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain adequate funding, do so at acceptable prices, or that we will be able to recover any additional costs.

 

 

 

 

 

134

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

If Westpac is unable to source appropriate funding, we may also be forced to reduce our lending or begin selling liquid securities. Such actions may adversely impact our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Westpac enters into collateralised derivative obligations, which may require Westpac to post additional collateral based on movements in market rates, which has the potential to adversely affect Westpac’s liquidity or ability to use derivative obligations to hedge its interest rate, currency and other financial instrument risks.

 

For a more detailed description of liquidity risk, refer to ‘Funding and liquidity risk’ in Note 22 to the financial statements’.

 

Sovereign risk may destabilise financial markets adversely

 

Sovereign risk is the risk that governments will default on their debt obligations, will be unable to refinance their debts as they fall due or will nationalise parts of their economy including assets of financial institutions such as Westpac. Sovereign defaults could negatively impact the value of our holdings of high quality liquid assets. There may also be a cascading effect to other markets and countries, the consequences of which, while difficult to predict, may be similar to or worse than those experienced during the Global Financial Crisis. Such an event could destabilise global financial markets, adversely affecting our liquidity, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Failure to maintain credit ratings could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity, competitive position and access to capital markets

 

Credit ratings are independent opinions on our creditworthiness. Our credit ratings can affect the cost and availability of our funding from capital markets and other funding sources and they may be important to customers or counterparties when evaluating our products and services. Therefore, maintaining high credit ratings is important.

 

The credit ratings assigned to us by rating agencies are based on an evaluation of a number of factors, including our financial strength, the quality of our governance, structural considerations regarding the Australian financial system and the credit rating of the Australian Government. A credit rating downgrade could be driven by a downgrade of the Australian Government, the occurrence of one or more of the other risks identified in this section or by other events including changes to the methodologies used by the rating agencies to determine ratings.

 

A downgrade or series of downgrades to our credit ratings could have an adverse effect on our cost of funds and related margins, collateral requirements, liquidity, competitive position and our access to capital markets. The extent and nature of these impacts would depend on various factors, including the extent of any ratings change, whether our ratings differ among agencies (split ratings) and whether any ratings changes also impact our competitors or the sector.

 

A systemic shock in relation to the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems could have adverse consequences for Westpac or its customers or counterparties that would be difficult to predict and respond to

 

There is a risk that a major systemic shock could occur that causes an adverse impact on the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems.

 

As outlined above, during the past decade the financial services industry and capital markets have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by market volatility, global economic conditions, geopolitical instability (such as threats of or actual conflict occurring around the world) and political developments. In particular, there have been significant global political developments in recent times, including Brexit and the introduction of tariffs and other protectionist measures by various countries, such as the US and China. A shock to one of the major global economies could again result in currency and interest rate fluctuations and operational disruptions that negatively impact the Group.

 

Any such market and economic disruptions could adversely affect financial institutions such as Westpac because consumer and business spending may decrease, unemployment may rise and demand for the products and services we provide may decline, thereby reducing our earnings. These conditions may also affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or our counterparties to meet their obligations, causing us to incur higher credit losses and affect investors’ willingness to invest in the Group. These events could also result in the undermining of confidence in the financial system, reducing liquidity, impairing our access to funding and impairing our customers and counterparties and their businesses. If this were to occur, our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The nature and consequences of any such event are difficult to predict and there can be no certainty that we could respond effectively to any such event.

 

Declines in asset markets could adversely affect our operations or profitability

 

Declines in Australian, New Zealand or other asset markets, including equity, residential and commercial property and other asset markets, could adversely affect our operations and profitability.

 

Declining asset prices also impact our wealth management business. Earnings in our wealth management business are, in part, dependent on asset values because we typically receive fees based on the value of securities and/or assets held or managed. A decline in asset prices could negatively impact the earnings of this business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

135

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Declining asset prices could also impact customers and counterparties and the value of security (including residential and commercial property) we hold against loans and derivatives. This may impact our ability to recover amounts owing to us if customers or counterparties were to default. It may also affect our level of provisioning which in turn impacts our profitability and financial condition.

 

Our business is substantially dependent on the Australian and New Zealand economies

 

Our revenues and earnings are dependent on economic activity and the level of financial services our customers require. In particular, lending is dependent on various factors including economic growth, business investment, business and consumer sentiment, levels of employment, interest rates, asset prices and trade flows in the countries in which we operate.

 

We conduct the majority of our business in Australia and New Zealand and, consequently, our performance is influenced by the level and cyclical nature of lending in these countries. These factors are in turn impacted by both domestic and international economic conditions, natural disasters and political events. A significant decrease in Australian and New Zealand housing valuations could adversely impact our home lending activities because borrowers with loans in excess of their property value show a higher propensity to default. In the event of defaults our security may be eroded, causing us to incur higher credit losses. The demand for our home lending products may also decline due to adverse changes in tax legislation (such as changes to tax rates, concessions or deductions), regulatory requirements or other buyer concerns about decreases in values.

 

Adverse changes to economic and business conditions in Australia and New Zealand and other countries such as China, India and Japan, could also adversely affect the Australian economy and our customers. In particular, due to the current economic relationship between Australia and China, particularly in the mining and resources sectors, a slowdown in China’s economic growth, including as the result of the implementation of tariffs or other protectionist trade measures, could negatively impact the Australian economy. Changes in commodity prices, Chinese government policies and broader economic conditions could, in turn, result in reduced demand for our products and services and affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. If this were to occur, it could negatively impact our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

An increase in defaults in credit exposures could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac. It is a significant risk and arises primarily from our lending activities.

 

We establish provisions for credit impairment based on current information. If economic conditions deteriorate, some customers and/or counterparties could experience higher levels of financial stress and we may experience a significant increase in defaults and write-offs, and be required to increase our provisioning. Such events would diminish available capital and could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Credit risk also arises from certain derivative, clearing and settlement contracts we enter into, and from our dealings with, and holdings of, debt securities issued by other banks, financial institutions, companies, clearing houses, governments and government bodies, the financial conditions of which may be affected to varying degrees by economic conditions in global financial markets.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of credit risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section and Note 22 to the financial statements.

 

We face intense competition in all aspects of our business

 

The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete, both domestically and internationally, with retail and commercial banks, asset managers, investment banking firms, brokerage firms, other financial service firms and businesses in other industries with emerging financial services aspirations. This includes specialist competitors that may not be subject to the same capital and regulatory requirements and therefore may be able to operate more efficiently. Digital technologies are changing consumer behaviour and the competitive environment. The use of digital channels by customers to conduct their banking continues to rise and emerging competitors are increasingly utilising new technologies and seeking to disrupt existing business models, including in relation to digital payment services. The Group faces competition from established providers of financial services as well as from banking businesses developed by non-financial services companies.

 

The competitive environment may also change as a result of legislative reforms. For example, the introduction of the Open Banking regime, which will require banks to provide customers data to accredited third parties (at the direction of the customer), is likely to alter the competitive landscape.

 

If we are unable to compete effectively in our various businesses and markets, our market share may decline. Increased competition may also adversely affect us by diverting business to our competitors or creating pressure to lower margins and fees.

 

Increased competition for deposits could also increase our cost of funding and lead us to seek access to other types of funding or reduce lending. We rely on bank deposits to fund a significant portion of our balance sheet and deposits have been a relatively stable source of funding. We compete with banks and other financial services firms for such deposits. To the extent that we are not able to successfully compete for deposits, we would be forced to rely more heavily on other, potentially less stable or more expensive forms of funding, or reduce lending.

 

 

 

 

 

136

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

We are also dependent on our ability to offer products and services that match evolving customer preferences. If we are not successful in developing or introducing new products and services or responding or adapting to changes in customer preferences and habits, we may lose customers to our competitors. This could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

For more detail on how we address competitive pressures refer to ‘Competition’ in Section 1.

 

We could suffer losses due to market volatility

 

We are exposed to market risk as a consequence of our trading activities in financial markets, our defined benefit plan and through the asset and liability management of our financial position. This is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, and interest rates including the potential for negative interest rates. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book, such as the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities.

 

Changes in market factors could be driven by a number of developments. As an example, in July 2017, the FCA, which regulates the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), announced that it would not require panel banks to continue to submit rates for the calculation of the LIBOR benchmark after 2021. Accordingly, the continuation of LIBOR in its current form will not be guaranteed after 2021, and it appears likely that LIBOR will be discontinued or modified by 2021. Any such developments or future changes in the administration of LIBOR or any other benchmarks could result in adverse consequences to the return on, value of and market for, securities and other instruments whose returns are linked to any such benchmark, including those securities or other instruments issued by the Group.

 

If we were to suffer substantial losses due to any market volatility (including changes in the return on, value of or market for, securities or other instruments) it may adversely affect our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition. For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of market risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

We could suffer losses due to operational risks

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It also includes, among other things, reputational risk, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk, as well as the risk of business disruption due to external events such as natural disasters, environmental hazard, damage to critical utilities, and targeted activism and protest activity. While we have policies, processes and controls in place to manage these risks, these may not always be effective.

 

If a process or control is ineffective, it could result in an adverse outcome for Westpac’s customers. For example, a process breakdown could result in a customer not receiving a product on the terms and conditions, or at the pricing, they agreed to. In addition, inadequate record keeping may prevent Westpac from demonstrating that a past decision was appropriate at the time it was made or that a particular action or activity was undertaken. If this was to occur, Westpac may incur significant costs in paying refunds and compensation to customers, as well as remediating any underlying process breakdown. These types of failure may also result in increased regulatory scrutiny, with a regulator potentially commencing an investigation and/or taking other enforcement, administrative or supervisory action.

 

We could incur losses from fraudulent applications for loans or from incorrect or fraudulent payments and settlements, particularly real-time payments. Fraudulent conduct can also emerge from external parties seeking to access the bank’s systems and customers’ accounts. If systems, procedures and protocols for managing fraud fail, or are ineffective, they could lead to losses which could adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Accurate and complete data is critical to ensuring that Westpac’s systems (both customer facing and back-office), risk management frameworks, and financial reporting processes operate effectively. Poor data quality could arise in a number of ways, including through inadequacies in systems, processes and policies, which could lead to deficiencies or failings in customer service, risk management, financial reporting (including in the calculation of risk weighted assets) and result in poor decision making. In addition, Westpac is exposed to model risk, being the risk of loss arising from errors or inadequacies in data or a model, or in the control and use of a model.

 

Westpac is required to retain and access data and documentation for specific retention periods in order to satisfy its compliance obligations. In some cases, Westpac also retains data to enable it to demonstrate that a past decision was appropriate at the time it was made. Failings in systems, processes and policies could all adversely affect Westpac’s ability to retain and access data.

 

In recent times, financial services entities have been increasingly sharing data with third parties, such as suppliers and regulators (both domestic and offshore), in order to conduct their business activities and meet regulatory obligations. A breakdown in a process or control related to the transfer, storage or protection of data transferred to a third party, or the failure of a third party to use and handle this data correctly, could result in the Group failing to meet a compliance obligation and/or have an adverse impact on our customers and the Group.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

137

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Westpac also relies on a number of suppliers, both in Australia and overseas, to provide services to it and its customers. Failure by these suppliers to deliver services as required could disrupt services and adversely impact Westpac’s operations, profitability or reputation.

 

Operational risks can directly impact our reputation and result in financial losses (including through decreased demand for our products and services) which would adversely affect our financial performance or financial condition.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of operational risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

Operational risk, technology risk, conduct risk or compliance risk events could require Westpac to undertake customer remediation activity

 

As Westpac relies on a large number of policies, processes, procedures, systems and people to conduct its business, a breakdown or deficiency in one of these areas (which could arise from one or more operational risk, technology risk, conduct risk or compliance risk events) could result in an adverse outcome for customers which Westpac would need to remediate. For example, a breakdown in a process may result in a customer not receiving all of the benefits they were entitled to receive in connection with a ‘packaged account’ product, or the poor conduct of a staff member in failing to properly follow internal policy could result in a customer not receiving the products or services that we had agreed to provide or receiving products or services that are not suitable for their needs.

 

These events could require the Group to incur significant remediation costs (which may include compensation payments to customers and costs associated with correcting the underlying issue) and could result in reputational damage.

 

There are also significant challenges and risks involved in executing a customer remediation activity. For example, depending on the nature of the issue, particularly legacy issues spanning beyond our record retention period, it may be difficult to quantify and scope the remediation activity, Determining how to properly and fairly compensate customers can also be a complicated exercise involving numerous stakeholders, such as regulators and industry bodies. In some instances, these stakeholders may have the power to require that a particular approach to remediation is taken, for example the Australian Financial Complaints Authority can monitor remedial action until a resolution has been achieved which is acceptable to them. These factors may impact the timeframe for completing the remediation activity with the potential for remediation costs actually incurred being higher than those initially estimated by the Group.

 

If the Group cannot effectively scope, quantify or implement a remediation activity in a timely way, there could be a negative impact on our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

 

We could suffer losses due to litigation (including class action proceedings)

 

The Group (and individual entities within the Group) may, from time to time, be involved in legal proceedings, regulatory actions or arbitration arising from the conduct of their business and the performance of their legal and regulatory obligations.

 

Proceedings could be commenced against the Group by a range of potential plaintiffs, such as our customers, shareholders, suppliers and counterparties. These plaintiffs may commence proceedings individually or they may commence class action proceedings.

 

In recent years, there has been an increase in the number of class action proceedings brought against financial services companies (and other organisations more broadly), many of which have resulted in significant monetary settlements. The risk of class action proceedings being commenced is heightened by findings from regulatory investigations or inquiries (such as the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Financial Services Industry), adverse media, an adverse judgment or the settlement of proceedings brought by a regulator. Furthermore, there is a risk that class action proceedings commenced against a competitor could lead to similar class action proceedings being commenced against the Group. In recent months, class actions have been commenced against financial services providers in relation to matters such as the sale of Consumer Credit Insurance and the investment decisions of Superannuation Fund trustees.

 

The growth in third party litigation funding in Australia has also contributed to a recent increase in the number of class actions being commenced in Australia.

 

From time to time, class action proceedings are commenced against the Group. For example:

 

§                  In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Westpac and a large number of other Australian and international banks alleging misconduct in relation to the bank bill swap reference rate. These proceedings are at an early stage and the level of damages sought has not been specified. Westpac is defending these proceedings.

 

§                  On 12 October 2017 a class action against Westpac and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) was filed in the Federal Court of Australia. The class action was filed on behalf of customers who, since October 2011, obtained insurance issued by WLIS on the recommendation of certain financial advisers employed within the Westpac Group. The plaintiffs have alleged that aspects of the financial advice provided by those advisers breached fiduciary and statutory duties owed to the advisers’ clients, including the duty to act in the best interests of the client, and that WLIS was knowingly involved in those alleged breaches.  Westpac and WLIS are defending the proceedings. These proceedings are currently stayed by order of the court, pending the outcome of an appeal concerning a procedural issue unrelated to the substantive claims made in the class action.

 

 

 

 

 

138

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Litigation (including class action proceedings) may, either individually or in aggregate, adversely affect the Group’s business, operations, prospects, reputation or financial condition. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties (for example, the outcome may not be able to be predicted accurately). Furthermore, the Group’s ability to respond to and defend litigation may be adversely affected by inadequate record keeping.

 

Depending on the outcome of any litigation,the Group may be required to comply with broad court orders, including enforcement orders or otherwise pay money such as damages, fines, penalties or legal costs.

 

The Group’s material contingent liabilities are described in Note 31 to the financial statements. There is a risk that these contingent liabilities may be larger than anticipated or that additional litigation or other contingent liabilities may arise.

 

We could suffer losses due to conduct risk

 

Conduct risk is the risk that our provision of services and products results in unsuitable or unfair outcomes for our stakeholders or undermines market integrity. Conduct risk could occur through the provision of products and services to our customers that do not meet their needs or do not support market integrity, as well as the poor conduct of our employees, contractors, agents, authorised representatives and external service providers. This could occur through a failure to meet professional obligations to specific clients (including fiduciary and suitability requirements), poor product design and implementation, failure to adequately consider customer needs or selling products and services outside of customer target markets. Conduct Risk may also arise where there has been a failure to adequately provide a product or services that we had agreed to provide a customer. As an example, Westpac has undertaken a review of financial advice provided by salaried planners and identified numerous instances where customers were paying ongoing advice fees but the advice services were not provided or we were unable to sufficiently verify that the advice services were provided.  Westpac has also commenced a review of ongoing advice services provided by planners operating in aligned dealer groups which may result in the discovery of additional misconduct. More detail on this review of ongoing advice services provided by planners operating in aligned dealer groups is set out in Note 31 to the financial statements.

 

While we have frameworks, policies, processes and controls that are designed to manage poor conduct outcomes, these policies and processes may not always be effective. The failure of these policies and processes could result in financial losses and reputational damage and this could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

We could suffer losses due to failures in governance or risk management strategies

 

We have implemented risk management strategies, frameworks and internal controls involving processes and procedures intended to identify, monitor and manage risks including liquidity risk, credit risk, equity risk, market risk (such as interest rate and foreign exchange risk), compliance risk, conduct risk, insurance risk, sustainability risk, related entity (contagion) risk and operational risk, all of which may impact the Group’s reputation.

 

However, there are inherent limitations with any risk management framework as there may exist, or emerge in the future, risks that we have not anticipated or identified and controls may not be effective.

 

The Group is also required to periodically review its risk management framework to determine whether it remains appropriate having regard to the nature, size and complexity of our business. If it is determined that a risk framework, process or system is no longer appropriate, the Group may be required to undertake considerable work to remedy this. The failure to do so could result in increased scrutiny from regulators, the failure to meet a compliance obligation and/or financial losses.

 

The effectiveness of risk management frameworks is also connected to the establishment and maintenance of a sound risk management culture. The development of appropriate remuneration structures can play an important role in supporting the establishment of, and contributing to the maintenance, of a sound risk culture. However, if there is a deficiency in the design or operation of our remuneration structures, this could have a negative effect on our risk culture. This could occur in circumstances where variable reward structures encourage excessive risk taking or other conduct inconsistent with a sound risk culture. This, in turn, may have an adverse impact on the effectiveness of our risk management frameworks.

 

Following APRA’s request to major financial institutions to undertake a written self-assessment having regard to the findings in the Commonwealth Bank of Australia Prudential Inquiry Final Report, Westpac is currently undertaking a Culture, Governance and Accountability Self-Assessment. The Self-Assessment will consider key themes such as remuneration, accountability and culture (as it pertains to risk and compliance). APRA requires a Board endorsed written assessment to be submitted by 30 November. Further details about the Culture, Governance and Accountability assessment are found in ‘Significant Developments’ in Section 1.

 

If any of our governance or risk management processes and procedures prove ineffective or inadequate or are otherwise not appropriately implemented, we could suffer unexpected losses and reputational damage which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

139

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

The Group’s failure to recruit and retain key executives, employees and Directors may have adverse effects on our business

 

Key executives, employees and Directors play an integral role in the operation of Westpac’s business and its pursuit of its strategic objectives. The unexpected departure of an individual in a key role, or the Group’s failure to recruit and retain appropriately skilled and qualified persons into these roles, could each have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Climate change may have adverse effects on our business

 

We, our customers and external suppliers, may be adversely affected by the physical risks of climate change, including increases in temperatures, sea levels, and the frequency and severity of adverse climatic events including fires, storms, floods and droughts. These effects, whether acute or chronic in nature, may directly impact us and our customers through reputational damage, environmental factors, insurance risk and business disruption and may have an adverse impact on financial performance (including through an increase in defaults in credit exposures).

 

Initiatives to mitigate or respond to adverse impacts of climate change may in turn impact market and asset prices, economic activity, and customer behaviour, particularly in geographic locations and industry sectors adversely affected by these changes. Failure to effectively manage these transition risks could adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

 

We could suffer losses due to environmental factors

 

We and our customers operate businesses and hold assets in a diverse range of geographic locations. Any significant environmental change or external event (including fire, storm, flood, earthquake, pandemic, civil unrest or terrorism) in any of these locations has the potential to disrupt business activities, impact on our operations, damage property and otherwise affect the value of assets held in the affected locations and our ability to recover amounts owing to us. In addition, such an event could have an adverse impact on economic activity, consumer and investor confidence, or the levels of volatility in financial markets, all of which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

 

We could suffer losses due to insurance risk

 

We have exposure to insurance risk in our life insurance, general insurance and lenders mortgage insurance businesses, which may adversely affect our business, operations or financial condition.

 

Insurance risk is the risk in our licensed regulated insurance entities of the costs of claims being greater than expected due to a failure in product design, underwriting, reinsurance arrangements or an increase in the severity and/or frequency of insured events.

 

In the life insurance business, risk arises primarily through mortality (death) and morbidity (illness and injury) risks, the costs of claims relating to those risks being greater than was anticipated when pricing those risks and policy lapses.

 

In the general insurance business, insurance risk arises mainly through environmental factors (including storms, floods and bushfires) and other calamities, such as earthquakes, tsunamis and volcanic activity, as well as general variability in home and contents insurance claim amounts. The frequency and severity of external events such as natural disasters is difficult to predict and it is possible that the amounts we reserve for potential losses from existing events, such as those arising from natural disaster events, may not be adequate to cover actual claims that may arise.

 

In the lenders mortgage insurance business, insurance risk arises primarily from unexpected downturns in economic conditions leading to higher levels of mortgage defaults from unemployment or other economic factors.

 

If our reinsurance arrangements are ineffective, this could lead to greater risk, and more losses than anticipated. There is also a risk that we will not be able to renew an expiring reinsurance arrangement on similar terms, including in relation to the cost, duration and amount of reinsurance cover provided under that arrangement.

 

Changes in critical accounting estimates and judgements could expose the Group to losses

 

The Group is required to make estimates, assumptions and judgements when applying accounting policies and preparing its financial statements, particularly in connection with the calculation of provisions (including those related to credit losses) and the determination of the fair value of financial instruments.  A change in a critical accounting estimate, assumption and/or judgement resulting from new information or from changes in circumstances or experience could result in the Group incurring losses greater than those anticipated or provided for. This may have an adverse effect on the Group’s financial performance, financial condition and reputation. The Group’s financial performance and financial condition may also be impacted by changes to accounting standards or to generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We could suffer losses due to impairment of capitalised software, goodwill and other intangible assets that may adversely affect our business, operations or financial condition

 

In certain circumstances Westpac may be exposed to a reduction in the value of intangible assets. As at 30 September 2018, Westpac carried goodwill principally related to its investments in Australia, other intangible assets principally relating to assets recognised on acquisition of subsidiaries and capitalised software balances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

140

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Westpac is required to assess the recoverability of the goodwill and other intangible asset balances on at least an annual basis or wherever an indicator of impairment exists. For this purpose, Westpac uses a discounted cash flow calculation. Changes in the methodology or assumptions upon which the calculation is based, together with expected changes in future cash flows, could materially impact this assessment, resulting in the potential write-off of part or all of the intangible assets.

 

In the event that an asset is no longer in use, or its value has been reduced or that its estimated useful life has declined, an impairment will be recorded, adversely impacting the Group’s financial condition. The estimates and assumptions used in assessing the useful life of an asset can be affected by a range of factors including changes in strategy and the rate of external changes in technology and regulatory requirements.

 

We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down underwritten securities

 

As a financial intermediary, we underwrite listed and unlisted debt and equity securities. Underwriting activities include the development of solutions for corporate and institutional customers who need capital and investor customers who have an appetite for certain investment products. We may guarantee the pricing and placement of these facilities. We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down our risk to other market participants. This risk is more pronounced in times of heightened market volatility.

 

Certain strategic decisions may have adverse effects on our business

 

Westpac, at times, evaluates and may implement strategic decisions and objectives including diversification, innovation, divestment or business expansion initiatives.

 

The expansion or integration of a new business, or entry into a new business, can be complex and costly and may require Westpac to comply with additional local or foreign regulatory requirements which may carry additional risks.

 

Westpac also acquires and invests in businesses owned and operated by external parties. These transactions involve a number of risks for the Group. For example, Westpac may incur financial losses if a business it invests in does not perform as anticipated or subsequently proves to be overvalued at the time that the transaction was entered into.

 

In addition, we may be unable to successfully divest businesses or assets. These activities may, for a variety of reasons, not deliver the anticipated positive business results and could have a negative impact on our business, prospects, reputation, engagement with regulators, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Limitation on Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Liability

 

The liability of PricewaterhouseCoopers (an Australian partnership which we refer to as PwC Australia), with respect to claims arising out of its audit report included in this Annual Report, is subject to the limitations set forth in the Professional Standards Act 1994 of New South Wales, Australia, as amended (the Professional Standards Act) and Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand (NSW) scheme adopted by Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand on 8 October 2014 and approved by the New South Wales Professional Standards Council pursuant to the Professional Standards Act (the NSW Accountants Scheme). For matters occurring on or prior to 7 October 2014, the liability of PwC Australia may be subject to the limitations set forth in predecessor schemes. The current NSW Accountants Scheme expires on 7 October 2019 unless further extended or replaced.

 

The Professional Standards Act and the NSW Accountants Scheme may limit the liability of PwC Australia for damages with respect to certain civil claims arising in, or governed by the laws of, New South Wales directly or vicariously from anything done or omitted to be done in the performance of its professional services for us, including, without limitation, its audits of our financial statements. The extent of the limitation depends on the timing of the relevant matter and is:

 

§      in relation to matters occurring on or after 8 October 2013, a maximum liability for audit work of A$75 million; or

 

§      in relation to matters occurring on or prior to 7 October 2013, the lesser of (in the case of audit services) ten times the reasonable charge for the service provided and a maximum liability for audit work of A$75 million.

 

The limitations do not apply to claims for breach of trust, fraud or dishonesty.

 

In addition, there is equivalent professional standards legislation in place in other states and territories in Australia and amendments have been made to a number of Australian federal statutes to limit liability under those statutes to the same extent as liability is limited under state and territory laws by professional standards legislation. Accordingly, liability for acts or omissions by PwC Australia in Australian states or territories other than New South Wales may be limited in a manner similar to that in New South Wales. These limitations of liability may limit recovery upon the enforcement in Australian courts of any judgement under US or other foreign laws rendered against PwC Australia based on or related to its audit report on our financial statements. Substantially all of PwC Australia’s assets are located in Australia. However, the Professional Standards Act and the NSW Accountants Scheme have not been subject to extensive judicial consideration and therefore how the limitation might be applied by the courts and the effect of the limitation remain untested in a number of respects, including its effect in respect of the enforcement of foreign judgements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

141

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Risk management

 

Westpac’s vision is to be one of the world’s great service companies, helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow.

 

Effective risk management including a sound risk culture is one of the keys to achieving our vision as it influences our customers’ experiences, the public’s perceptions, the strength of our balance sheet, our financial performance, our reputation and our shareholders’ expectations. It is critical to our future success. We regard managing risk as a core function performed at all levels of the Group.

 

The Risk Management Strategy is approved by the Board and reviewed by the Board Risk and Compliance Committee (BRCC) on an annual basis or more frequently where required by a material business or strategy change or a material change to the Group’s risk profile. It is owned by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO).

 

For further information regarding the roles and responsibilities of the BRCC and other Board committees in managing risk, refer to Westpac’s Corporate Governance Statement in Section 1.

 

The CEO and Executive Team are responsible for implementing our Risk Management Strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

As outlined in the ‘Corporate governance’ section, we adopt a Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management which reflects our culture of ‘risk is everyone’s business’ and that all employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk and operating within the Group’s desired risk profile.

 

For a discussion of the risks to which Westpac is exposed, and its policies to manage these risks, refer to Westpac’s Corporate Governance Statement and Note 22 to the financial statements.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac.

 

We have a framework and supporting policies for managing the credit risk associated with lending across our business divisions. The framework and policies encompass all stages of the credit cycle – origination, evaluation, approval, documentation, settlement, ongoing administration and problem management. For example, we have established product-based standards for lending to individuals, with key controls including minimum serviceability standards and maximum loan to security value ratios. We offer residential property loans to both owner-occupiers and investors at both fixed and variable rates, secured by a mortgage over the property or other acceptable collateral. Where we lend to higher loan to value ratios, we typically also require lenders mortgage insurance. Similarly, we have established criteria for business, commercial, corporate and institutional lending, which can vary by industry segment. In this area we focus on the performance of key financial risk ratios, including interest coverage, debt serviceability and balance sheet structure. When providing finance to smaller business, commercial and corporate borrowers we typically obtain security, such as a mortgage over property and/or a general security agreement over business assets. For larger corporates and institutions, we typically also require compliance with selected financial ratios and undertakings and may hold security. In respect of commercial property lending, we maintain loan origination and ongoing risk management standards, including specialised management for higher value loans. We consider factors such as the nature, location, quality and expected demand for the asset, tenancy profile and experience and quality of management. We actively monitor the Australian and New Zealand property markets and the composition of our commercial property loan book across the Group.

 

The extension of credit is underpinned by the Group’s Principles of Responsible Lending. This is reflected in our commitment to comply with all local legislation, codes of practice and relevant guidelines and obligations to market our products responsibly and stay in touch with the expectations of customers and the community.

 

Refer to Note 22 to the financial statements for details of our credit risk management policies.

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

For information on the basis for determining the provision for impairment charges on loans refer to ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ in Note 14 to the financial statements.

 

Credit risk concentrations

 

We monitor our credit portfolio to manage risk concentrations. At 30 September 2018, our exposure to consumers comprised 72% (2017: 72%, 2016: 72%) of our on-balance sheet loans and 59% (2017: 59%, 2016: 58%) of total credit commitments. At 30 September 2018, 92% (2017: 92%, 2016: 91%) of our exposure to consumers was supported by residential real estate mortgages. The consumer category includes owner-occupier and investment property loans to individuals, credit cards, personal loans, overdrafts and lines of credit. Our consumer credit risks are diversified, with substantial consumer market share in every state and territory in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region. Moreover, these customers service their debts with incomes derived from a wide range of occupations, in city as well as country areas.

 

 

 

 

 

 

142

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Exposures to businesses, government and other financial institutions are classified into a number of industry clusters based on groupings of related Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes and are monitored against industry risk limits. The level of industry risk is measured and monitored on a dynamic basis. We also control the concentration risks that can arise from large exposures to individual borrowers.

 

Cross-border outstandings

 

Cross-border outstandings are loans, placements with banks, interest earning investments and monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the borrower’s or guarantor’s local currency, or the local currency of the Westpac branch or subsidiary holding the asset. They are grouped on the basis of the country of domicile of the borrower or the ultimate guarantor of the risk. The table below excludes irrevocable letters of credit, amounts of which are immaterial. The relevant foreign denominated currencies have been converted at the closing spot exchange rate used in the financial statements.

 

Our cross-border outstandings to borrowers in countries that individually represented in excess of 0.75% of Group total assets as at 30 September in each of the past three years were as follows:

 

Banks and Other

Other (Primarily

%

Governments and

Financial

Commercial

of Total

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)1

Official Institutions

Institutions

and Industrial)

Total

Assets

2018

United States

3,879

3,138

1,674

8,691

1.0%

2017

United States

8,106

2,497

947

11,550

1.4%

2016

United States

8,288

3,831

1,351

13,470

1.6%

 

Impaired assets among cross-border outstandings were $1.4 million as at 30 September 2018 (2017: $12 million, 2016: $277 million).

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due. This risk could potentially arise as a result of:

 

§      an inability to meet both expected and unexpected current and future cash flows and collateral needs without affecting either daily operations or the financial condition of the bank; and/or

 

§      inadequate market depth or market disruption impacting the ability to offset or eliminate a market risk position at the market price.

 

The Westpac Group has a liquidity risk management framework which seeks to meet cash flow obligations under a wide range of market conditions, including name specific and market-wide scenarios as well as meeting the requirements of the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio.

 

Refer to Note 22 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion of our liquidity risk management policies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1           At face value.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

143

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Westpac debt programs and issuing shelves

 

Access in a timely and flexible manner to a diverse range of debt markets and investors is provided by the following programs and issuing shelves as at 30 September 2018:

 

 

Program Limit

Issuer(s)

Program/Issuing Shelf Type

Australia

No limit

WBC

Debt Issuance Program

Euro Market

USD 2.5 billion

WBC

Euro Transferable Certificate of Deposit Program

USD 20 billion

WBC/WSNZL1

Euro Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposit Program

USD 70 billion

WBC

Euro Medium Term Note Program

USD 10 billion

WSNZL1

Euro Medium Term Note Program

USD 40 billion

WBC2

Global Covered Bond Program

EUR 5 billion

WSNZL3

Global Covered Bond Program

Japan

JPY 750 billion

WBC

Samurai shelf

JPY 750 billion

WBC

Uridashi shelf

United States

USD 45 billion

WBC

US Commercial Paper Program

USD 10 billion

WSNZL1

US Commercial Paper Program

USD 35 billion

WBC

US Medium Term Note Program

USD 15 billion

WBC (NY Branch)

US Medium Term Deposit Note Program

No limit

WBC (NY Branch)

Certificate of Deposit Program

No limit

WBC

US Securities and Exchange Commission registered shelves

New Zealand

No limit

WNZL

Medium Term Note and Registered Certificate of Deposit Program

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices or equity prices. This includes interest rate risk in the banking book – the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities. Market risk arises in both trading and banking book activities.

 

Our trading activities are conducted in our Financial Markets and Treasury businesses. Financial Markets trading book activity represents dealings that encompass book running and distribution activity. Treasury’s trading activity represents dealings that include the management of interest rate, foreign exchange (FX) and credit spread risk associated with wholesale funding, liquid asset portfolios and hedging of foreign currency earnings and capital deployed offshore.

 

Refer to Note 22 to the financial statements for a more detailed discussion of our market risk management policies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1           Notes issued under this program by Westpac Securities NZ Limited, London branch are guaranteed by Westpac New Zealand Limited, its parent company.

2           Notes issued under this program are guaranteed by BNY Trust Company of Australia Limited as trustee of the Westpac Covered Bond Trust.

3           Notes issued under this program by Westpac Securities NZ Limited, London branch are guaranteed by Westpac New Zealand Limited, its parent company, and Westpac NZ Covered Bond Limited.

 

 

 

 

144

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

The table below depicts the aggregate Value at Risk (VaR), by risk type, for traded risk for the respective year ended 30 September:

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

2018

2017

2016

$m

High

Low

Average

High

Low

Average

High

Low

Average

Interest rate risk

15.6

5.1

8.6

16.0

4.6

8.5

14.0

4.6

8.8

Foreign exchange risk

6.9

0.7

3.0

9.4

0.6

3.1

12.2

1.4

5.1

Equity risk

1.0

0.0

0.1

0.4

0.0

0.1

2.9

0.1

0.3

Commodity risk1

24.3

1.7

6.5

14.1

3.3

6.6

4.5

1.4

2.7

Other market risks2

5.8

1.4

3.8

5.1

3.5

4.2

6.0

2.6

3.6

Diversification effect

n/a

n/a

(8.6)

n/a

n/a

(8.6)

n/a

n/a

(8.0)

Net market risk

28.1

6.7

13.4

22.9

9.7

13.9

18.7

7.7

12.5

 

Operational risk and compliance risk

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. This definition is aligned to the regulatory (Basel II) definition, including legal and regulatory risk but excluding strategic risk. It also includes, among other things, technology risk, model risk, outsourcing risk and reputational risk.

 

The way operational risk is managed has the potential to positively or negatively impact our customers, our employees, our financial performance and our reputation.

 

Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to adhere to the compliance obligations required of the Group.

 

Compliance is focused on meeting our legal and regulatory obligations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate by proactively managing compliance risk. Refer to Westpac’s Corporate Governance Statement in Section 1 for information on our management of operational and compliance risk.

 

 

 

 


1           Includes electricity risk.

2           Includes prepayment risk and credit spread risk (exposure to movements in generic credit rating brands).

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

145

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

The Group’s Operational Risk Management Framework and Compliance Management Framework (CMF) provide the basis for divisions to identify, assess, measure, manage, monitor and report on their risks. The Operational Risk Management Framework sets out the Group’s approach to managing operational risk, and is supported by a number of key Group-wide operational risk policies. CMF sets out the approach of the Westpac Group to managing compliance obligations and mitigating compliance risk, in order to achieve our compliance objective. The CMF is an integral part of the Board-approved Risk Management Strategy and is supported by a number of key policies and frameworks. This is discussed in further detail in Note 22 to the financial statements.

 

Other risks

 

Business risk

 

The risks arising from the strategic objectives and business plans.

 

Conduct risk

 

The risk that our provision of services and products results in unsuitable or unfair outcomes for our stakeholders or undermines market integrity.

 

The Westpac Group Conduct Framework sets out our approach to Conduct and Conduct Risk Management. We establish an umbrella view of Conduct Risk by leveraging existing risk frameworks, in particular operational, compliance, reputation and sustainability risk to improve customer outcomes. Conduct also underpins Our Compass, which brings together our Vision, Values, Code of Conduct and Service Promise to provide our people with a consistent understanding of what it means to ‘Do the Right Thing’.

 

Sustainability risk

 

The risk of reputation or financial loss due to failure to recognise or address material existing or emerging sustainability related environmental, social or governance issues.

 

The Group has in place a Board-approved Sustainability Risk Management Framework (Framework) that is supported by a suite of key policies and position statements. These include Our Principles for Doing Business, Responsible Investment Position Statement, Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Credit Risk Policy, Climate Change Position Statement and Action Plan, Human Rights Position Statement and Action Plan, sensitive sector position statements and Responsible Sourcing Code of Conduct, many of which are publicly available. The Sustainability Risk Management Framework was reviewed and updated in 2018.

 

Westpac is also a signatory to a number of voluntary principles-based frameworks that guide the integration of ESG-related issues to banking, lending and investment analysis.  These include the Equator Principles, covering project finance activities, the Principles for Responsible Investments, covering investment analysis and the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD).

 

Climate change risk

 

Within this framework climate change-related risks are managed by the Group in the same way as any other transformational issue facing the economy. The Group examines the policy, regulatory, technology and market changes related to climate change (‘transition risks’), and the financial impacts of changes in climate patterns and extreme weather events (‘physical risks’).

 

Through its Climate Change Position Statement, Westpac has an enhanced approach to lending to emissions-intensive sectors, supporting customers that are in or reliant on these sectors and who assess the financial implications of climate change on their business, including how their strategies are likely to perform under various forward-looking scenarios, and demonstrate a rigorous approach to governance, strategy setting, risk management and reporting.

 

Westpac uses scenario analysis to identify and assess climate-related risks over short, medium and long-term horizons. The findings of our scenario analysis in 2016 were reflected in Westpac’s latest Climate Change Position Statement and 2020 Action Plan which outlined enhanced lending standards for lending to the thermal coal mining and energy sectors. These lending parameters have been included in our Group Risk Appetite Statement and, where appropriate, are applied at the portfolio, customer and transaction level.

 

Westpac uses scenario analysis to guide its climate change strategy and to analyse the implications of climate-related factors to its business. In 2018 the Group undertook further scenario analysis to assess:

 

§      The resilience of Westpac’s Australian Business and institutional lending1 to transition risks (policy, legal, technology and market changes related to climate change) brought about by rapid decarbonisation of the Australian economy under 2 degree scenarios (building on work first undertaken in 2016); and

 

§      The impact of climate-related physical risks (the financial impacts of changes in climate patterns and extreme weather events) on the Australian mortgage portfolio2 arising from global warming scenarios of both 2 and 4 degrees.

 


1           Excludes retail, sovereign and bank exposures.

2           Excludes RAMS.

 

 

 

 

146

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

The results of this analysis are summarised below and further detail can be found in ‘Climate-related financial disclosures’ and in the Westpac Sustainability Performance Report.

 

Summary findings – scenario analysis

 

§      2 degrees1: Westpac’s exposure to sectors that may face growth constraints under a range of 2 degree scenarios to 2030 is approximately 4% of our Business and Institutional lending - unchanged since 2016. Higher risk sectors may be subject to enhanced due diligence under the parameters laid out in the CCPS. Westpac expects to be well positioned to capitalise on opportunities arising out of growth in sectors benefiting from a transition to a low carbon economy over the short and medium term. The Group has lending targets to climate change solutions of $10 billion by 2020 and $25 billion by 2030.

 

§      4 degrees2: Under a 4 degree scenario to 2050, we believe the Australian mortgage portfolio is broadly resilient to physical risks3. The Group mapped its Australian mortgage portfolio to postcodes which under a 4 degree scenario are at greatest risk of increased frequency and intensity of natural perils, and where annual average losses are most likely to increase. The findings highlighted the importance of both climate mitigation and adaptation efforts, including government planning measures, and the benefits of climate-resilient building characteristics to reduce property damage and impacts on customers and communities. Along with our broader commitment to a 2-degree economy, Westpac expects to continue to help individual customers respond to climate change, and continue to advocate for more research and investment into helping communities adapt and become resilient to climate-related impacts.

 

Equity risk

 

The potential for financial loss arising from movements in equity values. Equity risk may be direct, indirect or contingent.

 

The Group’s direct equity risk arises from principal investments or net trading or underwriting positions in listed or unlisted equities. It also includes seed funding, debt for equity swaps, equity derivatives and other situations where the value of Westpac’s investment is directly affected by the change in value of the equity instrument to the full extent of that change.

 

Our indirect equity risk arises from movements in the equity markets that affect business performance e.g. income derived as a result of managing or the administration of equity investments on behalf of other parties where fee income is based on the value of funds under management.

 

Our contingent equity risk arises from normal lending activities secured by, or with recourse to, listed and/or unlisted equities or to another equity-like source of risk protection. This risk materialises when there is a default, and a subsequent shortfall from the realisation of equity-related assets that is not covered from other sources of recourse.

 

The Group has in place various policies, limits and controls which seek to manage these risks and the conflicts of interest that can potentially arise.

 

Insurance risk

 

The risk in our licensed regulated insurance entities claims cost being greater than expected, due to a failure in product design, underwriting, reinsurance arrangements or an increase in severity and frequency of insured events.

 

Subsidiaries within the Group undertake life insurance, general insurance and lenders mortgage insurance. They are governed by independent boards and are subject to separate regulatory oversight and controls. These subsidiaries have reinsurance arrangements in place to reduce risk, including from catastrophic events. They are capitalised to a level that exceeds the minimum required by the relevant regulator.

 

Related entity (contagion) risk

 

The risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the authorised deposit-taking institution in the Westpac Group.

 

The Group has in place a Related Entity Risk Management Framework and a suite of supporting policies and procedures governing the control of dealings with, and activities that may be undertaken by, Group members. Controls include the measurement, approval and monitoring of, and limitations on, the extent of intra-group credit exposures and other forms of parent entity support, plus requirements related to control of Group badging, product distribution, promotional material, service-level agreements and managing potential conflicts of interest.

 

 

 

 

 

 


1    2 degree scenarios: See Westpac’s Sustainability Performance Report, 2016 (p52). Data presented above is from the Global Cooperation Scenario.

2    4 degrees scenario: Based on data from IPCC’s RCP8.5 scenario.

3    Selected perils: Inundation (sea level rise and storm surge), soil contraction due to increased heat and reduced rainfall, floods, wind and cyclones, and bushfires.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

147

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Reputation risk

 

Reputation risk is the risk of the loss of reputation, stakeholder confidence, or public trust and standing.

 

Reputation risk arises where there are differences between stakeholder’s current and/or emerging perceptions, beliefs and expectations relative to our current and planned activities, performance and behaviours. It can affect the Group’s brands and businesses positively or negatively. Stakeholder perceptions can include (but are not limited to) views on financial performance, quality of products or services, quality of management, leadership and governance, history and heritage and our approach to sustainability, social responsibility and ethical behaviour.

 

We have a Reputation Risk Framework and key supporting policies in place covering the way we manage reputation risk as one of our key risks across the Group, including the setting of risk appetite and roles and responsibilities for risk identification, measurement and management, monitoring and reporting. The Reputation Risk Framework is being reviewed and updated in 2018.

 

Structured entities

 

We are associated with a number of structured entities in the ordinary course of business, primarily to provide funding and financial services products to our customers.

 

Structured entities are typically set up for a single, pre-defined purpose, have a limited life, generally are not operating entities and do not have employees. The most common form of structured entity involves the acquisition of financial assets by the structured entity that is funded by the issuance of securities to external investors (securitisation). Repayment of the securities is determined by the performance of the assets acquired by the structured entity.

 

Under AAS, a structured entity is consolidated and reported as part of the Group if it is controlled by the parent entity in line with AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. The definition of control is based on the substance rather than the legal form. Refer to Note 36 to the financial statements for a description of how we apply the requirements to evaluate whether to consolidate structured entities and for information on both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we have established or sponsored the establishment of structured entities in relation to securitisation, as detailed below.

 

Covered bond guarantors

 

Through our covered bond programs we assign our equitable interests in residential mortgage loans to a structured entity covered bond guarantor which guarantees the obligations of our covered bonds. We provide arm’s length swaps to the covered bond guarantor in accordance with relevant prudential guidelines. We have no obligation to repurchase any assets from the covered bond guarantor, other than in certain circumstances where there is a breach of representation or warranty. We may repurchase loans from the covered bond guarantor at our discretion, subject to the conditions set out in the transaction documents.

 

As at 30 September 2018, the carrying value of assets pledged for the covered bond programs for the Group was $43.1 billion (2017: $42.1 billion).

 

Refer to Note 25 to the financial statements for further details.

 

Securitisation structured entities

 

Through our securitisation programs we assign our equitable interests in assets (in respect of RMBS, principally residential mortgage loans, and in respect of ABS, principally auto receivables) to structured entities, which issue securities to investors. We provide arm’s length interest rate swaps and liquidity facilities to the structured entities in accordance with relevant prudential guidelines. We have no obligation to repurchase any securitisation securities, unless there is a breach of representation or warranty within 120 days of the initial sale (except in respect of our program in New Zealand, which imposes no such time limitation). We may remove assets from the program where they cease to conform with the terms and conditions of the securitisation programs or through a program’s clean-up features.

 

As at 30 September 2018, our assets securitised through a combination of privately or publicly placed issuances to a combination of domestic and offshore investors were $7.6 billion (2017: $8.2 billion).

 

Under AAS, all of the structured entities involved in our loan securitisation programs are consolidated by the Group.

 

Refer to Note 25 to the financial statements for further details.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

148

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Risk and risk management

 

 

Customer funding conduits

 

Westpac also facilitates securitisation structures to arrange funding on behalf of customers in customer conduits through a subsidiary (Waratah Receivables Corporation Limited and its subsidiaries). The assets securitised are not assets of Westpac. The lending provided to the customer conduits is disclosed in Note 10 and the funding liability is disclosed in Note 19 of the financial statements. Westpac has now stopped providing undrawn liquidity facilities to the customer conduits in the financial year ended 30 September 2018. (2017: $392 million).

 

Refer to Note 25 to the financial statements for further details.

 

Structured finance transactions

 

We have entered into transactions with structured entities to provide financing to customers or to provide financing to the Group. Any financing arrangements to customers are entered into under normal lending criteria and are subject to our normal credit approval processes. The assets arising from these financing activities are generally included in loans, receivables due from other financial institutions or available-for-sale securities. The liabilities arising from these financing activities are generally included in payables due to other financial institutions, debt issues or financial liabilities designated at fair value. Exposures in the form of guarantees or undrawn credit lines are included within contingent liabilities and credit-related commitments.

 

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

 

Refer to Note 38 to the financial statements for details of our superannuation plans and Note 31 for details of our contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments.

 

Financial reporting

 

Internal control over financial reporting

 

The US Congress passed the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act in July 2002, which is commonly known as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOx). SOx is a wide ranging piece of US legislation concerned largely with financial reporting and corporate governance. We are obligated to comply with SOx by virtue of being a foreign registrant with the SEC and we have established procedures designed to comply with all applicable requirements of SOx.

 

Disclosure controls and procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of 30 September 2018.

 

Based upon this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 30 September 2018.

 

Management’s Report on internal control over financial reporting

 

Rule 13a-15(a) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires us to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. Refer to the sections headed ‘Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting’ and ‘Report of independent registered public accounting firm’ in Section 3 for those reports.

 

Changes in our internal control over financial reporting

 

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) for the year ended 30 September 2018 that has been identified and that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

149

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

Sustainability performance

 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

As one of Australia’s largest companies, Westpac Group can play a role in helping to create positive social, economic and environmental impact, for the benefit of all. At a time of great scrutiny of the financial services sector and the Royal Commission, it is particularly important that we work in an open and transparent way to build a strong banking system that delivers good outcomes for customers and the economy as a whole. Where mistakes are identified we put it right and seek to remediate the situation.

 

The Group’s approach to sustainability is designed to anticipate, respond to and shape the most pressing emerging topics (issues and opportunities) that have the potential to materially impact customers, employees, suppliers, shareholders and communities. We believe that as one of Australia’s largest companies we have a role to play in helping to create positive social, economic and environmental impact, and contribute to the United Nation’s Sustainable Development Goals. This view is embedded within our core business activities, and aligns with the priorities set out in the Group’s strategy.

 

Guiding our approach

 

Accountability for the Group’s Sustainability Strategy starts with the Board which has responsibility for considering the social, ethical and environmental impact of the Group’s activities, setting standards and monitoring compliance with sustainability policies and practices. The Westpac Sustainability Council, comprising senior leaders from across the business and meets four times a year and oversees strategic progress and guides the Group’s approach.

 

Progress against the Sustainability Strategy is reported to and discussed with the Executive Team and Board twice each year, with other items discussed on an as needs basis.

 

Westpac’s Sustainability Strategy is based upon the use of the widely accepted global standard for corporate responsibility and sustainable development, the AA1000 AccountAbility Principles Standard (2008). Westpac’s sustainability performance is regularly benchmarked by a number of third-party ratings and awards, including the Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI), where the group has been recognised as global leader as a member of DJSI World for 17 years in a row and this year ranked 17th in the global banking group.

 

Our sustainability principles

 

In line with AA1000, Westpac has adopted the Standard’s three key principles:

 

§                  Involving all stakeholders in identifying topics and developing strategy – Inclusivity;

 

§                 Evaluating all topics identified to determine the impact they may have on stakeholders and the Group’s operations – Sustainability materiality; and

 

§                 Ensuring decisions, actions and performance, as well as communication with stakeholders, is responsive to the topics identified – Responsiveness.

 

Frameworks and policies

 

Westpac responds to enduring and emerging material topics through frameworks and policies that are complementary to the business strategy and form part of the Group’s overall approach to governance and risk management. Collectively, they help to guide decisions, manage risk and drive action. Key frameworks and policies include:

 

§                 Principles for Doing Business – which set out the behaviours the Group expects to be judged against in pursuit of the vision, and the framework to embed sustainable practices throughout the business in the areas of: governance and ethics, customer practices, employee practices, care for the environment, community involvement and supply chain management;

 

§                 Sustainability Risk Management Framework – which sets out how the Group manages sustainability risks in operations, lending and investment decisions and the supply chain, providing a guide on roles and responsibilities within the organisation, reflecting the Group’s ‘three lines of defence’ risk management approach; and

 

§                  A suite of policies that embed the principles and management requirements in day-to-day operations, including our Code of Conduct, divisional ESG policies, and position statements on sensitive sectors and issues.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

Material sustainability topics

 

Informed by engagement with internal and external stakeholders, including the Group’s Stakeholder Advisory Council, review of policies, industry trends, peer analysis and regulatory and non-regulatory requirements, Westpac’s materiality process is aligned with the Global Reporting Initiative Standards (2016) and the AA1000 AccountAbility Principles Standard (2008). Prioritisation of material topics is subject to annual independent external assurance. Westpac’s response to its most material topics is contained in the summary of full year performance, below.

 

Material sustainability topic

Conduct and culture

Instances of poor conduct have eroded public trust in the financial services sector, driving an increased focus on corporate culture and improved outcomes for customers

 

Governance, risk and remuneration

Clear governance practices, active management of risk, commitment to compliance, and fair remuneration in our operations, supplier and partner relationships is critical to the longevity and financial wellbeing of the Group

Customer satisfaction and experience

Customers’ needs are becoming more complex, and at the same time their expectations around how they want to engage with us are evolving

 

Financial and economic performance

Maintaining a healthy financial performance and strong balance sheet is vital to the Group’s long term sustainability

Customer vulnerability and hardship

Our ability to support customers in times of financial hardship and anticipating times when they can become vulnerable allows us to help when it matters most

 

Climate change transition and opportunities

As a major financial institution, we have an important role to play in supporting the transition to an economy that limits global warming to less than two degrees and ensuring clarity around our scientific and principles-based approach to assessing customers and projects

Information security and data privacy

Maintaining customer confidentiality and the security of our systems is paramount to maintaining trust and confidence

 

Value chain sustainability risks

We actively manage a range of sustainability risks (including climate change and human rights) in our value chain through our lending to customers, our investments in funds, and through our supply chain

Digital product and service transformation

Digitisation offers opportunities to improve efficiency and deliver new and better customer experiences when, how and where customers choose to engage with us

 

Inclusion and diversity

Having a workforce that reflects the broader community in which we operate, as well as delivering a better service experience for our customers

Changing regulatory landscape

Supervision and regulation in jurisdictions that the Group operate in continue to evolve, creating uncertainty in the operating environment

 

Talent attraction and retention

Attracting, retaining and developing our people and helping them to build skills for the future

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

151

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

Sustainability goals

 

Our 2018-2020 Sustainability Strategy, informed by our materiality assessments, sets measurable goals against the following priority areas:

 

§                  Helping people make better financial decisions;

 

§                  Helping people by being there when it matters most to them; and

 

§                  Helping people create a prosperous nation.

 

Underpinning these three priority areas is a commitment to fostering a culture of care and doing the right thing, and continuing to lead on the sustainability fundamentals – policies, action plans, frameworks and metrics reporting, in particular building on the climate change, human rights and reconciliation action plans.

 

Performance against sustainability goals

 

Priority
areas

Goals

Full Year 2018 performance

Helping people make better financial decisions

Help more people better understand their financial position, improving their financial confidence

§                  Continued to offer a range of products and services, including Westpac SmartPlan, an online tool to help customers manage their credit card balance and pay down their debts more easily; and Westpac Life, a flexible savings account that supports customers’ savings goals;

§                  Delivered financial literacy programs to individuals, businesses, not-for-profit organisations and community groups through Davidson Institute in Australia and the Managing Your Money program in New Zealand; and

§                  Delivered communications promoting financial capability for different customer segments, including 512,000 children through Mathspace and Year 13 partnerships, 1.5 million young Australians via The Cusp, 229,000 women through Ruby Connection and 2.5 million Australians aged 65+ via Starts at 60.

Helping people by being there when it matters most to them

Help people recover from financial hardship

§                  Helped customers experiencing financial hardship, issuing over 37,000 financial assistance packages; and

§                  Established a specialist team, with experience in areas such as health and social work, to help customers in highly complex vulnerable circumstances.

 

Help people lift out of a difficult time and recover stronger

§                  Announced a $100 million Drought Assistance Package including a range of lending support options such as discounted loans, deferring repayments and adjusted interest rates for customers with Farm Management Deposit (FMD);

§                  Donated $100,000 to the Salvation Army Rural Support Services Program and a further $100,000 in Community Recovery Resilience grants;

§                  Provided 104 relief packages for customers impacted by natural disasters across Australia; and

§                  Donated $50,000 to the PNG Salvation Army to assist with relief efforts following a magnitude 7.5 earthquake in Papua New Guinea.

Helping our most vulnerable customers

§                  Convened the Vulnerable Customer Council which brings together representatives from customer advocate groups, financial counsellors and community organisations to understand their views and perspectives on our approach to issues impacting vulnerable customers;

§                  Established processes to assist customers in vulnerable situations earlier in the complaints process for escalation to a high priority resolution team;

§                  Announced ‘Loss of a loved one’ tools and resources to help customers and their family managing a deceased estate;

§                  Introduced the option for credit cardholders to block transactions with gambling merchants to support customers vulnerable to a gambling problem manage their credit card spend;

§                  Commenced preparations to establish a dedicated customer care team to provide specialist support for remote and Indigenous communities; and

§                  Expanded dementia-friendly banking to BankSA and Bank of Melbourne.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

152

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

Performance against sustainability goals (continued)

 

Priority
areas

Goals

Full Year 2018 performance

Helping people creating a prosperous nation

Build the workforce of the future

§                  Launched additional learning and development offerings as part of our focus on the future of work to assist employees to develop ‘skills for life’;

§                  Introduced a Young Leader Program to develop and support high-potential emerging leaders; and

§                  Published our Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) Commitment, a series of initiatives and programs centred on investing in and inspiring the next generation, talent incubation, championing change and fostering innovation.

Invest and back the people and ideas shaping Australia

§                  Westpac Bicentennial Foundation paid $3.7 million in educational scholarships to 100 scholars during Full Year 2018, bringing the total cohort of Westpac Scholars to 330;

§                  Westpac Foundation Social Scale-up Grants supported social enterprises to create 513 jobs1 for vulnerable Australians;

§                  Westpac Foundation awarded $2 million in Community Grants to support 200  not-for-profit organisations;

§                  275 businesses established through our Many Rivers partnership. Since its establishment, the partnership has created jobs for 1,949 people, with 718 identifying as Indigenous;

§                  Westpac has directly invested in 8 early stage companies;

§                  To date, committed $150 million to Reinventure as part of its investment in three funds, supporting 23 early stage companies;

§                  Announced 200 Business of Tomorrow program recipients, including a two week study tour to Silicon Valley, $50,000 professional services package and a mentor matching program with notable Australian business leaders offered to the top 20 businesses; and

§                  Supported eight early-stage companies through the FUELD accelerator program by supporting them with Data Republic’s data-sharing platform, helping to develop ideas to solve customer and business problems across a range of industries.

Back the growth of climate change solutions

§                  Increased committed exposure to climate change solutions relative to Full Year 2017, taking total committed exposure to more than $9 billion, progressing towards our 2020 target of $10 billion;

§                  Arranged and issued climate-related bonds of $1.7 billion supporting the Group’s $3 billion funding for climate change solutions; and

§                  Undertook analysis to understand the implications of 2-degree and 4-degree climate scenarios on our business.

Back the growth of housing affordability solutions

§                  Lent $1.36 billion to the social and affordable housing sector, up from $1.32 billion at 30 September 2017; and

§                  Conducted an extensive review of the housing affordability challenge, exploring support for innovative housing solutions such as build-to-rent, shared equity and backed emerging charity HeadStart Homes to help Australians living in social housing take steps towards owning their own home.

Bring together partners and harness the Group  capacity to tackle pressing social issues  that matter most to the nation

§                  Joined 28 banks in co-founding and drafting the Principles for Responsible Banking, a UNEP-FI initiative to promote alignment of the global banking sector, in making progress on the Sustainable Development Goals and Paris Climate Agreement;

§                  Supported dialogue across institutional customers and Westpac experts to collaborate on initiatives towards eradicating modern slavery and other severe human rights issues; and

§                  Hosted Westpac’s first  Sustainable & Inclusive Sourcing Forum to encourage cross-sector collaboration.

A culture that is caring, inclusive and innovative

Promote an inclusive society, where our workforce reflects our customers

§                  Maintained  50% Women in Leadership roles;

§                  Indigenous Australian new hires as a percentage of total hiring was 4.3%;

§                  Developed a customised recruitment program – Tailored Talent – to remove some of the traditional barriers to work for  people on the autism spectrum;

§                  Named as Employer of Choice for Gender Equality by the Workplace Gender Equality Agency for the 8th consecutive year; and

§                  Became one of six employers to attain the highest Platinum status in the Australian Workplace Equality Index for LGBTI inclusion.

Increase channels where customers can provide feedback

§                  Established a new Customer and Corporate Relations Division, bringing together customer complaints teams from across the Group to complement the role of the Customer Advocate office.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1           All results as at 30 September 2018 except jobs created through the Westpac Foundation Social Scale-up grant is as at 30 June 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

153

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

Performance against sustainability goals (continued)

 

Priority
areas

Goals

Full Year 2018 performance

Continuing to lead on the Sustainability Fundamentals

Employees

§                  Held Group-wide Navigate training to reinforce ‘Our Compass’ – a framework which brings together our vision, service promise, values and Code of Conduct;

§                  Implemented recommendations of the Sedgwick Review two years earlier than required by changing remuneration structures for customer-facing employees in Business and Consumer bank;

§                  Promoted wellbeing initiatives throughout the year including Men’s Health Week, RUOK? Day, Mental Health Week, Women’s Health Week and White Ribbon Day;

§                  Continued to increase awareness through campaigns and training to ensure all employees are familiar with our Whistleblower Protection Policy;

§                  Completed the Group roll-out of Motivate, our new approach to performance, development and reward; and

§                  Achieved total recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR) of 3.9 and lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) of 0.4.

Human rights

§                  Determined Westpac’s salient1 human rights issues;

§                  Released 2017 UK Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement;

§                  Supported the introduction of comparable Australian legislation to the UK Modern Slavery Act;

§                  Continued to invest in cybersecurity capability to protect the privacy, confidentiality, integrity and availability of customer information and sensitive commercial data;

§                  Delivered cybersecurity information sessions for business customers across Australian capital cities, as well as security advice via our digital communications channels; and

§                  Continued to enhance our data breach management procedures and strengthened our privacy management framework to protect customer data and minimise the impact on affected individuals and the wider community.

Sustainability lending and investment

§                  Released BTFG’s Sustainable Investment Approach, which addresses ESG issues in our internally managed funds as well as expanding the BT Financial Group ESG exclusions framework, along with removing investment in tobacco and controversial weapons to all funds managed by our internal teams;

§                  Strengthened management of climate change risk, establishing a cross-functional committee to oversee initiatives to address the credit, regulatory and legal risks of climate change, including scenario analysis; and

§                  Signed the UNEP-FI Tobacco-Free Finance Pledge.

Environment2

§                  Maintained carbon neutral status;

§                  Achieved a 4.4% reduction in GHG emissions compared to Full Year 2017 and 18.1% compared to Full Year 2016;

§                  Achieved a 19.7% reduction in Group paper consumption compared to Full Year 2017 and on track to achieve a 40% reduction in Full Year 2020 since 2016;

§                  Water consumption in all Australian workplaces on track for a 15% reduction by 2020, consuming 409,944 kL in Full Year 2018;

§                  Achieved 73% diversion of waste from landfill in Australian offices; and

§                  Aligned climate reporting with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Financial Disclosures (TCFD).

Responsible Sourcing

§                  $17.7 million sourced from diverse suppliers, including $3.8 million from Indigenous suppliers.

Community & social impact

§                  Contributed over $131 million to community investment excluding commercial sponsorships across the Group; and

§                  16% employees participated in our volunteering programs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1           UN language for human rights ‘at risk of most severe negative impact’ through a company’s activities and business relationship.

2           All results as at 30 September 2018 except environmental footprint which is as at 30 June 2018.

 

 

 

 

154

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

Five year non-financial summary1

 

Key trends across a range of non-financial areas of performance are provided in the following five year non-financial summary.

 

 

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

Total customers (millions)2

14.2

13.9

13.4

13.2

12.9

Digitally active customers (millions)3

5.6

5.3

4.9

4.9

4.7

Branches

1,204

1,251

1,310

1,429

1,534

Branches with 24/7 capability (%)4

33

29

27

22

15

ATMs

3,222

3,665

3,757

3,850

3,890

Smart ATMs (%)5

47

44

37

31

24

Change in consumer compliments (%) - Australia

(23)

19

38

-

-

Change in consumer complaints (%) - Australia2

12

(18)

(31)

(28)

(20)

Change in consumer complaints (%) - NZ

(16)

(21)

(7)

(18)

(16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees

 

 

 

 

 

Total employees (full-time equivalent)6

35,029

35,096

35,580

35,484

36,596

Employee voluntary attrition (%)7

10.0

9.6

10.6

10.6

9.8

New starter retention (%)8

84.1

84.7

85.5

85.3

88.0

Employee engagement index (%)9

-

79

69

-

-

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)10

0.4

0.6

0.8

0.8

1.1

Women as percentage of the total workforce (%)

57

58

58

59

59

Women in leadership (%)11

50

50

48

46

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

Environment

 

 

 

 

 

Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions - Aust and NZ (tonnes CO2-e)12

125,973

131,723

154,339

173,437

175,855

Total Scope 3 emissions - Aust and NZ (tonnes CO2-e)13

64,804

68,415

63,016

67,899

73,871

Paper consumption - Aust and NZ (tonnes)14

2,189

2,706

3,304

4,857

5,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sustainable lending and investment

 

 

 

 

 

Climate change solutions attributable financing - Aust and NZ ($m)15

9,113

6,979

6,193

6,054

7,978

Proportion of electricity generation financing in renewables including hydro - Aust and NZ (%)16

71

65

59

61

59

Electricity generation portfolio emissions intensity (tonnes CO2-e/MWh)17

0.28

0.36

0.38

0.38

0.41

Finance assessed under the Equator Principles - Group ($m)18

773

891

617

1,065

851

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social impact

 

 

 

 

 

Community investment excluding commercial sponsorship ($m)19

131

164

148

149

217

Community investment as a percentage of pre-tax profits - Group (%)19

1.11

1.42

1.39

1.30

2.02

Community investment as a percentage of pre-tax operating profit (cash earnings basis)19

1.12

1.41

1.32

1.33

1.99

Financial education (participants)20

133,844

112,263

59,596

65,538

49,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supply chain

 

 

 

 

 

Top suppliers assessed against Responsible Sourcing Program

100

31

-

-

-

Spend with Indigenous Australian suppliers - Australia ($m)21

3.8

2.5

1.6

1.2

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

155

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

1                   All data represents Group performance as at 30 September unless otherwise stated.

2                   All customers with an active relationship (excludes channel only and potential relationships). FY17 restated from 13.8 to 13.9, FY15 from 13.1 to 13.2 and FY14 from 12.8 to 12.9. FY15 Change in consumer complaints for Australia restated from (31) to (28) and FY14 from (27) to (20).

3                   Unique customers who have successfully authenticated (including Quickzone) into the digital banking platforms within 90 days. Figures prior to 2016 are not comparable.

4                   Branches that allow customers to self-serve 24/7 via a range of devices that allow them to withdraw and deposit cash, coin exchange etc. (not all these services would be available at every 24/7 zone). Access determined by individual location (i.e. shopping centre opening hours may prevent 24/7 access).

5                   ATMs with deposit taking functionality. Excludes old style envelope deposit machines.

6                   Full-time equivalent employees include permanent (full-time and pro-rata part-time staff) employees, and temporary (overtime, temporary and contract staff) employees.

7                   Employee voluntary attrition refers to the total voluntary separation of permanent employees over the 12 month average total permanent headcount for the period (includes full time, part time and maximum term employees). Westpac Pacific figures included since FY15.

8                   New starter retention over the 12 month rolling new starter headcount for the period (includes full time and part time permanent employees). Westpac Pacific figures included since FY15.

9                   New employee engagement survey conducted from 2016 and prior data not included due to change in survey methodology. From 2017 the survey is conducted every two years and the next survey will be in 2019.

10               Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) measures the number of Lost Time Injuries, defined as injuries or illnesses (based on workers compensation claims accepted) resulting in an employee being unable to work for a full scheduled day (or shift) other than the day (or shift) on which the injury occurred where work was a significant contributing factor, per one million hours worked in the rolling 12 months reported. Westpac Pacific figures included since FY16.

11               Women in Leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term) in leadership roles across the Group. It includes the CEO, Group Executives, General Managers, senior leaders with significant influence on business outcomes (direct reports to General Managers and their direct reports) large (3+) team people leaders three levels below General Manager, and Bank and Assistant Bank Managers.

12               Scope 1 greenhouse emissions are the release of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere as a direct result of Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations. Scope 2 emissions are indirect greenhouse gas emissions from consumption of purchased electricity from Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations. Australian data is prepared in accordance with the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007. New Zealand data is prepared in accordance with the guidance for Voluntary Corporate Greenhouse Gas Reporting published by the New Zealand Ministry for the Environment. These definitions also align with the GHG protocol and ISO 14064- 1 standard and are reported for the period 1 July to 30 June.

13               Scope 3 emissions are greenhouse gases emitted as a consequence of Westpac’s Australian and New Zealand banking operations but by another facility. Australian data is prepared in accordance with the National Carbon Offset Standard. New Zealand data is prepared in accordance with the New Zealand Ministry for the Environment for GHG reporting. These definitions also align with the GHG protocol and ISO 14064-1 standard and are reported for the period 1 July to 30 June.

14               Total copy paper purchased (in tonnes) by the Group as reported by its suppliers.

15               Indicator name changed from ‘CleanTech and environmental services attributable financing - Aust and NZ ($m)’ to ‘Climate change and solutions attributable financing - Aust and NZ ($m)’ in 2018.

16               Measured as the percentage of indirect and direct financing (total committed exposure) to energy generation assets in the Australian and New Zealand electricity markets.

17               Data is based on the reported exposures to energy generation (AUD lending only). The average financed emissions intensity is calculated by weighting each loan (total committed exposures) by the emissions intensity of each company.

18               The Equator Principles is a voluntary set of standards for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project financing.

19               Indicator name changed from ‘Community investment ($m)’ to ‘Community investment excluding commercial sponsorships ($m)’ in 2018. 2017 figures were restated to be comparable with 2018. 2018 and 2017 figures include monetary contributions, time contributions, management costs and in-kind contributions comprising gifts and foregone fee revenue. 2016 and prior periods were not restated, and also include commercial sponsorships. The 2014 figures includes Westpac’s $100 million contribution to the Westpac Bicentennial Foundation.

20               Total number of employees, customers and general public engaging with financial education materials offered by the Westpac Group during the year. In Australia financial education covers personal, business and social sector content inclusive of modules on financial basics, owning your home, building wealth, retirement planning, starting and growing a business and financials for non-profit organisations, delivered through webinars and face to face. New Zealand and Pacific businesses deliver locally tailored programs.

21               Annual spend with businesses that are 51% or more owned and operated by an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person and certified with a relevant member organisation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

156

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

2.6.1                     Climate-related financial disclosures

 

The Group has long recognised that climate change is one of the most significant issues that will impact the long- term prosperity of the economy and way of life. Westpac was the first Australian bank to recognise the importance of limiting global warming to less than two degrees and that to do this, global emissions need to reach net zero in the second half of this century. 2018 marks a decade since we released our first climate change position statement.

 

Westpac continues to integrate the consideration of climate-related risks and opportunities into business operations. This includes alignment with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), which the Group has publically committed to support. The Westpac Group’s performance against the recommendations of the TCFD is summarised below.

 

Governance

 

The highest level of direct responsibility for climate change at Westpac Group sits with the Board. The Group’s third Climate Change Position Statement and 2020 Action Plan (CCPS) was approved by the Group Executive and the Board in 2017. It covers the management of Westpac’s direct carbon footprint, criteria to manage the carbon impact of lending to emissions intensive sectors, measuring and reporting of performance, and the incorporation of climate change considerations into the Group’s risk management framework.

 

Management of climate change at the Board level is cascaded to Group Executives. The Sustainability Council formed in 2008, and Chaired by Group Executive – Customer & Corporate Relations, brings together senior leaders from across the Group with the explicit responsibility for managing our sustainability agenda including climate change. The Council meets at least quarterly and has climate change as a fixed agenda item. The Council reports to the Board through twice-yearly updates.

 

The Council has oversight of committees established to oversee particular aspects of the Group’s CCPS. This includes the Climate Change Solutions Committee which meets at least quarterly and is focused on initiatives to achieve Westpac’s targets for lending to and facilitating climate change solutions. The Climate Change Risk Committee oversees initiatives to address credit, regulatory and legal risks of climate change, including scenario analysis, and reports to the Council on a quarterly basis. The Environment Management Committee oversees strategies and initiatives to reduce the Group’s direct environmental footprint, particularly targets around energy and emissions, and reports to the Council on a quarterly basis.

 

Strategy

 

The Group’s 2018-2020 Sustainability Strategy and Climate Change Position Statement and 2020 Action Plan (CCPS) describe Westpac’s climate change strategy. The strategy is underpinned by principles which recognise that:

 

§             A transition to a net zero economy is required;

 

§             Economic growth and emissions reductions are complementary goals;

 

§             Addressing climate change creates financial opportunities;

 

§             Climate-related risk is a financial risk; and

 

§             Transparency and disclosure matters.

 

The CCPS identifies 5 focus areas where the Group is expected to direct its attention over the short, medium and long term:

 

§             Provide finance to back climate change solutions;

 

§             Support businesses that manage their climate-related risks;

 

§             Help individual customers respond to climate change;

 

§             Improve and disclose our climate change performance; and

 

§             Advocate for policies that stimulate investment in climate change solutions.

 

Westpac uses scenario analysis to guide its climate change strategy and to analyse the implications of climate-related factors to its business.

 

Risk management and scenario analysis

 

Further details about Westpac’s approach to climate related risks and its use of scenario analysis to help guide its climate change strategy and analyse the implications of climate-related factors to its business is set out in the ‘Risk and risk management’ section. Updates on work to assess the implications of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change report on Global Warming of 1.5 degrees will be released in 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

157

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

Metrics and targets

 

Metrics

Full Year 2018 performance

Support for climate solutions

§             Lending exposure to climate solutions

§             Facilitation of climate solutions

§             $9.1 billion vs 2020 target - $10bn

§             $1.7 billion climate-related bonds vs 2020 target - $3bn

Energy generation

§             Emission intensity of power generation portfolio

§             Energy mix of electricity generation exposure (WIB only)

§             0.28 (tCO2e/MWh)1 vs 2020 target 0.30 (tCO2e/MWh)

§             71% renewable versus 29% non-renewables.

Coal mining

§             Coal extraction (TCE)

§             Thermal coal portfolio quality

§             $1.4 billion in coal (metallurgical and thermal) representing 1% of the Group’s total committed exposure (TCE)

§             Existing projects > 5,700 kCal/kg – Compliant

§             New projects > 6,300 kCal/Kg - Compliant

Direct footprint

§             Total Scope 1, 2 & 3 emissions (tCO2e)

§             Carbon neutral operations

§             193,588 tCO2e1 - an annual reduction of 4.4% towards 2020 target of 9%

§             Carbon neutrality maintained

Climate change portfolio resilience (metrics tbc)

§             Transition risk - 2 degree scenario to 2030

§             Physical risk - 4 degree scenario to 2050

§             Approximately 4% of total business lending exposed to sectors that may experience higher risk in a transition to a 2 degree economy

§             Approximately 1.7% of Australian mortgage portfolio in postcodes which may be exposed to higher physical risks at 4 degrees of warming

 

Further Information

 

Further details on Westpac’s climate change reporting can be found across the Group’s annual reporting suite:

 

TCFD recommendation

Location

Governance

§                  Annual Report Climate-related financial disclosures

 

§                  Sustainability Performance Report – The fundamentals

 

§                  Climate Change Position Statement & 2020 Action Plan

Strategy

§                  Annual Report – Climate-related financial disclosures

 

§                  Sustainability Performance Report – Value chain risk

 

§                  Climate Change Position Statement & 2020 Action Plan

Risk Management including scenario analysis

§                  Annual Report – Risk and risk management

 

§                  Sustainability Performance Report – Value chain risk

 

§                  Climate Change Position Statement & 2020 Action Plan

Metrics and Targets

§                  Annual Report - Climate-related financial disclosures Sustainability Performance Report – Value chain risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1           Total Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions are as at 30 June 2018.

 

 

 

 

158

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

 

 

2.6.2                     Westpac’s commitment to human rights

 

Westpac recognises that respecting and advancing human rights helps us to achieve our vision to help our customers, communities and employees to prosper and grow. Westpac is a signatory of the United Nations Global Compact and supporter of the UN’s ‘Protect, Respect, Remedy’ framework. The Group’s implementation of the framework is guided by the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP).

 

The Group’s Human Rights Position Statement and 2020 Action Plan (HRPS) covers Westpac’s human rights-related commitments, principles, focus, approach, governance and related policies, statements, frameworks and action plans; considering its role as an employer, a customer services provider, a buyer, a financial services provider, a supporter of communities and a responsible business.

 

Implementation of Westpac’s commitment to human rights

 

The highest level of responsibility for human rights at Westpac Group lies with the Board. The HRPS was approved by the Group Executive and the Board in 2017. Management of human rights is cascaded to Group Executives. The Sustainability Council provides strategic advice to Group Executives and brings together senior leaders from across the Group with explicit responsibility for managing Westpac’s sustainability agenda including human rights. The Council meets at least quarterly and has human rights as a fixed agenda item. The Council reports to the Board through twice-yearly updates.

 

The Council has oversight of the Human Rights Working Group which meets quarterly to implement the consideration of human rights into day to day decision-making. This year the Working Group considered human rights in relation to:

 

§             Customer and employee privacy;

 

§             Sensitive sectors such as gambling and franchise based business models;

 

§             Integration of human rights risk assessments in lending, partnerships and supplier arrangements; and

 

§             Defining the Group’s salient human rights issues1.

 

Salient human rights issues

 

The Group continued to refine its approach to report and assess its salient human rights issues in 2018. Stakeholder consultations with the assistance of third-party experts, as well as the Group’s Stakeholder Advisory Council, determined the following salient issues for the Group:

 

Salient issue

 

Stakeholders at risk of being impacted

 

Potential impacts

Respecting people’s privacy

 

Retail and business customers, employees, contractors, suppliers

 

Abuse, loss and breach of personal data and privacy

Customer vulnerability

 

Customers and wider customer value chain 

 

Economic and social disadvantage of customers

Exclusion and discrimination in employment

 

Current and prospective employees and contractors

 

Inability to have full and equal participation in employment

Unfair wages and conditions for workers in the value chain

 

Suppliers, third-party service providers and corporate, institutional and government customers

 

Impact to an individual’s health and safety, prosperity, security and standard of living

 

Management of salient human rights issues

 

A range of policies and strategies outlined in the Statement guide the Group’s response to human rights issues. Westpac’s approach to engagement with stakeholders is set out in the Group’s Stakeholder Engagement Framework and is aligned to the AA1000 Stakeholder Engagement Standard. This year the Group engaged with stakeholders in a number of ways to validate and improve its approach, including through:

 

§             Discussions with the Group’s Stakeholder Advisory Council to determine salient issues and to develop new and refine existing policies;

 

§             Providing perspectives to NGOs on grievance mechanisms in the banking sector; and

 

§             Participating in government consultations on the development of an Australian Modern Slavery Act.

 

Westpac has a range of mechanisms such as its Whistleblower hotline, Office of the Customer Advocate, feedback and complaints webpages and phone lines to protect the interests of our people and customers across the Group. Where appropriate some of these mechanisms are equipped to remediate human rights issues.

 

The Group reports further detail on its Human Rights performance in its 2018 Sustainability Performance Report. It also produces a slavery and human trafficking statement in line with its obligations under the United Kingdom’s Modern Slavery Act.

 


1           UN language for Human Rights ‘at risk of most severe negative impact through a company’s activities and business relationships’.

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

159

 


 

Other Westpac business information

 

 

Employees

 

The number of employees in each area of business as at 30 September:

 

 

2018

2017

2016

Consumer Bank

10,158

10,162

9,207

Business Bank

3,092

3,136

3,186

BT Financial Group (Australia)

3,860

4,175

4,153

Westpac Institutional Bank

2,649

2,682

2,693

Westpac New Zealand

4,182

4,328

4,445

Group Businesses

11,088

10,613

11,896

Total Group businesses1

35,029

35,096

35,580

 

2018 v 2017

 

FTE decreased 67 over the year. Delivery of productivity initiatives accelerated in the last quarter, more than offsetting the additional resources required for regulatory and compliance related activities and the Group’s investment programs across the year.

 

2017 v 2016

 

Total employees decreased by 484 compared to 30 September 2016 from productivity initiatives that have streamlined and digitised processes across both technology and operations, partly offset by investment in growth and productivity initiatives and resources for compliance activities.

 

Property

 

We occupy premises primarily in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Islands including 1,204 branches (2017: 1,251) as at 30 September 2018. As at 30 September 2018, we owned approximately 1.5% (2017: 1.6%) of the premises we occupied in Australia, none (2017: none) in New Zealand and 40% (2017: 40%) in the Pacific Islands. The remainder of premises are held under commercial lease with terms generally averaging three to five years. As at 30 September 2018, the carrying value of our directly owned premises and sites was approximately $89 million (2017: $95 million).

 

Westpac Place in the Sydney CBD is the Group’s head office. In December 2015, an Agreement for Lease was executed for 275 Kent Street, allowing for Westpac’s continued occupation of levels 1-23 until 2030, and for an earlier exit of levels 24-32 in 2024. This site is currently undergoing a refurbishment program and will have the capacity for over 6,000 staff in an agile environment upon its completion.

 

Westpac also occupies levels 1-28 of T2 in International Towers Sydney with a lease running until 2030. This site has a capacity for over 6,000 personnel in an agile environment.

 

We continue a corporate presence in Kogarah, in the Sydney metro area, which is a key corporate office of St.George. The Kogarah office has a 2,650 seat capacity and is home to ‘The Hive’, our innovation centre. A lease commitment at this site extends to 2034 with five five-year options to extend.

 

In Melbourne, Westpac has occupied the majority of 150 Collins Street since October 2015 with a lease term that extends to 2026. This was Westpac’s first fully agile workspace environment with over 1,000 staff now occupying our new Melbourne Head Office.

 

‘Westpac on Takutai Square’ is Westpac New Zealand’s head office, located at the eastern end of Britomart Precinct near Customs Street in Auckland, contains 24,510 square metres of office space across two buildings. A lease commitment at this site extends to 2021, with two six-year options to extend.

 

Significant long term agreements

 

Westpac has no individual contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, that would constitute a material contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1           Total employees include full-time, pro-rata part time, overtime, temporary and contract staff.

 

 

 

 

160

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Other Westpac business information

 

 

Related party disclosures

 

Details of our related party disclosures are set out in Note 40 to the financial statements and details of Directors’ interests in securities are set out in the Remuneration Report included in the Directors’ Report.

 

Other than as disclosed in Note 40 to the financial statements and the Remuneration Report, if applicable, loans made to parties related to Directors and other key management personnel of Westpac are made in the ordinary course of business on normal terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral). Loans are made on the same terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral) as they apply to other employees and certain customers in accordance with established policy. These loans do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any other unfavourable features.

 

Auditor’s remuneration

 

Auditor’s remuneration, including goods and services tax, to the external auditor for the years ended 30 September 2018 and 2017 is provided in Note 39 to the financial statements.

 

Audit related services

 

Westpac Group Secretariat monitors the application of the pre-approval process in respect of audit, audit-related and non-audit services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) and promptly brings to the attention of the BAC any exceptions that need to be approved pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X. The pre-approval guidelines are communicated to Westpac’s divisions through publication on the Westpac intranet.

 

During the year ended 30 September 2018, there were no fees paid by Westpac to PwC that required approval by the BAC pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

161

 


 

 

This page has been intentionally left blank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

162

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

Financial statements

 

Income statements

Statements of comprehensive income

Balance sheets

Statements of changes in equity

Cash flow statements

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1

Financial statements preparation

 

Note 24

Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

 

 

Note 25

Securitisation, covered bonds and other

Financial performance

 

 

transferred assets

Note 2

Segment reporting

 

 

 

Note 3

Net interest income

 

Other assets, other liabilities, commitments and

Note 4

Non-interest income

 

contingencies

Note 5

Operating expenses

 

Note 26

Intangible assets

Note 6

Impairment charges

 

Note 27

Other assets

Note 7

Income tax

 

Note 28

Provisions

Note 8

Earnings per share

 

Note 29

Other liabilities

Note 9

Average balance sheet and interest rates

 

Note 30

Operating lease commitments

 

 

 

Note 31

Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and

Financial assets and financial liabilities

 

 

credit commitments

Note 10

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

Note 11

Trading securities and financial assets

 

Capital and dividends

 

designated at fair value

 

Note 32

Shareholders’ equity

Note 12

Available-for-sale securities

 

Note 33

Capital adequacy

Note 13

Loans

 

Note 34

Dividends

Note 14

Provisions for impairment charges

 

 

 

Note 15

Life insurance assets and life

 

Group structure

 

insurance liabilities

 

Note 35

Investments in subsidiaries and associates

Note 16

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

Note 36

Structured entities

Note 17

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

 

Note 18

Other financial liabilities at fair value through

 

Employee benefits

 

income statement

 

Note 37

Share-based payments

Note 19

Debt issues

 

Note 38

Superannuation commitments

Note 20

Loan capital

 

 

 

Note 21

Derivative financial instruments

 

Other

 

Note 22

Financial risk

 

Note 39

Auditor’s remuneration

Note 23

Fair values of financial assets and financial

 

Note 40

Related party disclosures

 

liabilities

 

Note 41

Notes to the cash flow statements

 

 

 

Note 42

Subsequent events

 

Statutory statements

 

Directors’ declaration

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Westpac Banking Corporation

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

 


 

Financial statements

 

 

Income statements for the years ended 30 September

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

  Consolidated

  Parent Entity

$m

Note

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Interest income

3

32,571

31,232

31,822

32,830

30,865

Interest expense

3

(16,066)

(15,716)

(16,674)

(18,977)

(17,765)

Net interest income

 

16,505

15,516

15,148

13,853

13,100

Non-interest income

4

5,628

6,286

5,837

5,825

6,131

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

22,133

21,802

20,985

19,678

19,231

Operating expenses

5

(9,692)

(9,434)

(9,217)

(8,101)

(7,898)

Impairment charges

6

(710)

(853)

(1,124)

(682)

(870)

Profit before income tax

 

11,731

11,515

10,644

10,895

10,463

Income tax expense

7

(3,632)

(3,518)

(3,184)

(2,751)

(2,620)

Net profit for the year

 

8,099

7,997

7,460

8,144

7,843

Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(4)

(7)

(15)

-

-

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

8,095

7,990

7,445

8,144

7,843

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

8

237.5

238.0

224.6

 

 

Diluted

8

230.1

229.3

217.8

 

 

 

The above income statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Financial statements

 

 

Statements of comprehensive income for the years ended 30 September

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

  Consolidated

  Parent Entity

$m

 

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Net profit for the year

 

8,099

7,997

7,460

8,144

7,843

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity

 

(102)

75

56

(32)

88

Transferred to income statements

 

66

(3)

(8)

(33)

(3)

Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity

 

(161)

(91)

(304)

(125)

(42)

Transferred to income statements

 

203

115

21

160

19

Movement in foreign currency translation reserve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

181

(116)

(238)

174

(77)

Transferred to income statements

 

(3)

-

-

-

-

Income tax on items taken to or transferred from equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

9

(18)

(13)

19

(25)

Cash flow hedge reserve

 

(13)

(6)

85

(10)

7

Share of associates’ other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

-

3

(17)

-

-

Transferred to income statements

 

-

9

-

-

-

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value (net of tax)

 

43

(164)

(54)

43

(164)

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation recognised in equity (net of tax)

 

45

190

(47)

47

182

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax)

 

268

(6)

(519)

243

(15)

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

8,367

7,991

6,941

8,387

7,828

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

8,363

7,984

6,926

8,387

7,828

Non-controlling interests

 

4

7

15

-

-

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

8,367

7,991

6,941

8,387

7,828

 

The above statements of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

165

 


 

Financial statements

 

 

Balance Sheets as at 30 September

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 Parent Entity

$m

 

Note

2018

2017

2018

2017

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

 

26,431

18,397

24,726

16,405

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

10

5,790

7,128

5,711

6,357

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

11

22,134

25,324

20,417

22,946

Derivative financial instruments

 

21

24,101

24,033

23,562

23,823

Available-for-sale securities

 

12

61,119

60,710

56,513

55,800

Loans

 

13

709,690

684,919

630,168

606,237

Life insurance assets

 

15

9,450

10,643

-

-

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

1,355

1,048

1,248

945

Due from subsidiaries

 

 

-

-

140,597

142,455

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

-

-

4,508

3,975

Investment in associates

 

35

115

60

76

46

Property and equipment

 

 

1,329

1,487

1,120

1,250

Deferred tax assets

 

7

1,180

1,112

1,102

1,053

Intangible assets

 

26

11,763

11,652

9,494

9,259

Other assets

 

27

5,135

5,362

3,988

4,318

Total assets

 

 

879,592

851,875

923,230

894,869

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

16

18,137

21,907

17,682

21,775

Deposits and other borrowings

 

17

559,285

533,591

500,468

477,693

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

18

4,297

4,056

4,297

4,038

Derivative financial instruments

 

21

24,407

25,375

24,229

24,911

Debt issues

 

19

172,596

168,356

152,288

144,116

Current tax liabilities

 

 

296

308

184

234

Life insurance liabilities

 

15

7,597

9,019

-

-

Due to subsidiaries

 

 

-

-

142,400

143,834

Provisions1

 

28

1,928

1,639

1,766

1,472

Deferred tax liabilities

 

7

18

10

3

-

Other liabilities1

 

29

9,193

8,606

7,292

6,949

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

 

797,754

772,867

850,609

825,022

Loan capital

 

20

17,265

17,666

17,265

17,666

Total liabilities

 

 

815,019

790,533

867,874

842,688

Net assets

 

 

64,573

61,342

55,356

52,181

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

32

36,054

34,889

36,054

34,889

Treasury shares and RSP treasury shares

 

32

(493)

(495)

(508)

(437)

Reserves

 

32

1,077

794

1,114

858

Retained profits

 

 

27,883

26,100

18,696

16,871

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

64,521

61,288

55,356

52,181

Non-controlling interests

 

32

52

54

-

-

Total shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests

 

 

64,573

61,342

55,356

52,181

 

The above balance sheets should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Comparatives have been revised to reclassify compliance, regulation and remediation provisions.

 

166

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Financial statements

 

 

Statements of changes in equity for the years ended 30 September

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Consolidated

 

$m

Share

capital

(Note 32)

Reserves

(Note 32)

Retained

profits

Total equity

attributable

to owners

of Westpac

Banking

Corporation

Non-

controlling

interests

(Note 32)

Total

shareholders’

equity and

non-

controlling

interests

Balance at 1 October 2015

28,895

1,031

23,172

53,098

817

53,915

Net profit for the year

-

-

7,445

7,445

15

7,460

Net other comprehensive income for the year

-

(418)

(101)

(519)

-

(519)

Total comprehensive income for the year

-

(418)

7,344

6,926

15

6,941

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

-

-

(6,128)

(6,128)

-

(6,128)

Dividend reinvestment plan

726

-

-

726

-

726

Share entitlement offer

3,510

-

-

3,510

-

3,510

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payment arrangements

-

116

-

116

-

116

Exercise of employee share options and rights

2

-

-

2

-

2

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

(49)

-

-

(49)

-

(49)

Net (acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares

(70)

-

-

(70)

-

(70)

Other2

-

(2)

(9)

(11)

(771)

(782)

Total contributions and distributions

4,119

114

(6,137)

(1,904)

(771)

(2,675)

Balance at 30 September 2016

33,014

727

24,379

58,120

61

58,181

Net profit for the year

-

-

7,990

7,990

7

7,997

Net other comprehensive income for the year

-

(32)

26

(6)

-

(6)

Total comprehensive income for the year

-

(32)

8,016

7,984

7

7,991

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

-

-

(6,291)

(6,291)

-

(6,291)

Dividend reinvestment plan

1,452

-

-

1,452

-

1,452

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payment arrangements

-

98

-

98

-

98

Exercise of employee share options and rights

11

-

-

11

-

11

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

(43)

-

-

(43)

-

(43)

Net (acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares

(40)

-

-

(40)

-

(40)

Other

-

1

(4)

(3)

(14)

(17)

Total contributions and distributions

1,380

99

(6,295)

(4,816)

(14)

(4,830)

Balance at 30 September 2017

34,394

794

26,100

61,288

54

61,342

Net profit for the year

-

-

8,095

8,095

4

8,099

Net other comprehensive income for the year

-

180

88

268

-

268

Total comprehensive income for the year

-

180

8,183

8,363

4

8,367

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

-

-

(6,400)

(6,400)

-

(6,400)

Dividend reinvestment plan

631

-

-

631

-

631

Conversion of Convertible Preference Shares

566

-

-

566

-

566

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payment arrangements

-

103

-

103

-

103

Exercise of employee share options and rights

3

-

-

3

-

3

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

(35)

-

-

(35)

-

(35)

Net (acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares

2

-

-

2

-

2

Other

-

-

-

-

(6)

(6)

Total contributions and distributions

1,167

103

(6,400)

(5,130)

(6)

(5,136)

Balance at 30 September 2018

35,561

1,077

27,883

64,521

52

64,573

 

The above statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    2018 comprises 2018 interim dividend 94 cents per share ($3,213 million) and 2017 final dividend 94 cents per share ($3,187 million) (2017: 2017 interim dividend 94 cents per share ($3,150 million) and 2016 final dividend 94 cents per share ($3,141 million), 2016: 2016 interim dividend 94 cents ($3,130 million) and 2015 final dividend 94 cents per share ($2,998 million)), all fully franked at 30%.

2   On 30 June 2016 the 2006 TPS were redeemed in full.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

167

 


 

Financial statements

 

 

Statements of changes in equity for the years ended 30 September (continued)

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

$m

Share

capital

(Note 32)

Reserves

(Note 32)

Retained

profits

Total equity

attributable

to owners

of Westpac

Banking

Corporation

Balance at 1 October 2016

33,100

790

15,311

49,201

Net profit for the year

-

-

7,843

7,843

Net other comprehensive income for the year

-

(33)

18

(15)

Total comprehensive income for the year

-

(33)

7,861

7,828

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

-

-

(6,301)

(6,301)

Dividend reinvestment plan

1,452

-

-

1,452

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

Share-based payment arrangements

-

101

-

101

Exercise of employee share options and rights

11

-

-

11

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

(43)

-

-

(43)

Net (acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares

(68)

-

-

(68)

Total contributions and distributions

1,352

101

(6,301)

(4,848)

Balance at 30 September 2017

34,452

858

16,871

52,181

Net profit for the year

-

-

8,144

8,144

Net other comprehensive income for the year

-

153

90

243

Total comprehensive income for the year

-

153

8,234

8,387

Transactions in capacity as equity holders

 

 

 

 

Dividends on ordinary shares1

-

-

(6,409)

(6,409)

Dividend reinvestment plan

631

-

-

631

Conversion of Convertible Preference Shares

566

-

-

566

Other equity movements

 

 

 

 

Share based payment arrangements

-

103

-

103

Exercise of employee share options and rights

3

-

-

3

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)

(35)

-

-

(35)

Net (acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares

(71)

-

-

(71)

Total contributions and distributions

1,094

103

(6,409)

(5,212)

Balance at 30 September 2018

35,546

1,114

18,696

55,356

 

The above statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            2018 comprises 2018 interim dividend 94 cents per share ($3,218 million) and 2017 final dividend 94 cents per share ($3,191 million) (2017: 2017 interim dividend 94 cents per share ($3,156 million) and 2016 final dividend 94 cents per share ($3,145 million)), all fully franked at 30%.

 

168

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Financial statements

 

 

Cash flow statements for the years ended 30 September

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

      Consolidated

      Parent Entity

$m

Note

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

32,639

31,133

31,817

32,947

30,784

Interest paid

 

(15,789)

(15,415)

(16,721)

(18,728)

(17,458)

Dividends received excluding life business

 

9

27

43

2,016

1,861

Other non-interest income received

 

5,097

5,064

5,050

3,926

4,457

Operating expenses paid

 

(7,991)

(7,966)

(8,106)

(6,637)

(6,748)

Income tax paid excluding life business

 

(3,585)

(3,388)

(3,373)

(3,349)

(3,192)

Life business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from policyholders and customers

 

2,008

2,239

1,893

-

-

Interest and other items of similar nature

 

17

24

30

-

-

Dividends received

 

642

433

348

-

-

Payments to policyholders and suppliers

 

(2,089)

(1,861)

(1,642)

-

-

Income tax paid

 

(143)

(164)

(96)

-

-

Cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

10,815

10,126

9,243

10,175

9,704

Net (increase)/decrease in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

3,827

(5,054)

6,755

3,150

(5,194)

Loans

 

(24,740)

(26,815)

(38,082)

(23,661)

(27,677)

Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

1,678

2,653

(896)

987

1,817

Life insurance assets and liabilities

 

(230)

219

(253)

-

-

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

(303)

308

(209)

(299)

294

Derivative financial instruments

 

8,584

(5,042)

(5,107)

8,263

(5,378)

Other assets

 

160

200

(476)

210

136

Net increase/(decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

243

(681)

(4,488)

261

(325)

Deposits and other borrowings

 

23,928

23,062

38,771

20,783

22,518

Payables due to other financial institutions

 

(4,072)

3,859

(73)

(4,396)

3,792

Other liabilities

 

(88)

(15)

312

(196)

78

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

41      

19,802

2,820

5,497

15,277

(235)

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from available-for-sale securities

 

23,878

25,717

18,779

21,525

23,707

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

 

(24,376)

(27,028)

(24,724)

(22,230)

(24,820)

Net movement in amounts due to/from controlled entities

 

-

-

-

923

2,999

Proceeds/(Payments) on disposal of controlled entities, net of cash disposed

41      

9

-

(104)

-

-

Net (increase)/decrease in investments in controlled entities

 

-

-

-

(577)

640

Proceeds from sale of associates

 

-

630

-

-

-

Purchase of associates

 

(30)

(52)

-

(30)

(46)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

91

65

32

62

55

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(310)

(264)

(521)

(251)

(203)

Purchase of intangible assets

 

(882)

(766)

(707)

(823)

(692)

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

 

(1,620)

(1,698)

(7,245)

(1,401)

1,640

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue of loan capital (net of issue costs)

 

2,342

4,437

3,596

2,342

4,437

Redemption of loan capital

 

(2,387)

(2,188)

(1,444)

(2,387)

(2,188)

Net increase/(decrease) in debt issues

 

(5,242)

3,249

5,213

(565)

2,746

Proceeds from Share Entitlement Offer

 

-

-

3,510

-

-

Proceeds from exercise of employee options

 

3

11

2

3

11

Purchase of shares on exercise of employee options and rights

 

(8)

(17)

(24)

(8)

(17)

Shares purchased for delivery of employee share plan

 

(27)

(27)

(27)

(27)

(27)

Purchase of RSP treasury shares

 

(71)

(68)

(62)

(71)

(68)

Net sale/(purchase) of other treasury shares

 

73

7

(8)

-

-

Payment of dividends

 

(5,769)

(4,839)

(5,402)

(5,778)

(4,849)

Payment of distributions to non-controlling interests

 

(6)

(13)

(18)

-

-

Redemption of 2006 Trust Preferred Securities

 

-

-

(763)

-

-

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

 

(11,092)

552

4,573

(6,491)

45

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

7,090

1,674

2,825

7,385

1,450

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

944

(292)

(580)

936

(231)

Cash and cash equivalents as at the beginning of the year

 

18,397

17,015

14,770

16,405

15,186

Cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the year

 

26,431

18,397

17,015

24,726

16,405

 

The above cash flow statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  Details of the reconciliation of net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities to net profit are provided in Note 41.

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

169

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Financial statements preparation

 

This financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation (the Parent Entity), together with its controlled entities (the Group or Westpac), for the year ended 30 September 2018 was authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 5 November 2018. The Directors have the power to amend and reissue the financial report.

 

The principal accounting policies are set out below and in the relevant notes to the financial statements. The accounting policy for the recognition and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities precedes Note 10. These accounting policies provide details of the accounting treatments adopted for complex balances and where accounting standards provide policy choices. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

a.                Basis of preparation

 

(i)               Basis of accounting

 

This financial report is a general purpose financial report prepared in accordance with:

 

§                  the requirements for an authorised deposit-taking institution under the Banking Act 1959 (as amended);

 

§                  Australian Accounting Standards (AAS) and Interpretations as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB); and

 

§                  the Corporations Act 2001.

 

Westpac Banking Corporation is a for-profit entity for the purposes of preparing this financial report.

 

The financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and Interpretations as issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC). It also includes additional disclosures required for foreign registrants by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (US SEC).

 

All amounts have been rounded in accordance with ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, to the nearest million dollars, unless otherwise stated.

 

(ii)            Historical cost convention

 

The financial report has been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by applying fair value accounting to available-for-sale securities, and financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) measured at fair value through income statement or in other comprehensive income.

 

(iii)         Comparative revisions

 

Comparative information has been revised where appropriate to conform to changes in presentation in the current year and to enhance comparability.

 

(iv)        Standards adopted during the year ended 30 September 2018

 

The Group adopted the requirements of AASB 2016-2-Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendments to AASB 107 which require additional disclosures regarding both cash and non-cash changes in liabilities arising from financing activities. These disclosures have been made in Note 19 and Note 20. As permitted by the standard, comparatives are not required on first application.

 

There were no other new standards applied in 2018.

 

(v)           Business combinations

 

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Acquisition cost is measured as the aggregate of the fair value at the date of acquisition of the assets given, equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred or assumed. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred (except for those costs arising on the issue of equity instruments which are recognised directly in equity).

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured at fair value on the acquisition date. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the acquisition cost, the amount of any non-controlling interest and the fair value of any previous Westpac equity interest in the acquiree, over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired.

 

(vi)        Foreign currency translation

 

Functional and presentational currency

 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars which is the Parent Entity’s functional and presentation currency. The functional currency of offshore entities is usually the main currency of the economy it operates in.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

170

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Financial statements preparation (continued)

 

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of the relevant branch or subsidiary using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income for qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges.

 

Foreign operations

Assets and liabilities of foreign branches and subsidiaries that have a functional currency other than the Australian dollar are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance date. Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Equity balances are translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting exchange differences are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve and in other comprehensive income.

 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of borrowings and other foreign currency instruments designated as hedges of the net investment in foreign operations are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve and in other comprehensive income. When all or part of a foreign operation is disposed or borrowings that are part of the net investments are repaid, a proportionate share of such exchange differences is recognised in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal or repayment of borrowing.

 

b.                Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

Applying the Group’s accounting policies requires the use of judgement, assumptions and estimates which impact the financial information. The significant assumptions and estimates used are discussed in the relevant notes below:

 

§                  Note 7            Income tax

 

§                  Note 14          Provisions for impairment charges

 

§                  Note 15          Life insurance assets and life insurance liabilities

 

§                  Note 23          Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

§                  Note 26          Intangible assets

 

§                  Note 28          Provisions

 

§                  Note 38          Superannuation commitments

 

c.                Future developments in accounting standards

 

The following new standards and interpretations which may have a material impact on the Group have been issued but are not yet effective, and unless otherwise stated, have not been early adopted by the Group:

 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments (December 2014) (AASB 9) will replace AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (AASB 139). It includes a forward looking ‘expected credit loss’ impairment model, revised classification and measurement model and modifies the approach to hedge accounting. The standard is effective from 1 October 2018.

 

The adoption of AASB 9 is expected to reduce retained earnings at 1 October 2018 by approximately $709 million (net of tax) primarily due to the increase in impairment provisions under the new standard. The Group continues to assess and refine certain aspects of our impairment provision process and the opening adjustment may change. There is no significant impact to our regulatory capital. These estimates are based on accounting policies, assumptions, judgements and estimation techniques that remain subject to change until the Group finalises its financial statements for the year ending 30 September 2019.

 

The major changes under the standard and details of the implementation project are outlined below.

 

Impairment

AASB 9 introduces a revised impairment model which requires entities to recognise expected credit losses based on unbiased forward looking information, replacing the existing incurred loss model in AASB 139 which only recognises impairment if there is objective evidence that a loss has been incurred. This will result in the earlier recognition of impairment provisions. The revised impairment model applies to all financial assets at amortised cost, lease receivables, debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, loans commitments and financial guarantee contracts.

 

Key elements of the new impairment model are:

 

§                  requires earlier recognition of expected credit losses using a three stage approach. For financial assets where there has been no significant increase in credit risk since origination a provision for 12 months expected credit losses is required (stage 1). For financial assets where there has been a significant increase in credit risk or where the asset is credit impaired a provision for full lifetime expected losses is required (stages 2 and 3 respectively);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

171

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Financial statements preparation (continued)

 

§                 expected credit losses are probability-weighted amounts determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes and taking into account the time value of money, past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. This will involve a greater use of judgement than the existing impairment model; and

 

§                 interest is calculated on the gross carrying amount of a financial asset, except where the asset is credit impaired (i.e. stage 3). This will result in an increase in interest income and impairment charges as currently interest is calculated on the net carrying value for all loans.

 

Implementation

 

Measurement

Models have been developed, tested and approved while certain aspects of the impairment provisioning process continue to be assessed and refined. These models use three main components (as well as the time value of money) being:

 

§                  Probability of default (PD): the probability that a counterparty will default;

 

§                  Loss given default (LGD): the loss that is expected to arise in the event of a default; and

 

§                  Exposure at default (EAD): the estimated outstanding amount of credit exposure at the time of the default.

 

The models use a 12 month timeframe for expected losses in stage 1 and a lifetime timeframe for expected losses in stages 2 and 3. The models incorporate past experience, current conditions and multiple probability-weighted macroeconomic scenarios for reasonably supportable future economic conditions. Where appropriate, adjustments will be made to modelled outcomes to reflect reasonable and supportable information not already incorporated in the models.

 

Significant increase in credit risk and movement between stages

An asset will move from stage 1 to stage 2 if there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination.

 

The judgement to determine this will be primarily based on changes in internal customer risk grades since origination of the facility.  The Group does not intend to rebut the presumption that instruments that are 30 days past due have experienced a significant increase in risk but this will be used as a backstop rather than the primary indicator.

 

The Group will not be applying the low credit risk exemption which assumes investment grade facilities do not have a significant increase in credit risk.

 

The movement between stages 2 and 3 will be based on whether financial assets are credit-impaired at the reporting date which is expected to be similar to the individual assessment of impairment for financial assets under the current AASB 139.

 

Assets may move in both directions through the stages of the impairment model. Assets previously in stage 2 may move back to stage 1 if it is no longer considered that there has been a significant deterioration of credit risk. Similarly, assets in stage 3 may move back to stage 2 if they are no longer assessed to be credit-impaired.

 

Forward looking information

The estimation of forward looking information is a key area requiring judgement. The Group intends to consider a minimum of three future macroeconomic scenarios. These will include a base case scenario along with upside and downside scenarios. The macroeconomic variables used in these scenarios, based on current economic forecasts, include (but are not limited to) unemployment rates, gross domestic product growth rates and residential and commercial property price indices. The macroeconomic variables and probability weightings of the three scenarios will be subject to the approval of the Group Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Risk Officer with oversight from the Board of Directors (and its Committees).

 

Governance

The Group has established a governance framework and has implemented controls to address disclosure of the impact of the new requirements of AASB 9 including key areas of judgement such as the determination of a significant increase in credit risk and the use of forward looking information in future economic scenarios along with the controls addressing credit data and systems and the expected credit loss models.

 

The AASB 9 provision calculation models have been independently reviewed in accordance with the Group’s model risk policies and approved by the Credit Risk Estimates Committee (CREC). The key judgements in relation to the new provisioning methodology have been discussed and agreed with the Board Risk and Compliance Committee (BRCC) and the Board Audit Committee.

 

Models and credit risk processes have been tested in parallel run since May 2018 to provide a better understanding of the implications of the new impairment requirements. This included an evaluation of the effect on the Group’s results as well as ongoing validation of the controls and effectiveness of the governance and operational processes. The control environment will continue to evolve as the Group embeds processes and controls during the financial year ending 30 September 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Financial statements preparation (continued)

 

Classification and measurement

AASB 9 replaces the classification and measurement model in AASB 139 with a new model that categorises financial assets based on a) the business model within which the assets are managed, and b) whether the contractual cash flows under the instrument solely represent the payment of principal and interest. Financial assets will be measured at:

 

§                amortised cost where the business model is to hold the financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest;

 

§                fair value through other comprehensive income where the business model is to both collect contractual cash flows and sell financial assets and the cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest. Non-traded equity instruments can also be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income; or

 

§                fair value through profit or loss if they are held for trading or if the cash flows on the asset do not solely represent payments of principal and interest. An entity can also elect to measure a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss if it eliminates or reduces an accounting mismatch.

 

The accounting for financial liabilities is largely unchanged.

 

Implementation

The Group’s classification and measurement implementation project has identified approximately $800 million of available-for-sale financial assets which will be reclassified to amortised cost under AASB 9 based on the hold to collect business model. In addition, the Group identified some available-for-sale and amortised cost financial assets that will be reclassified to fair value through profit and loss, however, the amounts being reclassified are not material.

 

Hedging

AASB 9 will change hedge accounting by increasing the eligibility of both hedged items and hedging instruments and introducing a more principles-based approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. Adoption of the new hedge accounting model is optional until the IASB completes its accounting for dynamic risk management project. Until this time, current hedge accounting under AASB 139 can continue to be applied.

 

Implementation

The Group will apply the option to continue hedge accounting under AASB 139, however will implement the amended AASB7 Financial Instruments: Disclosure (AASB7) hedge accounting disclosures as required.

 

Transition

The impairment and classification and measurement requirements of AASB 9 will be applied retrospectively by adjusting the opening balance sheet at the date of initial application, 1 October 2018, with no restatement of comparatives as permitted by the standard. However, detailed transitional disclosures will be provided in accordance with the amended requirements of AASB 7.

 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15) was issued on 28 May 2014 and will be effective from 1 October 2018. The standard replaces AASB 118 Revenue and related interpretations, and applies to all contracts with customers, except leases, financial instruments and insurance contracts. The standard provides a systematic approach to revenue recognition by introducing a five-step model governing revenue measurement and recognition. This includes:

 

§                  identifying the contract with customer;

 

§                  identifying each of the performance obligations included in the contract;

 

§                  determining the amount of consideration in the contract;

 

§                  allocating the consideration to each of the identified performance obligations; and

 

§                  recognising revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied.

 

The Group will elect to apply AASB 15 retrospectively by adjusting the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application, 1 October 2018, with no comparatives restatement.

 

The Group has assessed the revenue streams existing at transition. Based on this assessment, the primary impacts from the adoption of AASB 15 are expected to be a grossing up of some income and expenses which are currently reported on a net basis. In addition, certain facility fees will be reclassified from non-interest income to interest income. These presentation changes will not have a material impact on the Group’s net profit, retained earnings or capital position.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

173

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 1. Financial statements preparation (continued)

 

AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16) was issued on 24 February 2016 and will be effective for the 30 September 2020 financial year. The standard will not result in significant changes for lessor accounting. The main changes under the standard are:

 

§                all operating leases of greater than 12 months duration will be required to be presented on balance sheet by the lessee as a right-of-use asset and lease liability. The asset and liability will initially be measured at the present value of non-cancellable lease payments and payments to be made in optional periods where it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. Details of the Group’s lease obligations are included in Note 30; and

 

§                all leases on balance sheet will give rise to a combination of interest expense on the lease liability and depreciation of the right-of-use asset.

 

Alternative methods of calculating the right-of-use asset are allowed under AASB 16 which impact the size of the transition adjustment. The Group is still evaluating which transition method to apply.

 

Current project implementation efforts are focused on the review and evaluation of contracts within scope of the standard.

 

AASB 17 Insurance Contracts (AASB 17) was issued on 19 July 2017 and will be effective for the 30 September 2022 year end unless early adopted. This will replace AASB 4 Insurance Contracts, AASB 1023 General Insurance Contracts and AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts. The main changes under the standard are:

 

§                the scope of the standard may result in some contracts that are currently “unbundled”, i.e. accounted for separately as insurance and investment contracts being required to be “bundled” and accounted for as an insurance contract;

 

§                portfolios of contracts (with similar risks which are managed together) will be required to be disaggregated to a more granular level by both the age of a contract and the likelihood of the contract being onerous in order to determine the recognition of profit over the contract period (i.e. the contractual service margin). The contractual service margin uses a different basis to recognise profit to the current Margin on Services approach for life insurance and therefore the pattern of profit recognition is likely to differ;

 

§                risk adjustments, which reflect uncertainties in the amount and timing of future cash flows, are required for both general and life insurance contracts rather than just general insurance contracts under the current accounting standards;

 

§                the contract boundary, which is the period over which profit is recognised, differs and is determined based on the ability to compel the policyholder to pay premiums or the substantive obligation to provide coverage/services. For some general insurance contracts (e.g. some lender mortgage insurance and reinsurance contracts) this may result in the contract boundary being longer. For life insurance, in particular term renewable contracts, the contract boundary is expected to be shorter. Both will be impacted by different patterns of profit recognition compared to the current standards;

 

§                a narrower definition of what acquisition costs may be deferred;

 

§                an election to recognise changes in assumptions regarding discount rate in other comprehensive income rather than in profit and loss;

 

§                an election to recognise changes in the fair value of assets supporting policy liabilities in other comprehensive income rather than through profit and loss;

 

§                reinsurance contracts and the associated liability are to be determined separately to the gross contract liability and may have different contract boundaries; and

 

§                additional disclosure requirements.

 

The standard is expected to result in a reduction in the level of deferred acquisition costs, however the quantum of this and the profit and loss impacts to the Group are not yet practicable to determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

Note 2. Segment reporting

 

Accounting policy

 

 

 

Operating segments are presented on a basis consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers and reflects the management of the business, rather than the legal structure of the Group.

 

Internally, Westpac uses ‘cash earnings’ in assessing the financial performance of its divisions. Management believes this allows the Group to:

 

§                  more effectively assess current year performance against prior years;

 

§                  compare performance across business divisions; and

 

§                  compare performance across peer companies.

 

Cash earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is therefore considered in assessing distributions, including dividends. Cash earnings is neither a measure of cash flow nor net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes both cash and non-cash adjustments to statutory net profit.

 

To determine cash earnings, three categories of adjustments are made to statutory results:

 

§                  material items that key decision makers at the Westpac Group believe do not reflect ongoing operations;

 

§                  items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and economic hedging; and

 

§                  accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results.

 

Internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the performance of each operating segment. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

 

 

Reportable operating segments

 

The operating segments are defined by the customers they service and the services they provide:

 

§                  Consumer Bank (CB):

 

-        responsible for sales and service of banking and financial products and services;

 

-        customer base is consumer in Australia; and

 

-        operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands.

 

§                  Business Bank (BB):

 

-        responsible for sales and service of banking and financial products and services;

 

-        customer base is SME and commercial business customers in Australia for facilities up to approximately $150 million; and

 

-        operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA and Bank of Melbourne brands.

 

§                  BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG):

 

-        Westpac’s Australian wealth management and insurance division;

 

-        services include the manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation and retirement products, wealth administration platforms, private wealth, margin lending and equities broking;

 

-        BTFG’s insurance business covers the manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurance;

 

-        in addition to the BT brand, BTFG operates a range of financial services brands along with the banking brands of Westpac, St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA for Private Wealth and Insurance.

 

§                  Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB):

 

-        Westpac’s institutional financial services division delivering a broad range of financial products and services;

 

-        services include transactional banking, financial and debt capital markets, specialised capital, and alternative investment solutions;

 

-        customer base includes commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers;

 

-        customers are supported throughout Australia, as well as via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, US, UK and Asia; and

 

-        also responsible for Westpac Pacific, providing a range of banking services in Fiji and Papua New Guinea.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

175

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

§                  Westpac New Zealand:

 

-        responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products to customers in New Zealand;

 

-        customer base includes consumers, business and institutional customers; and

 

-        operates under the Westpac brand for banking products, the Westpac Life brand for life insurance products and the BT brand for wealth products.

 

§                  Group Businesses include:

 

-        Treasury, which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding, capital and management of liquidity. Treasury also manages the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risks inherent in the balance sheet, including managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities. Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from managing the Group’s balance sheet and interest rate risk, (excluding Westpac New Zealand) within set risk limits;

 

-        Group Technology1, which comprises functions for the Australian businesses, is responsible for technology strategy and architecture, infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration;

 

-        Core Support2, which comprises functions performed centrally, including Australian banking operations, property services, strategy, finance, risk, compliance, legal, human resources, and customer and corporate relations; and

 

-        Group Businesses also includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, for certain intra-group transactions that facilitate presentation of performance of the Group’s operating segments, earnings from non-core asset sales, earnings and costs associated with the Group’s fintech investments, and certain other head office items such as centrally held provisions.

 

Revisions to segment allocations

 

In 2018, Westpac implemented a number of changes to the presentation of its divisional financial information. These changes have no impact on the Group’s overall results or balance sheet but impact divisional results and balance sheets. Comparative divisional financial information has been restated for these changes.

 

The changes include updates to the methodologies to allocate certain costs, revenues and capital to the divisions. These changes can be summarised as:

 

1.         Allocating additional capital from Group Businesses to operating divisions, following greater clarity from APRA on updates to its capital framework;

 

2.         Updating the Group’s cost of funds transfer pricing methodology, including the allocation of revenue from balance sheet management activities;

 

3.         Realigning divisional earnings and balance sheet disclosures for recent customer transfers; and

 

4.         Refining expense allocations to improve the allocation of support costs to divisions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Costs are fully allocated to other divisions in the Group.

2            Costs are partially allocated to other divisions in the Group, with costs attributed to enterprise activity retained in Group Businesses.

 

 

 

 

176

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

The following tables present the segment results on a cash earnings basis for the Group:1

 

2018

 

 

BT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

Westpac

Westpac

 

 

Net cash

 

 

Consumer

Business

Group

Institutional

New

Group

 

earnings

Income

$m

Bank

Bank

(Australia)

Bank

Zealand

Businesses

Total

adjustment

Statement

Net interest income

7,748

4,065

578

1,416

1,720

812

16,339

166

16,505

Non-interest income

746

1,189

1,648

1,556

438

35

5,612

16

5,628

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

8,494

5,254

2,226

2,972

2,158

847

21,951

182

22,133

Operating expenses

(3,542)

(1,876)

(1,291)

(1,446)

(860)

(571)

(9,586)

(106)

(9,692)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

(451)

(291)

(6)

38

(2)

2

(710)

-

(710)

Profit before income tax

4,501

3,087

929

1,564

1,296

278

11,655

76

11,731

Income tax expense

(1,361)

(928)

(284)

(473)

(362)

(178)

(3,586)

(46)

(3,632)

Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

(5)

-

1

(4)

-

(4)

Cash earnings for the year

3,140

2,159

645

1,086

934

101

8,065

30

8,095

Net cash earnings adjustments

(15)

(2)

(73)

-

13

107

30

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

3,125

2,157

572

1,086

947

208

8,095

 

 

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments

(173)

(71)

(78)

(274)

(81)

(467)

(1,144)

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

392,495

156,523

34,923

102,380

82,424

110,847

879,592

 

 

Total liabilities

212,472

114,137

42,500

126,620

72,078

247,212

815,019

 

 

Additions of property and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equipment and intangible assets

363

94

96

88

99

452

1,192

 

 

 

2017

 

 

BT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

Westpac

Westpac

 

 

Net cash

 

 

Consumer

Business

Group

Institutional

New

Group

 

earnings

Income

$m

Bank

Bank

(Australia)

Bank

Zealand

Businesses

Total

adjustment

Statement

Net interest income

7,638

3,885

511

1,328

1,629

713

15,704

(188)

15,516

Non-interest income

813

1,141

1,744

1,707

480

(33)

5,852

434

6,286

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

8,451

5,026

2,255

3,035

2,109

680

21,556

246

21,802

Operating expenses

(3,378)

(1,818)

(1,199)

(1,351)

(903)

(456)

(9,105)

(329)

(9,434)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

(565)

(343)

(4)

(56)

72

43

(853)

-

(853)

Profit before income tax

4,508

2,865

1,052

1,628

1,278

267

11,598

(83)

11,515

Income tax expense

(1,353)

(862)

(316)

(462)

(361)

(175)

(3,529)

11

(3,518)

Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests

-

-

-

(7)

-

-

(7)

-

(7)

Cash earnings for the year

3,155

2,003

736

1,159

917

92

8,062

(72)

7,990

Net cash earnings adjustments

(116)

(10)

160

-

(14)

(92)

(72)

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

3,039

1,993

896

1,159

903

-

7,990

 

 

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments1

(335)

(79)

(49)

(206)

(86)

(514)

(1,269)

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

377,457

153,078

35,237

103,080

81,285

101,738

851,875

 

 

Total liabilities

202,689

111,385

41,431

118,875

71,432

244,721

790,533

 

 

Additions of property and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equipment and intangible assets

276

54

93

55

85

442

1,005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

177

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

2016

 

 

BT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

Westpac

Westpac

 

 

Net cash

 

 

Consumer

Business

Group

Institutional

New

Group

 

earnings

Income

$m

Bank

Bank

(Australia)

Bank

Zealand

Businesses

Total

adjustment

Statement

Net interest income

7,268

3,766

460

1,421

1,606

827

15,348

(200)

15,148

Non-interest income

863

1,089

1,908

1,537

483

8

5,888

(51)

5,837

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

8,131

4,855

2,368

2,958

2,089

835

21,236

(251)

20,985

Operating expenses

(3,312)

(1,774)

(1,184)

(1,374)

(889)

(398)

(8,931)

(286)

(9,217)

Impairment (charges)/benefits

(516)

(386)

-

(177)

(54)

9

(1,124)

-

(1,124)

Profit before income tax

4,303

2,695

1,184

1,407

1,146

446

11,181

(537)

10,644

Income tax expense

(1,292)

(810)

(352)

(421)

(321)

(148)

(3,344)

160

(3,184)

Net profit attributable to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

non-controlling interests

-

-

-

(7)

-

(8)

(15)

-

(15)

Cash earnings for the year

3,011

1,885

832

979

825

290

7,822

(377)

7,445

Net cash earnings adjustments

(116)

(10)

(32)

-

2

(221)

(377)

 

 

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

2,895

1,875

800

979

827

69

7,445

 

 

Additional information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairments

(282)

(65)

(67)

(188)

(102)

(524)

(1,228)

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets1

359,228

148,904

38,217

110,616

82,071

100,166

839,202

 

 

Total liabilities

191,027

106,046

40,792

125,931

72,408

244,817

781,021

 

 

Additions of property and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equipment and intangible assets

178

83

88

459

96

417

1,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Total assets for BT Financial Group (Australia) include the equity accounted carrying value of the investment in Pendal Group Limited of $718 million.

 

178

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

 

Reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Cash earnings for the year

8,065

8,062

7,822

Cash earning adjustments:

 

 

 

Adjustments relating to Pendal (BTIM)1

(73)

171

-

Amortisation of intangible assets

(17)

(137)

(158)

Acquisition, transaction and integration expenses

-

-

(15)

Fair value gain/(loss) on economic hedges

126

(69)

(203)

Ineffective hedges

(13)

(16)

9

Treasury shares

7

(21)

(10)

Total cash earnings adjustments

30

(72)

(377)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

8,095

7,990

7,445

 

Further details of the above cash earnings adjustments, which are all net of tax, are provided in Divisional performance in Section 2.

 

Revenue from products and services

 

Details of revenue from external customers by product or service are disclosed in Notes 3 and 4. No single customer amounted to greater than 10% of the Group’s revenue.

 

Geographic segments

 

Geographic segments are based on the location of the office where the following items were recognised:

 

 

2018

2017

2016

 

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

32,696

85.6

32,328

86.2

32,868

87.3

New Zealand

4,406

11.5

4,360

11.6

4,158

11.0

Other overseas2

1,097

2.9

830

2.2

633

1.7

Total

38,199

100.0

37,518

100.0

37,659

100.0

Non-current assets3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

12,271

93.7

12,326

93.8

12,607

93.7

New Zealand

756

5.8

745

5.7

774

5.8

Other overseas2

65

0.5

68

0.5

77

0.5

Total

13,092

100.0

13,139

100.0

13,458

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1          Pendal Group Limited (Pendal), formerly BT Investment Management (BTIM).

2           Other included Pacific Islands, Asia, the Americas and Europe.

3            Non-current assets represent property and equipment and intangible assets.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

179

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 3. Net interest income

 

Accounting policy

 

Interest income and expense for all interest earning financial assets and interest bearing financial liabilities, detailed within the table below, are recognised using the effective interest rate method. Net income from treasury’s interest rate and liquidity management activities and the cost of the Bank levy are included in net interest income.

 

The effective interest rate method calculates the amortised cost of a financial instrument by discounting the financial instrument’s estimated future cash receipts or payments to their present value and allocates the interest income or interest expense, including any fees, costs, premiums or discounts integral to the instrument, over its expected life.

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

325

241

260

300

216

Receivables due from other financial institutions

108

110

100

102

85

Net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges

(18)

(22)

12

(22)

(13)

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

542

558

645

499

505

Available-for-sale securities

1,914

1,795

1,808

1,743

1,613

Loans

29,621

28,504

28,953

25,801

24,577

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

23

17

13

23

17

Due from subsidiaries

-

-

-

4,328

3,838

Other interest income

56

29

31

56

27

Total interest income

32,571

31,232

31,822

32,830

30,865

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

(319)

(279)

(345)

(314)

(278)

Deposits and other borrowings

(9,021)

(8,868)

(9,369)

(7,817)

(7,680)

Trading liabilities

(959)

(2,065)

(2,520)

(754)

(1,646)

Debt issues

(4,480)

(3,585)

(3,737)

(3,958)

(3,034)

Due to subsidiaries

-

-

-

(4,851)

(4,211)

Loan capital

(774)

(693)

(589)

(774)

(693)

Bank levy

(378)

(95)

-

(378)

(95)

Other interest expense

(135)

(131)

(114)

(131)

(128)

Total interest expense

(16,066)

(15,716)

(16,674)

(18,977)

(17,765)

Net interest income

16,505

15,516

15,148

13,853

13,100

 

Of the amounts noted in total interest income and total interest expense, the amounts related to financial instruments not measured at fair value through income statement were as follows:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Interest income

31,934

30,555

30,941

32,240

30,232

Interest expense

14,070

12,673

13,101

17,217

15,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 4. Non-interest income

 

Accounting policy

 

Fees and commissions

 

Fees and commission income are recognised as follows:

 

§                  facility fees are primarily earned for the provision of credit and other facilities to customers and are recognised as the services are provided;

 

§                  transaction fees are earned for facilitating transactions and are recognised once the transaction is executed;

 

§                  other non-risk fee income includes advisory and underwriting fees which are recognised when the related service is completed.

 

Income which forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised using the effective interest method and recorded in interest income (for example, loan origination fees).

 

Funds management income

 

Funds management fees earned for the ongoing management of customer funds and investments are recognised over the period of management.

 

Premium income

 

Premium income includes premiums earned for life insurance, life investment and general insurance products:

 

§                  life insurance premiums with a regular due date are recognised as revenue on an accrual basis. Premiums with no due date are recognised on a cash received basis;

 

§                  life investment premiums include a management fee component which is recognised as funds management income over the period the service is provided. The deposit components of life insurance and investment contracts are not revenue and are treated as movements in life insurance policy liabilities;

 

§                  general insurance premium comprises amounts charged to policyholders, excluding taxes, and is recognised based on the likely pattern in which the insured risk is likely to emerge. The portion not yet earned based on the pattern assessment is recognised as unearned premium liability.

 

Claims expense

 

§                  life and general insurance contract claims are recognised as an expense when the liability is established;

 

§                  claims incurred in respect of life investment contracts represent withdrawals and are recognised as a reduction in life insurance liabilities.

 

Trading income

 

§                  realised and unrealised gains or losses from changes in the fair value of trading assets, liabilities and derivatives are recognised in the period in which they arise (except day one profits or losses which are deferred, refer to Note 23);

 

§                  dividend income on the trading portfolio is recorded as part of trading income;

 

§                  net income related to Treasury’s interest rate and liquidity management activities is included in net interest income.

 

Dividend income

 

§                  dividends on quoted shares are recognised on the ex-dividend date;

 

§                  dividends on unquoted shares are recognised when the company’s right to receive payment is established.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

181

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 4. Non-interest income (continued)

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

 

 

Facility fees

1,347

1,333

1,297

1,333

1,299

Transaction fees and commissions

1,105

1,193

1,177

886

953

Other non-risk fee income

98

229

281

54

211

Total fees and commissions

2,550

2,755

2,755

2,273

2,463

Wealth management and insurance income1

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance and funds management net operating income

1,825

1,590

1,657

-

-

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance net operating income

236

210

242

-

-

Total wealth management and insurance income

2,061

1,800

1,899

-

-

Trading income2

945

1,202

1,124

919

1,095

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received from subsidiaries

-

-

-

2,013

1,859

Dividends received from other entities

3

2

7

3

2

Net gain on sale of associates3

-

279

-

-

-

Net gain on disposal of assets

24

6

1

-

5

Net gain/(loss) on hedging overseas operations

-

-

(6)

19

152

Net gain/(loss) on derivatives held for risk management purposes4

8

52

(88)

8

52

Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments designated at fair value

38

11

(6)

36

3

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of controlled entities

(9)

-

1

-

-

Rental income on operating leases

107

143

109

77

104

Share of associates’ net profit/(loss)

(10)

17

30

-

-

Other5

(89)

19

11

5

20

Total other income

72

529

59

2,161

2,197

Transactions with subsidiaries

-

-

-

472

376

Total non-interest income

5,628

6,286

5,837

5,825

6,131

Wealth management and insurance income comprised

 

 

 

 

 

Funds management income

1,145

997

1,006

-

-

Life insurance premium income

1,410

1,204

1,114

-

-

Life insurance commissions, investment income and other income

666

544

386

-

-

Life insurance claims and changes in life insurance liabilities

(1,396)

(1,155)

(849)

-

-

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance net premiums earned

472

451

455

-

-

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance investment, commissions and other income

50

77

70

-

-

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance claims incurred, underwriting and commission expenses

(286)

(318)

(283)

-

-

Total wealth management and insurance income

2,061

1,800

1,899

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Wealth management and insurance income includes policy holder tax recoveries.

2           Trading income represents a component of total markets income from WIB markets business, Westpac Pacific and Treasury foreign exchange operations in Australia and New Zealand.

3           On 26 May 2017, the Group sold 60 million (19% of Pendal’s shares on issue) Pendal shares. Refer to Note 35 for further details.

4           Income from derivatives held for risk management purposes reflects the impact of economic hedges of foreign currency capital and earnings.

5           Other includes $104 million of impairment on the remaining shareholdings of Pendal for the Group and nil for Parent in 2018.

 

182

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 5. Operating expenses

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Staff expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Employee remuneration, entitlements and on-costs

4,292

4,133

4,005

3,537

3,371

Superannuation expense1

386

380

369

315

314

Share-based payments

95

113

135

97

96

Restructuring costs

114

75

92

97

68

Total staff expenses

4,887

4,701

4,601

4,046

3,849

Occupancy expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease rentals

632

648

622

565

579

Depreciation of property and equipment

245

291

285

196

235

Other

156

134

125

134

111

Total occupancy expenses

1,033

1,073

1,032

895

925

Technology expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation and impairment of software assets

620

628

571

567

572

Depreciation and impairment of IT equipment

141

158

156

124

139

Technology services

721

639

672

564

512

Software maintenance and licences

342

313

277

289

269

Telecommunications

209

190

181

183

163

Data processing

77

80

72

76

78

Total technology expenses

2,110

2,008

1,929

1,803

1,733

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Professional and processing services2

824

755

741

638

515

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets and deferred expenditure

138

192

216

21

169

Postage and stationery

182

217

217

152

179

Advertising

173

155

156

127

107

Credit card loyalty programs

126

152

144

101

118

Non-lending losses

133

73

81

112

58

Impairment/(reversal of impairment) on investments in subsidiaries

-

-

-

44

7

Other expenses

86

108

100

162

238

Total other expenses

1,662

1,652

1,655

1,357

1,391

Total operating expenses

9,692

9,434

9,217

8,101

7,898

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Superannuation expense includes both defined contribution and defined benefit expense. Further details of the Group’s defined benefit plans are in Note 38.

 

2           Professional and processing services relates to:

 

-      services provided by external suppliers including items such as cash handling and security services, marketing costs, research and recruitment fees (2018: $271 million, 2017: $268 million, 2016: $283 million);

 

-      operations processing (2018: $195 million, 2017: $184 million, 2016: $196 million);

 

-      consultants (2018: $151 million, 2017: $162 million, 2016: $120 million);

 

-      credit assessment (2018: $58 million, 2017: $53 million, 2016: $60 million);

 

-       legal and audit fees (2018: $111 million, 2017: $61 million, 2016: $51 million); and

 

-       regulatory fees and share market related costs (2018: $38 million, 2017: $27 million, 2016: $31 million).

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

183

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 6. Impairment charges

 

Accounting policy

 

At each balance sheet date, the Group assesses whether there is any objective evidence of impairment of its loan portfolio. An impairment charge is recognised if there is objective evidence that the principal or interest repayments may not be recoverable and when the financial impact of the non-recoverable loan can be reliably measured.

 

Objective evidence of impairment could include a breach of contract with the Group such as a default on interest or principal payments, a borrower experiencing significant financial difficulties or observable economic conditions that correlate to defaults on a group of loans.

 

The impairment charge is measured as the difference between the loan’s current carrying amount and the present value of its estimated future cash flows. The estimated future cash flows exclude any expected future credit losses which have not yet occurred and are discounted to their present value using the loan’s original effective interest rate. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment is the current effective interest rate.

 

The impairment charge is recognised in the income statement with a corresponding reduction of the carrying value of the loan through an offsetting provision account (refer to Note 14).

 

In subsequent periods, objective evidence may indicate that an impairment charge should be reversed. Objective evidence could include a borrower’s credit rating or financial circumstances improving. The impairment charge is reversed in the income statement of that future period and the related provision for impairment is reduced.

 

Uncollectable loans

 

A loan may become uncollectable in full or part if, after following the Group’s loan recovery procedures, the Group remains unable to collect that loan’s contractual repayments. Uncollectable amounts are written off against their related provision for impairment, after all possible repayments have been received.

 

The Group may subsequently be able to recover cash flows from loans written off. In the period which these recoveries are made, they are recognised in the income statement.

 

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates relating to impairment charges are included in Note 14.

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

 

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Individually assessed provisions raised

 

371

610

727

341

581

Write-backs

 

(150)

(288)

(210)

(131)

(218)

Recoveries

 

(179)

(168)

(137)

(138)

(121)

Collectively assessed provisions raised

 

668

699

744

610

628

Impairment charges

 

710

853

1,124

682

870

 

Refer to Note 14 for further details on Provisions for impairment charges.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

184

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 7. Income tax

 

Accounting policy

 

The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income.

 

Current tax is the tax payable for the year using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates and laws for each jurisdiction. Current tax also includes adjustments to tax payable for previous years.

 

Deferred tax accounts for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their values for taxation purposes.

 

Deferred tax is determined using the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates and laws for each jurisdiction which are expected to apply when the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset where they relate to the same taxation authority, the same taxable entity or group, and where there is a legal right and intention to settle on a net basis.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available to utilise the assets.

 

Deferred tax is not recognised for the following temporary differences:

 

§                  the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither the accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 

§                  the initial recognition of goodwill in a business combination;

 

§                  retained earnings in subsidiaries which the Parent Entity does not intend to distribute for the foreseeable future.

 

The Parent Entity is the head entity of a tax consolidated group with its wholly owned, Australian subsidiaries. All entities in the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax sharing agreement which, in the opinion of the Directors, limits the joint and several liabilities in the case of a default by the Parent Entity.

 

Tax expense and income deferred tax balances arising from temporary differences are recognised using a ‘group allocation basis’. As head entity, the Parent Entity recognises all current tax balances and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and relevant tax credits for the tax-consolidated group. The Parent Entity fully compensates/is compensated by the other members for these balances.

 

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

The Group operates in multiple tax jurisdictions and significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide current tax liability. There are many transactions with uncertain tax outcomes and provisions are held to reflect these tax uncertainties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

185

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

 

Income tax expense

 

The income tax expense for the year reconciles to the profit before income tax as follows:

 

 

   Consolidated

 Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Profit before income tax

11,731

11,515

10,644

10,895

10,463

Tax at the Australian company tax rate of 30%

3,519

3,455

3,193

3,269

3,139

The effect of amounts which are not deductible/ (assessable) in calculating taxable income

 

 

 

 

 

Hybrid capital distributions

69

64

50

69

64

Life insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

Tax adjustment on policyholder earnings

24

8

(2)

-

-

Adjustment for life business tax rates

(1)

(1)

-

-

-

Dividend adjustments

(1)

(3)

(4)

(604)

(558)

Other non-assessable items

(5)

(3)

(10)

(2)

(2)

Other non-deductible items

64

32

35

34

25

Adjustment for overseas tax rates

(28)

(30)

(26)

(3)

(5)

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years

9

4

(65)

-

1

Other items

(18)

(8)

13

(12)

(44)

Total income tax expense

3,632

3,518

3,184

2,751

2,620

Income tax analysis

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense comprises:

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax

3,704

3,404

3,351

2,806

2,367

Movement in deferred tax

(81)

110

(102)

(55)

252

Income tax (over)/under provision in prior years

9

4

(65)

-

1

Total income tax expense

3,632

3,518

3,184

2,751

2,620

Total Australia

3,178

3,072

2,835

2,677

2,544

Total Overseas

454

446

349

74

76

Total income tax expense1

3,632

3,518

3,184

2,751

2,620

 

The effective tax rate was 30.96% in 2018 (2017: 30.55%, 2016: 29.91%).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            As the Bank Levy is not a levy on income, it is not included in income tax. It is included in Note 3 Net interest income.

 

186

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

 

Deferred tax assets

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in the income statements

 

 

 

 

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

827

847

708

701

Provision for long service leave, annual leave and other employee benefits

323

321

301

292

Financial instruments

5

3

2

4

Property and equipment

196

198

177

180

Other provisions

322

239

299

223

Other liabilities

119

100

112

99

Total amounts recognised in the income statements

1,792

1,708

1,599

1,499

Amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges1

50

63

31

41

Defined benefit

-

3

-

3

Total amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income1

50

66

31

44

Gross deferred tax assets1

1,842

1,774

1,630

1,543

Set-off of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities1

(662)

(662)

(528)

(490)

Net deferred tax assets

1,180

1,112

1,102

1,053

Movements

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

1,112

1,351

1,053

1,399

Recognised in the income statements

84

(387)

100

(313)

Recognised in other comprehensive income1

(16)

(85)

(13)

(69)

Set-off of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities1

-

233

(38)

36

Closing balance

1,180

1,112

1,102

1,053

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in the income statements

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments

-

3

-

3

Finance lease transactions

158

106

161

83

Property and equipment

135

162

135

163

Life insurance assets

51

47

-

-

Other assets

312

335

213

215

Total amounts recognised in the income statements

656

653

509

464

Amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities1

10

19

7

26

Defined benefit

14

-

15

-

Total amounts recognised directly in other comprehensive income1

24

19

22

26

Gross deferred tax liabilities1

680

672

531

490

Set-off of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities1

(662)

(662)

(528)

(490)

Net deferred tax liabilities

18

10

3

-

Movements

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

10

36

-

-

Recognised in the income statements

3

(277)

45

(61)

Recognised in other comprehensive income1

5

18

(4)

25

Set-off of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities1

-

233

(38)

36

Closing balance

18

10

3

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

187

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 7. Income tax (continued)

 

Unrecognised deferred tax balances

 

The following potential deferred tax balances have not been recognised. The values shown are the gross balances and not tax effected. The tax effected balances would be approximately 30% of the values shown.

 

 

     Consolidated

      Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Unrecognised deferred tax asset

 

 

 

 

Tax losses on revenue account

190

213

151

162

Unrecognised deferred tax liability

 

 

 

 

Gross retained earnings of subsidiaries which the Parent Entity does

 

 

 

 

not intend to distribute in the foreseeable future

58

51

-

-

 

Note 8. Earnings per share

 

Accounting policy

 

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue during the year, adjusted for treasury shares. Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the basic earnings per share by assuming all dilutive potential ordinary shares (share based payments – Note 37 and convertible loan capital – Note 20) are converted.

 

Consolidated

2018

  2017

   2016

$m

Basic

Diluted

Basic

Diluted

Basic

Diluted

Net profit attributable to shareholders

8,095

8,095

7,990

7,990

7,445

7,445

Adjustment for Restricted Share Plan (RSP) dividends1

(5)

-

(6)

-

(5)

-

Adjustment for potential dilution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions to convertible loan capital holders2

-

283

-

253

-

222

Adjusted net profit attributable to shareholders

8,090

8,378

7,984

8,243

7,440

7,667

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue

3,414

3,414

3,364

3,364

3,322

3,322

Treasury shares (including RSP share rights)

(8)

(8)

(9)

(9)

(9)

(9)

Adjustment for potential dilution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payments

-

3

-

4

-

4

Convertible loan capital2

-

232

-

236

-

203

Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares

3,406

3,641

3,355

3,595

3,313

3,520

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

237.5

230.1

238.0

229.3

224.6

217.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    RSP share rights are explained in Note 37. Some RSP share rights have not vested and are not ordinary shares but do receive dividends. These RSP dividends are deducted to show the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders.

2    The Group has issued convertible loan capital which is expected to convert into ordinary shares in the future (refer to Note 20 for further details). These convertible loan capital instruments are all dilutive and diluted EPS is therefore calculated as if the instruments had already been converted.

 

188

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 9. Average balance sheet and interest rates

 

The daily average balances of the Group’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are shown below along with their interest income or expense.

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

2016

 

Average

Interest

Average

Average

Interest

Average

Average

Interest

Average

 

Balance

Income

Rate

Balance

Income

Rate

Balance

Income

Rate

 

$m

$m

%

$m

$m

%

$m

$m

%

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

4,169

77

1.8

7,422

82

1.1

9,616

84

0.9

New Zealand

350

6

1.7

850

8

0.9

449

6

1.3

Other overseas

1,046

25

2.4

851

20

2.4

1,292

10

0.8

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

17,420

423

2.4

18,418

416

2.3

18,632

481

2.6

New Zealand

3,538

80

2.3

4,238

96

2.3

4,105

118

2.9

Other overseas

2,286

39

1.7

3,214

46

1.4

3,339

46

1.4

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

55,458

1,692

3.1

52,457

1,573

3.0

48,151

1,581

3.3

New Zealand

3,304

136

4.1

3,479

147

4.2

3,193

141

4.4

Other overseas

2,778

86

3.1

2,272

75

3.3

2,710

86

3.2

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other overseas

1,040

23

2.2

1,035

17

1.6

1,197

13

1.1

Loans and other receivables1:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

579,749

25,709

4.4

557,865

24,772

4.4

532,172

25,162

4.7

New Zealand

73,804

3,514

4.8

72,938

3,460

4.7

68,370

3,617

5.3

Other overseas

30,002

761

2.5

27,255

520

1.9

28,617

477

1.7

Total interest earning assets and interest income

774,944

32,571

4.2

752,294

31,232

4.2

721,843

31,822

4.4

Non-Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, receivables due from other financial institutions and regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

2,376

 

 

2,000

 

 

2,431

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

34,702

 

 

37,673

 

 

48,666

 

 

Life insurance assets

10,664

 

 

12,447

 

 

12,702

 

 

All other assets2

61,938

 

 

60,111

 

 

57,913

 

 

Total non-interest earning assets

109,680

 

 

112,231

 

 

121,712

 

 

Total assets

884,624

 

 

864,525

 

 

843,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Loans and other receivables are stated net of provisions for impairment charges on loans. Other receivables include cash and balances with central banks and other interest earning assets.

2            Include property and equipment, intangible assets, deferred tax assets, non-interest bearing loans relating to mortgage offset accounts and other assets.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

189

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 9. Average balance sheet and interest rates (continued)

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

2016

 

Average

Interest

Average

Average

Interest

Average

Average

Interest

Average

 

Balance

Expense

Rate

Balance

Expense

Rate

Balance

Expense

Rate

 

$m

$m

%

$m

$m

%

$m

$m

%

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

16,180

262

1.6

15,740

241

1.5

16,570

301

1.8

New Zealand

1,135

17

1.5

642

9

1.4

567

10

1.8

Other overseas

1,963

40

2.0

2,451

29

1.2

2,811

34

1.2

Deposits and other borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

422,006

7,308

1.7

409,586

7,344

1.8

376,115

7,801

2.1

New Zealand

51,368

1,196

2.3

51,042

1,173

2.3

48,251

1,280

2.7

Other overseas

26,599

517

1.9

24,085

351

1.5

29,336

288

1.0

Loan capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

15,028

635

4.2

15,841

638

4.0

12,150

513

4.2

New Zealand

1,645

84

5.1

43

2

4.7

-

-

-

Other overseas

1,324

55

4.2

1,324

53

4.0

1,687

76

4.5

Other interest bearing liabilities1:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

163,949

5,369

3.3

157,842

5,117

3.2

164,871

5,574

3.4

New Zealand

14,218

580

4.1

15,821

747

4.7

14,067

787

5.6

Other overseas

94

3

3.2

507

12

2.4

851

10

1.2

Total interest bearing liabilities and interest expense

715,509

16,066

2.2

694,924

15,716

2.3

667,276

16,674

2.5

Non-interest bearing liabilities Deposits and payables due to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

42,377

 

 

40,514

 

 

36,594

 

 

New Zealand

5,289

 

 

4,716

 

 

4,105

 

 

Other overseas

824

 

 

869

 

 

1,023

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

37,504

 

 

42,780

 

 

55,956

 

 

Life insurance liabilities

8,874

 

 

10,560

 

 

10,985

 

 

All other liabilities2

12,199

 

 

11,586

 

 

11,145

 

 

Total non-interest bearing liabilities

107,067

 

 

111,025

 

 

119,808

 

 

Total liabilities

822,576

 

 

805,949

 

 

787,084

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

62,017

 

 

58,556

 

 

55,896

 

 

Non-controlling interests

31

 

 

20

 

 

575

 

 

Total equity

62,048

 

 

58,576

 

 

56,471

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

884,624

 

 

864,525

 

 

843,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Include net impact of Treasury balance sheet management activities and the Bank Levy.

2            Include other liabilities, provisions, current and deferred tax liabilities.

 

190

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 9. Average balance sheet and interest rates (continued)

 

Net interest income may vary from year to year due to changes in the volume of, and interest rates associated with, interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. The table below allocates the change in net interest income between changes in volume and interest rate for those assets and liabilities.

 

Calculation of variances

 

§                  volume changes are determined based on the movements in average asset and liability balances;

 

§                  interest rate changes are determined based on the change in interest rate associated with those assets and liabilities.

 

Where variances arise due to a combination of volume and interest rate changes, the absolute dollar value of each change is allocated in proportion to their impact on the total change.

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

 

Change Due to

Change Due to

$m

Volume

Rate

Total

Volume

Rate

Total

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

(36)

31

(5)

(19)

17

(2)

New Zealand

(5)

3

(2)

5

(3)

2

Other overseas

5

-

5

(3)

13

10

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

(23)

30

7

(6)

(59)

(65)

New Zealand

(16)

-

(16)

4

(26)

(22)

Other overseas

(13)

6

(7)

(2)

2

-

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

90

29

119

141

(149)

(8)

New Zealand

(7)

(4)

(11)

13

(7)

6

Other overseas

17

(6)

11

(14)

3

(11)

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other overseas

-

6

6

(2)

6

4

Loans and other receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

972

(35)

937

1,217

(1,607)

(390)

New Zealand

41

13

54

242

(399)

(157)

Other overseas

52

189

241

(25)

68

43

Total change in interest income Interest bearing liabilities

1,077

262

1,339

1,551

(2,141)

(590)

Payables due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

7

14

21

(15)

(45)

(60)

New Zealand

7

1

8

1

(2)

(1)

Other overseas

(6)

17

11

(4)

(1)

(5)

Deposits and other borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

223

(259)

(36)

693

(1,150)

(457)

New Zealand

7

16

23

75

(182)

(107)

Other overseas

37

129

166

(52)

115

63

Loan capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

(33)

30

(3)

156

(31)

125

New Zealand

75

7

82

2

-

2

Other overseas

-

2

2

(16)

(7)

(23)

Other interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

198

54

252

(237)

(220)

(457)

New Zealand

(76)

(91)

(167)

98

(138)

(40)

Other overseas

(10)

1

(9)

(5)

7

2

Total change in interest expense

429

(79)

350

696

(1,654)

(958)

Change in net interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

608

216

824

736

(352)

384

New Zealand

-

79

79

88

(113)

(25)

Other overseas

40

46

86

31

(22)

9

Total change in net interest income

648

341

989

855

(487)

368

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

191

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

Accounting policy

 

Recognition

 

Purchases and sales of regular way financial assets, except for loans and receivables, are recognised on trade-date; the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans and receivables are recognised on settlement date, when cash is advanced to the borrowers.

 

Financial liabilities are recognised when an obligation arises.

 

Classification and measurement

 

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: cash and balances with central banks, receivables due from financial institutions, trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value, derivative financial instruments, available-for-sale securities, loans, life insurance assets and regulatory deposits with central banks overseas. The Group has not classified any of its financial assets as held-to-maturity investments.

 

The Group classifies significant financial liabilities in the following categories: payables due to other financial institutions, deposits and other borrowings, other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement, derivative financial instruments, debt issues and loan capital.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through income statement are recognised initially at fair value. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs.

 

The accounting policy for each category of financial asset or financial liability mentioned above is set out in the note for the relevant item.

 

The Group’s policies for determining the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities are set out in Note 23.

 

Derecognition

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, or when the Group has either transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full under a ‘pass through’ arrangement and transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

There may be situations where the Group has partially transferred the risks and rewards of ownership but has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. In such situations, the asset continues to be recognised on the balance sheet to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset.

 

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, the exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, with the difference in the respective carrying amounts recognised in the income statement.

 

Note 10. Receivables due from other financial institutions

 

Accounting policy

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Conduit assets1

-

392

-

-

Cash collateral

4,332

4,834

4,267

4,462

Interbank lending

1,458

1,902

1,444

1,895

Total receivables due from other financial institutions

5,790

7,128

5,711

6,357

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Further information on conduit assets is disclosed in Note 25. Conduit assets are only available to meet associated conduit liabilities disclosed in Note 19.

 

192

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 11. Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

Accounting policy

 

Trading securities

 

Trading securities include actively traded debt (government and other) and equity instruments and those acquired for sale in the near term.

 

As part of its trading activities, the Group also lends and borrows securities on a collateralised basis. Securities lent remain on the Group’s balance sheet and securities borrowed are not reflected on the Group’s balance sheet, as the risk and rewards of ownership remain with the initial holder. Where cash is provided as collateral, the amount advanced to or received from third parties is recognised as a receivable in other assets (Note 27) or as a borrowing in other liabilities (Note 29) respectively.

 

Gains and losses on trading securities are recognised in the income statement. Interest received from government and other debt securities is recognised in net interest income (Note 3) and dividends on equity securities are recognised in non-interest income (Note 4).

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’)

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell are not recognised on the balance sheet as Westpac has not obtained the risks and rewards of ownership. The cash consideration paid is recognised as an asset. Reverse repos which are part of a trading portfolio are designated at fair value. Gains and losses on these financial assets are recognised in non-interest income.  Interest received under these agreements is recognised in interest income.

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value either: contain an embedded derivative; are managed on a fair value basis, or are held at fair value to reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch. Gains and losses on these financial assets are recognised as non-interest income. Interest received from these other financial assets is recognised in interest income.

 

A portfolio of fixed rate bills designated at fair value to reduce an accounting mismatch have, due to their nature, been presented in loans (Note 13).

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Trading securities

17,779

15,860

15,288

16,673

14,151

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

1,379

6,887

3,260

1,379

6,887

Other financial assets designated at fair value

2,976

2,577

2,620

2,365

1,908

Total trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

22,134

25,324

21,168

20,417

22,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities include the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Government and semi-government securities

13,062

11,339

9,267

12,253

10,452

Other debt securities

4,622

4,453

5,960

4,325

3,631

Equity securities

8

11

7

8

11

Other

87

57

54

87

57

Total trading securities

17,779

15,860

15,288

16,673

14,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Other debt securities

2,715

2,259

2,319

2,302

1,848

Equity securities

261

318

301

63

60

Total other financial assets designated at fair value

2,976

2,577

2,620

2,365

1,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

193

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 12. Available-for-sale securities

 

Accounting policy

Available-for-sale debt (government and other) and equity securities are held at fair value with gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income except for the following amounts recognised in the income statement:

§                  interest on debt securities;

§                  dividends on equity securities; and

§                  impairment charges.

The cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is subsequently recognised in the income statement when the instrument is disposed.

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether any available-for-sale securities are impaired. Impairment exists if one or more events have occurred which have a negative impact on the security’s estimated cash flows.

For debt instruments, evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulties or adverse changes in the payment status of an issuer.

For equity securities, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered evidence of impairment.

If impairment exists, the cumulative loss is removed from other comprehensive income and recognised in the income statement. Any subsequent reversals of impairment on debt securities are also recognised in the income statement. Subsequent reversal of impairment charges on equity instruments is not recognised in the income statement until the instrument is disposed.

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

Government and semi-government securities

42,979

43,382

46,255

40,345

40,491

Other debt securities

17,756

16,863

14,323

16,101

15,252

Equity securities1

384

465

87

67

57

Total available-for-sale securities

61,119

60,710

60,665

56,513

55,800

 

The following table shows the maturities of the Group’s available-for-sale securities as at 30 September 2018 and their weighted-average yield. There are no tax-exempt securities.

 

 

Within

Over 1 Year

Over 5 Years

Over

No Specific

 

Weighted

 

1 Year

to 5 Years

to 10 Years

10 Years

Maturity

Total

Average

2018

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

Carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government and semi- government securities

4,780

3.1%

25,126

3.3%

13,073

2.9%

-

-

-

-

42,979

3.2% 

Other debt securities

2,118

3.0%

15,638

2.9%

-

-

-

-

-

-

17,756

2.9% 

Equity securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

384

-

384

Total by maturity

6,898

 

40,764

 

13,073

 

-

 

384

 

61,119

 

 

The maturity profile is determined based upon contractual terms for available-for-sale instruments.

 

Available-for-sale securities include:

 

§             US Government treasury notes of $5,229 million (2017: $6,796 million, 2016: $6,413 million); and

 

§             total holdings of debt securities, where the aggregate book value exceeds 10% of equity attributable to Westpac’s owners:

-        Queensland Treasury Corporation totalling $11,144 million; and

-        Australian Commonwealth Government totalling $10,657 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Certain equity securities are measured at cost because their fair value cannot be reliably measured (there is no active market and quoted prices are not available). 2018: nil for the Group (2017: nil, 2016: $59 million) and nil for the Parent Entity (2017: nil).

 

194

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 13. Loans

 

Accounting policy

 

Loans are financial assets initially recognised at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs and fees. Except for a portfolio of fixed rate bills (see below), loans are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method and are presented net of any provisions for impairment.

 

Loan products that have both mortgage and deposit facilities are presented gross on the balance sheet, segregating the asset and liability component, because they do not meet the criteria to be offset. Interest earned on these products is presented on a net basis in the income statement as this reflects how the customer is charged.

 

Finance leases, where the Group acts as lessor, are also included within loans. These are leases where substantially all the risks and rewards of the leased asset have been transferred to the lessee. Finance income is recognised on a basis reflecting a constant rate of return on the net investment in the finance lease. The net investment of a finance lease is the present value of future cash flows on the lease. Gross future cash flows are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease to determine their present value.

 

The loan portfolio is disaggregated by location of booking office and product type, as follows:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Australia

 

 

 

 

Housing

444,741

427,167

444,730

427,155

Personal (loans and cards)

21,079

21,952

20,090

19,905

Business

154,347

150,542

150,580

146,143

Margin lending

1,830

1,885

1,830

1,885

Other

88

100

88

100

Total Australia

622,085

601,646

617,318

595,188

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

Housing

44,772

43,198

-

-

Personal (loans and cards)

1,793

1,856

-

-

Business

27,701

26,667

376

321

Other

76

85

-

-

Total New Zealand

74,342

71,806

376

321

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

Trade finance

3,600

2,818

3,600

2,818

Other

12,477

11,515

11,281

10,283

Total other overseas

16,077

14,333

14,881

13,101

Total loans

712,504

687,785

632,575

608,610

Provisions for impairment charges on loans (refer to Note 14)

(2,814)

(2,866)

(2,407)

(2,373)

Total net loans1,2

709,690

684,919

630,168

606,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Total net loans include $3,250 million (2017: $4,587 million) of fixed rate bills designated at fair value to reduce an accounting mismatch. The change in fair value of fixed rate bills attributable to credit risk recognised during the year was $1 million (2017: $6 million) for both the Group and Parent Entity. The cumulative change in fair value of the fixed rate bills attributable to credit risk was a decrease of $22 million (2017: $23 million decrease) for both the Group and Parent Entity.

2           Total net loans include securitised loans of:

-            Group - 2018 $7,135 million (2017: $7,651 million)

-            Parent - 2018 $85,965 million (2017: $82,135 million)

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

195

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 13. Loans (continued)

 

Loans included the following finance lease receivables:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Gross investment in finance lease receivables:

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

692

661

473

433

Due after one year but not later than five years

4,866

4,619

3,804

3,349

Due after five years

595

301

563

237

Unearned future finance income on finance lease receivables

(870)

(796)

(727)

(606)

Net investment in finance lease receivables

5,283

4,785

4,113

3,413

Accumulated allowance for uncollectable minimum lease payments

(8)

(6)

(3)

(2)

Net investment in finance lease receivables after accumulated allowance

5,275

4,779

4,110

3,411

The net investment in finance lease receivables may be analysed as follows:

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

677

634

458

416

Due after one year but not later than five years

4,116

3,913

3,192

2,809

Due after five years

490

238

463

188

Total net investment in finance lease receivables

5,283

4,785

4,113

3,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

196

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 13. Loans (continued)

 

The following table shows loans presented based on their industry classification:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

8,297

8,177

7,536

7,490

7,273

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

8,642

8,182

7,953

7,667

7,246

Construction

6,751

6,043

5,797

5,596

5,533

Finance and insurance

14,059

12,923

14,298

13,175

12,202

Government, administration and defence

628

554

675

796

750

Manufacturing

9,298

9,054

9,140

9,342

8,876

Mining

3,311

3,025

3,641

4,415

3,207

Property

45,471

43,220

44,785

44,667

41,718

Property services and business services

13,477

12,050

11,674

10,703

10,045

Services

12,158

12,950

12,362

10,798

9,629

Trade

16,501

16,063

16,044

15,484

14,449

Transport and storage

8,853

8,624

9,015

9,940

9,186

Utilities

4,350

5,237

4,025

3,554

3,232

Retail lending

463,609

451,315

429,522

400,441

376,662

Other

6,680

4,229

2,777

1,587

1,247

Total Australia

622,085

601,646

579,244

545,655

511,255

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

323

290

256

182

159

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

8,138

7,772

7,788

6,860

6,019

Construction

502

447

396

359

361

Finance and insurance

2,903

2,478

2,682

1,725

1,158

Government, administration and defence

114

137

163

292

350

Manufacturing

2,199

2,090

2,324

2,110

1,848

Mining

206

141

280

407

484

Property

5,997

5,858

5,925

5,301

5,116

Property services and business services

1,073

1,113

1,084

925

869

Services

1,733

1,810

1,396

1,173

996

Trade

2,509

2,163

2,333

2,003

1,878

Transport and storage

1,029

1,080

1,257

1,094

868

Utilities

1,003

1,237

1,600

1,021

1,004

Retail lending

46,613

45,190

45,011

40,277

37,222

Other

-

-

-

-

138

Total New Zealand

74,342

71,806

72,495

63,729

58,470

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

112

97

118

111

127

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

19

5

12

568

465

Construction

71

55

147

247

120

Finance and insurance

4,098

4,289

2,767

4,297

2,006

Government, administration and defence

25

4

4

130

35

Manufacturing

3,257

2,982

2,619

3,848

2,886

Mining

322

349

535

778

1,617

Property

467

491

479

409

352

Property services and business services

1,684

540

526

403

140

Services

205

205

99

182

242

Trade

2,988

2,680

3,463

2,898

3,248

Transport and storage

1,232

1,389

1,186

1,099

689

Utilities

736

514

442

722

701

Retail lending

683

657

1,120

1,191

1,111

Other

178

76

-

77

52

Total other overseas

16,077

14,333

13,517

16,960

13,791

Total loans

712,504

687,785

665,256

626,344

583,516

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

(2,814)

(2,866)

(3,330)

(3,028)

(3,173)

Total net loans

709,690

684,919

661,926

623,316

580,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

197

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 13. Loans (continued)

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

$m

 

 

2018

2017

Australia

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

8,228

8,098

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

8,584

8,063

Construction

 

 

6,247

5,440

Finance and insurance

 

 

14,006

12,882

Government, administration and defence

 

 

620

541

Manufacturing

 

 

9,072

8,782

Mining

 

 

3,279

2,985

Property

 

 

45,471

43,220

Property services and business services

 

 

12,433

10,979

Services

 

 

11,891

12,605

Trade

 

 

16,291

15,760

Transport and storage

 

 

8,456

8,167

Utilities

 

 

4,324

5,206

Retail lending

 

 

462,568

449,207

Other

 

 

5,848

3,253

Total Australia

 

 

617,318

595,188

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

-

-

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

2

1

Construction

 

 

5

3

Finance and insurance

 

 

-

-

Government, administration and defence

 

 

-

-

Manufacturing

 

 

98

88

Mining

 

 

-

-

Property

 

 

-

-

Property services and business services

 

 

8

9

Services

 

 

-

1

Trade

 

 

263

217

Transport and storage

 

 

-

-

Utilities

 

 

-

-

Retail lending

 

 

-

-

Other

 

 

-

2

Total New Zealand

 

 

376

321

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

70

88

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

4

4

Construction

 

 

59

44

Finance and insurance

 

 

4,093

4,284

Government, administration and defence

 

 

24

3

Manufacturing

 

 

3,253

2,969

Mining

 

 

323

349

Property

 

 

234

288

Property services and business services

 

 

1,595

525

Services

 

 

187

74

Trade

 

 

2,802

2,446

Transport and storage

 

 

1,127

1,159

Utilities

 

 

734

508

Retail lending

 

 

277

280

Other

 

 

99

80

Total other overseas

 

 

14,881

13,101

Total loans

 

 

632,575

608,610

Provisions for impairment charges on loans

 

 

(2,407)

(2,373)

Total net loans

 

 

630,168

606,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

198

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 13. Loans (continued)

 

The following table shows the consolidated contractual maturity distribution of all loans by type of customer as at 30 September 2018:

 

Consolidated 2018

 

 

 

 

$m

Up to 1 Year

1 to 5 Years

Over 5 Years

Total

Loans by type of customer in Australia

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

3,381

4,457

459

8,297

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

3,173

4,763

706

8,642

Construction

1,647

4,301

803

6,751

Finance and insurance

7,465

4,896

1,698

14,059

Government, administration and defence

125

174

329

628

Manufacturing

3,263

4,701

1,334

9,298

Mining

548

1,281

1,482

3,311

Property

19,019

22,782

3,670

45,471

Property services and business services

4,029

7,547

1,901

13,477

Services

3,248

7,185

1,725

12,158

Trade

6,737

8,048

1,716

16,501

Transport and storage

1,688

5,660

1,505

8,853

Utilities

1,105

2,625

620

4,350

Retail lending

14,618

24,316

424,675

463,609

Other

1,076

4,097

1,507

6,680

Total Australia

71,122

106,833

444,130

622,085

Total overseas

24,824

18,958

46,637

90,419

Total loans

95,946

125,791

490,767

712,504

 

Consolidated

  2018

2017

 

Loans at

Loans at

 

Loans at

Loans at

 

 

Variable

Fixed

 

Variable

Fixed

 

 

Interest

Interest

 

Interest

Interest

 

$m

Rates

Rates

Total

Rates

Rates

Total

Interest rate segmentation of Group loans maturing after one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

By offices in Australia

423,886

127,077

550,963

417,643

117,326

534,969

By offices overseas

18,816

46,779

65,595

18,371

44,428

62,799

Total loans maturing after one year

442,702

173,856

616,558

436,014

161,754

597,768

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

199

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 14. Provisions for impairment charges

 

Accounting policy

 

The Group recognises two types of impairment provisions for its loans, being provisions for loans which are:

 

§     individually assessed for impairment; and

 

§     collectively assessed for impairment.

 

Note 6 explains how impairment charges are determined.

 

The Group assesses impairment as follows:

 

§     individually for loans that exceed specified thresholds. Where there is objective evidence of impairment, individually assessed provisions will be recognised; and

 

§     collectively for loans below the specified thresholds noted above or if there is no objective evidence of impairment. These loans are included in a group of loans with similar risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment. If there is objective evidence that the group of loans is collectively impaired, collectively assessed provisions will be recognised.

 

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly by the Group to reduce differences between impairment provisions and actual loss experience.

 

Individual component

Key judgements include the business prospects for the customer, the realisable value of collateral, the Group’s position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of recovering the loan.

 

Judgements can change with time as new information becomes available or as loan recovery strategies evolve, which may result in revisions to the impairment provision.

 

Collective component

Collective provisions are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral and security, past loss experience, current economic conditions, expected default and timing of recovery based on portfolio trends.

 

Key judgements include estimated loss rates and their related emergence periods. The emergence period for each loan type is determined through studies of loss emergence patterns. Loan files are reviewed to identify the average time period between observable loss indicator events and the loss becoming identifiable.

 

Actual credit losses may differ materially from reported loan impairment provisions due to uncertainties including interest rates and their effect on consumer spending, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

 

      Consolidated

    Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Individually assessed provisions

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

480

869

669

417

752

Provisions raised

371

610

727

341

581

Write-backs

(150)

(288)

(210)

(131)

(218)

Write-offs

(269)

(688)

(287)

(248)

(681)

Interest adjustment

(11)

(16)

(13)

(11)

(16)

Other adjustments

1

(7)

(17)

7

(1)

Closing balance

422

480

869

375

417

Collectively assessed provisions

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

2,639

2,733

2,663

2,180

2,198

Provisions raised

668

699

744

610

628

Write-offs

(858)

(968)

(902)

(742)

(810)

Interest adjustment

179

188

193

148

152

Other adjustments

3

(13)

35

42

12

Closing balance

2,631

2,639

2,733

2,238

2,180

Total provisions for impairment charges on loans and credit commitments

3,053

3,119

3,602

2,613

2,597

Less provisions for credit commitments (refer to Note 28)

(239)

(253)

(272)

(206)

(224)

Total provisions for impairment charges on loans

2,814

2,866

3,330

2,407

2,373

 

 

 

 

200

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 14. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table presents provisions for impairment charges on loans by industry classification for the past five years:

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

 

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

Individually assessed provisions by industry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

9

0.3

15

0.5

39

1.1

38

1.1

47

1.4

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

13

0.4

9

0.3

21

0.6

23

0.7

47

1.4

Construction

24

0.8

20

0.6

23

0.6

20

0.6

61

1.8

Finance and insurance

25

0.8

6

0.2

15

0.4

23

0.7

24

0.7

Manufacturing

49

1.6

40

1.3

120

3.4

41

1.2

36

1.0

Mining

9

0.3

19

0.6

41

1.1

11

0.3

15

0.4

Property

47

1.5

74

2.4

125

3.5

127

3.9

200

5.7

Property services and business services

35

1.1

77

2.5

215

6.0

97

2.9

83

2.4

Services

27

0.9

25

0.8

16

0.4

20

0.6

32

0.9

Trade

39

1.3

37

1.2

62

1.7

39

1.2

70

2.0

Transport and storage

16

0.5

14

0.4

14

0.4

54

1.6

12

0.3

Utilities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

0.1

Retail lending

92

3.0

94

3.0

57

1.6

57

1.7

60

1.7

Other

2

0.1

3

0.1

4

0.1

3

0.1

2

0.1

Total Australia

387

12.6

433

13.9

752

20.9

553

16.6

691

19.9

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

13

0.4

11

0.4

11

0.3

6

0.2

6

0.2

Construction

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

Finance and insurance

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Manufacturing

6

0.2

4

0.1

34

0.9

33

1.0

33

0.9

Mining

-

-

-

-

14

0.4

13

0.4

36

1.0

Property

6

0.2

20

0.6

31

0.9

42

1.3

38

1.1

Property services and business services

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

-

-

-

Services

1

0.1

2

0.1

2

0.1

2

0.1

1

-

Trade

-

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

2

0.1

Transport and storage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Utilities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Retail lending

7

0.2

7

0.2

4

0.1

8

0.2

10

0.3

Total New Zealand

33

1.1

45

1.4

99

2.7

107

3.2

128

3.6

Total other overseas

2

0.1

2

0.1

18

0.5

9

0.3

48

1.4

Total individually assessed provisions

422

13.8

480

15.4

869

24.1

669

20.1

867

24.9

Total collectively assessed provisions

2,631

86.2

2,639

84.6

2,733

75.9

2,663

79.9

2,614

75.1

Total provisions for impairment charges and credit commitments

3,053

100.0

3,119

100.0

3,602

100.0

3,332

100.0

3,481

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

201

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 14. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table shows details of loan write-offs by industry classifications for the past five years:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Write-offs

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

(14)

(38)

(17)

(40)

(26)

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

(12)

(10)

(12)

(36)

(60)

Construction

(23)

(30)

(20)

(40)

(37)

Finance and insurance

(4)

(6)

(13)

(12)

(10)

Manufacturing

(12)

(105)

(21)

(20)

(85)

Mining

(14)

(46)

(18)

(17)

(4)

Property

(39)

(76)

(44)

(104)

(182)

Property services and business services

(44)

(203)

(43)

(70)

(50)

Services

(24)

(97)

(36)

(18)

(22)

Trade

(56)

(59)

(30)

(56)

(70)

Transport and storage

(17)

(17)

(48)

(24)

(43)

Utilities

(1)

-

(1)

(2)

(3)

Retail lending

(793)

(898)

(803)

(658)

(603)

Other

(5)

(17)

(13)

(13)

(14)

Total Australia

(1,058)

(1,602)

(1,119)

(1,110)

(1,209)

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

-

-

(2)

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

(1)

(3)

(10)

Construction

(1)

(1)

(1)

-

(5)

Finance and insurance

-

-

-

-

(10)

Manufacturing

-

-

-

(1)

(1)

Mining

-

-

-

(28)

(10)

Property

(13)

(2)

(10)

(18)

(41)

Property services and business services

-

-

(2)

-

-

Services

(1)

-

-

(1)

(37)

Trade

(1)

(1)

(1)

(4)

(3)

Transport and storage

-

-

-

-

-

Utilities

-

-

-

-

-

Retail lending

(53)

(49)

(51)

(55)

(49)

Other

-

-

(1)

-

-

Total New Zealand

(69)

(53)

(67)

(110)

(168)

Total other overseas

-

(1)

(3)

(18)

(31)

Total write-offs

(1,127)

(1,656)

(1,189)

(1,238)

(1,408)

Write-offs in relation to:

 

 

 

 

 

Collectively assessed provisions

(858)

(968)

(902)

(793)

(702)

Individually assessed provisions

(269)

(688)

(287)

(445)

(706)

Total write-offs

(1,127)

(1,656)

(1,189)

(1,238)

(1,408)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 14. Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following table shows details of recoveries of loans by industry classifications for the past five years:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

1

3

-

-

-

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

-

-

-

-

-

Construction

1

2

1

4

2

Finance and insurance

1

1

34

8

8

Manufacturing

-

2

1

3

3

Mining

1

1

-

-

-

Property

7

10

3

15

12

Property services and business services

1

3

2

2

-

Services

1

-

2

1

-

Trade

2

3

1

1

1

Transport and storage

1

1

1

-

-

Utilities

-

-

-

-

2

Retail lending

139

118

84

78

62

Other

-

5

2

1

2

Total Australia

155

149

131

113

92

Total New Zealand

24

19

6

18

14

Total other overseas

-

-

-

-

-

Total recoveries

179

168

137

131

106

Total write-offs

(1,127)

(1,656)

(1,189)

(1,238)

(1,408)

Net write-offs and recoveries

(948)

(1,488)

(1,052)

(1,107)

(1,302)

 

Note 15. Life insurance assets and life insurance liabilities

 

Accounting policy

 

The Group conducts its life insurance business in Australia primarily through Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited and separate statutory funds registered under the Life Insurance Act 1995 (Life Act) and in New Zealand through Westpac Life-NZ-Limited which are separate statutory funds licensed under the Insurance (Prudential Supervision) Act 2010.

 

Life insurance assets

Life insurance assets, including investments in funds managed by the Group, are designated at fair value through income statement. Changes in fair value are recognised in non-interest income. The determination of fair value of life insurance assets involves the same judgements as other financial assets, which are described in the critical accounting assumptions and estimates in Note 23.

 

The Life Act places restrictions on life insurance assets, including that they can only be used:

 

§                  to meet the liabilities and expenses of that statutory fund;

 

§                  to acquire investments to further the business of the statutory fund; or

 

§                  as a distribution, when the statutory fund has met its solvency and capital adequacy requirements.

 

Life insurance liabilities

Life insurance liabilities primarily consist of life investment contract liabilities and life insurance contract liabilities. Claims incurred in respect of life investment contracts are withdrawals of customer deposits, and are recognised as a reduction in life insurance liabilities.

 

Life investment contract liabilities

Life investment contract liabilities are designated at fair value through income statement. Fair value is the higher of the valuation of life insurance assets linked to the life investment contract, or the minimum current surrender value (the minimum amount the Group would pay to a policyholder if their policy is voluntarily terminated before it matures or the insured event occurs). Changes in fair value are recognised in non-interest income.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

203

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 15. Life insurance assets and life insurance liabilities (continued)

 

Life insurance contract liabilities

The value of life insurance contract liabilities is calculated using the margin on services methodology (MoS), specified in the Prudential Standard LPS 340 Valuation of Policy Liabilities.

 

MoS accounts for the associated risks and uncertainties of each type of life insurance contract written. At each reporting date, planned profit margins and an estimate of future liabilities are calculated. Profit margins are released to non-interest income over the period that life insurance is provided to policyholders (Note 4). The cost incurred in acquiring specific insurance contracts is deferred provided that these amounts are recoverable out of planned profit margins. The deferred amounts are recognised as a reduction in life insurance policy liabilities and are amortised to non-interest income over the same period as the planned profit margins.

 

External unit holder liabilities of managed investment schemes

 

The life insurance statutory funds include controlling interests in managed investment schemes which are consolidated. When the managed investment scheme is consolidated, the external unit holder liabilities are recognised as a liability and included in life insurance liabilities. They are designated at fair value through income statement.

 

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

The key factors that affect the estimation of life insurance liabilities and related assets are:

 

§      the cost of providing benefits and administering contracts;

 

§      mortality and morbidity experience, which includes policyholder benefits enhancements;

 

§      discontinuance rates, which affects the Group’s ability to recover the cost of acquiring new business over the life of the contracts; and

 

§      the discount rate of projected future cash flows.

 

Regulation, competition, interest rates, taxes, securities market conditions and general economic conditions also affect the estimation of life insurance liabilities.

 

Life insurance assets

 

Consolidated

 

 

$m

2018

20171

Investments held directly and in unit trusts

 

 

Equities

1,223

2,515

Debt securities

1,622

2,025

Unit trusts

6,545

6,093

Loans and other assets

60

10

Total life insurance assets

9,450

10,643

 

There were no life insurance assets in the Parent Entity as at 30 September 2018 (2017: nil).

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

Consolidated

Life Investment

Life Insurance

 

Reconciliation of movements in policy liabilities

Contracts

Contracts

Total

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Opening balance

9,854

13,234

(835)

(873)

9,019

12,361

Movements in policy liabilities reflected in the income statement

704

544

(6)

38

698

582

Contract contributions recognised in policy liabilities

738

790

-

-

738

790

Contract withdrawals recognised in policy liabilities

(1,115)

(1,214)

-

-

(1,115)

(1,214)

Contract fees, expenses and tax recoveries

(104)

(100)

-

-

(104)

(100)

Change in external unit holders of managed investment schemes

(1,639)

(3,400)

-

-

(1,639)

(3,400)

Closing balance

8,438

9,854

(841)

(835)

7,597

9,019

 

There were no life insurance liabilities in the Parent Entity as at 30 September 2018 (2017: nil).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Comparatives have been restated for consistency.

 

204

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 16. Payables due to other financial institutions

 

Accounting policy

 

Payables due to other financial institutions are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

Security repurchase agreements

 

Where securities are sold subject to an agreement to repurchase at a predetermined price, they remain recognised on the balance sheet in their original category (i.e. ‘Trading securities’ or ‘Available-for-sale’).

 

The cash consideration received is recognised as a liability (‘Security repurchase agreements’). Security repurchase agreements are designated at fair value and recognised as part of ‘Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement’ (refer to Note 18) where they are managed as part of a trading portfolio; otherwise they are measured on an amortised cost basis and recognised in ‘Payables due to other financial institutions’.

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Cash collateral

2,171

2,429

1,735

2,304

Offshore central bank deposits

3,397

3,108

3,397

3,108

Interbank borrowing

6,564

6,953

6,545

6,946

Security repurchase agreements1

6,005

9,417

6,005

9,417

Total payables due to other financial institutions

18,137

21,907

17,682

21,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            The carrying value of securities pledged under repurchase agreements for the Group and the Parent Entity is $8,884 million (2017: $15,192 million).

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

205

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 17. Deposits and other borrowings

 

Accounting policy

 

Deposits and other borrowings are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently either measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value.

 

Deposits and other borrowings are designated at fair value if they are managed on a fair value basis, reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch or contain an embedded derivative.

 

Where they are measured at fair value, any changes in fair value (except those due to changes in credit risk) are recognised as non-interest income. The change in the fair value that is due to changes in credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is also recognised in the income statement.

 

Interest expense incurred is recognised in net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Australia

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

28,746

37,515

28,746

37,515

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

41,783

40,324

41,783

40,324

Other interest bearing at call1

233,052

224,268

233,052

223,686

Other interest bearing term1

171,832

156,249

171,832

156,249

Total Australia

475,413

458,356

475,413

457,774

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

1,116

546

-

-

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

5,406

4,853

-

-

Other interest bearing at call

21,368

21,273

-

-

Other interest bearing term

29,897

27,620

3

-

Total New Zealand

57,787

54,292

3

-

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

11,672

8,860

11,672

8,860

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

830

810

352

322

Other interest bearing at call

1,638

1,505

1,249

1,150

Other interest bearing term

11,945

9,768

11,779

9,587

Total other overseas

26,085

20,943

25,052

19,919

Total deposits and other borrowings

559,285

533,591

500,468

477,693

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value2

41,178

46,569

40,062

46,023

Deposits and other borrowings at amortised cost

518,107

487,022

460,406

431,670

Total deposits and other borrowings

559,285

533,591

500,468

477,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

2            The contractual outstanding amount payable at maturity for the Group is $41,330 million (2017: $46,713 million) and for the Parent Entity is $40,214 million (2017: $46,168 million).

 

206

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 17. Deposits and other borrowings (continued)

 

The following table shows average balances and average rates in each of the past three years for major categories of deposits:

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

2016

 

Average

Average

Average

Average

Average

Average

 

Balance

Rate

Balance

Rate

Balance

Rate

 

$m

%

$m

%

$m

%

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

41,156

 

39,355

 

35,732

 

Certificates of deposit

31,424

2.0%

33,350

2.0%

31,165

2.4%

Other interest bearing at call1

228,328

1.2%

222,122

1.1%

208,333

1.5%

Other interest bearing term1

162,254

2.5%

154,114

2.7%

136,617

2.9%

Total Australia

463,162

 

448,941

 

411,847

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

6,021

 

5,527

 

5,051

 

Certificates of deposit

13,008

1.9%

13,151

1.4%

16,938

0.9%

Other interest bearing at call

23,017

1.2%

24,163

1.3%

24,686

1.9%

Other interest bearing term

41,942

2.8%

37,813

2.7%

35,963

2.7%

Total overseas

83,988

 

80,654

 

82,638

 

 

Certificates of deposit and term deposits

 

All certificates of deposit issued by foreign offices were greater than US$100,000.

 

The maturity profile of certificates of deposit and term deposits greater than US$100,000 issued by Australian operations is set out below:

 

Consolidated 2018

 

 

Between

 

 

 

 

Between

6 Months

 

 

 

Less Than

3 and

and

 

 

$m

3 Months

6 Months

1 Year

Over 1 Year

Total

Certificates of deposit greater than US$100,000

14,181

13,176

1,285

104

28,746

Term deposits greater than US$100,000

84,292

30,627

27,139

8,848

150,906

 

Note 18. Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

Accounting policy

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement include trading securities sold short and security repurchase agreements which have been designated at fair value at initial recognition.

 

The accounting policy for security repurchase agreements is consistent with that detailed in Note 16.

 

Securities sold short reflect the obligation to deliver securities to a buyer for the sale of securities Westpac does not own at the time of sale but that are promised to be delivered to the buyer. Securities delivered to the buyer are usually borrowed and/or subsequently purchased.

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value (except credit risk) recognised through the income statement as they arise. The change in fair value that is attributable to credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is also recognised through the income statement.

 

Interest expense is recognised in net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Security repurchase agreements2

3,517

3,543

3,517

3,525

Securities sold short

780

513

780

513

Total other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

4,297

4,056

4,297

4,038

 

At maturity, the Group is contractually required to pay $4,298 million (2017: $4,056 million), and the Parent Entity $4,298 million (2017: $4,038 million) to holders of these financial liabilities.

 

 

1            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

2            The carrying value of securities pledged under repurchase agreements for the Group is $3,608 million (2017: $3,554 million) and for the Parent Entity is $3,608 million (2017: $3,536 million).

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

207

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 19. Debt issues

 

Accounting policy

 

Debt issues are bonds, notes, commercial paper and debentures that have been issued by entities in the Group. Debt issues also include acceptances which are bills of exchange initially accepted and discounted by the Group that have been subsequently rediscounted into the market. Bill financing provided to customers by accepting and discounting of bills of exchange is reported as part of loans.

 

Debt issues are initially measured at fair value and subsequently either measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value.

 

Debt issues are designated at fair value if they reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch or contain an embedded derivative.

 

They are measured at fair value with changes in fair value (except those due to changes in credit risk) recognised as non-interest income.

 

The change in the fair value that is due to credit risk is recognised in other comprehensive income except where it would create an accounting mismatch, in which case it is also recognised in the income statement.

 

Interest expense incurred is recognised within net interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

 

In the table below, the distinction between short-term (12 months or less) and long-term (greater than 12 months) debt is based on the original maturity of the underlying security.

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Short-term debt:

 

 

 

 

Own issuances1

26,266

31,514

26,266

30,002

Customer conduits2

-

392

-

-

Acceptances

-

6

-

6

Total short-term debt1

26,266

31,912

26,266

30,008

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

Covered bonds

35,434

34,516

30,268

29,698

Senior1

103,159

93,476

95,754

84,410

Securitisation

7,588

8,209

-

-

Structured notes

149

243

-

-

Total long-term debt1

146,330

136,444

126,022

114,108

Total debt issues

172,596

168,356

152,288

144,116

Debt issues at fair value3

3,355

4,673

3,223

2,940

Debt issues at amortised cost

169,241

163,683

149,065

141,176

Total debt issues

172,596

168,356

152,288

144,116

Movement Reconciliation ($m)

 

 

 

 

Balance as at 1 October 2017

168,356

 

144,116

 

Issuances

59,456

 

57,440

 

Maturities, repayments, buy backs and reductions

(64,698)

 

(58,005)

 

Other cash movements

-

 

-

 

Total cash movements

(5,242)

 

(565)

 

Foreign exchange translation impact

11,022

 

10,252

 

Fair value adjustments

(244)

 

(240)

 

Fair value hedge accounting adjustments

(1,313)

 

(1,288)

 

Other (amortisation of bond issue costs, etc.)

17

 

13

 

Total non-cash movements

9,482

 

8,737

 

Balance as at 30 September 2018

172,596

 

152,288

 

 

 

1            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

2            Further information on customer conduits is disclosed in Note 25.

3            The contractual outstanding amount payable at maturity for the Group is $3,475 million (2017: $4,604 million) and for the Parent Entity is $3,344 million (2017: $2,875 million). The cumulative change in the fair value of debt issues which is attributable to changes in Westpac’s own credit risk is a decrease of $45 million (2017: $2 million decrease) for the Group and Parent Entity.

 

208

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 19. Debt issues (continued)

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

$m

 

2018

2017

Short-term debt

 

 

 

Own issuances:

 

 

 

US commercial paper

 

18,675

26,167

Senior debt1:

 

 

 

AUD

 

550

1,900

GBP

 

6,604

2,916

Other

 

437

531

Total own issuances1

 

26,266

31,514

Asset backed commercial paper (by currency):

 

 

 

AUD

 

-

392

Total assets backed commercial paper

 

-

392

Acceptances

 

-

6

Total short-term debt

 

26,266

31,912

Long-term debt (by currency)1:

 

 

 

AUD

 

37,571

35,780

CHF

 

2,953

1,903

EUR

 

31,734

25,049

GBP

 

5,290

4,922

JPY

 

3,226

2,137

NZD

 

2,294

3,416

USD

 

60,336

60,971

Other

 

2,926

2,266

Total long-term debt1

 

146,330

136,444

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

Short-term borrowings

 

 

 

US commercial paper

 

 

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

28,331

27,456

36,478

Approximate average amount outstanding

23,315

23,025

26,351

Approximate weighted average interest rate on:

 

 

 

Average amount outstanding

2.0%

1.3%

0.7%

Outstanding as at end of the year

2.5%

1.2%

0.9%

 

The Group manages foreign exchange exposure from debt issuances as part of its hedging activities. Further details of the Group’s hedge accounting are in Note 21.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

209

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Loan Capital

 

Accounting policy

 

Loan capital are instruments issued by the Group which qualify for inclusion as regulatory capital under Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) Prudential Standards. Loan capital is initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Interest expense incurred is recognised in net interest income.

R

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) loan capital

 

 

 

 

Convertible preference shares

-

1,188

-

1,188

Westpac capital notes

7,370

5,684

7,370

5,684

USD AT1 securities

1,585

1,556

1,585

1,556

Total AT1 loan capital

8,955

8,428

8,955

8,428

Tier 2 loan capital

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes

7,822

8,789

7,822

8,789

Subordinated perpetual notes

488

449

488

449

Total Tier 2 loan capital

8,310

9,238

8,310

9,238

Total loan capital

17,265

17,666

17,265

17,666

 

Movement Reconciliation ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at 1 October 2017

17,666

 

17,666

 

Issuances

2,342

 

2,342

 

Maturities, repayments, buy backs and reductions

(2,387)

 

(2,387)

 

Total cash movements

(45)

 

(45)

 

Foreign exchange translation impact

449

 

449

 

Fair value hedge accounting adjustments

(257)

 

(257)

 

Conversion of Convertible Preference Shares to ordinary shares1

(566)

 

(566)

 

Other (amortisation of bond issue costs, etc.)

18

 

18

 

Total non-cash movements

(356)

 

(356)

 

Balance as at 30 September 2018

17,265

 

17,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Refer to AT1 loan capital discussion in the next page and Note 41.

 

210

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

Additional Tier 1 loan capital

 

A summary of the key terms and common features of AT1 instruments are provided below1.

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend/distribution/

Potential scheduled

Optional

 

 

$m

interest rate

conversion date2

redemption date3

2018

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac convertible preference shares (CPS)

 

 

 

 

 

$1,189 million CPS

(180 day bank bill rate + 3.25% p.a.)

31 March 2020

31 March 20184

-

1,188

 

x (1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

 

 

 

 

Total convertible preference shares

 

 

 

-

1,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac capital notes (WCN)

 

 

 

 

 

$1,384 million WCN

(90 day bank bill rate + 3.20% p.a.)

8 March 2021

8 March 2019

1,382

1,379

 

x (1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

 

 

 

 

$1,311 million WCN2

(90 day bank bill rate + 3.05% p.a.)

23 September 2024

23 September 2022

1,305

1,304

 

x (1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

 

 

 

 

$1,324 million WCN3

(90 day bank bill rate + 4.00% p.a.)

22 March 2023

22 March 2021

1,316

1,313

 

x (1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

 

 

 

 

$1,702 million WCN4

(90 day bank bill rate + 4.90% p.a.)

20 December 2023

20 December 2021

1,691

1,688

 

x (1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

 

 

 

 

$1,690 million WCN5

(90 day bank bill rate + 3.20% p.a.)

22 September 2027

22 September 2025

1,676

-

 

x (1 - Australian corporate tax rate)

 

 

 

 

Total Westpac capital notes

 

 

 

7,370

5,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD AT1 securities

 

 

 

 

 

US$1,250 million securities

5.000% p.a. until but excluding

n/a

21 September 20276

1,585

1,556

 

21 September 2027 (first reset date).

 

 

 

 

 

If not redeemed, converted or

 

 

 

 

 

written-off earlier, from, and

 

 

 

 

 

including, each reset date5 to, but

 

 

 

 

 

excluding, the next succeeding

 

 

 

 

 

reset date, at a fixed rate p.a. equal

 

 

 

 

 

to the prevailing 5-year USD mid-

 

 

 

 

 

market swap rate plus 2.888% p.a.

 

 

 

 

Total USD AT1 securities

 

 

 

1,585

1,556

 

Common features of AT1 instruments

 

Payment conditions

 

Quarterly distributions on the Westpac capital notes and semi-annual interest payments on the USD AT1 securities are discretionary and will only be paid if the payment conditions are satisfied, including that the payment will not result in a breach of Westpac’s capital requirements under APRA’s prudential standards; not result in Westpac becoming, or being likely to become, insolvent; or if APRA does not object to the payment.

 

Broadly, if for any reason a distribution or interest payment has not been paid in full on the relevant payment date, Westpac must not determine or pay any dividends on Westpac ordinary shares or undertake a discretionary buy back or capital reduction of Westpac ordinary shares, unless the unpaid payment is paid in full within 20 business days of the relevant payment date or in certain other circumstances.

 

 

 

 

1            A$ unless otherwise noted.

2            Conversion is subject to the satisfaction of the scheduled conversion conditions. If the conversion conditions are not satisfied on the relevant scheduled conversion date, conversion will not occur until the next distribution payment date on which the scheduled conversion conditions are satisfied.

3            Westpac may elect to redeem the relevant AT1 instrument, subject to APRA’s prior written approval.

4            On 13 March 2018, $623 million of CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS nominated party for $100 each pursuant to the Westpac Capital Notes 5 reinvestment offer. Those CPS were subsequently bought back and cancelled by Westpac. On 3 April 2018, the remaining $566 million of CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS nominated party for $100 each. Following the transfer, those remaining CPS were converted into 19,189,765 ordinary shares.

5            21 September 2027 and every fifth anniversary thereafter is a reset date.

6            Westpac may elect to redeem on 21 September 2027 and every fifth anniversary thereafter.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

211

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

The AT1 instruments convert into Westpac ordinary shares in the following circumstances:

 

Scheduled Conversion

 

On the scheduled conversion date, provided certain conversion conditions are satisfied, it is expected that the relevant AT1 instrument1 will be converted and holders will receive a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the terms of the relevant AT1 instrument, subject to a maximum conversion number. The conversion number of Westpac ordinary shares will be calculated using the face value of the relevant AT1 instrument and the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the 20 business day period prior to the scheduled conversion date, including a 1% discount.

 

Capital Trigger Event or Non-Viability Trigger Event

 

Westpac will be required to convert some or all AT1 instruments into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares upon the occurrence of a capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event. No conversion conditions apply in these circumstances.

 

A capital trigger event occurs when Westpac determines, or APRA notifies Westpac in writing that it believes, Westpac’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125% (on a level 1 or level 2 basis2).

 

A non-viability trigger event will occur when APRA notifies Westpac in writing that it believes conversion of all or some AT1 instruments (or conversion, write-off or write-down of relevant capital instruments of the Westpac Group), or public sector injection of capital (or equivalent support), in each case is necessary because without it, Westpac would become non-viable.

 

For each AT1 instrument converted, holders will receive a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the terms of the relevant AT1 instrument, subject to a maximum conversion number. The conversion number of Westpac ordinary shares is calculated using the face value or outstanding principal amount of the relevant AT1 instrument and the Westpac ordinary share price determined over the 5 business day period prior to the capital trigger event date or non-viability trigger event date and includes a 1% discount. For each AT1 instrument, the maximum conversion number is set using a Westpac ordinary share price which is broadly equivalent to 20% of the Westpac ordinary share price at the time of issue.

 

Following the occurrence of a capital trigger event or non-viability trigger event, if conversion of an AT1 instrument does not occur within five business days, holders’ rights in relation to the relevant AT1 instrument will be immediately and irrevocably terminated.

 

Early conversion

 

Westpac is able to elect to convert3, or may be required to convert, AT1 instruments early in certain circumstances. The terms of conversion and the conversion conditions are broadly similar to scheduled conversion.

 

Early redemption

 

Westpac is able to elect to redeem the relevant AT1 instrument on the optional redemption date or for certain taxation or regulatory reasons, subject to APRA’s prior written approval.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Scheduled conversion does not apply to USD AT1 securities.

2            Level 1 comprises Westpac Banking Corporation and subsidiaries approved by APRA as being part of a single ‘Extended Licenced Entity’ for the purposes of measuring capital adequacy. Level 2 includes all subsidiaries except those entities specifically excluded by APRA regulations for the purposes of measuring capital adequacy.

3            Excludes WCN and USD AT1 securities.

 

212

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

Tier 2 loan capital

 

A summary of the key terms and common features of Westpac’s Tier 2 instruments are provided below1.

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optional

 

 

$m

Interest rate2

Maturity date

redemption date3

2018

2017

Basel III transitional subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

US$350 million subordinated notes

Fixed 4.625% p.a.

1 June 2018

n/a

-

454

US$800 million subordinated notes

3.625% p.a. until but excluding 28 February 2018. Thereafter, if not

28 February 2023

28 February 20184

-

1,018

 

redeemed, fixed rate equal to 5-year US Treasury rate + 2.90% p.a.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

A$925 million subordinated notes

90 day bank bill rate + 2.30% p.a.

22 August 2023

22 August 20184

-

923

A$1,000 million subordinated notes

90 day bank bill rate + 2.05% p.a.

14 March 2024

14 March 2019

999

991

CNY1,250 million subordinated notes

4.85% p.a. until but excluding 9 February 2020. Thereafter, if not

9 February 2025

9 February 2020

252

239

 

redeemed, a fixed rate per annum equal to the one-year CNH HIBOR

 

 

 

 

 

reference rate plus 0.8345% p.a.

 

 

 

 

A$350 million subordinated notes

4.50% p.a. until but excluding 11 March 2022. Thereafter, if not redeemed,

11 March 2027

11 March 2022

347

350

 

a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year AUD semi-quarterly mid-swap

 

 

 

 

 

reference rate plus 1.95% p.a., the sum of which will be annualised.

 

 

 

 

S$325 million subordinated notes

4.00% p.a. until but excluding 12 August 2022. Thereafter, if not redeemed,

12 August 2027

12 August 2022

330

312

 

a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year SGD swap offer rate

 

 

 

 

 

plus 1.54% p.a.

 

 

 

 

A$175 million subordinated notes

4.80% p.a. until but excluding 14 June 2023. Thereafter, if not redeemed,

14 June 2028

14 June 2023

171

171

 

a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year AUD semi-quarterly mid-swap

 

 

 

 

 

reference rate plus 2.65% p.a., each of which will be annualised.

 

 

 

 

US$100 million subordinated notes

Fixed 5.00% p.a.

23 February 2046

n/a

114

117

A$700 million subordinated notes

Floating 90 day bank bill rate + 3.10% p.a.

10 March 2026

10 March 2021

700

700

JPY20,000 million subordinated notes

Fixed 1.16% p.a.

19 May 2026

n/a

242

225

JPY10,200 million subordinated notes

Fixed 1.16% p.a.

2 June 2026

n/a

123

115

JPY10,000 million subordinated notes

Fixed 0.76% p.a.

9 June 2026

n/a

120

112

NZ$400 million subordinated notes

4.6950% p.a. until but excluding 1 September 2021. Thereafter, if not

1 September 2026

1 September 2021

358

357

 

redeemed, a fixed rate per annum equal to the New Zealand 5-year swap

 

 

 

 

 

rate on 1 September 2021 plus 2.60% p.a.

 

 

 

 

JPY8,000 million subordinated notes

0.9225% p.a until but excluding 7 October 2021. Thereafter, if not

7 October 2026

7 October 2021

97

90

 

redeemed, a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year JPY mid-swap

 

 

 

 

 

rate plus 1.0005% p.a.

 

 

 

 

US$1,500 million subordinated notes

4.322% p.a. until but excluding 23 November 2026. Thereafter, if not

23 November 2031

23 November 2026

1,922

1,882

 

redeemed, a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year USD mid-swap

 

 

 

 

 

rate plus 2.236% p.a.

 

 

 

 

JPY12,000 million subordinated notes

0.87% p.a. until but excluding 6 July 2022. Thereafter, if not redeemed, a

6 July 2027

6 July 2022

146

136

 

fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year JPY mid-swap rate

 

 

 

 

 

plus 0.78% p.a.

 

 

 

 

JPY13,500 million subordinated notes

0.868% p.a. until but excluding 6 July 2022. Thereafter, if not redeemed,

6 July 2027

6 July 2022

165

152

 

a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year JPY mid-swap rate

 

 

 

 

 

plus 0.778% p.a.

 

 

 

 

HKD600 million subordinated notes

3.15% p.a. until but excluding 14 July 2022. Thereafter, if not redeemed, a

14 July 2027

14 July 2022

102

98

 

fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year HKD mid-swap rate

 

 

 

 

 

plus 1.34% p.a.

 

 

 

 

A$350 million subordinated notes

4.334% p.a. until but excluding 16 August 2024. Thereafter, if not

16 August 2029

16 August 2024

347

347

 

redeemed, a fixed rate per annum equal to the five-year AUD

 

 

 

 

 

semi-quarterly mid-swap reference rate plus 1.83% p.a., each of which will

 

 

 

 

 

be annualised.

 

 

 

 

A$185 million subordinated notes

Fixed 5.00% p.a.

24 January 2048

n/a

185

-

A$250 million subordinated notes

90 day bank bill rate + 1.40% p.a.

16 February 2028

16 February 2023

250

-

A$130 million subordinated notes

Fixed 5.00% p.a.

2 March 2048

n/a

130

-

A$725 million subordinated notes

90 day bank bill rate + 1.80% p.a.

22 June 2028

22 June 2023

722

-

Total subordinated notes

 

 

 

7,822

8,789

 

 

 

 

1            Excludes subordinated perpetual notes.

2            Interest payments are made periodically as set out in the terms of the subordinated notes.

3            Westpac may elect to redeem the relevant Tier 2 instrument on the optional redemption date, subject to APRA’s prior written approval. If not redeemed on the first optional redemption date, Westpac may elect to redeem the relevant Tier 2 instrument on any interest payment date after the first optional redemption date (except for US$1,500 million subordinated notes), subject to APRA’s prior written approval.

4            The subordinated notes were redeemed in full on the relevant optional redemption date.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

213

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 20. Loan capital (continued)

 

Common features of Basel III fully compliant subordinated notes

 

Interest payments are subject to Westpac being solvent at the time of, and immediately following, the interest payment. These subordinated notes contain non-viability loss absorption requirements.

 

Non-viability trigger event

 

Westpac will be required to convert some or all subordinated notes into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares upon the occurrence of a non-viability trigger event. A non-viability trigger event will occur on similar terms as described under AT1 loan capital.

 

For each subordinated note converted, holders will receive a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated using the formula described in the terms of the relevant Tier 2 instrument, subject to a maximum conversion number. The conversion number of Westpac ordinary shares will be calculated in a manner similar to that described under AT1 loan capital for a non-viability trigger event. For each Tier 2 instrument, the maximum conversion number is set using a Westpac ordinary share price which is broadly equivalent to 20% of the Westpac ordinary share price at the time of issue.

 

Following the occurrence of a non-viability trigger event, if conversion of a Tier 2 instrument does not occur within five business days, holders’ rights in relation to the relevant Tier 2 instrument will be immediately and irrevocably terminated.

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

These notes have no final maturity but Westpac can choose to redeem them at par on any interest payment date falling on or after September 1991, subject to APRA approval and certain other conditions. Interest is cumulative and payable on the notes semi-annually at a rate of 6 month US$ LIBOR plus 0.15% p.a., subject to Westpac being solvent immediately after making the payment and having paid any dividend on any class of share capital of Westpac within the prior 12 month period.

 

These notes qualify for transitional treatment as Tier 2 capital of Westpac under APRA’s Basel III capital adequacy framework.

 

The rights of the noteholders and coupon holders are subordinated to the claims of all creditors (including depositors) of Westpac other than creditors whose claims against Westpac rank equally with, or junior to, these notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

214

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Derivative financial instruments are instruments whose values derive from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index and include forwards, futures, swaps and options.

 

All derivatives are held at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognised in the income statement, unless designated in a cash flow or net investment hedge relationship. Derivatives are presented as an asset where they have a positive fair value at balance date or as a liability where the fair value at balance date is negative.

 

The Group uses derivative instruments for trading and also as part of its asset and liability risk management activities, which are discussed in Note 22. Derivatives used for risk management activities include designating derivatives into one of three hedge accounting relationships: fair value hedge; cash flow hedge; or hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, where permitted under AASB 139. These hedge designations and associated accounting treatment are as follows:

 

Fair value hedges

 

Fair value hedges hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or liability.

 

Changes in the fair value of derivatives and the hedged asset or liability in fair value hedges are recognised in interest income. The carrying value of the hedged asset or liability is adjusted for the changes in fair value related to the hedged risk.

 

If a hedge is discontinued, any fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the asset or liability are amortised to interest income over the period to maturity. If the asset or liability is sold, any unamortised adjustment is immediately recognised in interest income.

 

Cash flow hedges

 

Cash flow hedges hedge the exposure to variability of cash flows attributable to an asset, liability or future forecast transaction.

 

For effective hedges, changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve through other comprehensive income and subsequently recognised in interest income when the asset or liability that was hedged impacts the income statement.

 

For hedges with some ineffectiveness, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives relating to the ineffective portion are immediately recognised in interest income.

 

If a hedge is discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss remains in other comprehensive income. It is amortised to interest income over the period which the asset or liability that was hedged also impacts the income statement.

 

If a hedge of a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, any cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is immediately recognised in interest income.

 

Net investment hedges

 

Net investment hedges hedge foreign currency risks arising from a net investment of a foreign operation.

 

For effective hedges, changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve through other comprehensive income.

 

For hedges with some ineffectiveness, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives relating to the ineffective portion are immediately recognised in non-interest income.

 

If a foreign operation is disposed of, any cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is immediately recognised in non-interest income.

 

a.    Fair value hedges

 

The Group hedges its interest rate risk from fixed debt issuances and fixed rate assets with single currency interest rate derivatives.

 

 

    Consolidated

    Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Change in fair value hedging instruments

(1,203)

(328)

(1,208)

(337)

Change in fair value hedge items attributed to hedged risk

1,192

292

1,197

306

Ineffectiveness in interest income

(11)

(36)

(11)

(31)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

215

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

b.    Cash flow hedges

 

Exposure to the volatility of interest cash flows from customer deposits and loans is hedged with interest rate derivatives.

 

Exposure to foreign currency principal and interest cash flows from floating rate debt issuances is hedged through the use of cross currency derivatives.

 

Gross cash inflows and outflows on derivatives designated in cash flow hedges are, as a proportion of total gross cash flows, expected to occur in the following periods:

 

 

Less Than

1 Month to

3 Months

1 Year to

2 Years to

3 Years to

4 Years to

Over

 

1 Month

3 Months

to 1 Year

2 Years

3 Years

4 Years

5 Years

5 Years

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash inflows

0.3%

2.1%

21.8%

23.8%

18.9%

19.1%

4.7%

9.3%

Cash outflows

0.5%

1.8%

22.4%

23.0%

19.5%

18.0%

4.9%

9.9%

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash inflows

3.2%

3.6%

15.6%

21.6%

17.5%

14.6%

14.7%

9.2%

Cash outflows

3.7%

3.6%

15.3%

20.6%

17.1%

15.4%

14.4%

9.9%

 

 

    Consolidated

    Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Cash flow hedge ineffectiveness

(7)

14

(11)

18

 

c.    Dual fair value and cash flow hedges

 

Fixed rate foreign currency denominated debt is hedged using cross currency interest rate derivatives, designated as fair value hedges of foreign interest rates and cash flow hedges of foreign exchange rates.

 

d.    Net investment hedges

 

The Group uses foreign exchange forward contracts when hedging the currency translation risk of net investments in foreign operations. For both the Group and Parent Entity, ineffectiveness arising from net investment hedges amounted to nil (2017: nil).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

216

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

The notional amount and fair value of derivative instruments held for trading and designated in hedge relationships are set out in the following tables:

 

Consolidated 2018

 

  Fair Value

 

 

 

 

Hedging

  Total

 

Notional

  Trading

   Fair Value

  Cash Flow

    Net Investment

  Fair Value

$m

Amount

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures contracts1

189,853

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Forward rate agreements

168,132

11

(12)

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

(12)

Swap agreements

2,863,349

15,626

(15,580)

505

(4,751)

385

(550)

-

-

16,516

(20,881)

Options

39,067

165

(167)

-

-

-

-

-

-

165

(167)

Total interest rate contracts

3,260,401

15,802

(15,759)

505

(4,751)

385

(550)

-

-

16,692

(21,060)

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

784,791

6,741

(6,418)

-

-

-

-

-

(32)

6,741

(6,450)

Cross currency swap agreements2

462,949

6,561

(9,019)

726

33

1,639

(215)

-

-

8,926

(9,201)

Options

22,281

120

(184)

-

-

-

-

-

-

120

(184)

Total foreign exchange contracts

1,270,021

13,422

(15,621)

726

33

1,639

(215)

-

(32)

15,787

(15,835)

Commodity contracts

6,735

246

(300)

-

-

-

-

-

-

246

(300)

Equities

96

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Credit default swaps

13,536

102

(101)

-

-

-

-

-

-

102

(101)

Total of gross derivatives

4,550,789

29,573

(31,781)

1,231

(4,718)

2,024

(765)

-

(32)

32,828

(37,296)

Impact of netting arrangements3

-

(8,222)

8,912

(375)

3,633

(130)

344

-

-

(8,727)

12,889

Total of net derivatives

4,550,789

21,351

(22,869)

856

(1,085)

1,894

(421)

-

(32)

24,101

(24,407)

 

Consolidated 2017

 

  Fair Value

 

 

 

 

  Hedging

  Total

 

Notional

  Trading

   Fair Value

  Cash Flow

    Net Investment

  Fair Value

$m

Amount

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures contracts1

132,785

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Forward rate agreements

215,934

21

(20)

-

-

-

-

-

-

21

(20)

Swap agreements

2,655,134

16,438

(15,361)

446

(3,241)

498

(707)

-

-

17,382

(19,309)

Options

69,016

156

(183)

-

-

-

-

-

-

156

(183)

Total interest rate contracts

3,072,869

16,615

(15,564)

446

(3,241)

498

(707)

-

-

17,559

(19,512)

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

668,896

5,781

(6,027)

-

-

-

-

19

(19)

5,800

(6,046)

Cross currency swap agreements2

444,421

6,272

(7,893)

573

4

1,006

(744)

-

-

7,851

(8,633)

Options

13,604

124

(138)

-

-

-

-

-

-

124

(138)

Total foreign exchange contracts

1,126,921

12,177

(14,058)

573

4

1,006

(744)

19

(19)

13,775

(14,817)

Commodity contracts

7,772

270

(235)

-

-

-

-

-

-

270

(235)

Equities

202

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

-

Credit default swaps

10,907

79

(78)

-

-

-

-

-

-

79

(78)

Total of gross derivatives

4,218,671

29,144

(29,935)

1,019

(3,237)

1,504

(1,451)

19

(19)

31,686

(34,642)

Impact of netting arrangements3

-

(7,332)

7,178

(149)

1,782

(172)

307

-

-

(7,653)

9,267

Total of net derivatives

4,218,671

21,812

(22,757)

870

(1,455)

1,332

(1,144)

19

(19)

24,033

(25,375)

 

 

 

 

1            The fair value differential of futures contracts are settled daily with the exchange. The notional balance represents open contracts as at 30 September.

2            The unrealised foreign exchange gains or losses on derivatives in hedge relationships are substantially offset by the retranslation at spot exchange rates of the foreign currency denominated debt being hedged.

3            Consists of derivative trades settled directly with central clearing counterparties and their associated variation margin. Refer to Note 24.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

217

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

Parent Entity 2018

 

  Fair Value

 

 

 

 

  Hedging

  Total

 

Notional

  Trading

   Fair Value

  Cash Flow

    Net Investment

  Fair Value

$m

Amount

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures contracts1

189,853

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Forward rate agreements

168,132

11

(12)

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

(12)

Swap agreements

2,859,358

15,659

(15,751)

489

(4,568)

352

(444)

-

-

16,500

(20,763)

Options

39,067

165

(167)

-

-

-

-

-

-

165

(167)

Total interest rate contracts

3,256,410

15,835

(15,930)

489

(4,568)

352

(444)

-

-

16,676

(20,942)

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

784,438

6,737

(6,417)

-

-

-

-

-

(31)

6,737

(6,448)

Cross currency swap agreements2

456,251

6,562

(9,019)

703

40

1,142

(164)

-

-

8,407

(9,143)

Options

22,281

120

(184)

-

-

-

-

-

-

120

(184)

Total foreign exchange contracts

1,262,970

13,419

(15,620)

703

40

1,142

(164)

-

(31)

15,264

(15,775)

Commodity contracts

6,735

246

(300)

-

-

-

-

-

-

246

(300)

Equities

96

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

Credit default swaps

13,536

102

(101)

-

-

-

-

-

-

102

(101)

Total of gross derivatives

4,539,747

29,603

(31,951)

1,192

(4,528)

1,494

(608)

-

(31)

32,289

(37,118)

Impact of netting arrangements3

-

(8,222)

8,912

(375)

3,633

(130)

344

-

-

(8,727)

12,889

Total of net derivatives

4,539,747

21,381

(23,039)

817

(895)

1,364

(264)

-

(31)

23,562

(24,229)

 

Parent Entity 2017

 

  Fair Value

 

 

 

 

  Hedging

  Total

 

Notional

  Trading

   Fair Value

  Cash Flow

    Net Investment

  Fair Value

$m

Amount

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures contracts1

132,785

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Forward rate agreements

215,934

21

(20)

-

-

-

-

-

-

21

(20)

Swap agreements

2,646,153

16,472

(15,549)

426

(3,008)

465

(588)

-

-

17,363

(19,145)

Options

69,016

156

(183)

-

-

-

-

-

-

156

(183)

Total interest rate contracts

3,063,888

16,649

(15,752)

426

(3,008)

465

(588)

-

-

17,540

(19,348)

Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spot and forward contracts

668,322

5,774

(6,024)

-

-

-

-

19

(16)

5,793

(6,040)

Cross currency swap agreements2

434,600

6,273

(7,894)

545

9

849

(454)

-

-

7,667

(8,339)

Options

13,604

124

(138)

-

-

-

-

-

-

124

(138)

Total foreign exchange contracts

1,116,526

12,171

(14,056)

545

9

849

(454)

19

(16)

13,584

(14,517)

Commodity contracts

7,772

270

(235)

-

-

-

-

-

-

270

(235)

Equities

202

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3

-

Credit default swaps

10,907

79

(78)

-

-

-

-

-

-

79

(78)

Total of gross derivatives

4,199,295

29,172

(30,121)

971

(2,999)

1,314

(1,042)

19

(16)

31,476

(34,178)

Impact of netting arrangements3

-

(7,338)

7,330

(148)

1,711

(167)

226

-

-

(7,653)

9,267

Total of net derivatives

4,199,295

21,834

(22,791)

823

(1,288)

1,147

(816)

19

(16)

23,823

(24,911)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            The fair value differential of futures contracts are settled daily with the exchange. The notional balance represents open contracts as at 30 September.

2            The unrealised foreign exchange gains or losses on derivatives in hedge relationships are substantially offset by the retranslation at spot exchange rates of the foreign currency denominated debt being hedged.

3            Consists of derivative trades settled directly with central clearing counterparties and their associated variation margin. Refer to Note 24.

 

218

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 21. Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

Credit default swaps

 

The Group buys and sells credit protection through the use of credit default swap (CDS) derivatives. These CDSs either protect the Group (as a buyer) or expose it (as a seller) to the risk of default of the entity referenced by the CDS. The CDSs are predominantly executed with other financial institutions and are entered into to facilitate institutional customer transactions and to manage the Group’s credit risk exposures.

 

The notional amount and fair value of CDSs are presented in the following table for both the Group and the Parent Entity:

 

 

2018

2017

 

Notional

     Fair value

Notional

     Fair value

$m

Amount

Asset

Liability

Amount

Asset

Liability

Credit protection bought

6,895

3

(101)

5,630

5

(78)

Credit protection sold

6,641

99

-

5,277

74

-

Total

13,536

102

(101)

10,907

79

(78)

 

Note 22. Financial risk

 

Financial instruments are fundamental to the Group’s business of providing banking and financial services.  The associated financial risks (including credit risk, funding and liquidity risk and market risk) are a significant proportion of the total risks faced by the Group.

 

This note details the financial risk management policies, practices and quantitative information of the Group’s principal financial risk exposures.

 

Principal financial risks

 

Note name

Note
number

Overview

 

Risk management frameworks

22.1

Credit risk

 

Credit risk ratings system

22.2.1

The risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations.

 

Credit risk mitigation, collateral and other credit enhancements

22.2.2

 

Credit risk concentrations

22.2.3

 

 

Credit quality of financial assets

22.2.4

 

 

Financial assets that are past due, but not impaired

22.2.5

 

 

Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default, and not impaired

22.2.6

 

 

Impaired loans

22.2.7

 

 

Collateral held

22.2.8

Funding and liquidity risk

 

Liquidity modelling

22.3.1

The risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due.

 

Sources of liquidity

22.3.2

 

Assets pledged as collateral

22.3.3

 

 

Contractual maturity of financial liabilities

22.3.4

 

 

Expected maturity

22.3.5

Market risk

 

Value-at-Risk (VaR)

22.4.1

The risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices.

 

Traded market risk

22.4.2

 

Non-traded market risk

22.4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

219

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.1 Risk management frameworks

 

The Board is responsible for approving the Westpac Group Risk Management Strategy and Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement and for monitoring the effectiveness of risk management by the Westpac Group. The Board has delegated to the Board Risk and Compliance Committee (BRCC) responsibility to:

 

§                  review and recommend the Westpac Group Risk Management Strategy and Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement to the Board for approval;

 

§                  set risk appetite consistent with the Group Risk Appetite Statement;

 

§                  approve frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk (consistent with the Westpac Group Risk Management Strategy and Westpac Group Risk Appetite Statement); and

 

§                  review and, where appropriate, approve risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management.

 

For each of its primary financial risks, the Group maintains risk management frameworks and a number of supporting policies that define roles and responsibilities, acceptable practices, limits and key controls:

 

Risk

Risk management framework and controls

Credit risk

§                The Credit Risk Management Framework describes the principles, methodologies, systems, roles and responsibilities, reports and key controls for managing credit risk.

 

§                The BRCC, Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee (RISKCO) and Westpac Group Credit Risk Committee (CREDCO) monitor the risk profile, performance and management of the Group’s credit portfolio and the development and review of key credit risk policies.

 

§                The Credit Risk Rating System Policy describes the credit risk rating system philosophy, design, key features and uses of rating outcomes.

 

§                All models materially impacting the risk rating process are periodically reviewed in accordance with Westpac’s model risk policies.

 

§                An annual review is performed of the Credit Risk Rating System by the BRCC and CREDCO.

 

§                Specific credit risk estimates (including probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) levels) are overseen, reviewed annually and supported by the Credit Risk Estimates Committee (a subcommittee of CREDCO) prior to approval under delegated authority from the Chief Risk Officer.

 

§                Policies for the delegation of credit approval authorities and formal limits for the extension of credit are established throughout the Group.

 

§                Credit manuals are established throughout the Group including policies governing the origination, evaluation, approval, documentation, settlement and ongoing management of credit risks.

 

§                Sector policies guide credit extension where industry-specific guidelines are considered necessary (e.g. acceptable financial ratios or permitted collateral).

 

§                The Related Entity Risk Management Framework and supporting policies govern credit exposures to related entities, to minimise the spread of credit risk between Group entities and to comply with prudential requirements prescribed by APRA.

Funding and liquidity risk

§                The Liquidity Risk Management Framework sets out the Group’s approach to managing liquidity risk. It is part of the Group’s board-approved Risk Management Strategy and sets out the Group’s liquidity risk appetite, roles and responsibilities of key people, managing liquidity risk within the Group, risk reporting and control processes, limits and targets for minimum liquid asset holdings and the wholesale funding and ratios used to manage the Group’s balance sheet.

 

§                The Group’s Treasury function is responsible for managing funding and liquidity including managing the balance sheet against approved limits and targets and managing the Group’s funding base so that it is appropriately maintained, stable and diversified. Group Treasury manages a  portfolio of liquid assets held by the Group for several purposes, including as a buffer against unforeseen funding requirements. The level of liquid assets held takes into account the liquidity requirements of Westpac’s balance sheet under normal and stress conditions.

 

§                Daily liquidity risk reports are reviewed by Treasury and the Group’s Liquidity risk teams.  Liquidity reports are presented to ALCO monthly and to the BRCC quarterly.

 

§                Group Treasury undertakes an annual funding review that outlines the Group’s balance sheet funding strategy over a three year period. This review encompasses trends in global markets, peer analysis, wholesale funding capacity, expected funding requirements and a funding risk analysis. This strategy is continuously reviewed to take account of changing market conditions, investor sentiment and estimations of asset and liability growth rates.

 

§                Group Treasury also maintains a contingent funding plan that outlines the steps that should be taken by the Group in the event of an emerging ‘funding crisis’. The plan is aligned with Westpac’s broader Liquidity Crisis Management Policy which is approved annually by the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

220

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Risk

Risk management framework and controls

Market risk

§                The Market Risk Framework describes the Group’s approach to managing traded and non-traded market risk.

 

§                Traded market risk includes interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity, equity price, credit spread and volatility risks. Non-traded market risk includes interest rate and credit spread risks.

 

§                Market risk is managed using VaR limits, Net interest income at risk (NaR) and structural risk limits (including credit spread and interest rate basis point value limits) as well as scenario analysis and stress testing.

 

§                The BRCC approves the risk appetite for traded and non-traded risks through the use of VaR, NaR and specific structural risk limits.

 

§                Westpac Group Market Risk Committee (MARCO) has approved separate VaR sub-limits for the trading activities of Financial Markets and Treasury and for Asset and Liability Management (ALM) activities.

 

§                Market risk limits are assigned to business managers based upon business strategies, experience, and the consideration of market liquidity and the concentration of risks.

 

§                Market risk positions are managed by the trading desks and ALM unit consistent with their delegated authorities and the nature and scale of the market risks involved.

 

§                Daily monitoring of current exposure and limit utilisation is conducted independently by the Market Risk unit, which monitors market risk exposures against VaR and structural risk limits. Daily VaR position reports are produced by risk type, by product lines and by geographic region. Quarterly reports are produced for the MARCO, RISKCO and the BRCC.

 

§                Daily stress testing and backtesting of VaR results are performed to support model integrity and to analyse extreme or unexpected movements. A review of both the potential profit and loss outcomes is also undertaken to monitor any skew created by the historical data. MARCO has ratified an approved escalation framework.

 

§                The BRCC has approved a framework for profit or loss escalation which considers both single day and 20 day cumulative results.

 

§                Treasury’s ALM unit is responsible for managing the non-traded interest rate risk including risk mitigation through hedging using derivatives. This is overseen by the Market Risk unit and reviewed by MARCO, RISKCO and BRCC.

 

 

Further details regarding the Group’s principal risks including our strategic approach to their management is contained within the Corporate governance statement in Section 1 and the Risk and risk management section in Section 2.

 

22.2 Credit Risk

 

22.2.1 Credit risk ratings system

 

The principal objective of the credit risk rating system is to reliably assess the credit risk to which the Group is exposed. The Group has two main approaches to this assessment.

 

Transaction-managed customers

 

The Group assigns a Customer Risk Grade (CRG) to each customer, corresponding to their expected PD. Each facility is assigned an LGD. The Group’s risk rating system has a tiered scale of risk grades for both non-defaulted customers and defaulted customers. Non-defaulted CRGs are mapped to Moody’s and S&P Global Ratings (S&P) external senior ranking unsecured ratings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

221

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Customer risk grades

The table below maps the Group’s high level CRGs to their corresponding external rating.

 

Financial statement disclosure

Westpac CRG

Moody’s Rating

S&P Rating

Strong

A

Aaa – Aa3

AAA – AA–

 

B

A1 – A3

A+ – A–

 

C

Baa1 – Baa3

BBB+ – BBB–

Good/satisfactory

D

Ba1 – B1

BB+ – B+

 

 

Westpac Rating

Weak

E

Watchlist

 

F

Special Mention

Weak/default/non-performing

G

Substandard/Default

 

H

Default

 

Program-managed portfolio

 

Customers that are not transaction-managed are grouped into pools of similar risk. Pools are created by analysing similar risk characteristics that have historically predicted that an account is likely to go into default. Customers grouped according to these predictive characteristics are assigned a PD and LGD relative to their pool. The credit quality of these pools is based on a combination of delinquency trends, PD estimates and loan to valuation ratio (housing loans only).

 

22.2.2 Credit risk mitigation, collateral and other credit enhancements

 

Westpac uses a variety of techniques to reduce the credit risk arising from its lending activities.

 

This includes the Group establishing that it has direct, irrevocable and unconditional recourse to collateral and other credit enhancements through obtaining legally enforceable documentation.

 

Collateral

 

The table below describes the nature of collateral or security held for each relevant class of financial asset:

 

Loans – housing and personal1

Housing loans are secured by a mortgage over property and additional security may take the form of guarantees and deposits.

 

Personal lending (including credit cards and overdrafts) is predominantly unsecured. Where security is taken, it is restricted to eligible motor vehicles, caravans, campers, motor homes and boats.

Loans – business1

Business loans may be secured, partially secured or unsecured. Security is typically taken by way of a mortgage over property and/or a general security agreement over business assets or other assets.

 

Other security such as guarantees, standby letters of credit or derivative protection may also be taken as collateral, if appropriate.

Trading securities, financial assets designated at fair value and derivatives

These exposures are carried at fair value which reflects the credit risk.

 

For trading securities, no collateral is sought directly from the issuer or counterparty; however this may be implicit in the terms of the instrument (such as an asset-backed security). The terms of debt securities may include collateralisation.

 

For derivatives, master netting agreements are typically used to enable the effects of derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty to be offset when measuring these exposures. Additionally, collateralisation agreements are also typically entered into with major institutional counterparties to avoid the potential build-up of excessive mark-to-market positions. Derivative transactions are increasingly being cleared through central clearers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            This includes collateral held in relation to associated credit commitments.

 

 

 

 

222

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Management of risk mitigation

 

The Group mitigates credit risk through controls covering:

 

Collateral and valuation management

The estimated realisable value of collateral held in support of loans is based on a combination of:

 

§                formal valuations currently held for such collateral; and

 

§                management’s assessment of the estimated realisable value of all collateral held.

 

This analysis also takes into consideration any other relevant knowledge available to management at the time. Updated valuations are obtained when appropriate.

 

The Group revalues collateral related to financial markets positions on a daily basis and has formal processes in place to promptly call for collateral top-ups, if required. These processes include margining for non-centrally cleared customer derivatives as regulated by Australian Prudential Standard CPS226. The collateralisation arrangements are documented via the Credit Support Annex of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) dealing agreements.

 

In relation to financial markets positions, Westpac only recognises collateral which is:

 

§                cash, primarily in Australian dollars (AUD), New Zealand dollars (NZD), US dollars (USD), Canadian dollars (CAD), British pounds (GBP) or European Union euro (EUR);

 

§                bonds issued by Australian Commonwealth, State and Territory governments or their Public Sector Enterprises, provided these attract a zero risk-weighting under Australian Prudential Standard (APS) 112;

 

§                securities issued by other specified Aa3 / AA– or better rated sovereign governments.

 

Other credit enhancements

The Group only recognises guarantees, standby letters of credit, or credit derivative protection from the following entities (provided they are not related to the entity with which Westpac has a credit exposure):

 

§                Sovereign;

 

§                Australia and New Zealand public sector;

 

§                ADIs and overseas banks with a minimum risk grade equivalent of A3 / A–; and

 

§                Others with a minimum risk grade equivalent of A3 / A–.

 

Credit Portfolio Management (CPM) manages the Group’s corporate, sovereign and bank credit portfolios through monitoring the exposure and any offsetting hedge positions.

 

CPM purchases credit protection from entities meeting the criteria above and sells credit protection to diversify the Group’s credit risk.

 

Offsetting

Creditworthy customers domiciled in Australia and New Zealand may enter into formal agreements with the Group, permitting the Group to set-off gross credit and debit balances in their nominated accounts. Cross-border set-offs are not permitted.

 

Close-out netting is undertaken with counterparties with whom the Group has entered into a legally enforceable master netting agreement for their off-balance sheet financial market transactions in the event of default.

 

Further details of offsetting are provided in Note 24.

 

Central clearing

 

The Group executes derivative transactions through central clearing counterparties. Central clearing counterparties mitigate risk through stringent membership requirements, the collection of margin against all trades placed, the default fund, and an explicitly defined order of priority of payments in the event of default.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

223

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.2.3 Credit risk concentrations

 

Credit risk is concentrated when a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities, have similar economic characteristics and thus may be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.

 

The Group monitors its credit portfolio to manage risk concentrations and rebalance the portfolio.

 

Individual customers or groups of related customers

 

The Group has large exposure limits governing the aggregate size of credit exposure normally acceptable to individual customers and groups of related customers. These limits are tiered by customer risk grade.

 

Specific industries

 

Exposures to businesses, governments and other financial institutions are classified into a number of industry clusters based on related Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes and are monitored against the Group’s industry risk appetite limits.

 

Individual countries

 

The Group has limits governing risks related to individual countries, such as political situations, government policies and economic conditions that may adversely affect either a customer’s ability to meet its obligations to the Group, or the Group’s ability to realise its assets in a particular country.

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

The carrying amount of on-balance sheet financial assets (which comprises receivables due from financial institutions; trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value; derivatives; available-for-sale securities; loans; and regulatory deposits with central banks overseas) and undrawn credit commitments represents the maximum exposure to credit risk (excluding any collateral received), as set out in the following tables.

 

The following tables set out the credit risk concentrations to which the Group and the Parent Entity are exposed for on-balance sheet financial assets and for undrawn credit commitments. Cash and balances with central banks are excluded as it is not considered to give rise to material credit risk.

 

Life insurance assets are excluded as primarily the credit risk is passed on to the policyholder and backed by the policyholder liabilities.

 

The balances for trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities exclude equity securities as the primary financial risk is not credit risk.

 

The credit concentrations for each significant class of financial asset are:

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value (Note 11)

§                40% (2017: 52%) were issued by financial institutions for the Group; 39% (2017: 50%) for the Parent Entity.

 

§                56% (2017: 45%) were issued by government or semi-government authorities for the Group; 58% (2017: 47%) for the Parent Entity.

 

§                76% (2017: 76%) were held in Australia by the Group; 80% (2017: 81%) by the Parent Entity.

 

Available-for-sale securities (Note12)

§                27% (2017: 26%) were issued by financial institutions for the Group; 28% (2017: 27%) for the Parent Entity.

 

§                73% (2017: 74%) were issued by government or semi-government authorities for the Group; 72% (2017: 73%) for the Parent Entity.

 

§                89% (2017: 90%) were held in Australia by the Group; 96% (2017: 98%) by the Parent Entity.

 

Loans (Note 13)

§                Note 13 provides a detailed breakdown of loans by industry and geographic classification.

 

Derivative financial instruments (Note 21)

§                79% (2017: 77%) were issued by financial institutions for both the Group and Parent Entity.

 

§                84% (2017: 86%) were held in Australia by the Group; 86% (2017: 86%) by the Parent Entity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

224

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

2018  

 

 

2017     

 

 

 

Undrawn

 

 

Undrawn

 

 

Total on

credit

 

Total on

credit

 

Consolidated

balance

commit-

 

balance

commit-

 

$m

sheet

ments

Total

sheet

ments

Total

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

8,306

1,404

9,710

8,189

1,468

9,657

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

8,651

2,035

10,686

8,193

2,155

10,348

Construction

6,756

3,324

10,080

6,050

3,666

9,716

Finance and insurance

57,153

7,781

64,934

59,432

8,415

67,847

Government, administration and defence

49,830

728

50,558

49,341

813

50,154

Manufacturing

9,968

5,738

15,706

9,784

6,186

15,970

Mining

3,637

3,079

6,716

3,411

3,568

6,979

Property

45,814

12,309

58,123

43,640

12,046

55,686

Property services and business services

13,561

5,596

19,157

12,119

5,145

17,264

Services

12,297

5,700

17,997

13,198

6,082

19,280

Trade

16,809

7,951

24,760

16,401

8,712

25,113

Transport and storage

9,587

4,958

14,545

9,554

6,038

15,592

Utilities

5,281

3,471

8,752

6,418

4,216

10,634

Retail lending

463,609

86,421

550,030

451,315

88,363

539,678

Other

6,781

1,597

8,378

4,360

1,519

5,879

Total Australia

718,040

152,092

870,132

701,405

158,392

859,797

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

323

39

362

290

42

332

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

8,188

684

8,872

7,809

745

8,554

Construction

504

429

933

450

397

847

Finance and insurance

6,919

1,437

8,356

7,626

2,038

9,664

Government, administration and defence

4,767

691

5,458

5,051

549

5,600

Manufacturing

2,307

1,577

3,884

2,185

1,527

3,712

Mining

213

101

314

144

197

341

Property

6,236

1,035

7,271

5,901

1,039

6,940

Property services and business services

1,108

512

1,620

1,142

405

1,547

Services

1,758

613

2,371

1,834

604

2,438

Trade

2,568

1,023

3,591

2,215

1,176

3,391

Transport and storage

1,102

791

1,893

1,118

847

1,965

Utilities

1,415

1,564

2,979

1,822

1,302

3,124

Retail lending

46,614

12,114

58,728

45,190

11,995

57,185

Other

1

245

246

3

227

230

Total New Zealand

84,023

22,855

106,878

82,780

23,090

105,870

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

112

12

124

97

13

110

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

19

1

20

5

1

6

Construction

71

121

192

55

242

297

Finance and insurance

7,845

3,454

11,299

7,713

3,182

10,895

Government, administration and defence

4,246

50

4,296

3,071

1

3,072

Manufacturing

3,364

4,849

8,213

3,107

4,259

7,366

Mining

353

1,793

2,146

378

1,518

1,896

Property

467

57

524

491

40

531

Property services and business services

1,754

733

2,487

542

508

1,050

Services

207

448

655

205

105

310

Trade

2,993

3,330

6,323

2,680

2,458

5,138

Transport and storage

1,232

222

1,454

1,426

437

1,863

Utilities

763

329

1,092

544

260

804

Retail lending

683

45

728

657

37

694

Other

178

6

184

78

8

86

Total other overseas

24,287

15,450

39,737

21,049

13,069

34,118

Total gross credit risk

826,350

190,397

1,016,747

805,234

194,551

999,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

225

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

2018     

 

 

2017     

 

 

 

Undrawn

 

 

Undrawn

 

 

Total on

credit

 

Total on

credit

 

Parent Entity

balance

commit-

 

balance

commit-

 

$m

sheet

ments

Total

sheet

ments

Total

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

8,237

1,404

9,641

8,110

1,468

9,578

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

8,593

2,035

10,628

8,073

2,155

10,228

Construction

6,252

3,324

9,576

5,447

3,666

9,113

Finance and insurance

56,687

7,781

64,468

58,589

8,415

67,004

Government, administration and defence

49,824

728

50,552

49,330

813

50,143

Manufacturing

9,742

5,738

15,480

9,511

6,186

15,697

Mining

3,605

3,078

6,683

3,371

3,568

6,939

Property

45,812

12,309

58,121

43,641

12,043

55,684

Property services and business services

12,517

5,595

18,112

11,047

5,143

16,190

Services

12,029

5,700

17,729

12,853

6,081

18,934

Trade

16,598

7,949

24,547

16,098

8,691

24,789

Transport and storage

9,190

4,957

14,147

9,097

6,038

15,135

Utilities

5,255

3,471

8,726

6,386

4,216

10,602

Retail lending

462,568

86,421

548,989

449,207

88,362

537,569

Other

5,949

1,574

7,523

3,385

1,518

4,903

Total Australia

712,858

152,064

864,922

694,145

158,363

852,508

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

-

-

-

-

-

-

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

52

7

59

38

7

45

Construction

7

22

29

6

13

19

Finance and insurance

2,761

50

2,811

3,230

56

3,286

Government, administration and defence

994

29

1,023

929

23

952

Manufacturing

206

97

303

183

110

293

Mining

7

1

8

3

3

6

Property

52

8

60

43

10

53

Property services and business services

43

31

74

38

57

95

Services

25

44

69

25

64

89

Trade

322

234

556

269

216

485

Transport and storage

73

87

160

38

89

127

Utilities

372

146

518

498

128

626

Retail lending

1

19

20

-

33

33

Other

1

1

2

5

4

9

Total New Zealand

4,916

776

5,692

5,305

813

6,118

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

70

12

82

88

13

101

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

4

1

5

4

1

5

Construction

59

113

172

44

237

281

Finance and insurance

7,641

3,442

11,083

7,420

3,161

10,581

Government, administration and defence

3,469

50

3,519

2,449

1

2,450

Manufacturing

3,359

4,741

8,100

3,089

4,166

7,255

Mining

354

1,791

2,145

378

1,516

1,894

Property

234

31

265

288

34

322

Property services and business services

1,665

730

2,395

527

507

1,034

Services

188

445

633

74

101

175

Trade

2,807

3,216

6,023

2,446

2,354

4,800

Transport and storage

1,127

214

1,341

1,196

414

1,610

Utilities

761

329

1,090

538

259

797

Retail lending

277

40

317

280

34

314

Other

99

4

103

82

5

87

Total other overseas

22,114

15,159

37,273

18,903

12,803

31,706

Total gross credit risk

739,888

167,999

907,887

718,353

171,979

890,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

226

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.2.4 Credit quality of financial assets

 

An asset is considered to be past due when any payment under the contractual terms has been missed. The entire contractual balance is considered to be past due, rather than only the overdue portion. Assets may be overdue for a number of reasons, including late payments or incomplete documentation. Late payment may be influenced by the timing of weekends and holidays. This does not always align with the underlying basis by which credit risk is managed.

 

The tables below segregate the financial assets of the Group and Parent Entity between financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired, past due but not impaired and impaired. The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired is determined by reference to the credit risk ratings system (refer to Note 22.2.1).

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due

 

 

 

Total

Consolidated 2018

 

Good/

 

 

but not

 

 

Impairment

carrying

$m

Strong

Satisfactory

Weak

Total

impaired

Impaired

Total

provision

value

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,775

15

-

5,790

-

-

5,790

-

5,790

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value1

21,720

145

-

21,865

-

-

21,865

-

21,865

Derivative financial instruments

23,692

406

3

24,101

-

-

24,101

-

24,101

Available-for-sale securities1

60,229

506

-

60,735

-

-

60,735

-

60,735

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - housing and personal

379,383

114,627

4,365

498,375

16,162

687

515,224

(1,303)

513,921

Loans - business

90,408

97,369

4,481

192,258

4,293

729

197,280

(1,511)

195,769

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,122

233

-

1,355

-

-

1,355

-

1,355

Other financial assets2

4,064

392

18

4,474

37

3

4,514

-

4,514

Total

586,393

213,693

8,867

808,953

20,492

1,419

830,864

(2,814)

828,050

 

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due

 

 

 

Total

Consolidated 2017

 

Good/

 

 

but not

 

 

Impairment

carrying

$m

Strong

Satisfactory

Weak

Total

impaired

Impaired

Total

provision

value

Receivables due from other financial institutions

7,119

9

-

7,128

-

-

7,128

-

7,128

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value1

24,973

22

-

24,995

-

-

24,995

-

24,995

Derivative financial instruments

23,184

815

33

24,032

-

1

24,033

-

24,033

Available-for-sale securities1

59,752

493

-

60,245

-

-

60,245

-

60,245

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - housing and personal

363,026

113,363

3,542

479,931

16,539

681

497,151

(1,331)

495,820

Loans - business

86,437

95,556

4,507

186,500

3,273

861

190,634

(1,535)

189,099

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

814

234

-

1,048

-

-

1,048

-

1,048

Other financial assets2

4,340

364

14

4,718

34

3

4,755

-

4,755

Total3

569,645

210,856

8,096

788,597

19,846

1,546

809,989

(2,866)

807,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Equity securities are excluded from these balances and as a result the total carrying value will not represent the balance reported on the balance sheet.

2    Other financial assets include accrued interest of $1,276 million (2017: $1,193 million) which is allocated to the relevant credit quality classifications in proportion to the loan balances to which it relates. Securities sold not yet delivered of $1,264 million (2017: $1,408 million) are also included in this balance which is allocated proportionately based on the trading securities balance classifications.

3            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

227

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due

 

 

 

Total

Parent Entity 2018

 

Good/

 

 

but not

 

 

Impairment

carrying

$m

Strong

Satisfactory

Weak

Total

impaired

Impaired

Total

provision

value

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,709

2

-

5,711

-

-

5,711

-

5,711

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value1

20,201

145

-

20,346

-

-

20,346

-

20,346

Derivative financial instruments

23,155

404

3

23,562

-

-

23,562

-

23,562

Available-for-sale securities1

56,443

3

-

56,446

-

-

56,446

-

56,446

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - housing and personal

359,843

87,667

4,050

451,560

15,044

572

467,176

(1,125)

466,051

Loans - business

76,995

80,572

3,412

160,979

3,838

582

165,399

(1,282)

164,117

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

1,122

126

-

1,248

-

-

1,248

-

1,248

Due from subsidiaries

140,597

-

-

140,597

-

-

140,597

-

140,597

Other financial assets2

3,321

306

15

3,642

33

2

3,677

-

3,677

Total

687,386

169,225

7,480

864,091

18,915

1,156

884,162

(2,407)

881,755

 

 

Neither past due nor impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due

 

 

 

Total

Parent Entity 2017

 

Good/

 

 

but not

 

 

Impairment

carrying

$m

Strong

Satisfactory

Weak

Total

impaired

Impaired

Total

provision

value

Receivables due from other financial institutions

6,352

5

-

6,357

-

-

6,357

-

6,357

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value1

22,870

5

-

22,875

-

-

22,875

-

22,875

Derivative financial instruments

22,974

815

33

23,822

-

1

23,823

-

23,823

Available-for-sale securities1

55,737

6

-

55,743

-

-

55,743

-

55,743

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - housing and personal

344,739

85,673

3,223

433,635

15,312

542

449,489

(1,091)

448,398

Loans - business

74,019

78,584

2,981

155,584

2,843

694

159,121

(1,282)

157,839

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

814

131

-

945

-

-

945

-

945

Due from subsidiaries

142,455

-

-

142,455

-

-

142,455

-

142,455

Other financial assets2

3,681

278

10

3,969

31

2

4,002

-

4,002

Total3

673,641

165,497

6,247

845,385

18,186

1,239

864,810

(2,373)

862,437

 

Details of collateral held in support of these balances are provided in Note 22.2.8.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Equity securities are excluded from these balances and as a result the total carrying value will not represent the balance reported on the balance sheet.

2    Other financial assets include accrued interest of $1,103 million (2017: $1,029 million) which is allocated to the relevant credit quality classifications in proportion to the loan balances to which it relates. Securities sold not yet delivered of $1,264 million (2017: $1,388 million) are also included in this balance which is allocated proportionately based on the trading securities balance classifications.

3            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

 

228

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.2.5 Financial assets that are past due, but not impaired

 

Financial assets that were past due, but not impaired, can be disaggregated based on days overdue at 30 September as follows:

 

Consolidated

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

$m

1-5 days

6-89 days

90+ days

Total

1-5 days

6-89 days

90+ days

Total

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - housing and personal

3,440

9,688

3,034

16,162

4,515

9,331

2,693

16,539

Loans - business

1,170

2,558

565

4,293

698

2,085

490

3,273

Other financial assets

8

23

6

37

9

19

6

34

Total

4,618

12,269

3,605

20,492

5,222

11,435

3,189

19,846

 

 

Parent Entity

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

$m

1-5 days

6-89 days

90+ days

Total

1-5 days

6-89 days

90+ days

Total

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - housing and personal

3,179

8,895

2,970

15,044

4,216

8,471

2,625

15,312

Loans - business

1,054

2,285

499

3,838

603

1,810

430

2,843

Other financial assets

7

20

6

33

8

18

5

31

Total

4,240

11,200

3,475

18,915

4,827

10,299

3,060

18,186

 

Details of collateral held in support of these balances are provided in Note 22.2.8.

 

22.2.6 Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default, and not impaired

 

These include financial assets that are:

 

§                  currently 90 days or more past due but well secured1;

 

§                  assets that were, but are no longer 90 days past due but are yet to satisfactorily demonstrate sustained improvement to allow reclassification; and

 

§                  other assets in default and not impaired, including those where an order for bankruptcy or similar legal action has been taken (e.g. appointment of an Administrator or Receiver).

 

Consolidated

   Gross amount

$m

2018

2017

2016

Australia

3,861

3,322

3,075

New Zealand

127

117

89

Other overseas

29

19

17

Total

4,017

3,458

3,181

 

22.2.7 Impaired loans

 

The determination of the provision for impairment is one of the Group’s critical accounting assumptions and estimates.  Details of this and the Group’s accounting policy for the provision for impairment charges are discussed in Notes 6 and 14.

 

Impaired loans are those for which there is objective evidence that their principal or interest payments may not be recoverable. These include:

 

§                  non-performing loans (aligned to an impaired internal credit risk grade);

 

§                  unsecured facilities including overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities which are greater than 90 days past due; and

 

§                  restructured loans (the original contractual terms have been modified to provide for concessions for a customer facing financial difficulties).

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            The estimated net realisable value of security to which the Group has recourse is sufficient to cover all principal and interest as at 30 September.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

229

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

The gross amount of impaired loans, along with the provision for impairment, by class of asset at 30 September, is summarised in the tables below:

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

 

Loans-

 

 

Loans-

 

 

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

$m

Personal

Business

Total

Personal

Business

Total

Individually impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

165

532

697

164

692

856

Impairment provision

(106)

(316)

(422)

(104)

(376)

(480)

Carrying amount

59

216

275

60

316

376

Collectively impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

522

197

719

517

169

686

Impairment provision

(196)

(35)

(231)

(202)

(32)

(234)

Carrying amount

326

162

488

315

137

452

Total gross amount

687

729

1,416

681

861

1,542

Total impairment provision

(302)

(351)

(653)

(306)

(408)

(714)

Total carrying amount

 

385

378

763

375

453

828

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

2018

2017

 

Loans-

 

 

Loans-

 

 

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

$m

Personal

Business

Total

Personal

Business

Total

Individually impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

130

400

530

121

534

655

Impairment provision

(85)

(290)

(375)

(83)

(334)

(417)

Carrying amount

45

110

155

38

200

238

Collectively impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

442

182

624

421

160

581

Impairment provision

(156)

(15)

(171)

(162)

(17)

(179)

Carrying amount

 

286

167

453

259

143

402

Total gross amount

572

582

1,154

542

694

1,236

Total impairment provision

(241)

(305)

(546)

(245)

(351)

(596)

Total carrying amount

331

277

608

297

343

640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

230

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

The gross amount of impaired loans, along with the provision for impairment, by type and geography of impaired loans at 30 September, is summarised in the table below:

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

$m

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

882

975

1,589

1,220

1,580

Impairment provision

(422)

(460)

(769)

(572)

(697)

Net

460

515

820

648

883

Restructured loans

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

9

12

13

22

34

Impairment provision

(1)

(7)

(11)

(12)

(23)

Net

8

5

2

10

11

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

358

362

267

252

203

Impairment provision

(179)

(187)

(159)

(164)

(132)

Net

179

175

108

88

71

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

124

152

218

348

397

Impairment provision

(30)

(41)

(95)

(104)

(130)

Net

94

111

123

244

267

Restructured loans

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

14

15

16

17

-

Impairment provision

(4)

(5)

(4)

(4)

-

Net

10

10

12

13

-

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

12

11

10

10

13

Impairment provision

(9)

(8)

(7)

(7)

(9)

Net

3

3

3

3

4

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

13

15

44

25

53

Impairment provision

(6)

(6)

(21)

(13)

(35)

Net

7

9

23

12

18

Restructured loans

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

3

-

2

-

59

Impairment provision

(1)

-

(1)

-

(21)

Net

2

-

1

-

38

Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

1

-

-

1

1

Impairment provision

(1)

-

-

(1)

-

Net

-

-

-

-

1

Total net impaired assets

763

828

1,092

1,018

1,293

 

Details of collateral held in support of these balances are provided in Note 22.2.8.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

231

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

The following table summarises the interest received and forgone on non-performing loans and restructured financial assets:

 

Consolidated 2018

 

 

 

$m

Australia

Overseas

Total

Interest received

3

8

11

Interest forgone

31

-

31

 

22.2.8 Collateral held

 

Loans

 

The Group analyses the coverage of the loan portfolio which is secured by the collateral that it holds.  Coverage is measured as follows:

 

Coverage

Secured loan to collateral value ratio

Fully secured

 

Less than or equal to 100%

 

Partially secured

 

Greater than 100% but not more than 150%

Unsecured

Greater than 150%, or no security held (e.g. can include credit cards, personal loans, and exposure to highly rated corporate entities)

 

 

The Group’s loan portfolio has the following coverage from collateral held:

 

Neither past due nor impaired

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

 

Loans-

 

 

Loans-

 

 

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

%

Personal

Business

Total

Personal

Business

Total

Fully secured

97.5

55.8

85.9

97.0

54.0

84.9

Partially secured

0.6

22.9

6.8

0.9

25.7

7.9

Unsecured

1.9

21.3

7.3

2.1

20.3

7.2

Total

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

2018

2017

 

Loans-

 

 

Loans-

 

 

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

%

Personal

Business

Total

Personal

Business

Total

Fully secured

98.1

57.8

87.5

97.9

55.4

86.7

Partially secured

0.3

20.4

5.6

0.3

23.7

6.5

Unsecured

1.6

21.8

6.9

1.8

20.9

6.8

Total

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due but not impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

 

Loans-

 

 

Loans-

 

 

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

%

Personal

Business

Total

Personal

Business

Total

Fully secured

94.6

52.8

85.8

93.9

58.2

87.9

Partially secured

2.0

28.2

7.5

2.6

28.3

6.9

Unsecured

3.4

19.0

6.7

3.5

13.5

5.2

Total

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

232

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Parent Entity

2018 

2017 

 

Loans-

 

 

Loans-

 

 

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

%

Personal

Business

Total

Personal

Business

Total

Fully secured

95.7

54.7

87.3

96.4

60.2

90.8

Partially secured

1.5

25.0

6.3

0.6

25.7

4.5

Unsecured

2.8

20.3

6.4

3.0

14.1

4.7

Total

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

 

Impaired

 

Consolidated

2018 

2017 

 

Loans-

 

 

Loans-

 

 

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

%

Personal

Business

Total

Personal

Business

Total

Fully secured

72.8

32.0

51.8

69.5

17.3

40.3

Partially secured

10.0

11.5

10.8

10.7

25.7

19.1

Unsecured

17.2

56.5

37.4

19.8

57.0

40.6

Total

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

2018 

2017 

 

Loans-

 

 

Loans-

 

 

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

Housing and

Loans -

 

%

Personal

Business

Total

Personal

Business

Total

Fully secured

76.4

28.5

52.2

73.2

19.6

43.1

Partially secured

6.5

13.1

9.8

6.3

17.1

12.4

Unsecured

17.1

58.4

38.0

20.5

63.3

44.5

Total

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

 

Collateral held against financial assets other than loans

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Cash, primarily for derivatives

2,187

2,480

1,751

2,354

Securities under reverse repurchase agreements1

1,404

6,814

1,404

6,814

Securities under derivatives and stock borrowing1

28

32

28

32

Total other collateral held

3,619

9,326

3,183

9,200

 

22.3          Funding and liquidity risk

 

22.3.1 Liquidity modelling

 

In managing liquidity for the Group, Treasury utilises balance sheet forecasts and the maturity profile of the Group’s wholesale funding portfolio to project liquidity outcomes. Regional liquidity limits are also used by the Group to ensure liquidity is managed efficiently and prudently in other geographies.

 

In addition, the Group conducts regular stress testing to assess Westpac’s ability to meet cash flow obligations under a range of market conditions and scenarios. These scenarios inform liquidity limits and strategic planning.

 

The forecasting, planning and stress testing outcomes are used by the Group to inform liquidity modelling to assist the Group in meeting its regulatory requirements as required under APRA’s liquidity prudential standard, being the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). Westpac’s LCR and NSFR are above the regulatory requirement of 100%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Securities received as collateral are not recognised on the Group and Parent Entity’s balance sheet.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

233

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.3.2 Sources of liquidity

 

Sources of liquidity are regularly reviewed to maintain a wide diversification by currency, geography, product and term. Sources include, but are not limited to:

 

§                  deposits;

 

§                  debt issues;

 

§                  proceeds from sale of marketable securities;

 

§                  repurchase agreements with central banks;

 

§                  principal repayments on loans;

 

§                  interest income; and

 

§                  fee income.

 

Liquid assets

 

Treasury holds a portfolio of high-quality liquid assets as a buffer against unforeseen funding requirements. These assets are eligible for repurchase agreements with the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) or another central bank and are held in cash, Government, State Government and highly rated investment grade securities. The level of liquid asset holdings is reviewed frequently and is consistent with both the requirements of the balance sheet and market conditions.

 

Liquid assets that qualify as eligible collateral for repurchase agreements with a central bank (including internal securitisation) increased by $15.9 billion to $153.7 billion over the last 12 months.

 

A summary of the Group’s liquid asset holdings is as follows:

 

 

2018

2017

$m

Actual

Average

Actual

Average

Cash

25,476

21,912

17,339

20,594

Receivables due from other financial institutions

816

745

834

662

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

10,529

9,412

11,405

12,891

Available-for-sale securities

60,667

62,892

59,735

59,887

Loans1

55,500

55,336

47,935

48,561

Regulatory deposits with central banks

706

639

549

628

Total liquid assets

153,694

150,936

137,797

143,223

 

Group’s funding composition

 

The Group monitors the composition and stability of its funding so that it remains within the Group’s funding risk appetite. This includes compliance with both the LCR and NSFR.

 

%

2018

2017

Customer deposits

63.1

61.8

Wholesale term funding with residual maturity greater than 12 months

15.7

15.2

Wholesale funding with a residual maturity less than 12 months

12.4

14.1

Securitisation

0.9

1.0

Equity

7.9

7.9

Group’s total funding

100.0

100.0

 

Movements in the Group’s funding composition in 2018 included:

 

§                  Customer deposits increased by 127 basis points to 63.1% of the Group’s total funding at 30 September 2018, reflecting growth in term deposits;

 

§                  Long term funding with a residual maturity greater than 12 months increased 45 basis points to 15.7% as the group continued to lengthen the tenor of its funding. Funding from securitisation was slightly lower at 0.9% of total funding;

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Loans are self-originated AAA rated mortgage backed securities which are eligible for repurchase with the RBA and Reserve Bank of New Zealand.

 

234

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

§                  Wholesale funding with a residual maturity less than 12 months decreased by 165 basis points to 12.4%. The Group’s short term funding portfolio (including long term to short term scroll) of $102 billion had a weighted average maturity of 151 days and is more than covered by the $153.7 billion of unencumbered repo-eligible liquid assets and cash held by the Group; and

 

§                  Funding from equity was little changed at 7.9% of total funding.

 

Maintaining a diverse funding base with the capacity and flexibility to access a wide range of funding markets, investors, currencies, maturities and products is an important part of managing liquidity risk.  Westpac’s funding infrastructure supports its ability to meet changing and diverse investor demands. In 2018, the Group raised $32 billion of long term wholesale funding.  The majority of new issuance came in the form of senior unsecured and covered bond format, in core currencies of AUD, USD, EUR and GBP. The Group also continued to benefit from its position as the only major Australian bank with an active Auto ABS capability and the only Australian bank with access to the US SEC registered market, raising funds in both these markets during the year.

 

Long term wholesale funding also included $3.0 billion of Basel III compliant Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital (see Note 20).

 

Borrowings and outstanding issuances from existing debt programs at 30 September 2018 can be found in Note 16, Note 17, Note 19 and Note 20.

 

Credit ratings

 

As at 30 September 2018 the Parent Entity’s credit ratings were:

 

2018

Short-term

Long-term

Outlook

S&P Global Ratings

A-1+

AA-

Negative

Moody’s Investors Service

P-1

Aa3

Stable

Fitch Ratings

F1+

AA-

Stable

 

If Westpac’s credit ratings were to be lowered from current levels, the Group’s borrowing costs and capacity may be adversely affected. A downgrade in Westpac’s credit ratings from current levels is likely to require the Group to pay higher interest rates than currently paid on our wholesale borrowings.

 

22.3.3 Assets pledged as collateral

 

The Group and Parent Entity are required to provide collateral to other financial institutions, as part of standard terms, to secure liabilities. In addition to assets supporting securitisation and covered bond programs disclosed in Note 25, the carrying value of these financial assets pledged as collateral is:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Cash1

4,754

5,687

4,690

5,315

Cash deposit on stock borrowed

14

15

14

15

Securities (including certificates of deposit)

1,544

1,421

1,544

1,421

Securities pledged under repurchase agreements

12,492

18,746

12,492

18,728

Total amount pledged to secure liabilities

18,804

25,869

18,740

25,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Primarily comprised of receivables due from other financial institutions.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

235

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.3.4 Contractual maturity of financial liabilities

 

The tables below present cash flows associated with financial liabilities, payable at the balance sheet date, by remaining contractual maturity. The amounts disclosed in the table are the future contractual undiscounted cash flows, whereas the Group manages inherent liquidity risk based on expected cash flows.

 

Cash flows associated with financial liabilities include both principal payments as well as fixed or variable interest payments incorporated into the relevant coupon period. Principal payments reflect the earliest contractual maturity date. Derivative liabilities designated for hedging purposes are expected to be held for their remaining contractual lives, and reflect gross cash flows over the remaining contractual term.

 

Derivatives held for trading and certain liabilities classified in “Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement” are not managed for liquidity purposes on the basis of their contractual maturity, and accordingly these liabilities are presented in the up to 1 month column. Only the liabilities that the Group manages based on their contractual maturity are presented on a contractual undiscounted basis in the tables below.

 

Consolidated 2018

Up to

Over 1 Month

Over 3 Months

Over 1 Year

Over

 

$m

1 Month

to 3 Months

to 1 Year

to 5 Years

5 Years

Total

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

15,242

1,754

1,040

160

-

18,196

Deposits and other borrowings

352,941

85,726

108,427

16,771

75

563,940

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

4,197

100

-

-

-

4,297

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

22,869

-

-

-

-

22,869

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

68

95

377

741

96

1,377

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

2,680

5,140

406

2,799

1,258

12,283

Cash inflow

(2,658)

(5,096)

(337)

(2,527)

(1,178)

(11,796)

Debt issues

1,743

7,502

48,848

100,245

31,892

190,230

Other financial liabilities

1,639

591

2,657

-

-

4,887

Total financial liabilities excluding loan capital

398,721

95,812

161,418

118,189

32,143

806,283

Loan capital

8

79

253

4,866

16,509

21,715

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

398,729

95,891

161,671

123,055

48,652

827,998

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letters of credit and guarantees

15,585

-

-

-

-

15,585

Commitments to extend credit

174,658

-

-

-

-

174,658

Other commitments

154

-

-

-

-

154

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

190,397

-

-

-

-

190,397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

236

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Consolidated 2017

Up to

Over 1 Month

Over 3 Months

Over 1 Year

Over

 

$m

1 Month

to 3 Months

to 1 Year

to 5 Years

5 Years

Total

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

16,496

4,438

1,014

23

-

21,971

Deposits and other borrowings

337,821

76,557

102,306

20,605

197

537,486

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

3,253

803

-

-

-

4,056

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

22,757

-

-

-

-

22,757

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

98

146

489

1,088

108

1,929

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

865

3,368

1,039

5,617

2,057

12,946

Cash inflow

(737)

(3,275)

(821)

(4,634)

(1,745)

(11,212)

Debt issues

3,111

10,492

46,730

101,045

18,796

180,174

Other financial liabilities

1,603

575

2,586

-

-

4,764

Total financial liabilities excluding

 

 

 

 

 

 

loan capital

385,267

93,104

153,343

123,744

19,413

774,871

Loan capital

5

86

729

4,781

16,548

22,149

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

385,272

93,190

154,072

128,525

35,961

797,020

Total contingent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letters of credit and guarantees

15,460

-

-

-

-

15,460

Commitments to extend credit

178,443

-

-

-

-

178,443

Other commitments

648

-

-

-

-

648

Total undiscounted contingent

 

 

 

 

 

 

liabilities and commitments

194,551

-

-

-

-

194,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2018

Up to

Over 1 Month

Over 3 Months

Over 1 Year

Over

 

$m

1 Month

to 3 Months

to 1 Year

to 5 Years

5 Years

Total

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

14,788

1,753

1,040

160

-

17,741

Deposits and other borrowings

320,365

74,530

94,855

14,606

75

504,431

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

4,197

100

-

-

-

4,297

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

23,039

-

-

-

-

23,039

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

51

55

271

608

96

1,081

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

2,632

4,725

377

2,174

726

10,634

Cash inflow

(2,615)

(4,687)

(324)

(2,043)

(644)

(10,313)

Debt issues

1,588

7,117

45,527

85,106

29,329

168,667

Due to subsidiaries

142,400

-

-

-

-

142,400

Other financial liabilities

1,598

510

2,294

-

-

4,402

Total financial liabilities excluding loan capital

508,043

84,103

144,040

100,611

29,582

866,379

Loan capital

8

79

253

4,866

16,509

21,715

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

508,051

84,182

144,293

105,477

46,091

888,094

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letters of credit and guarantees

14,957

-

-

-

-

14,957

Commitments to extend credit

152,943

-

-

-

-

152,943

Other commitments

99

-

-

-

-

99

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

167,999

-

-

-

-

167,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

237

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Parent Entity 2017

Up to

Over 1 Month

Over 3 Months

Over 1 Year

Over

 

 

$m

1 Month

to 3 Months

to 1 Year

to 5 Years

5 Years

Total

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

16,364

4,438

1,014

23

-

21,839

 

Deposits and other borrowings

306,013

65,078

91,055

18,618

197

480,961

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

through income statement

3,235

803

-

-

-

4,038

 

Derivative financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

22,791

-

-

-

-

22,791

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

83

128

409

1,000

106

1,726

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

11

2,929

820

2,796

1,294

7,850

 

Cash inflow

-

(2,861)

(680)

(2,376)

(1,052)

(6,969)

 

Debt issues

2,069

9,127

42,116

84,960

16,270

154,542

 

Due to subsidiaries

143,834

-

-

-

-

143,834

 

Other financial liabilities

1,576

523

2,353

-

-

4,452

 

Total financial liabilities excluding loan capital

495,976

80,165

137,087

105,021

16,815

835,064

 

Loan capital

5

86

729

4,781

16,548

22,149

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

495,981

80,251

137,816

109,802

33,363

857,213

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Letters of credit and guarantees

14,908

-

-

-

-

14,908

 

Commitments to extend credit

156,423

-

-

-

-

156,423

 

Other commitments

648

-

-

-

-

648

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

171,979

-

-

-

-

171,979

 

 

22.3.5 Expected maturity

 

The tables below present the balance sheet based on expected maturity dates, except for deposits, based on historical behaviours. The liability balances in the following tables will not agree to the contractual maturity tables (Note 22.3.4) due to the analysis below being based on expected rather than contractual maturities, the impact of discounting and the exclusion of interest accruals beyond the reporting period. Included in the tables below are equity securities classified as trading securities, available-for-sale securities and life insurance assets that have no specific maturity. These assets have been classified based on the expected period of disposal. Deposits are presented in the following table on a contractual basis, however as part of our normal banking operations, the Group would expect a large proportion of these balances to be retained.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

238

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Consolidated 2018

Due within

Greater than

 

 

$m

12 Months

12 Months

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

26,431

-

26,431

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,790

-

5,790

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

11,869

10,265

22,134

 

Derivative financial instruments

17,828

6,273

24,101

 

Available-for-sale securities

6,959

54,160

61,119

 

Loans (net of provisions)

94,717

614,973

709,690

 

Life insurance assets

1,598

7,852

9,450

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

679

676

1,355

 

Investments in associates

-

115

115

 

All other assets

5,522

13,885

19,407

 

Total assets

171,393

708,199

879,592

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

17,988

149

18,137

 

Deposits and other borrowings

543,198

16,087

559,285

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

4,297

-

4,297

 

Derivative financial instruments

17,346

7,061

24,407

 

Debt issues

53,930

118,666

172,596

 

Life insurance liabilities

1,547

6,050

7,597

 

All other liabilities

10,667

768

11,435

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

648,973

148,781

797,754

 

Loan capital

1,382

15,883

17,265

 

Total liabilities

650,355

164,664

815,019

 

Net assets/(net liabilities)

(478,962)

543,535

64,573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

239

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Consolidated 2017

Due within

Greater than

 

$m

12 Months

12 Months

Total

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

18,397

-

18,397

Receivables due from other financial institutions

7,128

-

7,128

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

11,258

14,066

25,324

Derivative financial instruments

18,346

5,687

24,033

Available-for-sale securities

7,988

52,722

60,710

Loans (net of provisions)

88,676

596,243

684,919

Life insurance assets

1,514

9,129

10,643

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

676

372

1,048

Investments in associates

-

60

60

All other assets

5,681

13,932

19,613

Total assets

159,664

692,211

851,875

Liabilities

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

21,885

22

21,907

Deposits and other borrowings

512,856

20,735

533,591

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

4,056

-

4,056

Derivative financial instruments

18,435

6,940

25,375

Debt issues

56,952

111,404

168,356

Life insurance liabilities

1,457

7,562

9,019

All other liabilities

9,907

656

10,563

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

625,548

147,319

772,867

Loan capital

1,641

16,025

17,666

Total liabilities

627,189

163,344

790,533

Net assets/(net liabilities)

(467,525)

528,867

61,342

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2018

Due within

Greater than

 

$m

12 Months

12 Months

Total

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

24,726

-

24,726

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,711

-

5,711

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

11,145

9,272

20,417

Derivative financial instruments

17,677

5,885

23,562

Available-for-sale securities

4,846

51,667

56,513

Loans (net of provisions)

76,389

553,779

630,168

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

571

677

1,248

Due from subsidiaries

140,597

-

140,597

Investments in associates

-

76

76

Investments in subsidiaries

-

4,508

4,508

All other assets

4,358

11,346

15,704

Total assets

286,020

637,210

923,230

Liabilities

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

17,533

149

17,682

Deposits and other borrowings

486,418

14,050

500,468

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

4,297

-

4,297

Derivative financial instruments

17,317

6,912

24,229

Debt issues

50,499

101,789

152,288

Due to subsidiaries

142,400

-

142,400

All other liabilities

8,569

676

9,245

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

727,033

123,576

850,609

Loan capital

1,382

15,883

17,265

Total liabilities

728,415

139,459

867,874

Net assets/(net liabilities)

(442,395)

497,751

55,356

 

 

 

 

240

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Parent Entity 2017

Due within

Greater than

 

$m

12 Months

12 Months

Total

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

16,405

-

16,405

Receivables due from other financial institutions

6,357

-

6,357

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

9,812

13,134

22,946

Derivative financial instruments

18,340

5,483

23,823

Available-for-sale securities

6,447

49,353

55,800

Loans (net of provisions)

70,868

535,369

606,237

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

573

372

945

Due from subsidiaries

142,455

-

142,455

Investments in associates

-

46

46

Investments in subsidiaries

-

3,975

3,975

All other assets

4,649

11,231

15,880

Total assets

275,906

618,963

894,869

Liabilities

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

21,753

22

21,775

Deposits and other borrowings

458,829

18,864

477,693

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

4,038

-

4,038

Derivative financial instruments

18,321

6,590

24,911

Debt issues

50,415

93,701

144,116

Due to subsidiaries

143,834

-

143,834

All other liabilities

8,060

595

8,655

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

705,250

119,772

825,022

Loan capital

1,641

16,025

17,666

Total liabilities

706,891

135,797

842,688

Net assets/(net liabilities)

(430,985)

483,166

52,181

 

22.4    Market risk

 

22.4.1 Value-at-Risk

 

The Group uses VaR as one of the mechanisms for controlling both traded and non-traded market risk.

 

VaR is a statistical estimate of the potential loss in earnings over a specified period of time and to a given level of confidence based on historical market movements. The confidence level indicates the probability that the loss will not exceed the VaR estimate on any given day.

 

VaR seeks to take account of all material market variables that may cause a change in the value of the portfolio, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, price changes, volatility and the correlations between these variables. Daily monitoring of current exposure and limit utilisation is conducted independently by the Market Risk unit which monitors market risk exposures against VaR and structural concentration limits. These are supplemented by escalation triggers for material profits or losses and stress testing of risks beyond the 99% confidence interval.

 

The key parameters of VaR are:

 

Holding period

1 day

Confidence level

99%

Period of historical data used

1 year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

241

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

22.4.2 Traded market risk

 

The table below depicts the aggregate VaR, by risk type, for the year ended 30 September:

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

     2018

      2017

      2016

$m

High

Low

Average

High

Low

Average

High

Low

Average

Interest rate risk

15.6

5.1

8.6

16.0

4.6

8.5

14.0

4.6

8.8

Foreign exchange risk

6.9

0.7

3.0

9.4

0.6

3.1

12.2

1.4

5.1

Equity risk

1.0

0.0

0.1

0.4

0.0

0.1

2.9

0.1

0.3

Commodity risk1

24.3

1.7

6.5

14.1

3.3

6.6

4.5

1.4

2.7

Other market risks2

5.8

1.4

3.8

5.1

3.5

4.2

6.0

2.6

3.6

Diversification effect

n/a

n/a

(8.6)

n/a

n/a

(8.6)

n/a

n/a

(8.0)

Net market risk

28.1

6.7

13.4

22.9

9.7

13.9

18.7

7.7

12.5

 

22.4.3 Non-traded market risk

 

Non-traded market risk includes interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) – the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities.

 

Net interest income (NII) sensitivity is managed in terms of the NaR. A simulation model is used to calculate Westpac’s potential NaR. This combines the underlying balance sheet data with assumptions about run off and new business, expected repricing behaviour and changes in wholesale market interest rates. Simulations using a range of interest rate scenarios are used to provide a series of potential future NII outcomes. The interest rate scenarios modelled, over a three year time horizon using a 99% confidence interval, include those projected using historical market interest rate volatility as well as 100 and 200 basis point shifts up and down from the current market yield curves in Australia and New Zealand. Additional stressed interest rate scenarios are also considered and modelled.

 

A comparison between the NII outcomes from these modelled scenarios indicates the sensitivity to interest rate changes.

 

Net interest income-at-risk (NaR)

 

The table below depicts NaR assuming a 100 basis point shock over the next 12 months as a percentage of reported net interest income:

 

 

2018

2017

 

 

Maximum

Minimum

Average

 

Maximum

Minimum

Average

% (increase)/decrease in net interest income

As at

Exposure

Exposure

Exposure

As at

Exposure

Exposure

Exposure

Consolidated

0.01

0.78

(0.09)

0.27

0.62

0.62

(0.01)

0.31

Parent Entity

(0.22)

0.51

(0.28)

0.04

0.34

0.34

(0.33)

0.05

 

 

Value at Risk - IRRBB

The table below depicts VaR for IRRBB:

 

 

2018

2017

$m

As at

High

Low

Average

As at

High

Low

Average

Consolidated

23.2

57.0

23.2

32.5

57.3

57.3

27.0

40.8

 

As at 30 September 2018 the Value at Risk – IRRBB for the Parent Entity was $20.8 million (2017: $56.9 million).

 

Risk mitigation

 

IRRBB stems from the ordinary course of banking activities, including structural interest rate risk (the mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities) and capital management.

 

The Group hedges its exposure to such interest rate risk using derivatives. Further details on the Group’s hedge accounting are discussed in Note 21.

 

The same controls as used to monitor traded market risk allow management to continuously monitor and manage IRRBB.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1  Includes electricity risk.

2  Includes prepayment risk and credit spread risk (exposure to movements in generic credit rating bands).

 

242

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 22. Financial risk (continued)

 

Structural foreign exchange risk

 

Structural foreign exchange risk results from the generation of foreign currency denominated earnings and from Westpac’s capital deployed in offshore branches and subsidiaries, where it is denominated in currencies other than Australian dollars. As exchange rates move, the Australian dollar equivalent of offshore earnings and capital is subject to change that could introduce significant variability to the Bank’s reported financial results and capital ratios. To minimise this impact, Westpac manages offshore earnings and capital on the following basis:

 

§                  New Zealand future earnings are overseen by Group Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) and may be hedged as per policy approved by Group ALCO;

 

§                  Permanent capital (capital permanently employed in an offshore jurisdiction to meet regulatory, prudential and/or strategic requirements) of subsidiaries and branches is not hedged. However, hedges on permanently deployed capital may still be considered in light of the cyclical nature of currency valuations;

 

§                  Free capital (capital that can be repatriated at Westpac’s discretion), excluding capital denominated in minor currencies, may be fully hedged; and

 

§                  Minor currencies may not be hedged because of liquidity, expensive pricing and materiality.

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

 

Accounting policy

The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

On initial recognition, the transaction price generally represents the fair value of the financial instrument unless there is observable information from an active market to the contrary. Where unobservable information is used, the difference between the transaction price and the fair value (day one profit or loss) is recognised in the income statement over the life of the instrument when the inputs become observable.

 

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

The majority of valuation models used by the Group employ only observable market data as inputs. However, for certain financial instruments data may be employed which is not readily observable in current markets.

 

The availability of observable inputs is influenced by factors such as:

 

§          product type;

 

§          depth of market activity;

 

§          maturity of market models; and

 

§          complexity of the transaction.

 

Where unobservable market data is used, more judgement is required to determine fair value. The significance of these judgements depends on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Unobservable inputs are generally derived from other relevant market data and adjusted against:

 

§          standard industry practice;

 

§          economic models; and

 

§          observed transaction prices.

 

In order to determine a reliable fair value for a financial instrument, management may apply adjustments to the techniques previously described. These adjustments reflect the Group’s assessment of factors that market participants would consider in setting the fair value.

 

These adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads, credit valuation adjustments and funding valuation adjustments.

 

Fair Valuation Control Framework

 

The Group uses a Fair Valuation Control Framework where the fair value is either determined or validated by a function independent of the transaction. This framework formalises the policies and procedures used to achieve compliance with relevant accounting, industry and regulatory standards. The framework includes specific controls relating to:

 

§                  the revaluation of financial instruments;

 

§                  independent price verification;

 

§                  fair value adjustments; and

 

§                  financial reporting.

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

243

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

A key element of the Framework is the Revaluation Committee, comprising senior valuation specialists from within the Group. The Revaluation Committee reviews the application of the agreed policies and procedures to assess that a fair value measurement basis has been applied.

 

The method of determining fair value differs depending on the information available.

 

Fair value hierarchy

 

A financial instrument’s categorisation within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

The Group categorises all fair value instruments according to the hierarchy described below.

 

Valuation techniques

 

The Group applies market accepted valuation techniques in determining the fair valuation of over the counter (OTC) derivatives. This includes credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and funding valuation adjustments (FVA), which incorporate credit risk and funding costs and benefits that arise in relation to uncollateralised derivative positions, respectively.

 

The specific valuation techniques, the observability of the inputs used in valuation models and the subsequent classification for each significant product category are outlined below:

 

Level 1 instruments

 

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets based on recent unadjusted quoted prices. These prices are based on actual arm’s length basis transactions.

 

The valuations of Level 1 instruments require little or no management judgement.

 

Instrument

 

Balance sheet
category

 

Includes:

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange traded products

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

 

Exchange traded interest rate futures and options and commodity, energy and carbon futures

 

 

 

 

 

All these instruments are traded in liquid, active markets where prices are readily observable. No modelling or assumptions are used in the valuation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange products

 

Derivatives

 

FX spot and futures contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity products

 

 

Derivatives

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

 

Listed equities and equity indices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-asset backed debt instruments

 

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

 

Australian and New Zealand Commonwealth government bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance assets and liabilities

 

Life insurance assets

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

Listed equities, exchange traded derivatives and short sale of listed equities within controlled managed investment schemes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

244

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Level 2 instruments

 

The fair value for financial instruments that are not actively traded is determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market prices.  Valuation techniques include:

 

§                  the use of market standard discounting methodologies;

 

§                  option pricing models; and

 

§                  other valuation techniques widely used and accepted by market participants.

 

Instrument

 

Balance sheet category

 

Includes:

 

Valuation

Interest rate products

 

Derivatives

 

Interest rate and inflation swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, collars and other non-vanilla interest rate derivatives

 

Industry standard valuation models are used to calculate the expected future value of payments by product, which is discounted back to a present value. The model’s interest rate inputs are benchmark interest rates and active broker quoted interest rates in the swap, bond and future markets. Interest rate volatilities are sourced from brokers and consensus data providers. If consensus prices are not available, these are classified as Level 3 instruments.

Foreign exchange products

 

Derivatives

 

FX swap, FX forward contracts, FX options and other non-vanilla FX derivatives

 

Derived from market observable inputs or consensus pricing providers using industry standard models.

Other credit products

 

Derivatives

 

Single Name and Index credit default swaps (CDS)

 

Valued using an industry standard model that incorporates the credit spread as its principal input. Credit spreads are obtained from consensus data providers. If consensus prices are not available, these are classified as Level 3 instruments.

Commodity products

 

Derivatives

 

Commodity, energy and carbon derivatives

 

Valued using industry standard models.

The models calculate the expected future value of deliveries and payments and discounts them back to a present value. The model inputs include forward curves, volatilities implied from market observable inputs, discount curves and underlying spot and futures prices. The significant inputs are market observable or available through a consensus data service. If consensus prices are not available, these are classified as Level 3 instruments.

Equity products

 

Derivatives

 

Exchange traded equity options, OTC equity options and equity warrants

 

Due to low liquidity exchange traded options are Level 2.

Valued using industry standard models based on observable parameters such as stock prices, dividends, volatilities and interest rates.

Asset backed debt instruments

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

Available-for-sale securities

 

Australian residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS) denominated in Australian dollar and other asset backed securities (ABS)

 

Valued using an industry approach to value floating rate debt with prepayment features. Australian RMBS are valued using prices sourced from a consensus data provider. If consensus prices are not available these are classified as Level 3 instruments.

Non-asset backed debt instruments

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

State and other government bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper

 

Valued using observable market prices which are sourced from consensus pricing services, broker quotes or inter-dealer prices.

 

Available-for-sale securities

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

 

 

Security repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements over non-asset backed debt securities

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

245

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Level 2 instruments (continued)

 

Instrument

 

Balance sheet category

 

Includes:

 

Valuation

Loans at fair value

 

Loans

 

Fixed rate bills

 

Discounted cash flow approach, using a discount rate which reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing of cash flows, adjusted for creditworthiness based on market observable inputs.

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

Certificates of deposit

 

Discounted cash flow using market rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Debt issues at fair value

 

Debt issues

 

Debt issues

 

Discounted cash flows, using a discount rate which reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing of cash flows adjusted for market observable changes in Westpac’s implied credit worthiness.

Life insurance assets and liabilities

 

Life insurance assets

Life insurance liabilities

 

Corporate bonds, over the counter derivatives, units in unlisted unit trusts, life insurance contract liabilities, life investment contract liabilities and external liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds

 

Valued using observable market prices or other widely used and accepted valuation techniques utilising observable market input.

 

Level 3 instruments

 

Financial instruments valued where at least one input that could have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation is not based on observable market data due to illiquidity or complexity of the product. These inputs are generally derived and extrapolated from other relevant market data and calibrated against current market trends and historical transactions.

 

These valuations are calculated using a high degree of management judgement.

 

Instrument

 

Balance sheet category

 

Includes:

 

Valuation

Asset backed debt instruments

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

Available-for-sale securities

 

Collateralised loan obligations and offshore asset-backed debt instruments

 

As prices for these securities are not available from a consensus provider these are revalued based on third party revaluations (lead manager or inter-dealer). Due to their illiquidity and/or complexity they are classified as Level 3 assets.

Non-asset backed debt instruments

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

Available-for-sale securities

 

Government securities (predominantly PNG government bonds)

 

Government securities from illiquid markets are classified as Level 3. Fair value is monitored by reference to recent issuances.

Equity investments

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

Available-for-sale securities

 

Investments in unlisted funds, boutique investment management companies and strategic equity investments

 

Valued using valuation techniques appropriate to the investment, including the use of recent arm’s length transactions where available, discounted cash flow approach, reference to the net assets of the entity or to the most recent fund unit pricing.

Due to their illiquidity, complexity and/or use of unobservable inputs into valuation models, they are classified as Level 3 assets.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

246

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

The tables below summarise the attribution of financial instruments measured at fair value to the fair value hierarchy:

 

Consolidated

2018

2017

 

 

 

Valuation

Valuation

 

 

Valuation

Valuation

 

 

 

Quoted

Techniques

Techniques

 

Quoted

Techniques

Techniques

 

 

 

Market

(Market

(Non-Market

 

Market

(Market

(Non-Market

 

 

 

Prices

Observable)

Observable)

 

Prices

Observable)

Observable)

 

 

$m

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

 

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

8,958

12,846

330

22,134

6,815

17,742

767

25,324

 

Derivative financial instruments

20

24,066

15

24,101

9

24,009

15

24,033

 

Available-for-sale securities

11,996

48,504

619

61,119

7,252

52,841

617

60,710

 

Loans

-

3,250

-

3,250

-

4,587

-

4,587

 

Life insurance assets

1,345

8,105

-

9,450

2,768

7,875

-

10,643

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

-

998

-

998

-

659

-

659

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value

22,319

97,769

964

121,052

16,844

107,713

1,399

125,956

 

Financial liabilities measured at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value

-

41,178

-

41,178

-

46,569

-

46,569

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

496

3,801

-

4,297

208

3,848

-

4,056

 

Derivative financial instruments

76

24,325

6

24,407

8

25,358

9

25,375

 

Debt issues at fair value

-

3,355

-

3,355

-

4,673

-

4,673

 

Life insurance liabilities

-

7,597

-

7,597

-

9,019

-

9,019

 

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value

572

80,256

6

80,834

216

89,467

9

89,692

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

2018

2017

 

 

 

Valuation

Valuation

 

 

Valuation

Valuation

 

 

 

Quoted

Techniques

Techniques

 

Quoted

Techniques

Techniques

 

 

 

Market

(Market

(Non-Market

 

Market

(Market

(Non-Market

 

 

 

Prices

Observable)

Observable)

 

Prices

Observable)

Observable)

 

 

$m

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

 

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

8,952

11,259

206

20,417

6,797

15,648

501

22,946

 

Derivative financial instruments

20

23,529

13

23,562

9

23,799

15

23,823

 

Available-for-sale securities

10,657

45,786

70

56,513

5,480

50,256

64

55,800

 

Loans

-

3,250

-

3,250

-

4,587

-

4,587

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

-

998

-

998

-

659

-

659

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value

19,629

84,822

289

104,740

12,286

94,949

580

107,815

 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings at fair value

-

40,062

-

40,062

-

46,023

-

46,023

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

496

3,801

-

4,297

208

3,830

-

4,038

 

Derivative financial instruments

76

24,147

6

24,229

8

24,894

9

24,911

 

Debt issues at fair value

-

3,223

-

3,223

-

2,940

-

2,940

 

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value

572

71,233

6

71,811

216

77,687

9

77,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

247

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Analysis of movements between fair value hierarchy levels

 

Transfers into and out of Level 3 have occurred due to changes in observability in the significant inputs into the valuation models used to determine the fair value of the related financial instruments. Transfers in and transfers out are reported using the end of year fair values and are disclosed in the following table.

 

Reconciliation of non-market observables

 

The tables below summarise the changes in financial instruments measured at fair value derived from non-market observable valuation techniques (Level 3):

 

Consolidated 2018

Trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets

 

Available-

Total

 

Total

 

Designated

 

for-Sale

Level 3

 

Level 3

$m

at Fair Value

Derivatives

Securities

Assets

Derivatives

Liabilities

Balance as at beginning of year

767

15

617

1,399

9

9

Gains/(losses) on assets/(gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

2

1

-

3

1

1

Available-for-sale securities reserve

-

-

(7)

(7)

-

-

Acquisition and issues

67

3

1,446

1,516

1

1

Disposal and settlements

(433)

(4)

(1,456)

(1,893)

(5)

(5)

Transfer into or out of non-market observables

(75)

-

-

(75)

-

-

Foreign currency translation impacts

2

-

19

21

-

-

Balance as at end of year

330

15

619

964

6

6

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2018

(7)

4

-

(3)

(2)

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2017

Trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets

 

Available-

Total

 

Total

 

Designated

 

for-Sale

Level 3

 

Level 3

$m

at Fair Value

Derivatives

Securities

Assets

Derivatives

Liabilities

Balance as at beginning of year

840

43

704

1,587

17

17

Gains/(losses) on assets/(gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

(26)

(8)

-

(34)

(3)

(3)

Available-for-sale securities reserve

-

-

4

4

-

-

Acquisition and issues

122

5

1,572

1,699

6

6

Disposal and settlements

(162)

(13)

(1,645)

(1,820)

(9)

(9)

Transfer into or out of non-market observables

10

(12)

-

(2)

(2)

(2)

Foreign currency translation impacts

(17)

-

(18)

(35)

-

-

Balance as at end of year

767

15

617

1,399

9

9

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2017

(29)

(2)

-

(31)

(3)

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Parent Entity 2018

Trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets

 

Available-

Total

 

Total

 

Designated

 

for-Sale

Level 3

 

Level 3

$m

at Fair Value

Derivatives

Securities

Assets

Derivatives

Liabilities

Balance as at beginning of year

501

15

64

580

9

9

Gains/(losses) on assets/(gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

6

1

-

7

1

1

Available-for-sale securities reserve

-

-

2

2

-

-

Acquisition and issues

21

3

18

42

1

1

Disposal and settlements

(268)

(6)

(14)

(288)

(5)

(5)

Transfer into or out of non-market observables

(53)

-

-

(53)

-

-

Foreign currency translation impacts

(1)

-

-

(1)

-

-

Balance as at end of year

206

13

70

289

6

6

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2018

5

4

-

9

(2)

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2017

Trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets

 

Available-

Total

 

Total

 

Designated

 

for-Sale

Level 3

 

Level 3

$m

at Fair Value

Derivatives

Securities

Assets

Derivatives

Liabilities

Balance as at beginning of year

590

42

50

682

17

17

Gains/(losses) on assets/(gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statements

8

(7)

-

1

(3)

(3)

Available-for-sale securities reserve

-

-

-

-

-

-

Acquisition and issues

32

5

14

51

6

6

Disposal and settlements

(122)

(13)

-

(135)

(9)

(9)

Transfer into or out of non-market observables

10

(12)

-

(2)

(2)

(2)

Foreign currency translation impacts

(17)

-

-

(17)

-

-

Balance as at end of year

501

15

64

580

9

9

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statements for financial instruments held as at 30 September 2017

1

(2)

-

(1)

(3)

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

249

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Significant unobservable inputs

 

Sensitivities to reasonably possible changes in non-market observable valuation assumptions would not have a material impact on the Group’s reported results.

 

Day one profit or loss

 

The closing balance of unrecognised day one profit for both the Group and the Parent Entity for the year was $4 million (30 September 2017: $5 million profit).

 

Financial instruments not measured at fair value

 

For financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, fair value has been derived as follows:

 

Instrument

 

Valuation

Loans

 

Where available, the fair value of loans is based on observable market transactions; otherwise fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow models. For variable rate loans, the discount rate used is the current effective interest rate. The discount rate applied for fixed rate loans reflects the market rate for the maturity of the loan and the credit worthiness of the borrower.

 

Deposits and other borrowings

 

 

Fair values of deposit liabilities payable on demand (interest free, interest bearing and savings deposits) approximate their carrying value. Fair values for term deposits are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying market rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

Debt issues and loan capital

 

 

Fair values are calculated using a discounted cash flow model. The discount rates applied reflect the terms of the instruments, the timing of the estimated cash flows and are adjusted for any changes in Westpac’s credit spreads.

 

 

All other financial assets and liabilities

 

 

For all other financial assets and liabilities, the carrying value approximates the fair value. These items are either short-term in nature, re-price frequently or are of a high credit rating.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

The following tables summarise the estimated fair value and fair value hierarchy of financial instruments not measured at fair value:

 

Consolidated

 

2018

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

Valuation

Valuation

 

 

 

Quoted

Techniques

Techniques

 

 

 

Market

(Market

(Non-Market

 

 

Carrying

Prices

Observable)

Observable)

 

$m

Amount

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

26,431

26,431

-

-

26,431

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,790

4,332

1,458

-

5,790

Loans

706,440

-

-

706,742

706,742

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

357

357

-

-

357

Other financial assets

4,514

-

4,514

-

4,514

Total financial assets not measured at fair value

743,532

31,120

5,972

706,742

743,834

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

18,137

2,171

15,966

-

18,137

Deposits and other borrowings

518,107

-

515,953

2,838

518,791

Debt issues1

169,241

-

170,060

-

170,060

Loan capital

17,265

-

17,438

-

17,438

Other financial liabilities

7,855

-

7,855

-

7,855

Total financial liabilities not measured at fair value

730,605

2,171

727,272

2,838

732,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

2017

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

Valuation

Valuation

 

 

 

Quoted

Techniques

Techniques

 

 

 

Market

(Market

(Non-Market

 

 

Carrying

Prices

Observable)

Observable)

 

$m

Amount

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

18,397

18,397

-

-

18,397

Receivables due from other financial institutions

7,128

4,834

1,902

392

7,128

Loans

680,332

-

-

680,568

680,568

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

389

389

-

-

389

Other financial assets

4,754

-

4,754

-

4,754

Total financial assets not measured at fair value

711,000

23,620

6,656

680,960

711,236

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

21,907

2,429

19,478

-

21,907

Deposits and other borrowings

487,022

-

484,929

2,794

487,723

Debt issues1

163,683

-

165,151

-

165,151

Loan capital

17,666

-

18,087

-

18,087

Other financial liabilities

7,490

-

7,490

-

7,490

Total financial liabilities not measured at fair value

697,768

2,429

695,135

2,794

700,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            The estimated fair value of debt issues includes the impact of changes in Westpac’s credit spreads since origination.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

251

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 23. Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Parent Entity

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

Valuation

 

 

 

Quoted

Techniques

Techniques

 

 

 

Market

(Market

(Non-Market

 

 

Carrying

Prices

Observable)

Observable)

 

$m

Amount

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

24,726

24,726

-

-

24,726

Receivables due from other financial institutions

5,711

4,267

1,444

-

5,711

Loans

626,918

-

-

627,070

627,070

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

250

250

-

-

250

Due from subsidiaries

140,597

-

-

140,597

140,597

Other financial assets

3,677

-

3,677

-

3,677

Total financial assets not measured at fair value

801,879

29,243

5,121

767,667

802,031

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

17,682

1,735

15,947

-

17,682

Deposits and other borrowings

460,406

-

459,841

1,213

461,054

Debt issues1

149,065

-

149,800

-

149,800

Due to subsidiaries

142,400

-

-

142,400

142,400

Loan capital

17,265

-

17,438

-

17,438

Other financial liabilities

7,035

-

7,035

-

7,035

Total financial liabilities not measured at fair value

793,853

1,735

650,061

143,613

795,409

 

Parent Entity

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

Valuation

 

 

 

Quoted

Techniques

Techniques

 

 

 

Market

(Market

(Non-Market

 

 

Carrying

Prices

Observable)

Observable)

 

$m

Amount

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

Financial assets not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

16,405

16,405

-

-

16,405

Receivables due from other financial institutions

6,357

4,462

1,895

-

6,357

Loans

601,650

-

-

601,784

601,784

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

286

286

-

-

286

Due from subsidiaries

142,455

-

-

142,455

142,455

Other financial assets

4,000

-

4,000

-

4,000

Total financial assets not measured at fair value

771,153

21,153

5,895

744,239

771,287

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

Payables due to other financial institutions

21,775

2,304

19,471

-

21,775

Deposits and other borrowings

431,670

-

431,113

1,216

432,329

Debt issues1

141,176

-

142,474

-

142,474

Due to subsidiaries

143,834

-

-

143,834

143,834

Loan capital

17,666

-

18,087

-

18,087

Other financial liabilities

6,868

-

6,868

-

6,868

Total financial liabilities not measured at fair value

762,989

2,304

618,013

145,050

765,367

 

 

 

 

 

1            The estimated fair value of debt issues includes the impact of changes in Westpac’s credit spreads since origination.

 

252

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 24. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Financial assets and liabilities are presented net in the balance sheet when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset them in all circumstances and there is an intention to settle the asset and liability on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The gross assets and liabilities behind the net amounts reported in the balance sheet are disclosed in the table below.

 

Some of the Group’s offsetting arrangements are not enforceable in all circumstances. The assets and liabilities under such agreements are also disclosed in the table below, to illustrate the net balance sheet amount if these future events should occur. The amounts in the tables below may not tie back to the balance sheet if there are balances which are not subject to offsetting arrangements. The amounts presented in this note do not represent the credit risk exposure of the Group or Parent Entity. Refer to Note 22.2 for information on credit risk management. The offsetting and collateral arrangements and other credit risk mitigation strategies used by the Group are further explained in the ‘Management of risk mitigation’ section of Note 22.2.2.

 

Consolidated

Effects of Offsetting

Amounts Subject to Enforceable

 

on Balance Sheet

Netting Arrangements But Not Offset

 

 

 

Net Amounts

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported on

Recognised

 

Financial

 

 

Gross

Amounts

the Balance

Financial

Cash

Instrument

Net

$m

Amounts

Offset

Sheet

Instruments

Collateral

Collateral

Amount

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial institutions1

14

-

14

-

-

(14)

-

Derivative financial instruments

32,828

(8,727)

24,101

(15,962)

(2,184)

(14)

5,941

Securities purchased under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

agreement to resell2

1,379

-

1,379

-

(3)

(1,376)

-

Loans3

8,519

(8,420)

99

-

-

-

99

Other assets4

4,243

(4,162)

81

-

-

-

81

Total assets

46,983

(21,309)

25,674

(15,962)

(2,187)

(1,404)

6,121

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

37,296

(12,889)

24,407

(15,962)

(4,487)

(1,544)

2,414

Security repurchase agreements5

9,522

-

9,522

-

-

(9,522)

-

Deposits and other borrowings3

20,486

(8,420)

12,066

-

-

-

12,066

Other liabilities4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total liabilities

67,304

(21,309)

45,995

(15,962)

(4,487)

(11,066)

14,480

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial institutions1

15

-

15

-

-

(14)

1

Derivative financial instruments

31,686

(7,653)

24,033

(16,707)

(2,438)

(18)

4,870

Securities purchased under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

agreement to resell2

6,887

-

6,887

-

(42)

(6,814)

31

Loans3

15,990

(15,925)

65

-

-

-

65

Other assets4

2,269

(1,615)

654

-

-

-

654

Total assets

56,847

(25,193)

31,654

(16,707)

(2,480)

(6,846)

5,621

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

34,642

(9,267)

25,375

(16,707)

(5,552)

(1,421)

1,695

Security repurchase agreements5

12,960

-

12,960

-

(2)

(12,958)

-

Deposits and other borrowings3

21,349

(15,925)

5,424

-

-

-

5,424

Other liabilities4

13

(1)

12

-

-

-

12

Total liabilities

68,964

(25,193)

43,771

(16,707)

(5,554)

(14,379)

7,131

 

 

 

 

1            Consist of stock borrowing arrangements, reported as part of cash collateral in Note 10.

2            Securities purchased under agreement to resell form part of Note 11.

3            Consist of debt and interest set-off accounts which meet the requirements for offsetting as described above. These accounts form part of business loans in Note 13 and part of Deposits and other borrowings at amortised cost in Note 17.

4            Gross amounts consist of initial and variation margin held directly with central clearing counterparties, where variation margin is receivable it is reported as part of Other in Note 27. Where variation margin is payable it is reported as part of Other in Note 29. Amounts offset relate to variation margin.

5            Security repurchase agreements form part of Note 16 recognised at amortised cost and part of Note 18 recognised at fair value through income statement.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

253

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 24. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

 

Parent Entity

Effects of Offsetting

Amounts Subject to Enforceable

 

on Balance Sheet

Netting Arrangements But Not Offset

 

 

 

Net Amounts

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported on

Recognised

 

Financial

 

 

Gross

Amounts

the Balance

Financial

Cash

Instrument

Net

$m

Amounts

Offset

Sheet

Instruments

Collateral

Collateral

Amount

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial institutions1

14

-

14

-

-

(14)

-

Derivative financial instruments

32,289

(8,727)

23,562

(15,862)

(1,748)

(14)

5,938

Securities purchased under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

agreement to resell2

1,379

-

1,379

-

(3)

(1,376)

-

Loans3

8,519

(8,420)

99

-

-

-

99

Other assets4

4,243

(4,162)

81

-

-

-

81

Total assets

46,444

(21,309)

25,135

(15,862)

(1,751)

(1,404)

6,118

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

37,118

(12,889)

24,229

(15,862)

(4,423)

(1,544)

2,400

Security repurchase agreements5

9,522

-

9,522

-

-

(9,522)

-

Deposits and other borrowings3

20,486

(8,420)

12,066

-

-

-

12,066

Other liabilities4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total liabilities

67,126

(21,309)

45,817

(15,862)

(4,423)

(11,066)

14,466

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial institutions1

15

-

15

-

-

(14)

1

Derivative financial instruments

31,476

(7,653)

23,823

(16,552)

(2,312)

(18)

4,941

Securities purchased under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

agreement to resell2

6,887

-

6,887

-

(42)

(6,814)

31

Loans3

15,990

(15,925)

65

-

-

-

65

Other assets4

2,269

(1,615)

654

-

-

-

654

Total assets

56,637

(25,193)

31,444

(16,552)

(2,354)

(6,846)

5,692

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

34,178

(9,267)

24,911

(16,522)

(5,179)

(1,421)

1,789

Security repurchase agreements5

12,942

-

12,942

-

(2)

(12,940)

-

Deposits and other borrowings3

21,349

(15,925)

5,424

-

-

-

5,424

Other liabilities4

13

(1)

12

-

-

-

12

Total liabilities

68,482

(25,193)

43,289

(16,522)

(5,181)

(14,361)

7,225

 

Other recognised financial instruments

 

These financial assets and liabilities are subject to master netting agreements which are not enforceable in all circumstances, so they are recognised gross in the balance sheet. The offsetting rights of the master netting arrangements can only be enforced if a predetermined event occurs in the future, such as a counterparty defaulting.

 

Cash collateral and financial instrument collateral

 

These amounts are received or pledged under master netting arrangements against the gross amounts of assets and liabilities. Financial instrument collateral typically comprises securities which can be readily liquidated in the event of counterparty default. The offsetting rights of the master netting arrangement can only be enforced if a predetermined event occurs in the future, such as a counterparty defaulting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Consist of stock borrowing arrangements, reported as part of cash collateral in Note 10.

2            Securities purchased under agreement to resell form part of Note 11.

3            Consist of debt and interest set-off accounts which meet the requirements for offsetting as described above. These accounts form part of business loans in Note 13 and part of Deposits and other borrowings at amortised cost in Note 17.

4            Gross amounts consist of initial and variation margin held directly with central clearing counterparties, where variation margin is receivable it is reported as part of Other in Note 27. Where variation margin is payable it is reported as part of Other in Note 29. Amounts offset relate to variation margin.

5            Security repurchase agreements form part of Note 16 recognised at amortised cost and part of Note 18 recognised at fair value through income statement.

 

254

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 25. Securitisation, covered bonds and other transferred assets

 

The Group enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which financial assets are transferred to counterparties or structured entities. Depending on the circumstances, these transfers may result in derecognition of the assets in their entirety, partial derecognition or no derecognition of the assets subject to the transfer. For the Group’s accounting policy on derecognition of financial assets refer to the notes to the financial statements section before Note 10 titled ‘Financial assets and financial liabilities’.

 

Securitisation

 

Securitisation is the transferring of assets (or an interest in either the assets or the cash flows arising from the assets) to a structured entity which then issue the majority interest bearing debt securities to third party investors for funding deals and to Westpac for liquidity deals.

 

Own assets securitised

 

Securitisation of its own assets is used by Westpac as a funding and liquidity tool.

 

For securitisation structured entities which Westpac controls, as defined in Note 35, the structured entities are classified as subsidiaries and consolidated. When assessing whether Westpac controls a structured entity, it considers its exposure to and ability to affect variable returns. Westpac may have variable returns from a structured entity through ongoing exposures to the risks and rewards associated with the assets, the provision of derivatives, liquidity facilities, trust management and operational services.

 

Undrawn funding and liquidity facilities of $517 million were provided by Westpac (2017: $511 million) for the securitisation of its own assets.

 

Customer conduits

 

Westpac also facilitates securitisation structures to arrange funding on behalf of customers in customer conduits through a subsidiary (Waratah Receivables Corporation Limited and its subsidiaries). The assets securitised are not assets of Westpac.  The lending provided to the customer conduits is disclosed in Note 10 and the funding liability is disclosed in Note 19.

 

Westpac provided undrawn liquidity facilities to the customer conduits of nil at 30 September 2018 (2017: $392 million).

 

Covered bonds

 

The Group has two covered bond programs relating to Australian residential mortgages (Australian Program) and New Zealand residential mortgages (New Zealand Program). Under these programs, selected pools of residential mortgages are assigned to bankruptcy remote structured entities which provide guarantees on the payments to bondholders. Through the guarantees and derivatives with the structured entities, Westpac has variable returns from these structured entities and consolidated them.

 

Security repurchase agreements

 

Where securities are sold subject to an agreement to repurchase at a predetermined price, they remain recognised on the balance sheet in their original category (i.e. Trading securities or Available-for-sale securities).

 

The cash consideration received is recognised as a liability (Security repurchase agreements). Refer to Notes 16 and 18 for further details.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

255

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 25. Securitisation, covered bonds and other transferred assets (continued)

 

The following table presents Westpac’s assets transferred and their associated liabilities:

 

Consolidated

 

 

For those liabilities that only have recourse to

 

 

 

the transferred assets:

 

Carrying

Carrying

 

 

 

 

amount of

amount of

Fair value of

Fair value of

 

 

transferred

associated

transferred

associated

Net fair value

$m

assets

liabilities

assets

liabilities

position

2018

 

 

 

 

 

Securitisation - own assets1

7,631

7,588

7,662

7,565

97

Covered bonds2

43,088

35,434

n/a

n/a

n/a

Repurchase agreements

12,492

9,522

n/a

n/a

n/a

Total3

63,211

52,544

7,662

7,565

97

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

Securitisation - own assets1

8,249

8,209

8,282

8,223

59

Covered bonds2

42,122

34,516

n/a

n/a

n/a

Repurchase agreements

18,746

12,960

n/a

n/a

n/a

Total3

69,117

55,685

8,282

8,223

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

For those liabilities that only have recourse to

 

 

 

the transferred assets:

 

Carrying

Carrying

 

 

 

 

amount of

amount of

Fair value of

Fair value of

 

 

transferred

associated

transferred

associated

Net fair value

$m

assets

liabilities

assets

liabilities

position

2018

 

 

 

 

 

Securitisation - own assets1

97,259

96,728

97,291

96,473

818

Covered bonds2

36,190

30,268

n/a

n/a

n/a

Repurchase agreements

12,492

9,522

n/a

n/a

n/a

Total

145,941

136,518

97,291

96,473

818

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

Securitisation - own assets1,4

98,368

97,872

98,434

96,478

1,956

Covered bonds2

35,202

29,698

n/a

n/a

n/a

Repurchase agreements

18,728

12,942

n/a

n/a

n/a

Total

152,298

140,512

98,434

96,478

1,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            The carrying amount of assets securitised exceeds the amount of notes issued primarily because the carrying amount includes both principal and income received from the transferred assets.

2            The difference between the carrying values of covered bonds and the assets pledged reflects the over-collateralisation required to maintain the ratings of the covered bonds and also additional assets to allow immediate issuance of additional covered bonds if required. These additional assets can be repurchased by Westpac at its discretion, subject to the conditions set out in the transaction documents.

3            This table excludes securitisation – customer conduits as the assets securitised are not assets of Westpac.

4            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

 

256

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

OTHER ASSETS, OTHER LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Note 26. Intangible assets

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Indefinite life intangible assets

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is initially measured at cost, generally being the excess of:

 

i)                 the consideration paid; over

 

ii)              the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

 

Subsequently, goodwill is not amortised but rather tested for impairment. Impairment is tested at least annually or whenever there is an indication of impairment.  An impairment charge is recognised when a cash generating unit’s (CGU) carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount means the higher of the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use.

 

Brand names

Brand names acquired in a business combination including St.George, BT, BankSA and RAMS, are recognised at cost. Subsequently brand names are not amortised but tested for impairment at least annually or whenever there is an indication of impairment.

 

Finite life intangible assets

Finite life intangibles including computer software and core deposits, are recognised initially at cost and subsequently at amortised cost less any impairment.

 

 

 

Intangible

Useful life

Depreciation method

Goodwill

Indefinite

Not applicable

Brand names

Indefinite

Not applicable

Computer software

3 to 10 years

Straight-line or the diminishing balance method (using the Sum of the Years Digits)

Core deposit intangibles

9 years

Straight-line

 

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

Judgement is required in determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination. A different assessment of fair values would have resulted in a different goodwill balance and different post-acquisition performance of the acquired entity.

 

When assessing impairment of intangible assets, significant judgement is needed to determine the appropriate cash flows and discount rates to be applied to the calculations. The significant assumptions applied to the value-in-use calculations are outlined below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

257

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 26. Intangible assets (continued)

 

 

   Consolidated

    Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

9,012

9,030

6,844

6,844

Disposals1

(15)

-

-

-

Impairment1

(105)

-

-

-

Other adjustments

(2)

(18)

-

-

Closing balance

8,890

9,012

6,844

6,844

Computer software

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

1,916

1,781

1,758

1,635

Additions

882

766

823

692

Impairment

(2)

(14)

(2)

(14)

Amortisation

(618)

(614)

(565)

(558)

Other adjustments

(1)

(3)

-

3

Closing balance

2,177

1,916

2,014

1,758

Cost

5,727

5,059

4,861

4,249

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

(3,550)

(3,143)

(2,847)

(2,491)

Carrying amount

2,177

1,916

2,014

1,758

Brand Names

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

670

670

636

636

Closing balance

670

670

636

636

Carrying amount

670

670

636

636

Core deposit intangibles

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

21

187

21

187

Amortisation

(21)

(166)

(21)

(166)

Closing balance

-

21

-

21

Cost

1,494

1,494

1,279

1,279

Accumulated amortisation

(1,494)

(1,473)

(1,279)

(1,258)

Carrying amount

-

21

-

21

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

33

53

-

3

Additions through business combination

-

-

-

-

Amortisation

(7)

(20)

-

(3)

Closing balance

26

33

-

-

Cost

391

398

160

160

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

(365)

(365)

(160)

(160)

Carrying amount

26

33

-

-

Total intangible assets

11,763

11,652

9,494

9,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1    The sale of Hastings’ overseas operations and subsequent exit of Hastings’ Australian operations resulted in the entire balance of goodwill previously allocated to Hastings being derecognised ($15m) or impaired ($105m) in 2018.

 

258

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 26. Intangible assets (continued)

 

Goodwill has been allocated to the following CGUs:

 

 

   Consolidated

    Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Consumer Bank

3,359

3,359

3,144

3,144

Business Bank

2,513

2,513

2,378

2,378

Westpac Institutional Bank

487

487

487

487

BT Financial Group (Australia)

2,048

2,048

835

835

New Zealand Consumer Banking and Wealth

470

472

-

-

BT New Zealand

13

13

-

-

Hastings

-

120

-

-

Total goodwill

8,890

9,012

6,844

6,844

 

Significant assumptions used in recoverable amount calculations

 

Assumptions are used to determine the CGUs’ recoverable amount for goodwill, which is based on value-in-use calculations. Value-in-use refers to the present value of expected cash flows under its current use. The Group discounts the projected cash flows by its adjusted pre-tax equity rate.

 

§                  Group’s equity rate was 11.0% (2017: 11.0%).

 

§                  Group’s adjusted pre-tax equity rate for:

 

-        Australia was 15.7% (2017: 15.7%); and

 

-        New Zealand was 15.3% (2017: 15.3%).

 

For the purpose of goodwill impairment testing, the assumptions in the following table are made for each significant CGU. The forecasts applied by management are not reliant on any one particular assumption.

 

Assumption

Based on:

Cash flows

Zero growth rate beyond 2 year forecast

Economic market conditions

Current market expectations

Business performance

Observable historical information and current market expectations of the future

 

There are no reasonably possible changes in assumptions for any significant CGU that would result in an indication of impairment or have a material impact on the Group’s reported results.

 

 

Note 27. Other assets

 

 

    Consolidated

    Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Accrued interest receivable

1,276

1,193

1,103

1,029

Securities sold not delivered

1,264

1,408

1,264

1,388

Deferred acquisition costs

71

86

-

1

Trade debtors

1,056

810

514

358

Prepayments

208

220

165

182

Accrued fees and commissions

129

149

60

64

Other

1,131

1,496

882

1,296

Total other assets

5,135

5,362

3,988

4,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

259

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28. Provisions

 

Accounting policy

 

Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising from past events where a payment (or other economic transfer) is likely to be necessary to settle the obligation and can be reliably estimated.

 

 

Employee benefits – long service leave

Long service leave must be granted to employees in Australia and New Zealand. The provision is calculated based on the expected payments. When payments are expected to be more than one year in the future, the payments factor in expected employee service periods and average salary increases which are then discounted.

 

 

Employee benefits – annual leave and other employee benefits

The provision for annual leave and other employee benefits (including wages and salaries, inclusive of non-monetary benefits, and any associated on-costs (e.g. payroll tax)) is calculated based on expected payments.

 

 

Provision for impairment on credit commitments

The Group is committed to provide facilities and guarantees as explained in Note 31. If it is probable that a facility will be drawn and the resulting asset will be less than the drawn amount then a provision for impairment is recognised. The provision for impairment is calculated using the same methodology as the provision for impairment charges on loans (refer to Note 14).

 

 

Compliance, Regulation and Remediation provisions

The compliance, regulation and remediation provisions relate to matters of potential misconduct in providing services to our customers identified both as a result of regulatory action and internal reviews. An assessment of the likely cost to the Group of these matters (including applicable customer refunds) is made on a case-by-case basis and specific provisions are made where appropriate.

 

 

Further information on regulatory action and internal reviews is included in the contingent liabilities section of Note 31.

 

 

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

The financial reporting of provisions for litigation and non-lending losses and for compliance, regulation and remediation matters involves a significant degree of judgement in relation to identifying whether a present obligation exists and also in estimating the probability, timing, nature and quantum of the outflows that may arise from past events. These judgments are made based on the specific facts and circumstances relating to individual events.

 

 

Payments that are expected to be incurred after more than one year are discounted at a rate which reflects both current interest rates and the risks specific to that provision.

 

 

Provisions carried for long service leave are supported by an independent actuarial report.

 

 

 

Annual

 

 

 

 

Compliance,

 

 

 

Leave

Litigation

Provision for

 

 

Regulation

 

 

Long

and Other

and Non-

Impairment

 

 

and

 

 

Service

Employee

Lending

on Credit

Leasehold

Restructuring

Remediation

 

$m

Leave

Benefits

Losses1

Commitments

Premises

Provisions

Provisions1

Total

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 October 2017

399

737

38

253

26

5

181

1,639

Additions

77

960

97

-

4

29

414

1,581

Utilisation

(43)

(977)

(79)

-

(6)

(5)

(121)

(1,231)

Reversal of unutilised provisions

(16)

(25)

(3)

-

-

(2)

(5)

(51)

Unwinding of discount

-

-

-

4

-

-

-

4

Other

-

4

-

(18)

-

-

-

(14)

Balance at 30 September 2018

417

699

53

239

24

27

469

1,928

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 October 2017

367

644

25

224

26

5

181

1,472

Additions

72

888

71

-

4

29

392

1,456

Utilisation

(39)

(890)

(56)

-

(6)

(5)

(121)

(1,117)

Reversal of unutilised provisions

(16)

(10)

(3)

-

-

(2)

(5)

(36)

Unwinding of discount

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

3

Other

2

7

-

(21)

-

-

-

(12)

Balance at 30 September 2018

386

639

37

206

24

27

447

1,766

 

 

 

 

1            Balance at 1 October 2017 has been revised for consistency.

 

260

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28. Provisions (continued)

 

Legislative liabilities

 

The Group had the following assessed liabilities as at 30 September 2018:

 

§                  $20 million (2017: $23 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation Act 1987 and the Workplace Injury Management and Workers’ Compensation Act 1998 (New South Wales);

 

§                  $9 million (2017: $9 million) based on actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Accident Compensation Act 1985 (Victoria);

 

§                  $5 million (2017: $6 million) based on actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 1986 (South Australia);

 

§                  $2 million (2017: $2 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation and Rehabilitation Act 2003 (Queensland);

 

§                  $1 million (2017: $1 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation Act 1951 (Australian Capital Territory);

 

§                  $2 million (2017: $2 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation and Injury Management Act 1981 (Western Australia); and

 

§                  $1 million (2017: $1 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Rehabilitation and Compensation Act 1988 (Tasmania).

 

Adequate provision has been made for these liabilities in the provision for annual leave and other employee benefits above.

 

Note 29. Other liabilities

 

 

    Consolidated

    Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Unearned insurance premiums

398

396

-

-

Outstanding insurance claims

367

339

-

-

Defined benefit deficit1

25

43

9

30

Accrued interest payable

2,968

2,727

2,633

2,416

Credit card loyalty program

308

284

23

16

Securities purchased not delivered

1,343

1,315

1,343

1,315

Trade creditors and other accrued expenses2

1,410

1,109

1,125

890

Other2

2,374

2,393

2,159

2,282

Total other liabilities

9,193

8,606

7,292

6,949

 

 

Note 30. Operating lease commitments

 

Westpac leases various commercial and retail premises and related plant and equipment. The lease commitments at 30 September are as follows:

 

 

    Consolidated

    Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Due within one year

570

548

498

480

Due after one year but not later than five years

1,564

1,591

1,356

1,395

Due after 5 years

1,819

1,994

1,460

1,652

Total lease commitments

3,953

4,133

3,314

3,527

 

Operating leases are entered into to meet the business needs of entities in the Group. Lease rentals are determined in accordance with market conditions when leases are entered into or on rental review dates.

 

Leased premises that have become excess to the Group’s business needs have been sublet where possible.

 

The future minimum lease payments receivable from non-cancellable sub-leases were $7 million (2017: $9 million) for the Group and $6 million (2017: $9 million) for Parent Entity.

 

 

 

1    Refer to Note 38 for more details.

2    Comparatives have been revised for consistency. Liabilities of $177 million relating to compliance, regulation and remediation were reclassified to compliance, regulation and remediation provisions included in Note 28.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

261

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 31. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

 

Accounting Policy

 

Undrawn credit commitments

 

The Group enters into various arrangements with customers which are only recognised in the balance sheet when called upon.  These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, bill endorsements, financial guarantees, standby letters of credit and underwriting facilities.

 

Contingent assets

 

Contingent assets are possible assets whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events. Contingent assets are not recognised on the balance sheet but are disclosed if an inflow of economic benefits is probable.

 

Contingent liabilities

 

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events, and present obligations where the transfer of economic resources is not probable or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet but are disclosed unless the outflow of economic resources is remote.

 

Undrawn credit commitments

 

Undrawn credit commitments expose the Group to liquidity risk when called upon and also to credit risk if the customer fails to repay the amounts owed at the due date. The maximum exposure to credit loss is the contractual or notional amount of the instruments disclosed below. Some of the arrangements can be cancelled by the Group at any time and a significant portion is expected to expire without being drawn. The actual required liquidity and credit risk exposure is therefore less than the amounts disclosed.

 

The Group uses the same credit policies when entering into these arrangements as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Refer to Note 22 for further details of liquidity risk and credit risk management.

 

Undrawn credit commitments excluding derivatives at 30 September are as follows:

 

 

  Consolidated

  Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Undrawn credit commitments

 

 

 

 

Letters of credit and guarantees1

15,585

15,460

14,957

14,908

Commitments to extend credit2

174,658

178,443

152,943

156,423

Other

154

648

99

648

Total undrawn credit commitments

190,397

194,551

167,999

171,979

 

Consolidated 2018

Up to

Over 1

Over 3

Over

 

$m

1 Year

to 3 Years

to 5 Years

5 Years

Total

Letters of credit and guarantees

8,983

2,717

890

2,995

15,585

Commitments to extend credit

50,292

49,320

14,637

60,409

174,658

Other

-

74

25

55

154

Total undrawn credit commitments

59,275

52,111

15,552

63,459

190,397

 

Contingent assets

 

The credit commitments shown in the table above also constitute contingent assets. These commitments would be classified as loans in the balance sheet on the contingent event occurring.

 

Contingent liabilities

 

The Royal Commission and regulatory action

 

Globally, regulators and other bodies continue to progress various reviews involving the financial services sector. The nature of these reviews can be wide ranging and, in Australia, currently include investigations into potential misconduct in credit and financial services. For example, the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (the Royal Commission) is currently investigating conduct, practices, behaviour or business activities by financial services entities including the Group that may amount to potential misconduct or that may fall below community standards and expectations. The Royal Commission may make findings that the Group (including persons or entities acting on its behalf) has engaged in misconduct including breaches of law or conduct that falls below community standards and expectations.

 

 

 

1           Letters of credit are undertakings to pay, against presentation documents, an obligation in the event of a default by a customer. Guarantees are unconditional undertakings given to support the obligations of a customer to third parties. The Group may hold cash as collateral for certain guarantees issued.

2            Commitments to extend credit include all obligations on the part of the Group to provide credit facilities. As facilities may expire without being drawn upon, the notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. In addition to the commitments disclosed above, at 30 September 2018 the Group had offered $5.7 billion (2017: $5.5 billion) of facilities to customers, which had not yet been accepted.

 

262

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 31. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

Any findings made by the Royal Commission as it progresses, may result in litigation (including class action proceedings against the Group), fines, penalties, revocation, suspension or variation of conditions of relevant regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action being taken by regulators or other parties.

 

Regulators such as ASIC, APRA, ACCC, AUSTRAC and the ATO are also currently conducting reviews and inquiries (some of which are industry-wide) that currently involve or may involve the Group in the future. These reviews are separately considering a range of matters, including matters such as consumer credit insurance, responsible lending (including in the context of reverse mortgages and interest only lending), anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing processes and procedures (including in relation to customer on-boarding and ongoing customer due diligence), financial adviser conduct (including compliance with the obligation to act in the client’s best interests), life insurance claims handling, and the pricing of residential mortgages.

 

The Group has recently self-reported to AUSTRAC a failure to report a large number of International Funds Transfer Instructions (IFTIs) (as required under Australia’s AML/CTF Act) in relation to one WIB product. These IFTIs relate to batch instructions received from 2009 until recently from a small number of correspondent banks for payments made predominantly to beneficiaries in Australia in Australian dollars. Through the product, Westpac facilitates payments on behalf of clients of certain of its correspondent banks. The majority of the payments are low value and made by Government pension funds and corporates. The Group is investigating and working with AUSTRAC to remediate the failure to report IFTIs. No provision has been raised for this matter including in relation to any potential regulatory action.

 

Westpac has received various notices and requests for information from the Royal Commission, as well as from regulators as part of both industry-wide and Westpac-specific reviews and inquiries.

 

These reviews and inquiries, which may be conducted by a regulator, and in some cases also an external third party assurance provider retained either by the regulator or by the Group (including where a matter has been self-identified by the Group), may result in litigation (including class action proceedings against the Group), fines, penalties, revocation, suspension or variation of conditions of relevant regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action being taken by regulators or other parties.

 

An assessment of the likely cost to the Group of these reviews and actions has been made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements but cannot always be reliably estimated. Where appropriate, specific provisions have been made. (refer to Note 28).

 

Litigation

 

There are ongoing court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Contingent liabilities exist in respect of actual and potential claims and proceedings, including those listed below. An assessment of the Group’s likely loss has been made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements but cannot always be reliably estimated. Where appropriate, specific provisions have been made (refer to Note 28).

 

§                  Following ASIC’s investigations into the interbank short-term money market and its impact on the setting of the bank bill swap reference rate (BBSW), on 5 April 2016, ASIC commenced civil proceedings against Westpac in the Federal Court of Australia, alleging certain misconduct, including market manipulation and unconscionable conduct. The conduct that was the subject of the proceedings was alleged to have occurred between 6 April 2010 and 6 June 2012. ASIC sought declarations from the court that Westpac breached various provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth), pecuniary penalties of unspecified amounts and orders requiring Westpac to implement a comprehensive compliance program for persons involved in Westpac’s trading in the relevant market. The proceedings were heard in late 2017. On 24 May 2018, Justice Beach found that Westpac had not engaged in market manipulation or misleading or deceptive conduct under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). His Honour also found that there was no ‘trading practice’ of manipulating the BBSW rate. However, the Court found that Westpac engaged in unconscionable conduct on 4 occasions and that Westpac breached its supervisory duty. Costs and penalties will be determined in the coming months. While we have provided for our best estimate of these amounts, there remains a risk that the final outcome may differ from this estimate.

 

§                  In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Westpac and a large number of Australian and international banks alleging misconduct in relation to BBSW. Those proceedings are at a very early stage and the level of damages sought has not been specified. Westpac is defending these proceedings. No provision has been recognised in relation to this matter.

 

§                  On 1 March 2017, ASIC commenced litigation in relation to certain Westpac home loans (including certain interest only loans) alleging contraventions of the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth). On 4 September 2018, Westpac and ASIC agreed to settle the proceedings on the basis of a proposed $35 million penalty and declarations that Westpac contravened the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth). The proposed settlement is subject to Court approval. A hearing on the proposed settlement was held on 24 October 2018 and judgement is reserved.  While we have provided for our best estimate of these amounts, there remains a risk that the final outcome may differ from this estimate.

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

263

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 31. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

§                  On 22 December 2016, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against BT Funds Management Limited and Westpac Securities Administration Limited in relation to a number of superannuation account consolidation campaigns conducted between 2013 and 2016. ASIC has alleged that in the course of some of these campaigns, customers were provided with personal advice in contravention of a number of Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) provisions. ASIC has selected 15 specific customers as the focus of their claim. The proceedings were heard in February 2018. Judgment is pending. No provision has been recognised in relation to this matter.

 

Ÿ                  On 12 October 2017, a class action against Westpac and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) was filed in the Federal Court of Australia. The class action was filed on behalf of customers who, since October 2011, obtained insurance issued by WLIS on the recommendation of certain financial advisers employed within the Westpac Group. The plaintiffs have alleged that aspects of the financial advice provided by those advisers breached fiduciary and statutory duties owed to the advisers’ clients, including the duty to act in the best interests of the client and that WLIS was knowingly involved in those alleged breaches. Westpac and WLIS are defending the proceedings. These proceedings are currently stayed by order of the Court, pending the outcome of an appeal concerning a procedural issue unrelated to the substantive claims made in the class action. No provision has been recognised in relation to this matter.

 

Internal reviews and remediation

 

Westpac is currently undertaking a number of reviews to identify and resolve prior issues that have the potential to impact our customers and reputation. These reviews have identified, and may continue to identify, issues in respect of which we are, or will be, taking steps to put things right (including in relation to areas of industry focus such as compliance with responsible lending obligations and the way some product terms and conditions are operationalised) so that our customers are not at a disadvantage from certain past practices. By undertaking these reviews we can also improve our processes (including in relation to responsible lending controls and financial planning controls). An assessment of the Group’s likely loss has been made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements but cannot always be reliably estimated. Where appropriate, specific provisions have been made (refer to Note 28). Contingent liabilities may exist in respect of actual or potential claims, compensation payments and/or refunds identified as part of these reviews (including in relation to the reviews described below).

 

One of the reviews relates to ongoing advice services provided from 2008 by approximately 1,660 planners operating in aligned dealer groups who were at the time authorised representatives of the Group’s wholly owned subsidiaries Securitor Financial Group (Securitor) and Magnitude Group Pty Ltd (Magnitude). Securitor and Magnitude, as the AFSL licensees, retained a portion of the ongoing advice fees paid to those dealer groups by clients since 2008. Westpac is in the early stages of engaging each authorised representative to determine the agreements in place between those representatives and their clients, and the services provided. Given the early stage of the review, the time period under consideration and availability of records in relation to the relevant period, it is not practicable to provide an estimate of any potential remediation costs for circumstances where a client has paid ongoing service fees but those services have not been provided. No provision has been recognised in relation to this matter.

 

Following an error in the Group’s systems, certain customers with an interest only home loan did not have their loans automatically switched to principal and interest repayments at the end of the contracted interest only period. The Group is undertaking a program of work to remediate this issue for affected customers and is engaging with ASIC on potential remediation options. While we have provided for our best estimate of these amounts, there remains a risk that the final outcome may exceed this estimate.

 

Financial Claims Scheme

 

Under the Financial Claims Scheme (FCS) the Australian Government provides depositors a free guarantee of deposits in eligible ADIs up to and including $250,000. The FCS applies to an eligible ADI if APRA has applied for the winding up of the ADI and the responsible Australian Government minister has declared that the FCS applies to the ADI.

 

The Financial Claims Scheme (ADIs) Levy Act 2008 provides for the imposition of a levy to fund the excess of certain APRA FCS costs connected to an ADI. The levy would be imposed on liabilities of eligible ADIs to their depositors and cannot be more than 0.5% of the amount of those liabilities.

 

Contingent tax risk

 

Tax and regulatory authorities are reviewing the taxation treatment of certain transactions (including both historical and present-day transactions) undertaken by the Group in the course of normal business activities and the claiming of tax incentives (including research and development tax incentives) and GST. The Group also responds to various notices and requests for information it receives from tax and regulatory authorities.

 

Risk reviews and audits are also being undertaken by revenue authorities in other jurisdictions, as part of normal revenue authority activity in those countries. These reviews, notices and requests may result in additional tax liabilities (including interest and penalties).

 

The Group has assessed these and other taxation claims arising in Australia and elsewhere, including seeking independent advice and holds provisions.

 

264

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 31. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

Settlement risk

 

The Group is subject to a credit risk exposure in the event that another counterparty fails to settle for its payments clearing activities (including foreign exchange). The Group seeks to minimise credit risk arising from settlement risk in the payments system by aligning our processing method with the legal certainty of settlement in the relevant clearing mechanism.

 

Parent Entity guarantees and undertakings

 

The Parent Entity makes the following guarantees and undertakings to subsidiaries:

 

Ÿ                  letters of comfort for certain subsidiaries which recognise that Westpac has a responsibility that those subsidiaries continue to meet their obligations; and

 

Ÿ                  guarantees to certain wholly owned subsidiaries which are Australian financial services or credit licensees to comply with legislative requirements. Each guarantee is capped at $40 million per year and can only be utilised if the entity concerned becomes legally obliged to pay for a claim under the relevant licence. The Parent Entity has a right to recover any funds payable under the guarantees from the relevant subsidiary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

265

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

CAPITAL AND DIVIDENDS

 

Note 32. Shareholders’ equity

 

Accounting policy

 

Share capital

 

Ordinary shares are recognised at the amount paid up per ordinary share net of directly attributable issue costs. Treasury shares are shares in the Parent Entity, purchased by the Parent Entity or other entities within the Group. These shares are adjusted against share capital as the net of the consideration paid to purchase the shares and, where applicable, any consideration received from the subsequent sale or reissue of these shares.

 

Non-controlling interests

 

Non-controlling interests represent the share in the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to equity interests that are not owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Entity.

 

Reserves

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group’s foreign operations, any offsetting gains or losses on hedging the net investment and any associated tax effect are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve. A cumulative credit balance in this reserve would not normally be regarded as being available for payment of dividends until such gains are realised and recognised in the income statement on sale or disposal of the foreign operation.

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

This comprises the changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial securities, net of any related hedge accounting adjustments and tax. These changes are transferred to non-interest income in the income statement when the asset is either disposed of or impaired.

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

This comprises the fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of designated cash flow hedging instruments, net of tax.

 

Share-based payment reserve

 

This comprises the fair value of equity-settled share-based payments recognised as an expense.

 

Other reserves

 

Other reserves for the Parent Entity relates to certain historic internal group restructurings performed at fair value. The reserve is eliminated on consolidation.

 

Other reserves for the Group consist of transactions relating to changes in the Parent Entity’s ownership of a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control.

 

The amount recorded in other reserves reflects the difference between the amount by which non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of any consideration paid or received.

 

 

   Consolidated

   Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Share capital

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital, fully paid

36,054

34,889

36,054

34,889

Treasury shares held for RSP1

(505)

(434)

(505)

(434)

Other treasury shares held2

12

(61)

(3)

(3)

Total treasury shares held

(493)

(495)

(508)

(437)

Total share capital

35,561

34,394

35,546

34,452

Non-controlling interests

52

54

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            2018: 3,943,660, unvested shares held (2017: 3,549,035).

2            2018: 2,029,795 shares held (2017: 4,652,579).

 

266

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 32. Shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

Ordinary shares

 

Westpac does not have authorised capital and the ordinary shares have no par value. Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and, in the event of Westpac winding up, to a share of the proceeds in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.

 

Each ordinary share entitles the holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a shareholder meeting.

 

Reconciliation of movement in number of ordinary shares.

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

(number)

2018

2017

Opening balance

3,394,364,279

3,346,166,853

Dividend reinvestment plan1

21,242,667

48,197,426

Conversion of Westpac Convertible Preference Shares2

19,189,765

-

Closing balance

3,434,796,711

3,394,364,279

 

Ordinary shares purchased and sold on market

 

 

2018

2018

Consolidated and Parent Entity

Number

Average Price ($)

For share-based payment arrangements:

 

 

Employee share plan (ESP)

854,267

31.86

RSP3

2,291,897

31.32

Westpac Performance Plan (WPP) - share rights exercised

156,691

31.49

Westpac Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) - options exercised4

103,686

28.80

LTIP - share rights exercised

2,929

28.42

As treasury shares:

 

 

Treasury shares purchased (excluding RSP)5

93,052

28.97

Treasury shares sold

(2,715,836)

28.10

Net number of ordinary shares purchased/(sold) on market6

786,686

 

 

For details of the share-based payment arrangements refer to Note 37.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            The price per share for the issuance of shares in relation to the dividend reinvestment plan for the 2018 interim dividend was $28.11 and 2017 final dividend was $31.62 (2017: 2017 interim dividend was $29.79 and 2016 final dividend was $31.32).

2            The conversion price per share for the issuance of shares in relation to the conversion of Westpac Convertible Preference Shares was $29.49.

3            Ordinary shares allocated to employees under the RSP are classified as treasury shares until the shares vest.

4            No WPP options were exercised during the period. The average exercise price per share received was $24.23 on the exercise of the LTI options.

5    Treasury shares include ordinary shares held by statutory life funds and managed investment schemes and ordinary shares held by Westpac for equity derivatives sold to customers.

6            The purchase of ordinary shares on market resulted in a tax benefit of $0.22 million being recognised as contributed equity.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

267

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 32. Shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

Reconciliation of movement in reserves

 

 

   Consolidated

   Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

64

10

70

10

Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value

(104)

75

(34)

88

Income tax effect

34

(19)

13

(26)

Transferred to income statements

66

(3)

(33)

(3)

Income tax effect

(25)

1

6

1

Exchange differences

2

-

2

-

Closing balance

37

64

24

70

Share-based payment reserve

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

1,431

1,333

1,322

1,221

Share-based payment expense

103

98

103

101

Closing balance

1,534

1,431

1,425

1,322

Cash flow hedge reserve

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

(154)

(172)

(94)

(78)

Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value

(161)

(91)

(125)

(42)

Income tax effect

47

27

38

13

Transferred to income statements

203

115

160

19

Income tax effect

(60)

(33)

(48)

(6)

Closing balance

(125)

(154)

(69)

(94)

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

(529)

(413)

(481)

(404)

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (net of associated hedges)

181

(116)

174

(77)

Transferred to income statements

(3)

-

-

-

Closing balance

(351)

(529)

(307)

(481)

Other reserves

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

(18)

(19)

41

41

Transactions with owners

-

1

-

-

Closing balance

(18)

(18)

41

41

Total reserves

1,077

794

1,114

858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

268

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 33. Capital adequacy

 

APRA measures an ADI’s regulatory capital using three measures:

 

Level of capital

Definition

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (CET1)

Comprises the highest quality components of capital that consists of paid-up share capital, retained profits and certain reserves, less certain intangible assets, capitalised expenses and software, and investments and retained profits in insurance and funds management subsidiaries that are not consolidated for capital adequacy purposes.

Tier 1 Capital

The sum of CET1 and AT1 Capital. AT1 Capital comprises high quality components of capital that consist of certain securities not included in CET1, but which include loss absorbing characteristics.

Total Regulatory Capital

The sum of Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital. Tier 2 Capital includes subordinated instruments and other components of capital that, to varying degrees, do not meet the criteria for Tier 1 Capital, but nonetheless contribute to the overall strength of an ADI and its capacity to absorb losses.

 

Under APRA’s Prudential Standards, Australian ADIs, including Westpac, are required to maintain a minimum CET1 ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 Capital ratio of at least 6.0% and Total Regulatory Capital ratio of at least 8.0%. APRA may also require ADIs, including, Westpac, to meet Prudential Capital Requirements (PCRs) above the minimum capital ratios. APRA does not allow the PCRs for individual ADIs to be disclosed.

 

APRA also requires ADIs to hold additional CET1 buffers comprising of:

 

§                  a capital conservation buffer (CCB) of 3.5% for ADIs designated by APRA as domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs) unless otherwise determined by APRA, which includes a 1.0% surcharge for D-SIBs. APRA has determined that Westpac is a D-SIB; and

 

§                  a countercyclical capital buffer. The countercyclical buffer is set on a jurisdictional basis and APRA is responsible for setting the requirement in Australia. The countercyclical buffer requirement is currently set to zero for Australia and New Zealand.

 

Collectively, the above buffers are referred to as the “Capital Buffer” (CB). Should the CET1 capital ratio fall within the capital buffer range restrictions on the distributions of earnings will apply. This includes restrictions on the amount of earnings that can be distributed through dividends, AT1 Capital distributions and discretionary staff bonuses.

 

Capital management strategy

 

Westpac’s approach to capital management seeks to balance the fact that capital is an expensive form of funding with the need to be adequately capitalised. Westpac considers the need to balance efficiency, flexibility and adequacy when determining sufficiency of capital and when developing capital management plans.

 

Westpac evaluates these considerations through the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the key features of which include:

 

§                  the development of a capital management strategy, including consideration of regulatory minimums, capital buffers and contingency plans;

 

§                  consideration of both economic and regulatory capital requirements;

 

§                  a stress testing framework that challenges the capital measures, coverage and requirements including the impact of adverse economic scenarios; and

 

§                  consideration of the perspective of external stakeholders’, including rating agencies and equity and debt investors.

 

In light of APRA’s announcement on ‘unquestionably strong’ capital benchmarks on 19 July 2017, Westpac will seek to operate with a CET1 capital ratio of at least 10.5% in March and September as measured under the existing capital framework. This also takes into consideration:

 

§                  current regulatory capital minimums and the CCB, which together are the total CET1 requirement;

 

§                  stress testing to calibrate an appropriate buffer against a downturn; and

 

§                  quarterly volatility of capital ratios due to the half yearly cycle of ordinary dividend payments.

 

Westpac will revise its target capital level once APRA finalises its review of the capital adequacy framework.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

269

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 34. Dividends

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Dividends not recognised at year end

 

 

 

 

 

Since year end the Directors have proposed the following dividends:

 

 

 

 

 

Final dividend 94 cents per share (2017: 94 cents, 2016: 94 cents)

 

 

 

 

 

all fully franked at 30%

3,227

3,186

3,142

3,229

3,191

Total dividends not recognised at year end

3,227

3,186

3,142

3,229

3,191

 

Shareholders can choose to receive their dividends as cash or reinvest for an equivalent number of shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP). The Board has decided to issue new shares to satisfy the DRP for the 2018 final dividend. The DRP will not include a discount.

 

Details of dividends recognised during the year are provided in the statement of changes in equity.

 

Australian franking credits

 

Australian franking credits available to the Parent Entity for subsequent years are $1,357 million (2017: $1,063 million; 2016: $911 million). This is calculated as the year end franking credit balance, adjusted for the Australian current tax liability and the proposed 2018 final dividend.

 

New Zealand imputation credits

 

New Zealand imputation credits of NZ$0.07 (2017: NZ$0.07, 2016: NZ$0.07) per share will be attached to the proposed 2018 final dividend. New Zealand imputation credits available to the Parent Entity for subsequent years are NZ$530 million (2017: NZ$375 million, 2016: NZ$423 million). This is calculated on the same basis as the Australian franking credits but using the New Zealand current tax liability.

 

GROUP STRUCTURE

 

Note 35. Investments in subsidiaries and associates

 

Accounting policy

 

Subsidiaries

 

Westpac’s subsidiaries are entities which it controls and consolidates as it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from the entity, and can affect those returns through its power over the entity.

 

When the Group ceases to control a subsidiary, any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to fair value, with any resulting gain or loss recognised in the income statement.

 

Changes in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary which do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders.

 

In the Parent Entity’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are initially recorded at cost and are subsequently held at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.

 

All transactions between Group entities are eliminated on consolidation.

 

Associates

Associates are entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the operating and financial policies. The Group accounts for associates using the equity method. The investments are initially recognised at cost (except where recognised at fair value due to a loss of control of a subsidiary), and increased (or decreased) each year by the Group’s share of the associate’s profit (or loss). Dividends received from the associate reduce the investment in associate.

 

Overseas companies predominantly carry on business in the country of incorporation. For unincorporated entities, ‘Country of Incorporation’ refers to the country where business is carried on. The financial years of all controlled entities are the same as that of Westpac unless otherwise stated. From time to time, the Group consolidates a number of unit trusts where the Group has variable returns from its involvement with the trusts, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the trusts. These unit trusts are excluded from the table.

 

 

 

 

 

 

270

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 35. Investments in subsidiaries and associates (continued)

 

The following table includes the material controlled entities of the Group as at 30 September 2018.

 

Name

Country of
Incorporation

 

Name

Country of
Incorporation

Advance Asset Management Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Equity Holdings Pty Limited

Australia

Asgard Capital Management Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Services Group Limited

Australia

Asgard Wealth Solutions Limited

Australia

 

Westpac General Insurance Limited

Australia

BT Financial Group Pty Limited

Australia

 

Westpac General Insurance Services Limited

Australia

BT Funds Management Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance Limited

Australia

BT Portfolio Services Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited

Australia

Capital Finance Australia Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Securities Limited

Australia

Crusade ABS Series 2016-1 Trust

Australia

 

Westpac Securitisation Holdings Pty Limited

Australia

Crusade ABS Series 2017-1 Trust

Australia

 

BT Funds Management (NZ) Limited

New Zealand

Crusade ABS Series 2017-1P Trust

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Services Group-NZ-Limited

New Zealand

Crusade Trust No.2P of 2008

Australia

 

Westpac Life-NZ-Limited

New Zealand

Hastings Funds Management Limited

Australia

 

Westpac New Zealand Group Limited

New Zealand

Series 2008-1M WST Trust

Australia

 

Westpac New Zealand Limited

New Zealand

Series 2014-1 WST Trust

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Covered Bond Limited1

New Zealand

Series 2014-2 WST Trust

Australia

 

Westpac NZ Securitisation Limited1

New Zealand

Series 2015-1 WST Trust

Australia

 

Westpac Securities NZ Limited

New Zealand

St.George Finance Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Term Pie Fund2

New Zealand

St.George Motor Finance Limited

Australia

 

Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited

Papua New Guinea

Westpac Covered Bond Trust

Australia

 

 

 

 

The following controlled entities have been granted relief from compliance with the balance date synchronisation provisions in the Corporations Act 2001:

 

§                  Westpac Cash PIE Fund;

 

§                  Westpac Notice Saver PIE Fund; and

 

§                  Westpac Term PIE Fund.

 

The following material controlled entities are not wholly owned:

 

Percentage Owned

2018

2017

St.George Motor Finance Limited

75.0%

75.0%

Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited

89.9%

89.9%

Westpac NZ Covered Bond Limited

19.0%

19.0%

Westpac NZ Securitisation Limited

19.0%

19.0%

 

Non-controlling interests

 

Details of the balance of non-controlling interests are set out in Note 32. There are no non-controlling interests that are material to the Group.

 

Significant restrictions

 

There were no significant restrictions on the ability to transfer cash or other assets, pay dividends or other capital distributions, provide or repay loans and advances between the entities within the Group subject to local regulatory requirements. There were also no significant restrictions on Westpac’s ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group resulting from protective rights of non-controlling interests.

 

Associates

 

There are no associates that are material to the Group.

 

On 26 May 2017, the Group sold 60 million shares of Pendal Group Limited, which reduced the Group’s ownership to approximately 10%. Following completion of the sale, the remaining interest in Pendal Group Limited was reclassified to available-for-sale securities.

 

The following table summarises the financial information of Pendal Group Limited and reconciles the summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the Group’s 29.0% investment in Pendal Group Limited as at 26 May 2017 immediately prior to the sale. The table also summarises the gain recognised on the sale of the Group’s interest in Pendal Group Limited as well as the fair value of the remaining interest in Pendal Group Limited initially recognised in available-for-sale securities.

 

 

1           The Group indirectly owns 19% of Westpac NZ Covered Bond Limited (WNZCBL) and Westpac NZ Securitisation Limited (WNZSL), however, due to contractual and structural arrangements both WNZCBL and WNZSL are considered to be controlled entities within the Group.

2            The Group has funding agreements in place with this entity and is deemed to have exposure to the associated risks and rewards. The entity is consolidated as the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

271

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 35. Investments in subsidiaries and associates (continued)

 

Consolidated

Period ended

$m

26 May 2017

Summarised results

 

Revenue for the period

262

Net profit for the period

90

Other comprehensive income for the period

11

Total comprehensive income (100%)

101

Group’s share of net profit1

26

Equity accounting adjustments

(13)

Group’s share in net profit recognised in the income statement

13

Group’s share of other comprehensive income1

4

Tax effect on Group’s share of other comprehensive income

(1)

Share of total comprehensive income recognised by the Group

16

Dividends received from associates during the period

22

Summarised balance sheet

 

Total assets

887

Total liabilities

(122)

Total net assets (100%)

765

Group’s share of total net assets1

222

Fair value adjustments (including notional goodwill) on acquisition (net of amortisation)

491

Carrying amount of interest in Pendal Group Limited2

713

Carrying amount of interest in Pendal Group Limited sold

(471)

Carrying amount of remaining interest reclassified to available-for-sale securities

(242)

Remaining interest in Pendal Group Limited accounted for under equity method

-

Fair value of remaining interest reclassified to available-for-sale securities

375

Proceeds from sale of Pendal Group Limited interest, net of transaction costs

630

Amount of reserves recycled to profit or loss

(13)

Gain on sale of interest in Pendal Group Limited

279

Fair value of investment

n/a

 

Changes in ownership of subsidiaries

 

Businesses disposed during the year ending 30 September 2018

 

Westpac sold its interest in a number of Hastings offshore subsidiaries to Northill Capital. Completion of the sale of the US and UK entities occurred on 28 February 2018 and completion of the Singapore entity occurred on 23 March 2018, with a total loss of $9 million recognised in non-interest income. The total cash consideration received, net of transaction costs and cash held, was $9 million.

 

Businesses disposed during the year ending 30 September 2017

 

No businesses were sold in the year ended 30 September 2017.

 

Businesses disposed during the year ending 30 September 2016

 

Pacific Islands

 

Westpac sold its banking operations in Solomon Islands and Vanuatu to the Bank of South Pacific Limited (BSP). Settlement occurred on 30 October 2015 and 1 July 2016 respectively, with a gain of $1 million recognised in non-interest income.

 

The total cash consideration paid, net of transaction costs and cash held, was $104 million.

 

Details of the assets and liabilities over which control was lost are provided in Note 41.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Represents the Group’s share of Pendal (26 May 2017: 29.0%).

2           The amount disclosed as at 26 May 2017 represented the carrying value of interest in Pendal immediately prior to the sale.

 

272

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 36. Structured entities

 

Accounting policy

 

 

Structured entities are generally created to achieve a specific, defined objective and their operations are restricted such as only purchasing specific assets. Structured entities are commonly financed by debt or equity securities that are collateralised by and/or indexed to their underlying assets. The debt and equity securities issued by structured entities may include tranches with varying levels of subordination.

 

Structured entities are classified as subsidiaries and consolidated if they meet the definition in Note 35. If the Group does not control a structured entity then it will not be consolidated.

 

The Group engages in various transactions with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities that are mainly involved in securitisations, asset backed and other financing structures and managed funds.

 

Consolidated structured entities

 

Securitisation and covered bonds

 

The Group uses structured entities to securitise its financial assets, including two covered bond programs to assign pools of residential mortgages to bankruptcy remote structured entities.

 

The Group also uses structured entities to give its customers access to funding from commercial paper markets.

 

Refer to Note 25 for further details.

 

Group managed funds

 

The Group acts as the responsible entity and/or fund manager for various investment management funds. As fund manager, if the Group is deemed to be acting as a principal rather than an agent then it consolidates the fund. The principal vs. agent decision requires judgement of whether the Group has sufficient exposure to variable returns.

 

Non-contractual financial support

 

The Group does not provide non-contractual financial support to these consolidated structured entities.

 

Unconsolidated structured entities

 

The Group has interests in various unconsolidated structured entities including debt or equity instruments, guarantees, liquidity and other credit support arrangements, lending, loan commitments, certain derivatives and investment management agreements.

 

Interests exclude non-complex derivatives (e.g. interest rate or currency swaps), instruments that create, rather than absorb, variability in the entity (e.g. credit protection under a credit default swap), and lending to a structured entity with recourse to a wider operating entity, not just the structured entity.

 

The Group’s main interests in unconsolidated structured entities, which arise in the normal course of business, are:

 

Trading securities

The Group actively trades interests in structured entities and normally has no other involvement with the structured entity. The Group earns interest income on these securities and also recognises fair value changes through trading income in non-interest income.

Available-for-sale securities

The Group holds mortgage-backed securities for liquidity purposes and the Group normally has no other involvement with the structured entity. These assets are highly-rated, investment grade and eligible for repurchase agreements with the RBA or another central bank. The Group earns interest income and net gains or losses on selling these assets are recognised in the income statements.

Loans and other credit commitments

The Group lends to unconsolidated structured entities, subject to the Group’s collateral and credit approval processes, in order to earn interest and fee income. The structured entities are mainly property trusts, securitisation entities and those associated with project and property financing transactions.

Investment management agreements

The Group manages funds that provide customers with investment opportunities. The Group also manages superannuation funds for its employees. The Group earns management and performance fee income which is recognised in non-interest income.

The Group may also retain units in these investment management funds, primarily through life insurance subsidiaries. The Group earns fund distribution income and recognises fair value movements through non-interest income.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

273

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 36. Structured entities (continued)

 

The following table shows the Group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities and its maximum exposure to loss in relation to those interests. The maximum exposure does not take into account any collateral or hedges that will reduce the risk of loss.

 

§                  For on-balance sheet instruments, including debt and equity instruments in and loans to unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value; and

 

§                  For off-balance sheet instruments, including liquidity facilities, loan and other credit commitments and guarantees, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amounts.

 

Consolidated 2018

Investment in

 

 

 

 

 

Third Party

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage and

 

 

Interest

 

 

Other

Financing to

Group

in Other

 

 

Asset-Backed

Securitisation

Managed

Structured

 

$m

Securities1

Vehicles

Funds

Entities

Total

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

-

-

-

-

-

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

2,108

-

-

139

2,247

Available-for-sale securities

7,352

-

-

-

7,352

Loans

-

21,977

6

22,894

44,877

Life insurance assets

-

-

4,702

1,843

6,545

Other assets

-

-

47

-

47

Total on-balance sheet exposures

9,460

21,977

4,755

24,876

61,068

Total notional amounts of off-balance sheet exposures

-

5,145

60

7,988

13,193

Maximum exposure to loss

9,460

27,122

4,815

32,864

74,261

Size of structured entities2

58,976

27,122

66,524

100,427

253,049

 

Consolidated 2017

Investment in

 

 

 

 

 

Third Party

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage and

 

 

Interest

 

 

Other

Financing to

Group

in Other

 

 

Asset-Backed

Securitisation

Managed

Structured

 

$m

Securities1

Vehicles

Funds

Entities

Total

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables due from other financial institutions

-

392

-

-

392

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

1,740

-

-

674

2,414

Available-for-sale securities

6,981

-

-

-

6,981

Loans

-

20,032

44

22,488

42,564

Life insurance assets

-

-

4,344

1,735

6,079

Other assets

-

-

52

-

52

Total on-balance sheet exposures

8,721

20,424

4,440

24,897

58,482

Total notional amounts of off-balance sheet exposures

-

5,802

66

7,718

13,586

Maximum exposure to loss

8,721

26,226

4,506

32,615

72,068

Size of structured entities2

60,573

26,226

70,070

134,548

291,417

 

Non-contractual financial support

 

The Group does not provide non-contractual financial support to these unconsolidated structured entities.

 

 

 

 

1           The Group’s interests in third party mortgage and other asset-backed securities are senior tranches of notes and are investment grade rated.

2           Represented either by the total assets or market capitalisation of the entity, or if not available, the Group’s total committed exposure (for lending arrangements and external debt and equity holdings), funds under management (for Group managed funds) or the total value of notes on issue (for investments in third-party asset-backed securities).

 

 

274

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

Note 37. Share-based payments

 

Accounting policy

 

The Group enters into various share-based payment arrangements with its employees as a component of overall compensation for services provided. Share-based payment arrangements comprise options to purchase shares at a pre-determined price (share options), rights to receive shares for free (share rights) and restricted shares (issued at no cost). Share-based payment arrangements typically require a specified period of continuing employment (the service period or vesting period) and may include performance targets (vesting conditions). Specific details of each arrangement are provided below.

 

Share-based payments must be classified as either cash-settled or equity-settled arrangements. The Group’s significant arrangements are equity-settled, as the Group is not obliged to settle in cash.

 

Options and share rights

Options and share rights are equity-settled arrangements. The fair value is measured at grant date and is recognised as an expense over the service period, with a corresponding increase in the share-based payment reserve in equity.

 

The fair value of share options and share rights is estimated at grant date using a binomial/Monte Carlo simulation pricing model which incorporates the vesting and market-related performance targets of the grants. The fair value of share options and rights excludes non-market vesting conditions such as employees’ continuing employment by the Group. The non-market vesting conditions are instead incorporated in estimating the number of share options and rights that are expected to vest and are therefore recognised as an expense. At each reporting date the non-market vesting assumptions are revised and the expense recognised each year takes into account the most recent estimates. The market-related assumptions are not revised each year as the fair value is not re-estimated after the grant date.

 

Restricted share plan (RSP)

The RSP is accounted for as an equity-settled arrangement.  The fair value of shares allocated to employees for nil consideration is recognised as an expense over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in the share-based payments reserve in equity. The fair value of ordinary shares issued to satisfy the obligation to employees is measured at grant date and is recognised as a separate component of equity.

 

Employee share plan (ESP)

The value of shares expected to be allocated to employees for nil consideration is recognised as an expense over the financial year and provided for as other employee benefits.  The fair value of any ordinary shares issued to satisfy the obligation to employees is recognised in equity.  Alternatively, shares may be purchased on market to satisfy the obligation to employees.

 

Scheme name

Westpac Long Term
Incentive Plan (LTI)

Westpac Performance Plan (WPP)

Restricted Share
Plan (RSP)

Employee Share Plan
(ESP)

Type of share-based payment

Share rights (allocated at no cost).

 

Share options (no longer issued since October 2009).

Share rights (allocated at no cost).

 

 

 

Share options (no longer issued since October 2009).

Westpac ordinary shares (allocated at no cost).

Westpac ordinary shares (allocated at no cost) of up to $1,000 per employee per year.

How it is used

Aligns executive remuneration and accountability with shareholder interests over the long term.

The mandatory deferral of a portion of short-term incentives for New Zealand employees and key employees based outside Australia.

To reward key employees in respect of the previous financial year.

To reward eligible Australian employees (unless they have already been provided instruments under another scheme for the previous year).

Exercise price:

 

 

 

 

Shares rights

Nil.

Nil.

n/a.

n/a.

Share options

The market price of Westpac shares at the start of the performance period

The market price of Westpac shares at the start of the performance period.

n/a

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

275

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 37. Share-based payments (continued)

 

Scheme name

Westpac Long Term
Incentive Plan (LTI)

Westpac Performance Plan (WPP)

Restricted Share
Plan (RSP)

Employee Share Plan
(ESP)

Performance hurdles

Relative total shareholder return (TSR) over a 4 year performance period and average cash Return on Equity (cash ROE) over a three year performance period plus 1 year holding lock, each applying to half of the award1 (commencing with the 2016 LTI award)2.

None.

None.

None.

Service conditions

Continued employment throughout the vesting period or as determined by the Board.

Continued employment throughout the vesting period or as determined by the Board.

Continued employment throughout the restriction period or as determined by the Board.

Shares must normally remain within the ESP for three years from granting unless the employee leaves Westpac.

Vesting period (period over which expenses are recognised)

4 years2

 

Defined period set out at time of grant.

Defined period set out at time of grant.

1 year

Treatment at end of term

Lapse if not exercised.

Lapse if not exercised.

Vested shares are released from the RSP at the end of the vesting period.

Shares granted prior to October 2009 may be held in the RSP for up to 10 years from the grant date.

Shares are released at the end of the restriction period or when the employee leaves Westpac.

Does the employee receive dividends and voting rights during the vesting period?

No

No

Yes

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           Details of the TSR and cash ROE performance targets are provided in the Remuneration Report in Section 4.3.

2           For the 2015 LTI awards, the TSR is subject to a four year performance period and Cash EPS compound annual growth rate (CAGR) over a three year performance period plus 1 year holding lock. For awards granted for the periods 2011 to 2014 both the TSR and CAGR hurdles are subject to a three year performance and vesting period.  TSR hurdled awards granted prior to 2011 were measured over an initial three year performance period with subsequent performance testing possible at the fourth and fifth anniversaries however further vesting may only occur if the TSR ranking has improved.

 

 

276

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 37. Share-based payments (continued)

 

Each share-based payment scheme is quantified below:

 

(i)    Westpac Long Term Incentive Plan

 

 

Outstanding at

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

 

Outstanding

 

1 October

During

During

During

Outstanding at

and Exercisable at

2018

2017

the Year

the Year

the Year

30 September 2018

30 September 2018

Share options

256,840

-

103,686

100,804

52,350

52,350

Weighted average exercise price

$26.36

-

$24.23

-

$23.40

$23.40

Weighted average remaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

contractual life

0.7 years

 

 

 

0 years

 

Share rights

5,231,904

808,290

2,929

1,324,422

4,712,843

3,719

Weighted average remaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

contractual life

10.3 years

 

 

 

10.9 years

 

2017

1 Oct 2016

 

 

 

30 Sept 2017

 

Share options

583,018

-

326,178

-

256,840

256,840

Weighted average exercise price

$27.58

-

$28.54

-

$26.36

$26.36

Performance share rights

5,275,652

930,012

-

973,760

5,231,904

6,648

 

The weighted average fair value at grant date of LTI share rights issued during the year was $17.86 (2017: $19.17).

 

(ii)   Westpac Performance Plan (WPP)

 

 

Outstanding at

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

 

Outstanding

 

1 October

During

During

During

Outstanding at

and Exercisable at

2018

2017

the Year

the Year

the Year

30 September 2018

30 September 2018

Share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-year vesting period

155,419

72,000

66,357

20,531

140,531

53,644

Two-year vesting period

233,456

88,967

60,882

8,151

253,390

42,455

Three-year vesting period

104,382

43,589

29,452

780

117,739

28,426

Four-year vesting period

126,522

42,346

-

6,639

162,229

-

Total share rights

619,779

246,902

156,691

36,101

673,889

124,525

Weighted average remaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

contractual life

12.3 years

 

 

 

12.4 years

 

2017

1 Oct 2016

 

 

 

30 Sept 2017

 

Share options

74,094

-

52,745

21,349

-

-

Weighted average exercise price

$23.98

-

$23.98

-

-

-

Performance share rights

391,503

393,536

142,093

23,167

619,779

118,912

 

The weighted average fair value at grant date of WPP share rights issued during the year was $27.83 (2017: $27.40).

 

(iii)  Restricted Share Plan (RSP)

 

 

Outstanding at

Granted

 

Forfeited

 

 

1 October

During

 

During

Outstanding at

Allocation date1

2017

the Year

Released

the Year

30 September 2018

Granted prior to October 2009

675,329

-

328,597

-

346,732

Granted subsequent to October 2009

3,529,424

2,479,975

1,896,648

269,839

3,842,912

Total 2018

4,204,753

2,479,975

2,225,245

269,839

4,189,644

Total 2017

4,426,872

2,195,572

2,332,985

84,706

4,204,753

 

The weighted average fair value at grant date of RSP share rights issued during the year was $31.29 (2017: $32.24).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            For awards made prior to October 2009, shares may be held in the RSP for up to 10 years from the date they are granted.  For awards made from October 2009, shares are released from the RSP on vesting.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

277

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 37. Share-based payments (continued)

 

(iv)  Employee Share Plan (ESP)

 

 

 

 

Average Number

Total Number

 

 

 

Allocation

Number of

of Shares Allocated

of Shares

Market

Total

 

Date

Participants

per Participant

Allocated

Price per Share1

Fair Value

2018

24 November 2017

27,557

31

854,267

$31.80

$27,165,691

2017

25 November 2016

26,966

32

862,912

$31.25

$26,966,000

 

The 2017 ESP award was satisfied through the purchase of shares on market.

 

The liability accrued for the ESP at 30 September 2018 is $28 million (2017: $28 million) and is provided for as other employee benefits.

 

(v)         CEO plans

 

Details of share-based payment arrangements held by the CEO, Brian Hartzer, which are on the same terms and conditions as described above for the relevant plan, are provided in the Remuneration report in Section 1.

 

(vi)      Other plans

 

Westpac also provides plans for small, specialised parts of the Group. The benefits under these plans are directly linked to growth and performance of the relevant part of the business. The plans individually and in aggregate are not material to the Group in terms of expenses and dilution of earnings.

 

The names of all persons who hold share options and/or rights currently on issue are entered in Westpac’s register of option holders which may be inspected at Link Market Services, Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney, New South Wales.

 

(vii)   Fair value assumptions

 

The fair values of share options and share rights have been independently calculated at their respective grant dates.

 

The fair value of share rights with performance targets based on relative TSR takes into account the average TSR outcome determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.

 

The fair values of share rights without TSR based performance targets, (i.e. share rights with Cash EPS CAGR, economic profit and ROE performance targets), have been determined with reference to the share price at grant date and a discount rate reflecting the expected dividend yield over their vesting periods.

 

Other significant assumptions include:

 

§                  a risk free rate of return of 2.6%, applied to TSR-hurdled grants;

 

§                  a dividend yield on Westpac shares of 6.0%, applied to TSR and ROE-hurdled grants;

 

§                  volatility in Westpac’s TSR of 19.9%, applied to TSR-hurdled grants; and

 

§                  volatilities of, and correlation factors between, TSR of the comparator group and Westpac for TSR-hurdled grants.

 

Note 38. Superannuation commitments

 

Accounting policy

 

The Group recognises an asset or a liability for its defined benefit schemes, being the net of the defined benefit obligations and the fair value of the schemes’ assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted using high-quality long dated corporate bond rates.

 

The superannuation expense is recognised in operating expenses and remeasurements are recognised through other comprehensive income.

 

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

The actuarial valuation of plan obligations is dependent upon a series of assumptions, principally price inflation, salary growth, mortality, morbidity, discount rate and investment returns. Different assumptions could significantly alter the valuation of the plan assets and obligations and the superannuation cost recognised in the income statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1                    The market price per share for the allocation is based on the five day volume-weighted average price up to the grant date.

 

278

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 38. Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

Westpac had the following defined benefit plans at 30 September 2018:

 

Name of Plan

Type

Form of Benefit

Date of Last Actuarial Assessment of the Funding Status

Westpac Group Plan (WGP)1

Defined benefit and accumulation

Indexed pension and lump sum

30 June 2015

Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme (WNZS)

Defined benefit and accumulation

Indexed pension and lump sum

30 June 2017

Westpac Banking Corporation UK Staff Superannuation Scheme (UKSS)1

Defined benefit

Indexed pension and lump sum

5 April 2015

Westpac UK Medical Benefits Scheme

Defined benefit

Medical benefits

n/a

 

The defined benefit sections of the schemes are closed to new members. The Group has no obligation beyond the annual contributions for the accumulation or defined contribution sections of the schemes.

 

The WGP is the Group’s principal defined benefit plan and is managed and administered in accordance with the terms of its trust deed and relevant legislation in Australia. Its defined benefit liabilities are based on salary and length of membership for active members and inflation in the case of pensioners.

 

The defined benefit schemes expose the Group to the following risks:

 

§                  discount rate – reductions in the discount rate would increase the present value of the future payments;

 

§                  inflation rate – increases in the inflation rate would increase the payments to pensioners;

 

§                  investment risk – lower investment returns  would increase the contributions needed to offset the shortfall;

 

§                  mortality risk – members may live longer than expected extending the cash flows payable by the Group; and

 

§                  legislative risk – legislative changes could be made which increase the cost of providing defined benefits.

 

Investment risk is managed by setting benchmarks for the allocation of plan assets between asset classes. The long-term investment strategy will often adopt relatively high levels of equity investment in order to:

 

§                  secure attractive long term investment returns; and

 

§                  provide an opportunity for capital appreciation and dividend growth, which gives some protection against inflation.

 

Funding recommendations for the WGP, WNZS and the UKSS are made based on triennial actuarial valuations. These valuations resulted in a funding surplus of $324 million for the year ended 30 September 2018 (2017: $315 million). Current contribution rates are as follows:

 

§                  WGP – contributions are made to the WGP at the rate of 11.8% of members’ salaries;

 

§                  WNZS – contributions are made to the WNZS at the rate of 12% of members’ salaries; and

 

§                  UKSS – contributions are made to the UKSS at the rate of £1.05 million per year.

 

Contributions

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Employer contributions

30

33

30

33

Member contributions

12

13

11

12

 

Expected employer contributions for the year ended 30 September 2019 are $29 million.

 

Expense recognised

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Current service cost

37

42

43

37

41

Net interest cost on net benefit liability

1

8

7

-

7

Total defined benefit expense

38

50

50

37

48

 

 

 

1            The 2018 final actuarial assessment of the funding status for WGP and UKSS will be available in 2019.

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

279

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 38. Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

 

Defined benefit balances recognised

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2018

2017

Benefit obligation at end of the year

2,314

2,284

2,239

2,209

Fair value of plan assets at end of the year

2,378

2,289

2,319

2,227

Net surplus/(deficit)

64

5

80

18

Defined benefit surplus (Note 27)

89

48

89

48

Defined benefit deficit (Note 29)

(25)

(43)

(9)

(30)

Net surplus/(deficit)

64

5

80

18

 

The average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 11 years (2017: 11 years).

 

Significant assumptions

 

 

2018

2017

 

Australian

Overseas

Australian

Overseas

Consolidated and Parent Entity

Funds

Funds

Funds

Funds

Discount rate

4.1%

2.6%-2.9%

4.2%

2.7%-3%

Salary increases

2.9%

3%-5%

3.0%

3%-5%

Inflation rate (pensioners receive inflationary increases)

1.9%

2%-3.5%

2.0%

2%-3.5%

Life expectancy of a 60-year-old male

31.0

27.9-28.4

30.8

27.7-28.9

Life expectancy of a 60-year-old female

33.9

29.4-29.6

33.7

29.2-30.3

 

Sensitivity to changes in significant assumptions

 

The table below shows the impact of changes in assumptions on the defined benefit obligation for the WGP. No reasonably possible changes in the assumptions of the Group’s other defined benefit plans would have a material impact on the defined benefit obligation.

 

 

Increase in obligation

Change in assumption

2018

2017

0.5% decrease in discount rate

120

116

0.5% increase in annual salary increases

8

10

0.5% increase in inflation rate (pensioners receive inflationary increases)

111

106

1 year increase in life expectancy

38

29

 

Asset allocation

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

2018

2017

 

Australian

Overseas

Australian

Overseas

%

Funds

Funds

Funds

Funds

Cash

5%

2%

4%

2%

Equity instruments

45%

7%

44%

13%

Debt instruments

28%

80%

29%

65%

Property

10%

1%

10%

10%

Other Assets

12%

10%

13%

10%

Total

100%

100%

100%

100%

 

Equity and debt instruments are mainly quoted assets while property and other assets are mainly unquoted. Other assets include infrastructure funds and private equity funds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

280

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

OTHER

 

Note 39. Auditor’s remuneration

 

The fees payable to the auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), and overseas firms belonging to the PwC network of firms were:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$’000

2018

2017

2018

2017

Audit and audit-related fees

 

 

 

 

Audit fees

 

 

 

 

PwC Australia

19,999

17,886

19,967

17,833

Overseas PwC network firms

3,338

3,225

68

852

Total audit fees

23,337

21,111

20,035

18,685

Audit-related fees

 

 

 

 

PwC Australia

2,316

3,938

2,224

3,739

Overseas PwC network firms

117

68

-

65

Total audit-related fees

2,433

4,006

2,224

3,804

Total audit and audit-related fees

25,770

25,117

22,259

22,489

Tax fees

 

 

 

 

PwC Australia

169

5

49

-

Overseas PwC network firms

-

8

-

-

Total tax fees

169

13

49

-

Other fees

 

 

 

 

PwC Australia

1,581

1,853

1,501

912

Overseas PwC network firms

-

90

-

90

Total other fees

1,581

1,943

1,501

1,002

Total audit and non-audit fees

27,520

27,073

23,809

23,491

 

Fees payable to the auditor have been categorised as follows:

 

Audit

The year end audit, half-year review and comfort letters associated with debt issues and capital raisings.

Audit-related

Consultations regarding accounting standards and reporting requirements, regulatory compliance reviews and assurance related to debt and capital offerings.

Tax

Tax compliance and tax advisory services.

Other

Various services including systems assurance, compliance advice and controls reviews.

 

It is Westpac’s policy to engage PwC on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties only if their independence is not impaired or seen to be impaired and where their expertise and experience with Westpac is important. All services were approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with the pre-approval policy and procedures.

 

PwC also received fees of $7.5 million (2017: $6.0 million) for various entities which are related to Westpac but not consolidated. These non-consolidated entities include entities sponsored by the Group, trusts of which a Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity, superannuation funds and pension funds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

281

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 40. Related party disclosures

 

Related parties

 

Westpac’s related parties are those it controls or can exert significant influence over. Examples include subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and superannuation plans as well as key management personnel and their related parties.

 

Key management personnel (KMP)

 

Key management personnel are those who, directly or indirectly, have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Westpac. This includes all Executive and Non-Executive Directors.

 

Parent Entity

 

Westpac Banking Corporation is the ultimate parent company of the Group.

 

Subsidiaries - Note 35

 

The Parent Entity has the following related party transactions and balances with subsidiaries:

 

Type of transaction/balance

Details disclosed in

Balances due to / from subsidiaries

Balance Sheet

Dividend income / Transactions with subsidiaries

Note 4

Interest income and Interest expense

Note 3

Tax consolidated group transactions and undertakings

Note 7

Guarantees and undertakings

Note 31

 

The balances due to / from subsidiaries include a wide range of banking and other financial facilities.

 

The terms and conditions of related party transactions between the Parent Entity and subsidiaries are sometimes different to commercial terms and conditions. Related party transactions between the Parent Entity and subsidiaries eliminate on consolidation.

 

Associates - Note 35

 

The Group provides a wide range of banking and other financial facilities and funds management activities to its associates on commercial terms and conditions.

 

Superannuation plans

 

The Group contributed $348 million (2017: $329 million) to defined contribution plans and $30 million to defined benefit plans (2017: $33 million; refer to Note 38).

 

Remuneration of KMP

 

Total remuneration of the KMP was:

 

 

Short-term

Post Employment

Other Long-term

Termination

Share-based

 

$

Benefits

Benefits

Benefits

Benefits

Payments

Total

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

23,210,820

618,631

297,495

-

16,086,623

40,213,569

2017

25,048,403

621,606

156,590

-

16,106,111

41,932,710

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

21,807,008

537,187

297,495

-

15,301,417

37,943,107

2017

23,859,466

545,524

156,590

-

15,268,712

39,830,292

 

Other transactions with KMP

 

KMP receive personal banking and financial investment services from the Group in the ordinary course of business. The terms and conditions, for example interest rates and collateral, and the risks to Westpac are comparable to transactions with other employees and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.

 

Details of loans provided and the related interest charged to KMP and their related parties are as follows:

 

 

Interest Payable

Closing Loan

Number of KMP

$

for the Year

Balance

with Loans

2018

650,969

17,498,526

13

2017

739,466

15,290,320

9

 

Further details of the KMP’s remuneration, share rights and options and other transactions with KMP are included in the Remuneration report in Section 1.

 

 

 

 

282

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 40. Related party disclosures (continued)

 

Options and share rights holdings

 

For compliance with SEC disclosure requirements, the following table sets out certain details of the performance options, performance share rights and unhurdled share rights held at 30 September 2018 by the CEO and other key management personnel (including their related parties):

 

 

Latest Date of Exercise

Number of
Share Rights

Number
of Options

Exercise Price
of Options

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Brian Hartzer

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

767,080

-

n/a

Group Executives

 

 

 

 

Lyn Cobley

Ranges from 1 October 2030 to 1 October 2032

261,846

-

n/a

Brad Cooper

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

329,216

-

n/a

David Curran

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

288,436

-

n/a

George Frazis

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

300,880

-

n/a

Peter King

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

314,259

-

n/a

David Lees

Ranges from 1 October 2018 to 1 October 2030

31,402

25,562

23.40

Rebecca Lim

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

144,092

-

n/a

David Linberg

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

254,369

-

n/a

Carolyn McCann

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

42,816

-

n/a

David McLean

Ranges from 1 October 2022 to 1 October 2032

295,136

-

n/a

Christine Parker

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

240,311

-

n/a

Gary Thursby

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

154,553

-

n/a

 

Former Group Executive

 

Alexandra Holcomb

Ranges from 1 October 2024 to 1 October 2032

292,576

-

n/a

 

Further details of the equity holdings of KMP are included in the Remuneration report in Section 1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

283

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 41. Notes to the cash flow statements

 

Accounting policy

 

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash held at branches and in ATMs, balances with overseas banks in their local currency and balances with central banks including accounts with the RBA and accounts with overseas central banks.

 

Reconciliation of net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities to net profit for the year is set out below:

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Net profit for the year

8,099

7,997

7,460

8,144

7,843

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

1,144

1,269

1,228

952

1,122

Impairment charges

889

1,021

1,261

820

991

Net (decrease)/increase in current and deferred tax

(96)

(34)

(285)

(598)

(572)

(Increase)/decrease in accrued interest receivable

(83)

(75)

25

(74)

(81)

(Decrease)/increase in accrued interest payable

241

148

(47)

217

154

(Decrease)/increase in provisions1

289

219

(68)

294

28

Other non-cash items1

332

(419)

(331)

420

219

Cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating assets and liabilities

10,815

10,126

9,243

10,175

9,704

Net (increase)/decrease in derivative financial instruments

8,584

(5,042)

(5,107)

8,263

(5,378)

Net (increase)/decrease in life insurance assets and liabilities

(230)

219

(253)

-

-

(Increase)/decrease in other operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value

3,827

(5,054)

6,755

3,150

(5,194)

Loans

(24,740)

(26,815)

(38,082)

(23,661)

(27,677)

Receivables due from other financial institutions

1,678

2,653

(896)

987

1,817

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

(303)

308

(209)

(299)

294

Other assets

160

200

(476)

210

136

(Decrease)/increase in other operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement

243

(681)

(4,488)

261

(325)

Deposits and other borrowings

23,928

23,062

38,771

20,783

22,518

Payables due to other financial institutions

(4,072)

3,859

(73)

(4,396)

3,792

Other liabilities

(88)

(15)

312

(196)

78

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

19,802

2,820

5,497

15,277

(235)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1            Comparatives have been revised for consistency.

 

284

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 41. Notes to the cash flow statements (continued)

 

Details of the assets and liabilities over which control ceased

 

Details of the entities over which control ceased are provided in Note 35.

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

10

-

138

-

-

Available-for-sale securities

-

-

1

-

-

Loans

-

-

132

-

-

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

-

-

5

-

-

Property and equipment

2

-

3

-

-

Deferred tax assets

4

-

1

-

-

Intangible assets

15

-

1

-

-

Other assets

5

-

27

-

-

Total assets

36

-

308

-

-

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and other borrowings

-

-

264

-

-

Current tax liabilities

-

-

2

-

-

Provisions

2

-

1

-

-

Other liabilities

3

-

6

-

-

Total liabilities

5

-

273

-

-

Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

31

-

35

-

-

Cash proceeds (net of transaction costs)

19

-

34

-

-

Total consideration

19

-

34

-

-

Reserves recycled to income statement

3

-

2

-

-

Gain/(loss) on disposal

(9)

-

1

-

-

Reconciliation of cash proceeds from disposal

 

 

 

 

 

Cash proceeds received (net of transaction costs)

19

-

34

-

-

Less: Cash deconsolidated

(10)

-

(138)

-

-

Cash consideration (paid)/received (net of transaction costs and cash held)

9

-

(104)

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

Parent Entity

$m

2018

2017

2016

2018

2017

Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan

631

1,452

726

631

1,452

Shares issued from the conversion of Westpac CPS

566

-

-

566

-

 

On 13 March 2018, 6,233,643 Westpac CPS were converted to Westpac Capital Notes 5 for a total value of $623 million.  On 3 April 2018, the remaining $566 million of Westpac CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS nominated party for $100 each. Following the transfer, those remaining Westpac CPS were converted into 19,189,765 ordinary shares.

 

Restricted cash

 

The amount of cash and cash equivalents not available for use at 30 September 2018 was nil (2017: $38 million) for the Group and nil for the Parent Entity (2017: nil).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

285

 


 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 42. Subsequent events

 

No other matters have arisen since the year ended 30 September 2018 which is not otherwise dealt with in this report, that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of its operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent periods.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

286

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Statutory statements

 

 

Directors’ declaration

 

In the Directors’ opinion:

 

a.                  the financial statements and notes set out in ‘Section 3 – Financial report for the year ended 30 September 2018’ are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

i.         complying with Australian Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements; and

 

ii.      giving a true and fair view of Westpac Banking Corporation and the Group’s financial position as at 30 September 2018 and of their performance for the financial year ended on that date; and

 

b.              there are reasonable grounds to believe that Westpac will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

 

Note 1(a) includes a statement that the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

The Directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

 

For and on behalf of the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

Brian Hartzer

Chairman

Managing Director &

 

Chief Executive Officer

Sydney

 

5 November 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

287

 


 

Statutory statements

 

 

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

 

The following report is required by rules of the US Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

The management of Westpac is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Westpac as defined in Rule 13a – 15 (f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Westpac’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

 

Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Westpac and its consolidated entities; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with applicable accounting standards, and that receipts and expenditures of Westpac are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Westpac and its consolidated entities; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the assets of Westpac and its consolidated entities that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Westpac management, with the participation of the CEO and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2018 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in its 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2018 was effective.

 

The effectiveness of Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2018 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

288

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Statutory statements

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Westpac Banking Corporation (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries as of 30 September 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 30 September 2018 and 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2018 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

 

The Company has included parent entity only information on the face of the consolidated financial statements and other parent entity only disclosures in the notes to the financial statements. Such parent entity only information is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the consolidated financial statements, and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

 

Basis for Opinions

 

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing on page 288 of the 2018 Annual Report. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

 

One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo NSW 2000, GPO BOX 2650 Sydney NSW 2001

T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

289

 


 

Statutory statements

 

 

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Sydney, Australia

5 November 2018

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1968.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

290

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholding information

 

Additional information

 

Information for shareholders

 

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac ordinary shares

Top 20 ordinary shareholders as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares

% Held

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

780,300,485

22.72

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

467,499,641

13.61

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

179,317,659

5.22

National Nominees Limited

133,796,083

3.90

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>

72,855,297

2.12

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd  <DRP>

35,084,049

1.02

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>

34,159,319

0.99

WBC New Zealand Register Control Account

26,163,315

0.76

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <NT-Comnwlth Super Corp A/C>

25,771,780

0.75

Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

15,545,000

0.45

Argo Investments Limited

11,758,448

0.34

Pacific Custodians Pty Limited <WBC Plans Ctrl A/C>

11,131,376

0.32

AMP Life Limited

11,129,779

0.32

Milton Corporation Limited

10,527,085

0.31

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

6,752,692

0.20

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – GSCO ECA

5,045,852

0.15

Netwealth Investments Limited

5,039,756

0.15

IOOF Investment Management Limited

4,946,531

0.14

Navigator Australia Ltd

4,852,576

0.14

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

4,490,953

0.13

Total of Top 20 registered shareholders1

1,846,167,676

53.74

 

As at 4 October 2018 there were 619,578 holders of our ordinary shares compared to 633,272 in 2017 and 641,374 in 20162. Ordinary shareholders with a registered address in Australia held approximately 98% of our fully paid share capital at 4 October 2018 (approximately 98% in 2017 and 98% in 2016).

 

Substantial shareholders as at 4 October 2018

 

As at 4 October 2018 BlackRock Group (comprised of BlackRock Inc. and its subsidiaries) and The Vanguard Group, Inc. (including its subsidiary Vanguard Investments Australia Ltd.) had a ‘substantial holding’ of our shares within the meaning of the Corporations Act. A person has a substantial holding of our shares if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. The above table of the Top 20 ordinary shareholders includes shareholders that may hold shares for the benefit of third parties. BlackRock Group has been a substantial shareholder since 4 April 2017 and The Vanguard Group, Inc. became a substantial shareholder on 17 July 2018 (as detailed below).

 

Significant changes in ordinary share ownership of substantial shareholders

 

On 17 July 2018, The Vanguard Group, Inc. became a substantial shareholder holding 171,757,716 ordinary shares (5.00% of total votes outstanding). There have been no other changes in ordinary share ownership of substantial shareholders notified to Westpac since that date.

 

Control of registrant

 

We are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any other corporation(s) or by any foreign government. Refer to the section ‘Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders’, which provides information on the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, Corporations Act 2001 and Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998, which impose limits on equity holdings.

 

At 30 September 2018, our Directors and Executive Officers owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 1,013,495 (0.03%) of the fully paid ordinary shares outstanding.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1           As recorded on the share register by holder reference number.

2           Numbers include employee holdings previously consolidated on the share registry.

 

292

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Analysis by range of holdings of ordinary shares as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of Holders

Number of

 

Number of Holders

 

of Fully Paid

 

Fully Paid

 

of Share Options

Number of Shares

Ordinary Shares

%

Ordinary Shares

%

and Rights

1

    1,000

 

339,377

54.78

131,333,329

3.82

45

1,001

    5,000

 

214,750

34.66

491,681,146

14.31

88

5,001

  10,000

 

39,102

6.31

272,558,295

7.94

36

10,001

100,000

 

25,681

4.14

539,189,055

15.70

44

100,001 and over

668

0.11

2,000,034,886

58.23

24

Totals

619,578

100.00

3,434,796,711

100.00

237

 

There were 13,819 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) based on a market price of $27.39 at the close of trading on 4 October 2018.

 

Voting rights of ordinary shares

Holders of our fully paid ordinary shares have, at general meetings (including special general meetings), one vote on a show of hands and, upon a poll, one vote for each fully paid ordinary share held by them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

293

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac Capital Notes

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes

 % Held

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

755,898

5.46

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP>

259,619

1.88

National Nominees Limited

245,944

1.78

BT Portfolio Services Limited

200,000

1.45

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

188,161

1.36

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

186,556

1.35

IOOF Investment Management Limited

158,980

1.15

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2

137,369

0.99

Netwealth Investments Limited

134,528

0.97

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <HUB24 Custodial Services Ltd DRP>

133,045

0.96

Navigator Australia Ltd

117,707

0.85

V S Access Pty Ltd

90,000

0.65

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

89,172

0.64

Berne No 132 Nominees Pty Ltd

86,795

0.63

Mutual Trust Pty Ltd

71,979

0.52

RACQ Investments Pty Ltd

58,690

0.42

Royal Freemasons Benevolent Institution

50,000

0.36

Mr Alexander Shaw

50,000

0.36

Willimbury Pty Ltd

50,000

0.36

Australian Executor Trustees Limited

45,394

0.33

Total of Top 20 registered holders1

3,109,837

22.47

 

1           As recorded on the holder register by holder reference number.

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of Holders of

Number of

 

Number of Securities

Westpac Capital Notes

%

Westpac Capital Notes

%

1

    1,000

16,405

89.69

5,509,994

39.83

1,001

    5,000

1,719

9.40

3,612,817

26.11

5,001

  10,000

109

0.60

872,359

6.31

10,001

100,000

46

0.25

1,322,713

9.56

100,001 and over

11

0.06

2,517,807

18.20

Totals

 

 

18,290

100.00

13,835,690

100.00

 

There were three security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes based on a market price of $101.08 at the close of trading on 4 October 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes 2

 % Held

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

851,467

6.50

BT Portfolio Services Limited

250,000

1.91

Netwealth Investments Limited

144,899

1.11

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

136,115

1.04

Navigator Australia Ltd

131,362

1.00

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2

130,535

1.00

Netwealth Investments Limited

118,308

0.90

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <HUB24 Custodial Serv Ltd DRP>

105,125

0.80

National Nominees Limited

93,485

0.71

IOOF Investment Management Limited

90,990

0.69

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP>

75,265

0.57

Rakio Pty Ltd

63,000

0.48

Alsop Pty Ltd

60,000

0.46

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

59,344

0.45

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

51,000

0.39

Domer Mining Co P/L

50,000

0.38

Royal Freemasons Benevolent Institution

50,000

0.38

Randazzo C & G Developments Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

Longhurst Management Services Pty Ltd

49,267

0.38

Pratt Property Group Pty Ltd

48,825

0.37

Total of Top 20 registered holders1

2,608,987

19.90

 

1           As recorded on the holder register by holder reference number.

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of Holders of

Number of

 

Number of Securities

Westpac Capital Notes 2

%

Westpac Capital Notes 2

%

1

    1,000

14,539

88.62

4,987,749

38.06

1,001

    5,000

1,641

10.00

3,405,011

25.98

5,001

  10,000

146

0.89

1,054,463

8.05

10,001

100,000

72

0.44

1,790,671

13.66

100,001 and over

8

0.05

1,867,811

14.25

Totals

 

 

16,406

100.00

13,105,705

100.00

 

There were four security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes 2 based on a market price of $99.86 at the close of trading on 4 October 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

295

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac Capital Notes 3

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes 3 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes 3

% Held

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

1,099,126

8.30

JDB Services Pty Ltd

245,606

1.85

Navigator Australia Ltd <MLC Investment Sett A/C>

188,772

1.43

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

168,483

1.27

National Nominees Limited

133,405

1.01

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

129,333

0.98

Berne No 132 Nominees Pty Ltd

117,085

0.88

Balanced Property Pty Ltd

100,000

0.76

Seymour Group Pty Ltd

76,774

0.58

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited < A/C 2>

65,879

0.50

Netwealth Investments Limited

63,798

0.48

V S Access Pty Ltd

60,000

0.45

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd

56,396

0.43

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

Invia Custodian Pty Limited

50,000

0.38

JMB Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

Randazzo C & G Developments Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

Wayrich Pty Ltd

50,000

0.38

Navigator Australia Ltd <JB Were List Fix Int Sma A/C>

47,678

0.36

Marshstoke Pty Ltd

47,000

0.35

Total of Top 20 registered holders1

2,849,335

21.53

 

1            As recorded on the holder register by holder reference number.

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes 3 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of Holders of

Number of

 

Number of Securities

Westpac Capital Notes 3

%

Westpac Capital Notes 3

%

1

1,000

 

13,568

89.09

4,683,259

35.36

1,001

5,000

 

1,449

9.51

3,202,739

24.18

5,001

10,000

 

119

0.78

976,747

7.38

10,001

100,000

 

87

0.57

2,299,725

17.36

100,001 and over

7

0.05

2,081,810

15.72

Totals

 

 

15,230

100.00

13,244,280

100.00

 

There were three security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes 3 based on a market price of $102.75 at the close of trading on 4 October 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac Capital Notes 4

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes 4 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes 4

% Held

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>

3,000,000

17.63

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

1,133,827

6.66

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

286,466

1.68

National Nominees Limited

269,879

1.59

Nora Goodridge Investments Pty Limited

200,000

1.18

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP>

165,643

0.97

Australian Executor Trustees Limited

151,581

0.89

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <A/C 2>

134,874

0.79

Mutual Trust Pty Ltd

123,896

0.73

Netwealth Investments Limited

104,105

0.61

Zashvin Pty Ltd

104,000

0.61

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

100,000

0.59

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

97,743

0.57

Navigator Australia Ltd

78,687

0.46

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

75,421

0.44

Willimbury Pty Ltd

60,000

0.35

Taverners No 11 Pty Ltd

59,112

0.35

V S Access Pty Ltd

51,570

0.30

JMB Pty Ltd

50,000

0.29

New Regency Pty Ltd

50,000

0.29

Total of Top 20 registered holders1

6,296,804

36.98

 

1            As recorded on the holder register by holder reference number.

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes 4 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

 

 

Number of Holders of

Number of

 

Number of Securities

Westpac Capital Notes 4

%

Westpac Capital Notes 4

%

1

1,000

 

15,822

89.85

5,136,047

30.18

1,001

5,000

 

1,557

8.84

3,277,317

19.25

5,001

10,000

 

154

0.87

1,158,636

6.81

10,001

100,000

 

67

0.38

1,774,263

10.42

100,001 and over

11

0.06

5,674.271

33.34

Totals

17,611

100.00

17,020,534

100.00

 

There were five security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes 4 based on a market price of $105.31 at the close of trading on 4 October 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

297

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Westpac Capital Notes 5

 

Top 20 holders of Westpac Capital Notes 5 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of
Westpac Capital Notes 5

% Held

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

1,545,482

9.14

National Nominees Limited

469,762

2.78

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

211,296

1.25

IOOF Investment Management Limited

170,672

1.01

Navigator Australia Ltd

155,138

0.92

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <A/C 2>

136,064

0.80

Dimbulu Pty Ltd

100,000

0.59

Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited

97,990

0.58

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd

95,032

0.56

Netwealth Investments Limited

94,859

0.56

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

92,355

0.55

Zashvin Pty Ltd

92,220

0.55

Randazzo C & G Developments Pty Ltd

92,000

0.54

Berne No 132 Nominees Pty Ltd

60,000

0.35

Nora Goodridge Investments Pty Limited

60,000

0.35

Mrs Linda Anne Van Lieshout

60,000

0.35

Rakio Pty Ltd

55,000

0.33

McCusker Foundation Ltd

50,685

0.30

Avanteos Investments Limited

50,000

0.30

JMB Pty Ltd

50,000

0.30

Total of Top 20 registered holders1

3,738,555

22.11

 

1            As recorded on the holder register by holder reference number.

 

Analysis by range of holdings of Westpac Capital Notes 5 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number of Holders of

Number of

 

Number of Securities

Westpac Capital Notes 5

%

Westpac Capital Notes 5

%

1

1,000

 

16,642

87.62

5,818,805

34.43

1,001

5,000

 

2,064

10.87

4,447,676

26.31

5,001

10,000

 

179

0.94

1,351,199

7.99

10,001

100,000

 

102

0.54

2,597,289

15.37

100,001 and over

6

0.03

2,688,414

15.90

Totals

18,993

100.00

16,903,383

100.00

 

There were two security holders holding less than a marketable parcel ($500) of Westpac Capital Notes 5 based on a market price of $98.15 at the close of trading on 4 October 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

298

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Voting rights of Westpac Capital Notes, Westpac Capital Notes 2, Westpac Capital Notes 3 and Westpac Capital Notes 4 and Westpac Capital Notes 5

 

In accordance with the terms of issue, holders of Westpac Capital Notes, Westpac Capital Notes 2, Westpac Capital Notes 3, Westpac Capital Notes 4 and Westpac Capital Notes 5 have no right to vote at any general meeting of Westpac before conversion into Westpac ordinary shares.

 

If conversion occurs (in accordance with the applicable terms of issue), holders of Westpac Capital Notes, Westpac Capital Notes 2, Westpac Capital Notes 3 or Westpac Capital Notes 4 or Westpac Capital Notes 5 (as applicable) will become holders of Westpac ordinary shares and have the voting rights that attach to Westpac ordinary shares.

 

Domicile1 of ordinary shareholders as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number

 

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Shares and Options

Shares and Options

Australia

592,501

95.63

3,376,696,035

98.31

New Zealand

22,909

3.70

42,063,595

1.22

United Kingdom

1,563

0.25

3,062,346

0.09

United States

578

0.09

1,490,277

0.04

Other overseas

2,027

0.33

11,484,458

0.34

Total

619,578

100.00

3,434,796,711

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number

 

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac Capital Notes

Westpac Capital Notes

Australia

18,258

99.83

13,801,042

99.75

New Zealand

5

0.03

17,585

0.13

United Kingdom

9

0.05

7,350

0.05

United States

5

0.03

1,745

0.01

Other overseas

13

0.06

7,968

0.06

Total

18,290

100.00

13,835,690

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes 2 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number

 

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac Capital Notes 2

Westpac Capital Notes 2

Australia

16,387

99.89

13,009,583

99.95

New Zealand

4

0.03

1,196

0.01

United Kingdom

2

0.01

1,200

0.01

United States

2

0.01

1,032

0.01

Other overseas

11

0.06

2,694

0.02

Total

16,406

100.00

13,015,705

100.00

 

1            Based on registered address of holder.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

299

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes 3 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number

 

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac Capital Notes 3

Westpac Capital Notes 3

Australia

15,206

99.84

13,191,004

99.60

New Zealand

6

0.04

2,900

0.02

United Kingdom

2

0.01

800

0.01

United States

2

0.01

1,150

0.01

Other overseas

14

0.10

48,426

0.36

Total

15,230

100.00

13,244,280

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes 4 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number

 

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac Capital Notes 4

Westpac Capital Notes 4

Australia

17,592

99.89

17,006,052

99.91

New Zealand

4

0.02

1,912

0.01

United Kingdom

2

0.01

1,988

0.01

United States

2

0.01

508

0.00

Other overseas

11

0.07

10,074

0.07

Total

17,611

100.00

17,020,534

100.00

 

Domicile1 of holders of Westpac Capital Notes 5 as at 4 October 2018

 

 

Number

 

Number of Issued

% of Issued

 

of Holders

% of Holdings

Westpac Capital Notes 5

Westpac Capital Notes 5

Australia

18,972

99.89

16,890,621

99.92

New Zealand

5

0.03

2,954

0.02

United Kingdom

2

0.01

1,100

0.01

United States

1

0.01

210

0.00

Other overseas

13

0.06

8,498

0.05

Total

18,993

100.00

16,903,383

100.00

 

1            Based on registered address of holder.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

300

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Market price information

 

The principal listing of our ordinary shares is on the ASX. American Depositary Shares (ADS), each representing one ordinary share, are listed on the NYSE1.

 

The tables below set forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the reported high and low market quotations for our ordinary shares on the ASX based on its daily official list and for our ADS on the NYSE.

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$2

Per ADS in US$1

Financial year ending

High

Low

High

Low

September 2018

33.68

27.24

26.27

19.64

September 2017

35.39

28.92

27.05

21.23

September 2016

33.74

27.57

25.20

20.13

September 2015

40.07

29.10

31.18

20.43

September 2014

35.99

30.00

33.31

26.70

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$

Per ADS in US$

Quarter ending

High

Low

High

Low

2018:

 

 

 

 

September

30.44

27.30

22.35

19.64

June

30.33

27.24

22.74

20.55

March

31.74

28.44

25.23

21.92

2017:

 

 

 

 

December

33.68

30.68

26.27

23.30

September

32.85

30.30

26.16

23.29

June

35.30

29.40

26.66

22.30

March

35.39

31.52

27.00

23.87

2016:

 

 

 

 

December

33.00

28.92

23.48

22.96

September

31.29

27.83

23.80

21.16

June

32.00

27.57

24.47

20.46

March

33.46

27.69

25.20

20.13

2015:

 

 

 

 

December

33.74

29.58

24.30

21.14

September

35.15

29.10

25.79

20.43

June

40.07

31.00

30.77

23.92

March

39.89

32.38

31.18

26.44

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$

Per ADS in US$

Month ending – 2018

High

Low

High

Low

September

28.72

27.30

20.55

19.64

August

30.44

27.36

22.11

20.11

July

30.06

29.06

22.35

21.41

June

29.62

27.24

21.80

20.55

May

30.33

27.78

22.58

21.14

April

29.62

27.60

22.74

21.19

 

1           On 19 August 2013, the ratio changed from one ADS representing five Westpac fully paid ordinary shares to one ADS representing one Westpac fully paid ordinary share.

2           Australian dollar (A$) market price information is intraday high and low trading prices. US dollar (US$) market price information is closing prices.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

301

 


 

Shareholding information

 

 

Fees and charges payable by a holder of Westpac ADS

 

The depositary for Westpac’s ADS program, The Bank of New York Mellon (the Depositary), collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADS directly from investors depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADS for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary may also collect fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of the distributable property to pay the fees.

 

The charges of the Depositary payable by investors are as follows:

 

Type of Service

Depositary Actions

Fee

Depositing or substituting the underlying shares.

Delivery of ADS against the deposit of ordinary shares, including deposits and issuances in respect of:

§                  share distributions, stock splits, rights, mergers; and

§                  exchange of securities or other transactions or events or other distribution affecting the ADS or deposited securities.

US$5.00 or less per 100 ADS (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADS delivered.

Receiving or distributing cash dividends.

Distribution of cash dividends.

US$0.05 or less per ADS.

Withdrawing an underlying ordinary share.

Acceptance of ADS surrendered for withdrawal of deposited ordinary shares.

US$5.00 or less for each 100 ADS (or portion thereof) evidenced by the ADS surrendered.

General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis.

Other services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADS program.

US$0.05 or less per ADS.

Expenses of the Depositary.

Expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with:

§                  taxes and other governmental charges;

§                  cable, telex and facsimile transmission/delivery;

§                  transfer or registration fees, if applicable, for the registration of transfers or underlying ordinary shares; and

§                  expenses of the Depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into US dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency).

Expenses payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing holders or by deducting charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions.

 

Fees and payments made by the Depositary to Westpac

 

The Depositary has agreed to reimburse certain Westpac expenses related to Westpac’s ADS program and incurred by Westpac in connection with the program, subject to certain limits. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain of its fees for standard costs associated with the maintenance and administration of the ADS program. The following table shows reimbursements made and fees waived during the year.

 

Category of Expense Reimbursed to Westpac or Fee Waived

Reimbursed or Waived for 2018

Investor relations

US$556,105.37

Total

US$556,105.37

 

Under certain circumstances, including removal of the Depositary or termination of the ADS program by Westpac, Westpac is required to repay the Depositary certain amounts reimbursed and/or expenses paid to or on behalf of Westpac.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

302

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Shareholding information

 


Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders

 

Australian exchange controls

 

Australian laws control and regulate or permit the control and regulation of a broad range of payments and transactions involving non-residents of Australia. Pursuant to a number of exemptions, authorities and approvals, there are no general restrictions from transferring funds from Australia or placing funds to the credit of non-residents of Australia. However, Australian foreign exchange controls are implemented from time to time against prescribed countries, entities and persons. At the present time, these include:

 

a.             withholding taxes in relation to remittances or dividends (to the extent they are unfranked) and interest payments;

 

b.             the financial sanctions administered by the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) in accordance with the Autonomous Sanctions Act 2011 and the Autonomous Sanctions Regulations 2011, specifically, in relation to transactions involving the transfer of funds or payments to, by the order of, or on behalf of individuals or entities including:

 

                 persons associated with the former Milosevic regime, and persons indicted or suspected of committing war crimes during the Balkan wars in the early 1990s;

 

                 persons or entities engaged in activities that seriously undermine democracy, respect for human rights and the rule of law in Zimbabwe;

 

                 certain persons or entities associated with the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea’s weapons of mass destruction program or missiles program;

 

                 certain persons or entities that have contributed to or are contributing to Iran’s nuclear or missile program;

 

                 certain individuals and entities associated with the former Qadhafi regime in Libya;

 

                 certain individuals and entities supporting the Syrian regime or that are responsible for human rights abuses in Syria; and

 

                 persons who have been instrumental or complicit in the threat to the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Ukraine,

 

without the prior approval of the Minister for Foreign Affairs;

 

c.              the United Nations Security Council (UNSC) financial sanctions administered by DFAT, including:

 

                 Terrorist Asset Freezing Regime
In accordance with the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 and the Charter of the United Nations (Dealings with Assets) Regulations 2008, a person is prohibited from using or dealing with funds, financial assets or economic resources of persons or entities listed as terrorists by the Minister for Foreign Affairs in the Commonwealth of Australia Gazette. It is also a criminal offence to

 

make assets available to such persons or entities; and

 

                 Country-based sanctions
Under the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 and associated regulations, UNSC financial sanctions have been implemented. It is an offence to use or deal with funds, financial assets or economic resources of certain persons or entities associated with countries designated by the UNSC. It is also a criminal offence to make assets available to such persons or entities.

 

Limitations affecting security holders

 

The following Australian laws impose limitations on the right of non-residents or non-citizens of Australia to hold, own or vote Westpac shares. All these limitations apply to the holders of the American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) evidencing ADS, issued by our Depositary in the United States.

 

Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975

 

Acquisitions of interests in shares in Australian companies by foreign persons that meet certain thresholds are required to be notified to the Treasurer of Australia (through the Foreign Investment Review Board) and to obtain a no objections notification under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth). That legislation applies to any acquisition by a foreign person, including a corporation or group of associated foreign persons, which results in ownership of 20% or more of the issued shares of an Australian company or the ability to control 20% or more of the total voting power. In addition, the legislation applies to any acquisition by a foreign government investor of 10% or more of the total voting power or ownership of an Australian company (or any interest if the foreign government investor acquires a control element – for example the right to appoint a director). The legislation requires any persons proposing to make any such acquisition to first notify the Treasurer of their intention to do so. Where such an acquisition has already occurred in the absence of a no objections notification, the Treasurer has the power to order divestment if he considers the acquisition to be contrary to Australia’s national interest.

 

Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998

 

The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Cth) imposes restrictions on shareholdings in Australian financial sector companies (which includes Westpac). Under that legislation a person (including a corporation) may not hold more than a 15% ‘stake’ in a financial sector company without prior approval from the Treasurer of Australia. A person’s stake in a financial sector company is equal to the aggregate of the person’s voting power in the company and the voting power of the person’s associates. The concept of voting power is broadly defined. The Treasurer may approve a higher percentage stake if the Treasurer is satisfied that it is in the national interest to do so.

 

In addition, even if a person’s stake in a financial sector company does not exceed the 15% limit, the Treasurer has the power to declare that a person has ‘practical control’ of a financial sector company and require the person to relinquish that control or reduce their stake in that company.


 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

303

 


 

Shareholding information

 


Corporations Act 2001

 

The Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) prohibits any person (including a corporation) from acquiring a relevant interest in our voting shares if, after the acquisition, that person or any other person would be entitled to exercise more than 20% of the voting power in our shares. The prohibition is subject to certain limited exceptions. In addition, under the Corporations Act, a person is required to give a notice to us and to the ASX providing certain prescribed information, including their name, address and details of their relevant interests in our voting shares if they begin to have, or cease to have, a substantial holding in us, or if they already have a substantial holding and there is a movement of at least 1% in their holding. Such notice must, generally, be provided within two business days after the person becomes aware of that information.

 

A person will have a substantial holding if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. The concepts of ‘associate’ and ‘relevant interest’ are broadly defined in the Corporations Act and investors are advised to seek their own advice on their scope. In general terms, a person will have a relevant interest in a share if they:

 

a.             are the holder of that share;

 

b.             have power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to that share; or

 

c.              have power to dispose of, or control the exercise of a power to dispose of, that share.

 

It does not matter how remote the relevant interest is or how it arises. If two or more persons can jointly exercise any one of these powers, each of them is taken to have that power. Nor does it matter that the power or control is express or implied, formal or informal, exercisable either alone or jointly with someone else.

 

The American Depositary Shares (ADS) agreement

There is a Deposit Agreement between The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, and Westpac, and the record holders from time to time of all ADS. Holders of our ADS are subject to the foregoing limitations on the rights of non-residents or non-citizens of Australia to own or vote Westpac shares. Record holders of ADS are required by the Deposit Agreement to comply with our requests for information as to the capacity in which such holders own ADS and related ordinary shares as well as to the identity of any other person interested in such ADS and related ordinary shares and the nature of such interest.

 

Enforceability of foreign judgments in Australia

We are an Australian public corporation with limited liability. All of our Directors and Executive Officers reside outside the US. Substantially all or a substantial portion of the assets of all or many of such persons are located outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the US upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in US courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the US. There may be doubt as to the enforceability in Australia, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of US courts, of civil liabilities predicated upon the federal securities laws of the US.

 

Taxation

 

Australian taxation

 

The following discussion is a summary of certain Australian taxation implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares (including ADS) for shareholders holding their shares on capital account. This discussion is based on the laws in force at the date of the Annual Report and the Convention between the Government of Australia and the Government of the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and The Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the Tax Treaty), and is subject to any changes in Australian law and any change in the Tax Treaty occurring after that date.

 

This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential Australian tax implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares. The specific tax position of each investor will determine the applicable Australian income tax implications for that investor and we recommend that investors consult their own tax advisers concerning the implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of dividends

Under the Australian dividend imputation system, Australian tax paid at the company level is imputed (or allocated) to shareholders by means of imputation credits (also called franking credits) which attach to dividends paid by the company to the shareholder. Such dividends are termed ‘franked dividends’.

 

When an Australian resident individual shareholder receives a franked dividend, the shareholder receives a tax offset to the extent of the franking credits, which can be offset against the Australian income tax payable by the shareholder. An Australian resident shareholder may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to a refund of excess franking.

 

The extent to which a dividend is franked typically depends upon a company’s available franking credits at the time of payment of the dividend. Accordingly, a dividend paid to a shareholder may be wholly or partly franked or wholly unfranked.

 

Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders are exempt from Australian dividend withholding tax. Dividends paid to a non-resident shareholder which are not fully franked are subject to dividend withholding tax at the rate of 30% (unless reduced by a double tax treaty) to the extent they are unfranked. In the case of residents of the US who are entitled to the benefits of the Tax Treaty and are beneficially entitled to the dividends, the rate is reduced to 15% under the Tax Treaty, provided the shares are not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base of the non-resident in Australia through which the non-resident carries on business in Australia or provides independent personal services. In the case of residents of the US that have a permanent establishment or fixed base in Australia where the shares in respect of which the dividends are paid are attributable to that permanent establishment or fixed base, there is no dividend withholding tax. Rather, such dividends will be taxed on a net assessment basis and, where the dividends are franked, entitlement to a tax offset may arise.


 

 

304

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Shareholding information

 


Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders and dividends that have been subject to dividend withholding tax should not be subject to any further Australian income tax.

 

There are circumstances where a shareholder may not be entitled to the benefit of franking credits. The application of these rules depends upon the shareholder’s own circumstances, including the period during which the shares are held and the extent to which the shareholder is ‘at risk’ in relation to their shareholding.

 

Gain or loss on disposition of shares

 

Generally, any profit made by a resident shareholder on disposal of shares will be subject to capital gains tax. However, if the shareholder is regarded as a trader or speculator, or carries on a business of investing for profit, any profits may be taxed as ordinary income.

 

A discount may be available on capital gains on shares held for 12 months or more by Australian resident individuals, trusts or complying superannuation entities. The discount is one half for individuals and trusts, and one third for complying superannuation entities. Companies are not eligible for the capital gains tax discount. For shares acquired prior to 21 September 1999, an alternative basis of calculation of the capital gain may be available which allows the use of an indexation formula.

 

Normal rates of income tax would apply to capital gains so calculated. Any capital loss can only be offset against capital gains. Excess capital losses may be able to be carried forward for offset against future capital gains.

 

Generally, subject to two exceptions, a non-resident disposing of shares in an Australian public company who holds those shares on capital account will be free from income tax in Australia. The main exceptions are:

 

§                  shares held as part of a trade or business conducted through a permanent establishment in Australia. In such a case, any profit on disposal would be assessable to tax. Losses may give rise to capital losses or be otherwise deductible; and

 

§                  shares held in companies where the shareholder and its associates have held at the time of disposal (or at least 12 months in the 24 months prior to disposal) a holding of 10% or more in the company and more than 50% of the company’s assets are represented by interests in Australian real property (which is unlikely to be the case for Westpac). In such a case, capital gains tax would apply.

 

United States taxation

 

The following discussion is a summary of certain US federal income tax implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares (including ADS) by US holders (as defined below) that hold the ordinary shares as capital assets. This discussion is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and the Tax Treaty, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential US federal income tax consequences of owning

 

and disposing of ordinary shares and does not address US federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to US holders subject to special treatment under US federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, dealers in securities, brokers, tax-exempt entities, retirement plans, certain former citizens or residents of the US, persons holding ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or other integrated transaction, persons that have a ‘functional currency’ other than the US dollar, persons that own 10% or more (by voting power) of our stock, persons that generally mark their securities to market for US federal income tax purposes or persons that receive ordinary shares as compensation). As this is a complex area, we recommend investors consult their own tax advisers concerning the US federal, state and/or local implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

For the purposes of this discussion you are a US holder if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are for US federal income tax purposes:

 

§                  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the US;

 

§                  a corporation created or organised in or under the laws of the US or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

§                  an estate, the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

§                  a trust, if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or certain electing trusts that were in existence on 19 August 1996 and were treated as domestic trusts on that date.

 

If an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes owns the ordinary shares, the US federal income tax implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares will generally depend upon the status and activities of such partnership and its partners. Such an entity should consult its own tax adviser concerning the US federal income tax implications to it and its partners of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of dividends

 

If you are a US holder, you must include in your income as a dividend, the gross amount of any distributions paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) without reduction for any Australian tax withheld from such distribution. We have not maintained and do not plan to maintain calculations of earnings and profits for US federal income tax purposes, and as a result, you may need to include the entire amount of any distribution in income as a dividend. If you are a non-corporate US holder, dividends paid to you that constitute qualified dividend income may be taxable to you at a preferential tax rate so long as certain holding period and other requirements are met. Dividends we pay with respect to the ordinary shares generally will be qualified dividend income. Each non-corporate US holder should consult their own tax advisor regarding the possible applicability of the reduced tax rate and the related restrictions and special rules.


 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

305

 


 

Shareholding information

 


Dividends paid by us constitute ordinary income that must generally be included in income when actually or constructively received. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from US corporations. The amount of the dividend that you must include in your income as a US holder will be the US dollar value of the Australian dollar payments made, determined at the spot Australian dollar/US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. This gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions on an ordinary share in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in such ordinary share and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Subject to certain limitations, Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Tax Treaty and paid over to Australia may be claimed as a foreign tax credit against your US federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to a preferential tax rate. A US holder that does not elect to claim a US foreign tax credit for Australian income tax withheld may instead claim a deduction for such withheld tax, but only for a taxable year in which the US holder elects to do so with respect to all non-US income taxes paid or accrued in such taxable year.

 

Dividends paid by us generally will be income from sources outside the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Under the foreign tax credit rules, dividends will, depending on your circumstances, be ‘passive category’ or ‘general category’ income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit.

 

The rules relating to US foreign tax credits are very complex, and each US holder should consult its own tax adviser regarding the application of such rules.

 

Taxation of capital gains

 

If you sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of your ordinary shares, you will generally recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that you realise and your tax basis, determined in US dollars, in your ordinary shares. A capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at a reduced rate if the holder has a holding period greater than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the US, for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Medicare tax

 

In addition to regular US federal income tax, certain US holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their ‘net investment income’, which may include all or a portion of their dividend

 

income and net gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of their ordinary shares.

 

Passive foreign investment company considerations

 

We believe that we will not be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) for US federal income tax purposes, and this discussion assumes we are not a PFIC. However, the determination as to whether we are a PFIC is made annually at the end of each taxable year and therefore could change. If we were to be treated as a PFIC, a US holder of ordinary shares could be subject to certain adverse tax consequences.

 

Disclosure requirements for specified foreign financial assets

 

Individual US holders (and certain US entities specified in US Internal Revenue Service (IRS) guidance) who, during any taxable year, hold any interest in any specified foreign financial asset, generally will be required to file with their US federal income tax returns certain information on IRS Form 8938 if the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds certain specified amounts. ‘Specified foreign financial asset’ generally includes any financial account maintained with a non-US financial institution and may also include the ordinary shares if they are not held in an account maintained with a financial institution. Substantial penalties may be imposed, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of US federal income taxes may be extended, in the event of a failure to comply. US holders should consult their own tax advisers as to the possible application to them of this filing requirement.

 

Information reporting and backup withholding

 

Under certain circumstances, information reporting and/or backup withholding may apply to US holders with respect to payments on or the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares, unless an applicable exemption is satisfied.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or credit against a US holder’s US federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by the US holder on a timely basis to the IRS.


 

 

306

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Additional information

 

 


Our constitution

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated in 1850 under the Bank of New South Wales Act, a special piece of legislation passed by the New South Wales Parliament at a time when there was no general companies’ legislation in Australia. On 23 August 2002, Westpac became registered under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) as a public company limited by shares.

 

As part of the process of becoming a company regulated under the Corporations Act, shareholders adopted a new constitution at the AGM on 15 December 2000, which came into operation on 23 August 2002. Our constitution has been subsequently amended by shareholders on 15 December 2005, 13 December 2007 and 13 December 2012.

 

Our objects and purposes

 

Our constitution does not contain a statement of our objects and purposes. As a company regulated by the Corporations Act, we have the legal capacity and powers of an individual both within and outside Australia, and all the powers of a body corporate, including the power to issue and cancel shares, to issue debentures, to distribute our property among our equity holders (either in kind or otherwise), to give security by charging our uncalled capital, to grant a floating charge over our property and to do any other act permitted by any law.

 

Directors’ voting powers

 

Under clause 9.11(a) of our constitution, subject to complying with the Corporations Act regarding disclosure of and voting on matters involving material personal interests, our Directors may:

 

a.             hold any office or place of profit in our company, except that of auditor;

 

b.             hold any office or place of profit in any other company, body corporate, trust or entity promoted by our company or in which it has an interest of any kind;

 

c.              enter into any contract or arrangement with our company;

 

d.             participate in any association, institution, fund, trust or scheme for past or present employees or directors of our company or persons dependent on or connected with them;

 

e.             act in a professional capacity (or be a member of a firm that acts in a professional capacity) for our company, except as auditor; and

 

f.                participate in, vote on and be counted in a quorum for any meeting, resolution or decision of the Directors and be present at any meeting where any matter is being considered by the Directors.

 

Under clause 9.11(b) of our constitution, a Director may do any of the above despite the fiduciary relationship of the Director’s office:

 

a.             without any liability to account to our company for any direct or indirect benefit accruing to the Director; and

 

b.             without affecting the validity of any contract or arrangement.

 

Under the Corporations Act, however, a Director who has a material personal interest in any matter to be considered at any Board meeting must not be present while the matter is being considered or vote on the matter, unless the other Directors resolve to allow that Director to be present and vote or a declaration is made by ASIC permitting that Director to participate and vote. These restrictions do not apply to a limited range of matters set out in section 191(2) of the Corporations Act, where the Director’s interest:

 

a.             arises because the Director is a shareholder of the company and is held in common with other shareholders;

 

b.             arises in relation to the Director’s remuneration as a Director of the company;

 

c.              relates to a contract the company is proposing to enter into that is subject to shareholder approval and will not impose obligations on the company if not approved by shareholders;

 

d.             arises merely because the Director is a guarantor or has given an indemnity or security for all or part of a loan (or proposed loan) to the company;

 

e.             arises merely because the Director has a right of subrogation in relation to a guarantee or indemnity referred to in (d);

 

f.                relates to a contract that insures, or would insure, the Director against liabilities the Director incurs as an officer of the company (but only if the contract does not make the company or related body corporate the insurer);

 

g.             relates to any payment by the company or a related body corporate in respect of certain indemnities permitted by the Corporations Act or any contract relating to such an indemnity; or

 

h.             is in a contract or proposed contract with, or for the benefit of, or on behalf of, a related body corporate and arises merely because the Director is a Director of that related body corporate.

 

If there are not enough Directors to form a quorum for the Board meeting because of Directors’ interests in a particular matter, a general meeting for shareholders may be called to consider the matter and interested Directors are entitled to vote on any proposal to requisition such a meeting.

 

Under clause 9.7 of our constitution, the maximum aggregate amount of annual remuneration to be paid to our Non-executive Directors must be approved by our shareholders. This aggregate amount is paid to the Non-executive Directors in such manner as the Board from time to time determines. Directors’ remuneration is one of the exceptions under section 191 of the Corporations Act to the prohibitions against being present and voting on any matter in which a Director has a material personal interest.


 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

307

 


 

Additional information

 

 


Directors’ borrowing powers

 

Clause 10.2 of our constitution empowers our Directors, as a Board, to exercise all the powers of Westpac to borrow or raise money, to charge any property or business of Westpac or all or any of its uncalled capital and to issue debentures or give any other security for a debt, liability or obligation of Westpac or of any other person. Such powers may only be changed by amending the constitution, which requires a special resolution (that is, a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by members entitled to vote on the resolution and for which notice has been given in accordance with the Corporations Act).

 

Minimum number of Directors

 

Our constitution requires that the minimum number of Directors is determined in accordance with the Corporations Act or other regulations. Currently the Corporations Act prescribes three as a minimum number of Directors and APRA governance standards specify five as the minimum number of Directors for APRA regulated entities. Westpac’s current number of Directors is above these prescribed minimums.

 

Share rights

 

The rights attaching to our ordinary shares are set out in the Corporations Act and in our constitution, and may be summarised as follows:

 

a)      Profits and dividends

 

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends on those shares as may be determined by our Directors from time to time. Dividends that are paid but not claimed may be invested by our Directors for the benefit of Westpac until claimed or required to be dealt with in accordance with any law relating to unclaimed monies.

 

Our constitution requires that dividends be paid out of our profits. In addition, under the Corporations Act, Westpac must not pay a dividend unless our assets exceed our liabilities immediately before the dividend is declared and the excess is sufficient for payment of the dividend. In addition, the payment must be fair and reasonable to the company’s shareholders and must not materially prejudice our ability to pay our creditors.

 

Subject to the Corporations Act, the constitution, the rights of persons (if any) entitled to shares with special rights to dividend and any contrary terms of issue of or applying to any shares, our Directors may determine that a dividend is payable, fix the amount and the time for payment and authorise the payment or crediting by Westpac to, or at the direction of, each shareholder entitled to that dividend.

 

If any dividends are returned unclaimed, we are generally obliged, under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), to hold those amounts as unclaimed monies for a period of seven years. If at the end of that period the monies remain unclaimed by the shareholder concerned, we must submit an annual unclaimed money return to the Australian Securities and Investment Commission by 31 March each year containing the unclaimed money as at 31 December of the previous year. Upon such payment being made, we are discharged from further liability in respect of that amount.

 

Our Directors may, before paying any dividend, set aside out of our profits such sums as they think proper as reserves, to be applied, at the discretion of our Directors, for any purpose for which the profits may be properly applied. Our Directors may carry forward so much of the profits remaining as they consider ought not to be distributed as dividends without transferring those profits to a reserve.

 

The following restrictions apply to our ability to declare and/or pay dividends:

 

(i)            if the payment of the dividend would breach or cause a breach by us of applicable capital adequacy or other supervisory requirements of APRA, including the capital conservation buffer. Currently, one such requirement is that a dividend should not be paid without APRA’s prior consent if payment of that dividend, after taking into account all other dividends (if any) paid on our shares and payments on more senior capital instruments, in the preceding 12 consecutive months to which they relate, would cause the aggregate of such dividend payments to exceed our after tax earnings for the preceding 12 consecutive months, as reflected in our relevant audited consolidated financial statements; and

 

(ii)         if, under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), we are directed by APRA not to pay a dividend;

 

(iii)      if the declaration or payment of the dividend would result in us becoming insolvent; or

 

(iv)      if any interest payment, dividend, redemption payment or other distribution on certain Additional Tier 1 securities issued by the Group is not paid in accordance with the terms of those securities, we may be restricted from declaring and/or paying dividends on ordinary shares. This restriction is subject to a number of exceptions.

 

b)      Voting rights

 

Holders of our fully paid ordinary shares have, at general meetings, one vote on a show of hands and, upon a poll, one vote for each fully paid share held by them.

 

c)      Voting and re-election of Directors

 

Under our constitution, at each AGM one-third of eligible Directors (or if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third) and any other Director who has held office for three years or more since the Director’s last election, must retire from office. In determining the number of Directors to retire, no account is to be taken of a Director who holds office in order to fill a casual vacancy or the Managing Director. A retiring Director holds office until the conclusion of the meeting at which that Director retires but is eligible for re-election at the meeting.

 

Under the ASX Listing Rules, no Director of a listed entity, apart from the Managing Director, may continue to hold office, without offering himself or herself for re-election, past the third AGM following their appointment or three years, whichever is the longer.


 

 

 

 

 

 

308

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Additional information

 

 


Under the Corporations Act, the election or re-election of each Director by shareholders at a general meeting of a public company must proceed as a separate item, unless the shareholders first resolve that the elections or re-elections may be voted on collectively. A resolution to allow collective voting in relation to elections or re-elections is effective only if no votes are cast against that resolution. Any resolution electing or re-electing two or more Directors in contravention of this requirement is void.

 

d)      Winding up

 

Subject to any preferential entitlement of holders of preference shares on issue at the relevant time, holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to share equally in any surplus assets if we are wound up.

 

e)      Sinking fund provisions

 

We do not have any class of shares on issue that is subject to any sinking fund provisions.

 

Variation of rights attaching to our shares

 

Under the Corporations Act, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of a class of shares, the terms of issue of a class of shares in Westpac can only be varied or cancelled in any way by a special resolution of Westpac and with either the written consent of our shareholders holding at least three quarters of the votes in that class of shares or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares.

 

Convening general meetings

 

Under our constitution, our Directors may convene and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac whenever they think fit and must do so if required to do so under the Corporations Act and ASX Listing Rules. Under the Corporations Act, our Directors must call and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac if requested to do so by our shareholders who hold at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at the general meeting. Shareholders who hold at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting may also call and arrange to hold a general meeting of Westpac at their own expense.

 

At least 28 days notice must be given of a meeting of our shareholders. Written notice must be given to all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting. All ordinary shareholders are entitled to attend and, subject to the constitution and the Corporations Act, to vote at general meetings of Westpac.

 

Limitations on securities ownership

 

A number of limitations apply in relation to the ownership of our shares, and these are more fully described in the section ‘Limitations affecting security holders’.

 

Change in control restrictions

 

Restrictions apply under the Corporations Act, the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 (Cth) and the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth).

 

For more detailed descriptions of these restrictions, refer to the sections ‘Limitations affecting security holders’, Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998, and Corporations Act 2001.

 

Substantial shareholder disclosure

 

There is no provision in our constitution that requires a shareholder to disclose the extent of their ownership of our shares.

 

Under the Corporations Act, however, any person who begins or ceases to have a substantial holding of our shares must notify us within two business days after they become aware of that information. A further notice must be given to us if there is an increase or decrease of 1% in a person’s substantial holding. Copies of these notices must also be given to the ASX. A person has a substantial holding of our shares if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. For more details, refer to the section ‘Corporations Act 2001’.

 

We also have a statutory right under the Corporations Act to trace the beneficial ownership of our shares by giving a direction to a shareholder, or certain other persons, requiring disclosure to us of, among other things, their own relevant interest in our shares and the name and address of each other person who has a relevant interest in those shares, the nature and extent of that interest and the circumstances that gave rise to that other person’s interest. Such disclosure must, except in certain limited circumstances, be provided within two business days after the direction is received.

 

Australian Company and Business Numbers

 

All Australian companies have a unique nine-digit identifier, referred to as an Australian Company Number (ACN), which must be included on public documents, eligible negotiable instruments and the company’s common seal. In addition, entities can apply for registration on the Australian Business Register and be allocated a unique eleven-digit identifier known as an Australian Business Number (ABN). For Australian companies, the last nine digits of their ABN are identical to their ACN. The ABN may be quoted on documents in lieu of the ACN.

 

Our ACN is 007 457 141 and our ABN is 33 007 457 141.

 

Documents on display

 

We are subject to the disclosure requirements of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file Annual Reports with, and furnish other information to, the US Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Since April 2002, we have filed our reports on Form 20-F and have furnished other information to the SEC in electronic format which may be accessed through this website.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

309

 


 

Additional information

 

 

Exchange rates

 

For each of the years indicated, the high, low, average and year-end noon buying rates1 for Australian dollars were:

 

 

Year Ended 30 September

 

2019²

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

 

(US$ per A$1.00)

High

 

0.8105

0.8071

0.7817

0.8904

0.9705

Low

 

0.7107

0.7174

0.6855

0.6917

0.8715

Average3

n/a

0.7583

0.7624

0.7385

0.7781

0.9155

Close (on 30 September)4

n/a

0.7238

0.7840

0.7667

0.7020

0.8737

 

For each of the months indicated, the high and low noon buying rates for Australian dollars were:

 

 

Month

 

October

September

August

July

June

May

 

2018²

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

 

(US$ per A$1.00)

High

0.7223

0.7278

0.7428

0.7466

0.7677

0.7595

Low

0.7048

0.7107

0.7192

0.7322

0.7355

0.7445

 

1    The noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

2    Through to 19 October 2018. On 19 October 2018, the noon buying rate was A$1.00 = US$0.7132.

 

3    The average is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

 

4    The noon buying rate at such date may differ from the rate used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements at such date. Refer to Note 1(a) to the financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

310

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information for shareholders

 

 

Financial calendar


Westpac shares are listed on the securities exchanges in Australia (ASX) and New Zealand (NZX) and as American Depository Receipts in New York. Westpac Capital Notes, Westpac Capital Notes 2, Westpac Capital Notes 3, Westpac Capital Notes 4 and Westpac Capital Notes 5 are listed on the ASX. Westpac NZD Subordinated Notes are listed on the NZX.

 

Important dates to note are set out below, subject to change. Payment of any distribution, dividend or interest payment is subject to the relevant payment conditions and the key dates for each payment will be confirmed to the ASX for securities listed on the ASX.

 

Westpac Ordinary Shares

 

(ASX code: WBC, NYSE code: WBK)

 

New York ex-dividend date for final dividend

9 November 2018

Ex-dividend date for final dividend

13 November 2018

New York record date for final dividend

13 November 2018

Record date for final dividend

14 November 2018

Annual General Meeting

12 December 2018

Final dividend payable

20 December 2018

Financial Half Year end

31 March 2019

Interim results and dividend announcement

6 May 2019

New York ex-dividend date for interim dividend

15 May 2019

Ex-dividend date for interim dividend

16 May 2019

New York record date for interim dividend

16 May 2019

Record date for interim dividend

17 May 2019

Interim dividend payable

3 July 2019

Financial Year end

30 September 2019

Final results and dividend announcement

4 November 2019

New York ex-dividend date for final dividend

8 November 2019

Ex-dividend date for final dividend

12 November 2019

New York record date for final dividend

12 November 2019

Record date for final dividend

13 November 2019

Annual General Meeting

12 December 20191

Final dividend payable

20 December 2019

 

1           Details regarding the location of the meeting and the business to be dealt with will be contained in a Notice of Meeting sent to shareholders in the November before the meeting.

Westpac Capital Notes (ASX code: WBCPD)

 

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

29 November 2018

Record date for quarterly distribution

30 November 2018

Payment date for quarterly distribution

10 December 20181

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

27 February 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

28 February 2019

Payment date for quarterly distribution

8 March 2019

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

30 May 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

31 May 2019

Payment date for quarterly distribution

11 June 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

29 August 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

30 August 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

9 September 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

28 November 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

29 November 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

9 December 20191

 

1           Adjusted to next business day as payment date falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

2           Adjusted to immediately preceding business day as record date falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

Westpac Capital Notes 2 (ASX code: WBCPE)

 

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

13 December 2018

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 December 20182

Payment date for quarterly distribution

24 December 20181

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

14 March 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

15 March 2019

Payment date for quarterly distribution

25 March 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

13 June 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 June 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

24 June 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

12 September 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

13 September 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 September 2019

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

12 December 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

13 December 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 December 2019

 

1           Adjusted to next business day as payment date falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

2           Adjusted to immediately preceding business day as record date falls on a non-ASX business day.


 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

311

 


 

Information for shareholders

 

 


Westpac Capital Notes 3 (ASX code: WBCPF)

 

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

13 December 2018

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 December 2018

Payment date for quarterly distribution

24 December 20181

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

13 March 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 March 2019

Payment date for quarterly distribution

22 March 2019

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

13 June 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 June 2019

Payment date for quarterly distribution

24 June 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

12 September 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

13 September 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 September 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

12 December 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

13 December 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 December 20191

 

1           Adjusted to next business day as payment date falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

2           Adjusted to immediately preceding business day as record date falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

Westpac Capital Notes 4 (ASX code: WBCPG)

 

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

20 December 2018

Record date for quarterly distribution

21 December 20182

Payment date for quarterly distribution

31 December 20181

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

21 March 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

22 March 2019

Payment date for quarterly distribution

1 April 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

20 June 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

21 June 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

1 July 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

19 September 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

20 September 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

30 September 2019

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

19 December 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

20 December 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

30 December 2019

 

1           Adjusted to next business day as payment date falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

2           Adjusted to immediately preceding business day as record date falls on a non-ASX business day.

Westpac Capital Notes 5 (ASX code: WBCPH)

 

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

13 December 2018

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 December 2018

Payment date for quarterly distribution

24 December 20181

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

13 March 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 March 2019

Payment date for quarterly distribution

22 March 2019

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

13 June 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

14 June 2019

Payment date for quarterly distribution

24 June 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

12 September 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

13 September 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 September 20191

Ex-date for quarterly distribution

12 December 2019

Record date for quarterly distribution

13 December 20192

Payment date for quarterly distribution

23 December 20191

 

1           Adjusted to next business day as payment date falls on a non-ASX business day.

 

2           Adjusted to immediately preceding business day as record date falls on a non-ASX business day.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

312

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Information for shareholders

 


Westpac NZD Subordinated Notes (NZX code: WBC010)

 

Ex-date for quarterly interest payment

20 November 2018

Record date for quarterly interest payment

21 November 2018

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

3 December 20181

Ex-date for quarterly interest payment

18 February 2019

Record date for quarterly interest payment

19 February 2019

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

1 March 2019

Ex-date for quarterly interest payment

21 May 2019

Record date for quarterly interest payment

22 May 2019

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

4 June 20191

Ex-date for quarterly interest payment

21 August 2019

Record date for quarterly interest payment

22 August 2019

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

2 September 20191

Ex-date for quarterly interest payment

20 November 2019

Record date for quarterly interest payment

21 November 2019

Payment date for quarterly interest payment

2 December 20191

 


 

1           Adjusted to next business day as payment date does not fall on a day on which banks are open for general business in Wellington and Auckland, New Zealand and Sydney, Australia.

 

Annual General Meeting

 

The Westpac Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held in The Perth Convention and Exhibition Centre, BelleVue Ballroom, 21 Mounts Bay Road, Perth, on Wednesday 12 December 2018, commencing at 10:00am (Perth time).

 

The AGM will be webcast live on the internet at www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre and an archived version of the webcast will be available on the website for viewing at a later time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

313

 


 

Information for shareholders

 

 


Useful information

Key sources of information for shareholders

 

We report our full year performance to shareholders, in late October or early November, in the following forms: an Annual Review & Sustainability Report; an Annual Report; a Sustainability Performance Report; an Investor Discussion Pack and earnings releases.

 

 

Electronic communications

 

 

 

Shareholders can elect to receive the following communications electronically:

§                  Annual Review & Sustainability Report and Annual Report;

§                  Dividend statements when paid by direct credit or via Westpac’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP);

§                  Notices of Meetings and proxy forms; and

§                  Major company announcements.

 

Opt for electronic communications by logging into Westpac’s Share Registrar’s Investor Centre at www.linkmarketservices.com.au.

 

 

Online information

 

 

Australia

 

Westpac’s website www.westpac.com.au provides information for shareholders and customers, including:

§                  access to internet banking and online investing services;

§                  details on Westpac’s products and services;

§                  company history, results, market releases and news; and

§                  corporate responsibility and Westpac in the community activities.

Investors can access the Investor Centre at www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre. The Investor Centre also includes the current Westpac share price and links to the latest ASX announcements and Westpac’s share registrars’ websites.

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac’s New Zealand website www.westpac.co.nz provides:

 

§                  access to internet banking services;

§                  details on products and services;

§                  economic updates, news and information, key financial results; and

§                  sponsorships and other community activities.

 

 

Westpac Investor Relations

 

 

Information other than that relating to your shareholding can be obtained from:

§                  Westpac Investor Relations
275 Kent Street
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia
Telephone: +61 2 8253 3143
Facsimile: +61 2 8253 1207
Email: investorrelations@westpac.com.au

 

Stock exchange listings

 

 

Westpac ordinary shares are listed on:

§                  Australian Securities Exchange (code WBC);

§                  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), as American Depositary Shares (code WBK); and

§                  New Zealand Exchange Limited (code WBC).

 

 

Share registrars

 

 

 

Shareholders can check and update their information in Westpac’s Share Registrars’ Online Investor Centres, see details below. In Australia, broker sponsored holders must contact their broker to amend their address.

 

Australia – Ordinary shares on the main register, Westpac Convertible Preference Shares, Westpac Capital Notes, Westpac Capital Notes 2, Westpac Capital Notes 3, Westpac Capital Notes 4 and Westpac Subordinated Notes II

 

Link Market Services Limited
Level 12, 680 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Postal address: Locked Bag A6015,
Sydney South NSW 1235, Australia
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

 

Shareholder enquiries:
Telephone: 1800 804 255 (toll free within Australia)
International: +61 1800 804 255
Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303
Email: westpac@linkmarketservices.com.au

 

New Zealand – Ordinary shares on the New Zealand Branch register and Westpac NZD Subordinated Notes

 

Link Market Services Limited
Level 11, Deloitte Centre
80 Queen Street
Auckland 1010, New Zealand
Postal address: P.O. Box 91976, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
www.linkmarketservices.co.nz

 

Shareholder enquiries:
Telephone: 0800 002 727 (toll free within New Zealand)
International: +64 9 375 5998
Facsimile: +64 9 375 5990
Email: enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz

Depositary in USA for American Depositary Shares1

Listed on New York Stock Exchange (CUSIP 961214301)

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services

PO Box 305000

Louiseville, KY 740233-5000, USA

www.mybnymdr.com

 

American Depositary Shares holder enquiries:
Telephone: 1-888-269-2377 (toll free in USA)
International: +1 201 680 6825
Email: shrrelations@cpuchareownerservices.com

 

1           Each ADS represents one fully paid ordinary share.


 

 

 

314

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

 


AAS

Australian Accounting Standards

AASB

Australian Accounting Standards Board

ABS

Asset-backed securities

ACCC

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission

ADI

Authorised Deposit-taking Institution

ADRs

American Depositary Receipts

ADS

American Depositary Shares

Advanced IRB

Advanced Internal Ratings Based

AGM

Annual General Meeting

AIRB

Advanced Internal Ratings Based

ALCO

Westpac Asset and Liability Committee

ALM

Asset and Liability Management

AMA

Advanced Measurement Approach

ANZSIC

Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification

APRA

Australian Prudential Regulation Authority

ASIC

Australian Securities and Investments Commission

ASX

Australian Securities Exchange

ASXCGC

ASX Corporate Governance Council

AT1

Additional Tier 1

ATMs

Automatic teller machines

ATO

Australian Taxation Office

AUSTRAC

Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre

BAC

Board Audit Committee

BankSA

Bank of South Australia

BB

Business Bank

BBSW

Bank Bill Swap Reference Rate

BCBS

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision

bps

Basis points

BRCC

Board Risk & Compliance Committee

BTFG

BT Financial Group (Australia)

BTIM

BT Investment Management Limited

CAPs

Collectively assessed provisions

Cash EPS

Cash earnings per share

Cash EPS CAGR

Compound Annual Growth in Cash EPS

CB

Consumer Bank

CCB

Capital Conservation Buffer

CDS

Credit default swap

CEO

Chief Executive Officer

CEOPP

Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan

CEO RSP

Chief Executive Officer Restricted Share Plan

CET1

Common Equity Tier 1

CFO

Chief Financial Officer

CFTC

Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CGU

Cash Generating Unit

CHF

Swiss franc

CLF

Committed Liquidity Facility

Corporations Act

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

COSO

Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission

CPM

Credit Portfolio Management

CRG

Customer Risk Grade

CRO

Chief Risk Officer

CRS

Common Reporting Standard

 

CVA

Credit valuation adjustment

DFAT

Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade

DRP

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

D-SIB

Domestic Systemically Important Banks

EAD

Exposure at default

EPS

Earnings per share

ESG

Environmental, social and governance

ESP

Employee Share Plan

FCA

Financial Conduct Authority

FCS

Financial Claims Scheme

FMA

Financial Markets Authority

FSB

Financial Stability Board

FTE

Full time equivalent employees

FUA

Funds under administration

FUM

Funds under management

FVA

Funding Valuation Adjustment

FX

Foreign Exchange

GHG

Greenhouse gas

G-SIBs

Global Systemically Important Banks

Hastings

Hastings Funds Management Limited

HKMA

Hong Kong Monetary Authority

IAPs

Individually Assessed Provisions

IASB

International Accounting Standards Board

ICAAP

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards

IMF

International Monetary Fund

IOSCO

International Organization of Securities Commission

IRRBB

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

IRS

Internal Revenue Service

ISDA

International Swaps and Derivatives Association

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

LGBTI

Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex

LGD

Loss given default

LIBOR

London InterBank Offer Rate

LMI

Lenders mortgage insurance

LTI Plan

Westpac Long Term Incentive Plan

LTIFR

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate

LVR

Loan to value ratio

Moody’s

Moody’s Investors Service

NaR

Net interest income-at-risk

NII

Net interest income

NYSE

New York Stock Exchange

NSFR

Net Stable Funding Ratio

NZX

New Zealand Exchange Limited

OBR

Open Bank Resolution

OCC

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OFAC

Office of Foreign Assets Control

OTC

Over the counter

PD

Probability of default

PFIC

Passive foreign investment company

PNG

Papua New Guinea

RAMS

RAMS Home Loans

RBA

Reserve Bank of Australia


 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

315

 


 

Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

 


RBNZ

Reserve Bank of New Zealand

RISKCO

Westpac Group Executive Risk Committee

RMBS

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

ROE

Return on equity

Cash ROE

Return on equity on a cash earnings basis

RSP

Restricted Share Plan

RWA

Risk-weighted assets

S&P

Standard & Poor’s

SEC

US Securities and Exchange Commission

SME

Small to medium enterprises

SOx

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

SPS

Stapled Preferred Securities

St.George

St.George Banking Group

TCE

Total committed exposures

TLAC

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity

2006 TPS

Trust Preferred Securities 2006

TSR

Total Shareholder Return

UK

United Kingdom

UKSS

Westpac Banking Corporation UK Staff Superannuation Scheme

UNSC

United Nations Security Council

US

United States

VaR

Value at Risk

Westpac CPS

Westpac Convertible Preference Shares

WGP

Westpac Group Plan

WHS

Workplace Health and Safety

WIB

Westpac Institutional Bank

WNZL

Westpac New Zealand Limited

WNZS

Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme

WPP

Westpac Performance Plan

WRP

Westpac Reward Plan

WSNZL

Westpac Securities NZ Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


316

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report

317

 


 

Item 19. Exhibits Index

 

 

1.

Constitution (as amended) incorporated by reference to our Form 6-K filed on 14 December 2012.

 

 

4(c).1

Form of Access and Indemnity Deed between Westpac Banking Corporation and Director, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2008.

 

 

4(c).2

Indemnity Deed Poll dated 10 September 2009, of Westpac Banking Corporation, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2009.

 

 

7.

Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.

 

 

8.

List of controlled entities – refer to Note 35 to the financial statements in this Annual Report.

 

 

11.

Code of accounting practice and financial reporting, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2012.

 

 

12.

Certifications pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

13.

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

15.

Auditor consent dated 5 November 2018.

 

 

Copies of any instrument relating to the long-term debt of Westpac Banking Corporation that is not being attached as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F and which does not exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of Westpac Banking Corporation will be furnished to the SEC upon request.

 


 

Additional information

 

 

Signatures

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION

 

By:

/s/ Paddy Rennie

 

 

 

Paddy Rennie
General Counsel - Treasury & Corporate
Dated November 5, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Westpac Group Annual Report